Use these links to rapidly review the document
TABLE OF CONTENTS
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 5, 2017

Registration No. 333-215998


UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549



Amendment No. 3
to

FORM S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933



FTS International, Inc.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  1389
(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  30-0780081
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)



777 Main Street, Suite 2900
Fort Worth, Texas 76102
(817) 862-2000
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant's principal executive offices)



Michael J. Doss
Chief Executive Officer
FTS International, Inc.
777 Main Street, Suite 2900
Fort Worth, Texas 76102
(817) 862-2000
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)



Copies to:
Charles T. Haag
Jones Day
2727 North Harwood Street
Dallas, Texas 75201
(214) 220-3939
  Merritt S. Johnson
Shearman & Sterling LLP
599 Lexington Ave.
New York, New York 10022
(212) 848-4000



Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:
As soon as practicable after the effective date of this registration statement.



           If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933 check the following box:     o

           If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering:     o

           If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering:     o

           If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering:     o

           Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of "large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer," "smaller reporting company" and "emerging growth company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

Large accelerated filer  o

Smaller reporting company  o

  Accelerated filer  o

Emerging growth company  ý

  Non-accelerated filer  ý
(Do not check if a
smaller reporting company)

           If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act.  ý

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

       
 
Title of Each Class of Securities
to be Registered

  Proposed Maximum
Aggregate Offering
Price(1)(2)

  Amount of
Registration Fee(3)

 

Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share

  $100,000,000   $11,590

 

(1)
Estimated solely for the purpose of computing the amount of the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933.

(2)
Includes the aggregate offering price of additional shares that the underwriters have the option to purchase.

(3)
The registration fee was previously paid.

            The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

   


Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION DATED MAY 5, 2017

P R E L I M I N A R Y    P R O S P E C T U S

             Shares

LOGO

FTS International, Inc.

Common Stock



        This is the initial public offering of shares of common stock of FTS International, Inc. We are selling             shares of our common stock.

        We expect the public offering price to be between $             and $             per share. Currently, no public market exists for the shares. After pricing of this offering, we expect that the shares will trade on The New York Stock Exchange, or NYSE, under the symbol "FTSI."

        We are an "emerging growth company" under the federal securities laws and, as such, will be subject to reduced public company reporting requirements. See "Prospectus Summary—Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company."

         Investing in our common stock involves risks that are described in the "Risk Factors" section beginning on page 16 of this prospectus.

 
  Price to
Public
  Underwriting
Discounts and
Commissions(1)
  Proceeds, before
expenses, to us
 
Per share   $                 $                 $                
Total   $                 $                 $                

(1)
See "Underwriting (Conflicts of Interest)" for additional information regarding total underwriter compensation.

        The underwriters may also exercise their option to purchase up to an additional             shares,       from the Company and       shares from the selling stockholders, at the public offering price, less the underwriting discount, for 30 days after the date of this prospectus to cover over-allotments, if any. We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of the shares by the selling stockholders.

        Each of the selling stockholders in this offering is deemed to be an underwriter within the meaning of Section 2(a)(11) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act.

         Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

        The underwriters expect to deliver the shares to purchasers on or about                  , 2017.

Credit Suisse       Morgan Stanley
Barclays   Citigroup   Wells Fargo Securities   Evercore ISI
Cowen and Company   Guggenheim Securities   Tudor, Pickering, Holt & Co.

   

The date of this prospectus is                  , 2017.


Table of Contents


TABLE OF CONTENTS

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

    1  

RISK FACTORS

    16  

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

    35  

USE OF PROCEEDS

    37  

DIVIDEND POLICY

    38  

CAPITALIZATION

    39  

DILUTION

    41  

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

    43  

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

    47  

BUSINESS

    63  

MANAGEMENT

    83  

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

    93  

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED-PARTY TRANSACTIONS

    101  

PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

    104  

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

    107  

DESCRIPTION OF INDEBTEDNESS

    111  

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

    114  

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS

    117  

UNDERWRITING (CONFLICTS OF INTEREST)

    121  

LEGAL MATTERS

    128  

EXPERTS

    128  

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

    128  

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

    F-1  

        We are responsible for the information contained in this prospectus and in any free writing prospectus we may authorize to be delivered to you. Neither we, the selling stockholders nor the underwriters have authorized anyone to provide you with information different from, or in addition to, that contained in this prospectus or any related free writing prospectus. We, the selling stockholders and the underwriters are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, these securities only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. The information in this prospectus or in any applicable free writing prospectus is accurate only as of its date, regardless of its time of delivery or any sale of these securities. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date.


Industry and Market Data

        The market data and certain other statistical information used throughout this prospectus are based on independent industry publications, government publications or other published independent sources. Some data is also based on our good faith estimates. Although we believe these third-party sources are reliable and that the information is accurate and complete, we have not independently verified the information.

        References to oil prices are to the spot price in U.S. Dollars per barrel of West Texas Intermediate, or WTI, an oil index benchmark used in the United States. References to natural gas prices are to the spot price in U.S. Dollars per one thousand cubic feet of natural gas using the Henry Hub index, a natural gas benchmark used in the United States.


Reverse Stock Split and Conversion

        Before this offering we will effect a            :            reverse stock split, assuming an initial public offering price of $            per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. Upon filing our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, each            shares of common stock will be combined into and represent one share of common stock. Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the public offering price would increase (decrease) the number of shares of our common stock that will be combined into one share of common stock by        %. Additionally, before this offering our Series A convertible preferred stock, or our convertible preferred stock, will be converted into an aggregate of            issued and outstanding shares of common stock based on a fixed exchange ratio of            :            , assuming an initial public offering price of $            per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the public

(i)


Table of Contents

offering price would increase (decrease) the number of shares of our common stock that our convertible preferred stock will convert into by        %. Upon filing our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, each share of convertible preferred stock will convert into a number of shares of common stock equal to its accreted value, which at March 31, 2017 was $2,735 per share, divided by the initial public offering price per share, subject to adjustment based on the aggregate value of our common stock and convertible preferred stock prior to this offering. For additional information regarding the conversion of our convertible preferred stock, see "Description of Capital Stock."

        Following the reverse stock split and conversion, our authorized capital stock will consist of            shares of common stock and            shares of preferred stock and             shares of common stock will be outstanding. In connection with this offering, we will issue an additional            shares of new common stock and, immediately following this offering, we will have            total shares of common stock outstanding.


Comparability of Operating and Statistical Metrics

        Throughout this prospectus, we refer to "stages fractured" and similar terms, including "stages per active fleet." Stages fractured is an operating and statistical metric referring to the number of individual hydraulic fracturing procedures we complete under service contracts with our customers. Our customers typically compensate us based on the number of stages fractured. Stages per active fleet is an operating metric referring to the stages fractured per active fleet over a given time period. We believe stages fractured and stages per active fleet are important indicators of operating performance because they demonstrate the demand for our services and our ability to meet that demand with our active fleets. Because we service a variety of customers in different basins with different formation characteristics, stages fractured and stages per active fleet are subject to a number of material factors affecting their usefulness and comparability. For example, based on customer specifications and formation characteristics, some of our fleets may complete stages involving higher pressure job designs or more intense proppant loading, taking more time to complete, while other fleets may complete stages involving lower pressure job designs or less intense proppant loadings, taking less time to complete. Our fleets may also vary materially in hydraulic horsepower needed to accommodate the basin characteristics and customer specifications. For these reasons, stages fractured and stages per active fleet are not the only measures that affect our financial results, however, we believe they are important measures in managing our business. You should carefully read and consider the other information presented in this prospectus, including information under "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

(ii)


Table of Contents

 


PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

        This summary provides a brief overview of information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary does not contain all the information that you should consider before investing in our common stock. You should read the entire prospectus carefully before making an investment decision, including the information presented under the headings "Risk Factors," "Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and the historical consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.

        Unless the context requires otherwise, references in this prospectus to "FTS International," "Company," "we," "us," "our" or "ours" refer to FTS International, Inc., together with its subsidiaries. References in this prospectus to "selling stockholders" refer to those entities identified as selling stockholders in "Principal and Selling Stockholders."

Our Company

        We are one of the largest providers of hydraulic fracturing services in North America based on both active and total horsepower of our equipment. Our services enhance hydrocarbon flow from oil and natural gas wells drilled by exploration and production, or E&P, companies in shale and other unconventional resource formations. Our customers include large, independent E&P companies, such as Devon Energy Corporation, EOG Resources, Diamondback E&P LLC, EQT Production Company, Newfield Exploration Company and Range Resources Corporation, that specialize in unconventional oil and natural gas resources in North America. We are one of the top-three hydraulic fracturing companies in some of the most active basins in the United States, including the SCOOP/STACK Formation, Marcellus/Utica Shale, Eagle Ford Shale and the Haynesville Shale. We also have an extensive, long-standing presence in the Permian Basin and have recently increased our presence in this basin by 50%. The following map shows the basins in which we operate and the number of fleets operated in each basin as of May 1, 2017.

GRAPHIC   GRAPHIC

        We currently have 1.6 million total hydraulic horsepower across 32 fleets. As of May 1, 2017, we had 22 active fleets. We are experiencing an increase in demand for our services, and we activated five fleets that began working for customers in the first quarter of 2017. We continue to receive requests from customers for additional fleets and plan on activating additional fleets during the second quarter. We intend to use a portion of the proceeds from this offering to reactivate additional fleets in 2017 and 2018.

        Our industry experienced a significant downturn beginning in late 2014 as oil and natural gas prices dropped significantly. The downturn materially impacted our results in 2015 and 2016, primarily due to reduced activity levels and lower pricing for our services. Recently, however, we have seen a rebound in the demand for our services as oil prices have more than doubled since the 12-year low of $26.19 in February 2016, reaching $54.48 in February 2017. Beginning in the third quarter of 2016, we

   


Table of Contents

were able to obtain higher prices for our services, reversing a downward trend that accompanied the decrease in oil and natural gas prices. The majority of these price increases started in January 2017 and have continued to progress to higher levels through the first quarter of 2017.

        During the downturn, we implemented measures to reduce our cost of operations and to improve the efficiency of our operations. We have been able to increase our average stages per active fleet compared to the end of 2014 while maintaining a relatively consistent presence in each operating basin. We operated substantially all of our active fleets on a 24-hour basis during these periods. As demand for our services declined, we reduced the number of our active fleets. We also focused on our ability to operate our active fleets for as many days as possible and to limit the downtime of our fleets to maximize the number of stages we could complete with our active fleets. This increase in stages completed per active fleet was instrumental in partially offsetting the negative effect that the price concessions we provided to our customers in 2015 and 2016 had on our operating margins. We believe these cost reductions and improvements in average stages per active fleet will continue as activity levels increase.

        Our customers typically compensate us based on the number of stages fractured, and the primary contributor to the number of stages we complete is our ability to reduce downtime on our equipment. As a result, we believe the number of stages fractured and the average number of stages completed per active fleet in a given period of time are important operating metrics for our business. The graphs below show the number of stages we completed per quarter and the average stages per active fleet we completed per quarter. For additional information regarding our fleet capacity and average stages per active fleet per quarter as an operating metric, see "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Results of Operations—Revenue" and "Business—Our Services—Hydraulic Fracturing."

GRAPHIC   GRAPHIC

        We manufacture and refurbish many of the components used by our fleets, including consumables, such as fluid-ends. In addition, we perform substantially all the maintenance, repair and servicing of our hydraulic fracturing fleets. Our cost to produce components is significantly less than the cost to purchase comparable quality components from third-party suppliers. For example, we produce fluid-ends and power-ends at a cost that is approximately 50% to 60% less, respectively, than purchasing them from outside suppliers.

        The experience we gain from our large scale and basin diversity allows us to provide leading technological solutions to our customers. We are focused on identifying new technologies aimed at: increasing fracturing effectiveness for our customers; reducing the operating costs of our equipment; and enhancing the health, safety and environmental, or HSE, conditions at our well sites. We have a number of ongoing initiatives that build on industry innovations and data analytics to achieve these

2


Table of Contents

technology objectives and also conduct research and development activities through a strategic partnership with a third-party technology center. The research and development activities conducted for us at the third-party technology center are conducted by key employees who were previously affiliated with our Company. We have entered into a services agreement with this third-party technology center for a one-year term, with an option for us to renew for additional one-year terms.

Industry Overview and Trends

        The principal factor influencing demand for hydraulic fracturing services is the level of horizontal drilling activity by E&P companies in unconventional oil and natural gas reservoirs. Over the last decade, advances in drilling and completion technologies, including horizontal drilling and hydraulic fracturing, have made the development of North America's oil and natural gas shale formations economically attractive. As a result, there was a dramatic increase in the development of oil- and natural gas-producing basins in the United States and a corresponding increase in the demand for hydraulic fracturing services.

        The significant decline in oil and natural gas prices that began in the third quarter of 2014 resulted in a reduction in horizontal drilling activity. According to a Baker Hughes, Inc. report dated January 6, 2017, or the Baker Hughes Report, the horizontal rig count dropped approximately 76% from 1,336 at the end of December 2014 to a low of 314 in May 2016. The reduced drilling activity led to a reduction in demand for hydraulic fracturing services and has resulted in increased competition and lower prices for hydraulic fracturing services. As oil and natural gas prices have recovered in 2016, E&P companies in the United States have increased their level of horizontal drilling, resulting in an uptick in demand for hydraulic fracturing services.

        Technological advances in oil and natural gas extraction since 2014 have increased the efficiency of E&P companies. In particular, drilling speeds have increased dramatically, allowing rigs to drill longer laterals in fewer days. The longer lateral lengths increase the demand for pressure pumping services relative to the rig count as evidenced by significant increases in both the number of stages per well and the amount of proppant used per well, particularly in recent years. As a result, E&P companies are able to complete more stages using fewer rigs, and many analysts expect that total stages completed will surpass 2014 levels at a significantly lower corresponding rig count.

        In November 2016, certain oil producing nations and the Organization of the Petroleum Exporting Countries, or OPEC, agreed to cut the production of crude oil. These cuts, combined with already falling levels of crude oil production, have resulted in increased crude oil prices. As a result, U.S. E&P companies have begun to increase their level of horizontal drilling and, hence, the demand for hydraulic fracturing services has begun to increase from the lows seen in mid-2016. We believe this increase in demand coupled with industry contraction and the resulting reduction in hydraulic fracturing capacity since late 2014 will particularly benefit us. The financial distress of many other providers of hydraulic fracturing services, we believe, has led to significant maintenance deferrals and the use of idle fleets for spare parts, resulting in a material reduction in total deployable fracturing fleets. We believe all of our inactive fleets can be returned to service.

        We believe the foregoing trends and events will further increase demand for and pricing of our hydraulic fracturing services.

3


Table of Contents

Competitive Strengths

        We believe that we are well-positioned because of the following competitive strengths:

Large scale and leading market share across the most active major U.S. unconventional resource basins

        With 1.6 million total hydraulic horsepower in our fleet, we are one of the largest hydraulic fracturing service providers in North America based on both active and total horsepower of our equipment. We are one of the top-three hydraulic fracturing companies in some of the most active basins in the United States, including the SCOOP/STACK Formation, Marcellus/Utica Shale, the Eagle Ford Shale and the Haynesville Shale. We also have an extensive, long-standing presence in the Permian Basin and have recently increased our presence in this basin by 50%. According to an industry report from December 2016, these basins will account for more than 75% of all new wells drilled in 2017 and 2018.

        This geographic diversity reduces the volatility in our revenue due to basin trends, relative oil and natural gas prices, adverse weather and other events. Our five hydraulic fracturing districts enable us to rapidly reposition our fleets based on demand trends among different basins. Additionally, our large market share in each of our operating basins allows us to spread our fixed costs over a greater number of fleets. Furthermore, our large scale strengthens our negotiating position with our suppliers and our customers.

Pure-play, efficient hydraulic fracturing services provider with extensive experience in U.S. unconventional oil and natural gas production

        Our primary focus is hydraulic fracturing. For the year ended December 31, 2016 and the three months ended March 31, 2017, 93% and 92%, respectively of our revenues came from hydraulic fracturing services. Since 2010, we have completed more than 130,000 fracturing stages across the most active major unconventional basins in the United States. This history gives us invaluable experience and operational capabilities that are at the leading edge of horizontal well completions in unconventional formations.

        We designed all of the hydraulic fracturing units and much of the auxiliary equipment used in our fleets to uniform specifications intended specifically for work in oil and natural gas basins requiring high pressures and high levels of sand intensity. In addition, we use proprietary pumps with fluid-ends that are capable of meeting the most demanding pressure, flow rate and proppant loading requirements encountered in the field.

        Our focus on hydraulic fracturing provides us the expertise and dedication to run our fleets in 24-hour operations, in contrast to several of our competitors that run their fleets in 12-hour operations. As a result, we have the opportunity to complete more stages per day than such competitors. In addition, rather than perform "spot work," we prefer to dedicate each of our fleets to a specific customer for a set period of time, such as six months, in exchange for specified minimum volume commitments and indexed pricing. These arrangements allow us to increase the number of days per month that our fleet is generating revenue and allow our crews to better understand customer expectations resulting in improved efficiency and safety.

In-house manufacturing, equipment maintenance and refurbishment capabilities

        We manufacture and refurbish many of the components used by our fleets, including consumables, such as fluid-ends. In addition, we perform substantially all the maintenance, repair and servicing of our hydraulic fracturing fleets. Our cost to produce components is significantly less than the cost to purchase comparable quality components from third-party suppliers. For example, we produce fluid-ends and power-ends at a cost that is approximately 50% to 60% less, respectively, than

4


Table of Contents

purchasing them from outside suppliers. In addition, we perform full-scale refurbishments of our fracturing units at a cost that is approximately half the cost of utilizing an outside supplier. We estimate that this cost advantage saves us approximately $85 million per year at peak production levels. As trends in our industry continue toward increasing proppant levels and service intensity, the added wear-and-tear on hydraulic fracturing equipment will increase the rate at which components need to be replaced for a typical fleet, increasing our long-term cost advantage versus our competitors that do not have similar in-house manufacturing capabilities.

        Our manufacturing capabilities also reduce the risk that we will be unable to source important components, such as fluid-ends, power-ends and other consumable parts. During periods of high demand for hydraulic fracturing services, external equipment vendors often report order backlogs of up to nine months. Our competitors may be unable to source components when needed or may be required to pay a much higher price for their components, or both, due to bottlenecks in supplier production levels. We have historically manufactured, and believe we have the capacity to manufacture, all major consumable components required to operate all 32 of our fleets at full capacity.

        Additionally, manufacturing our equipment internally allows us to constantly improve our equipment design in response to the knowledge we gain by operating in harsh geological environments under challenging conditions. This rapid feedback loop between our field operations and our manufacturing operations positions our equipment at the leading edge of developments in hydraulic fracturing design.

Uniform fleet of standardized, high specification hydraulic fracturing equipment

        We have a uniform fleet of hydraulic fracturing equipment. We designed our equipment to uniform specifications intended specifically for completions work in oil and natural gas basins requiring high levels of pressure, flow rate and sand intensity. The standardized, "plug and play" nature of our fleet provides us with several advantages, including: reduced repair and maintenance costs; reduced inventory costs; the ability to redeploy equipment among operating basins; and reduced complexity in our operations, which improves our safety and operational performance. We believe our technologically advanced fleets are among the most reliable and best performing in the industry with the capabilities to meet the most demanding pressure and flow rate requirements in the field.

        Our standardized equipment reduces our downtime as our mechanics can quickly and efficiently diagnose and repair our equipment. Our uniform equipment also reduces the amount of inventory we need on hand. We are able to more easily shift fracturing pumps and other equipment among operating areas as needed to take advantage of market conditions and to replace temporarily damaged equipment. This flexibility allows us to target customers that are offering higher prices for our services, regardless of the basins in which they operate. Standardized equipment also reduces the complexity of our operations, which lowers our training costs. Additionally, we believe our industry-leading safety record is partly attributable to the standardization of our equipment, which makes it easier for mechanics and equipment operators to identify and diagnose problems with equipment before they become safety hazards.

Safety leader

        Safety is at the core of our operations. Our safety record for 2016 was the best in our history and we believe significantly better than our industry peer group, based on data provided by reports of the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics from 2011 through 2015. For the past three years, we believe our total recordable incident rate was less than half of the industry average. During the first quarter of 2017, we reached a milestone of over 10 million man-hours without a lost time incident. Many of our customers impose minimum safety requirements on their suppliers of hydraulic fracturing services, and some of our competitors are not permitted to bid on work for certain customers because they do not meet

5


Table of Contents

those customers' minimum safety requirements. Because safety is important to our customers, our safety score helps our commercial team to win business from our customers. Our safety focus is also a morale benefit for our crews, which enhances our employee retention rates. Finally, we believe that continually searching for ways to make our operations safer is the right thing to do for our employees and our customers.

Experienced management and operating team

        During the downturn, our management team focused on reducing costs, increasing operating efficiency and differentiating ourselves through innovation. The team has an extensive and diverse skill set, with an average of 23 years of professional experience. Our operational and commercial executives have a deep understanding of unconventional resource formations, with an average of over 30 years of oil and natural gas industry experience. In addition, as a result of our pure-play focus on hydraulic fracturing and dedicated fleet strategy, our operations teams have extensive knowledge of the geographies in which we operate as well as the technical specifications and other requirements of our customers. We believe this knowledge and experience allows us to service a variety of E&P companies across different basins efficiently and safely.

Our Strategy

        Our primary business objective is to be the largest pure-play provider of hydraulic fracturing services within U.S. unconventional resource basins. We intend to achieve this objective through the following strategies:

Capitalize on expected recovery and demand for our services

        As the demand for oilfield services in the United States recovers, the hydraulic fracturing sector is expected to grow significantly. Industry reports have forecasted that the North American onshore stimulation sector, which includes hydraulic fracturing, will increase at a compound annual growth rate, or CAGR, of 31% from 2016 through 2020. As one of the largest hydraulic fracturing service providers in North America based on the active and total horsepower of our equipment, we believe we are well positioned to capitalize on the recovery of the North American oil and natural gas exploration market. We have 1.6 million total hydraulic horsepower across 32 total fleets, and we believe all of this equipment can be returned to service. As of May 1, 2017, we had 22 active fleets and continue to receive customer interest in reactivating further fleets. We estimate the total cost to reactivate our inactivate fleets to be approximately $40.0 million, which includes capital expenditures, repairs charged as operating expenses, labor costs and other operating expenses. In addition to repaying a portion of our indebtedness, we intend to use a portion of the proceeds from this offering to reactivate additional fleets in 2017 and 2018.

Deepen and expand relationships with customers that value our completions efficiency

        We service our customers primarily with dedicated fleets and 24-hour operations. We dedicate one or more of our fleets exclusively to the customer for a period of time, allowing for those fleets to be integrated into the customer's drilling and completion schedule. As a result, we are able to achieve higher levels of utilization, as measured by the number of days each fleet is working per month, which increases our profitability. In addition, we operate our fleets on a 24-hour basis, allowing us to complete our services in less time than our competitors that run their fleets for only 12 hours per day. Accordingly, we seek to partner with customers that have a large number of wells awaiting completion and that value efficiency in the performance of our service. Specifically, we target customers whose completions activity typically involves minimal downtime between stages, a high number of stages per well, multiple wells per pad and a short distance from one well pad site to the next. This strategy aligns with the strategy of many of our customers, who are trying to achieve a manufacturing-style model of

6


Table of Contents

drilling and completing wells in a sequential pattern to maximize effective acreage. We plan to leverage this strategy to expand our relationships with our existing customers as we continue to attract new customers.

Capitalize on our uniform fleet, leading scale and significant basin diversity to provide superior performance with reduced operating costs

        We primarily serve large independent E&P companies that specialize in unconventional oil and natural gas resources in North America. Because we operate for customers with significant scale in each of our operating basins, we have the diversity to react to and benefit from positive activity trends in any basin. Our uniform fleet allows us to cost-effectively redeploy equipment and fleets among existing operating basins to capture the best pricing and activity trends. The uniform fleet is easier to operate and maintain, resulting in reduced downtime as well as lower training costs and inventory stocking requirements. Our geographic breadth also provides us with opportunities to capitalize on customer relationships in one basin in order to win business in other basins in which the customer operates. We intend to leverage our scale, standardized equipment and cost structure to gain market share and win new business.

Rapidly adopt new technologies in a capital efficient manner

        We have been a fast adopter of new technologies focused on: increasing fracturing effectiveness for our customers, reducing the operating costs of our equipment and enhancing the HSE conditions at our well sites. We help customers monitor and modify fracturing fluids and designs through our fluid research and development operations that we conduct through a strategic partnership with a third-party technology center. The research and development activities conducted for us at the third-party technology center are conducted by key employees who were previously affiliated with our Company. We have entered into a services agreement with this third-party technology center for a one-year term, with an option for us to renew for additional one-year terms. This partnership allows us to work closely with our customers to rapidly adopt and integrate next-generation fluid breakthroughs, such as our NuFlo® 1000 fracturing fluid diverter, into our product offerings.

        Recent examples of initiatives aimed at reducing our operating costs include: vibration sensors with predictive maintenance analytics on our heavy equipment; stainless steel fluid-ends with a longer useful life; high-definition cameras to remotely monitor the performance of our equipment; and adoption of hardened alloys and lubricant blends for our consumables. Recent examples of initiatives aimed at improving our HSE conditions include: dual fuel engines that can run on both natural gas and diesel fuel; electronic pressure relief systems; spill prevention and containment solutions; dust control mitigation; and leading containerized proppant delivery solutions.

Reduce debt and maintain a more conservative capital structure

        We believe that our capital structure and liquidity upon completion of this offering will improve our financial flexibility to capitalize efficiently on an industry recovery, ultimately increasing value for our stockholders. Our focus will be on the continued prudent management and reduction of our debt balances during the industry recovery. We believe this focus creates potential for significant operating leverage and strong free cash flow generation during an industry upcycle. As a result, we believe we should be able to not only make the investments necessary to remain a market leader in hydraulic fracturing, but also to continue to strengthen our balance sheet. Additionally, we believe that our growth opportunities will be organic and funded by cash flow from operations.

7


Table of Contents

Selected Risks Associated with Our Business

        An investment in our common stock involves risks. You should carefully read and consider the information presented under the heading "Risk Factors" for an explanation of these risks before investing in our common stock. In particular, the following considerations may offset our competitive strengths or have a negative effect on our strategy or operating activities, which could cause a decrease in the price of our common stock and a loss of all or part of your investment:

    The oil and natural gas industry is cyclical and prices are volatile. A further reduction or sustained decline in oil and natural gas industry or prices could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations and our ability to meet our capital expenditure obligations and financial commitments.

    Competition has intensified during the downturn and we rely upon a few customers for a significant portion of our revenues. Decreased demand for our services or the loss of one or more of these relationships could adversely affect our revenues.

    Our operations are subject to operational hazards for which we may not be adequately insured.

    Our operations are subject to various governmental regulations that require compliance that can be burdensome and expensive and may adversely affect the feasibility of conducting our operations.

    Any failure by us to comply with applicable governmental laws and regulations, including those relating to hydraulic fracturing, could result in governmental authorities taking actions that could adversely affect our operations and financial condition.

    We have substantial indebtedness and any failure to meet our debt obligations would adversely affect our liquidity and financial condition.

    Our major stockholders, Maju Investments (Mauritius) Pte Ltd, or Maju, CHK Energy Holdings, Inc., or Chesapeake, and Senja Capital Ltd, or Senja, will continue to exercise significant influence over matters requiring stockholder approval, and their interests may conflict with those of our other stockholders.

Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company

        As a company with less than $1.0 billion in revenue during our last completed fiscal year, we qualify as an "emerging growth company" as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act. An emerging growth company may take advantage of certain reduced reporting requirements that are otherwise applicable generally to public companies. These reduced reporting requirements include:

    an exemption from compliance with the auditor attestation requirement on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting;

    an exemption from compliance with any requirement that the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, or PCAOB, may adopt regarding mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor's report providing additional information about the audit and the financial statements;

    reduced disclosure about our executive compensation arrangements;

    an exemption from the requirements to obtain a non-binding advisory vote on executive compensation or stockholder approval of any golden parachute arrangements;

    extended transition periods for complying with new or revised accounting standards; and

8


Table of Contents

    the ability to present more limited financial data in this registration statement, of which this prospectus is a part.

        We will remain an emerging growth company until the earliest to occur of: (1) the end of the first fiscal year in which our annual gross revenue is $1.0 billion or more; (2) the end of the fiscal year in which the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates is at least $700 million as of the last business day of our most recently completed second fiscal quarter; (3) the date on which we have, during the previous three-year period, issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities; and (4) the end of the fiscal year during which the fifth anniversary of this offering occurs. We may choose to take advantage of some, but not all, of the available benefits under the JOBS Act.

        We have elected to take advantage of all of the applicable JOBS Act provisions, except that we will elect to opt out of the exemption that allows emerging growth companies to extend the transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards (this election is irrevocable). Accordingly, the information that we provide you may be different than what you may receive from other public companies in which you hold equity interests.

Our Principal Stockholders

        Upon the conversion of our convertible preferred stock into common stock and the completion of this offering, Maju, Chesapeake and Senja will beneficially own approximately        %,        % and        %, respectively, of our common stock, or        %,        % and        %, respectively, if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full. For more information regarding our beneficial ownership see "Principal and Selling Stockholders."

        Maju is an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of Temasek Holdings (Private) Limited, or Temasek. Temasek is an investment company based in Singapore with a net portfolio of S$242 billion as of March 31, 2016. Chesapeake is a wholly owned subsidiary of Chesapeake Energy Corporation, or Chesapeake Parent. Established in 1989, Chesapeake Parent is an oil and natural gas exploration and production company headquartered in Oklahoma City, Oklahoma. Senja is an investment company affiliated with RRJ Capital Limited, or RRJ. RRJ is an Asian investment firm with a total of assets under management of close to $11 billion.

        These stockholders will continue to exercise significant influence over matters requiring stockholder approval, including the election of directors, changes to our organizational documents and significant corporate transactions. See "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Investors' Rights Agreements." Furthermore, we anticipate that several individuals who will serve as our directors upon completion of this offering will be nominees of Maju, Chesapeake and Senja. See "Risk Factors—Our three largest stockholders control a significant percentage of our common stock, and their interests may conflict with those of our other stockholders."

History and Conversion

        We were originally formed in 2000. In 2011, our prior majority owners sold their interest to a newly formed Delaware limited liability company controlled by an investor group comprised mainly of Maju, Chesapeake and Senja. We converted from a limited liability company to a corporation in 2012.

Company Information

        Our principal executive offices are located at 777 Main Street, Suite 2900, Fort Worth, Texas 76102, and our telephone number at that address is (817) 862-2000. Our website address is www.ftsi.com. Information contained on our website does not constitute part of this prospectus.

9


Table of Contents

 


The Offering

Common stock offered by us

          shares and        shares if the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full.

Common stock offered by the selling stockholders

 

        shares if the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full.

Over-allotment option

 

We and the selling stockholders have granted the underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days, to purchase up to an aggregate of        additional shares of our common stock to cover over-allotments, if any.

Common stock outstanding after this offering

 

        shares, or        shares if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full.

Use of proceeds

 

We expect to receive approximately $        million (or approximately $        million if the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares in this offering is exercised in full) of net proceeds from the sale of the common stock offered by us, assuming an initial public offering price of $        per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses. Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the public offering price would increase (decrease) our net proceeds by approximately $        million. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares by the selling stockholders.

 

We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering for general corporate purposes, which will include repaying indebtedness under our senior secured floating rate notes due May 1, 2020, or the 2020 Notes, or our term loan due April 16, 2021, or the Term Loan. Subject to completion of the initial public offering, we have provided notice to the holders for redemption of all of our outstanding 2020 Notes at a redemption price of 103.000% of the principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but not including the redemption date. We expect the redemption date to be the closing date of this offering. See "Use of Proceeds."

Dividend policy

 

After completion of this offering, we intend to retain future earnings, if any, for use in the repayment of our existing indebtedness and in the operation and expansion of our business. Therefore, we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future following this offering. See "Dividend Policy."

Listing and trading symbol

 

We intend to list our common stock on the NYSE under the symbol "FTSI."

Risk Factors

 

You should carefully read and consider the information beginning on page 15 of this prospectus set forth under the heading "Risk Factors" and all other information set forth in this prospectus before deciding to invest in our common stock.

10


Table of Contents

Conflicts of Interest

 

As described in "Use of Proceeds," we intend to use the net proceeds from this offering for general corporate purposes, which will include repaying indebtedness under our 2020 Notes or our Term Loan. Affiliates of Guggenheim Securities, LLC hold positions in the 2020 Notes. Because Guggenheim Securities, LLC is expected to directly or indirectly receive 5% or more of the net proceeds of this offering, not including underwriting compensation, Guggenheim Securities, LLC is deemed to have a "conflict of interest" within the meaning of Rule 5121 of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. or Rule 5121. Accordingly, this offering will be made in compliance with the applicable provisions of Rule 5121. Guggenheim Securities, LLC will not confirm sales to discretionary accounts without the prior written approval of the customer.

        Before this offering we will effect a                :                reverse stock split, assuming an initial public offering price of $        per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. Upon filing our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, each                shares of common stock will be combined into and represent one share of common stock. Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the public offering price would increase (decrease) the number of shares of our common stock that will be combined into one share of common stock by    %. Additionally, before this offering our convertible preferred stock will be converted into an aggregate of            issued and outstanding shares of common stock based on a fixed exchange ratio of            :            , assuming an initial public offering price of $    per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the public offering price would increase (decrease) the number of shares of our common stock that our convertible preferred stock will convert into by         %. Upon filing our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, each share of convertible preferred stock will convert into a number of shares of common stock equal to its accreted value, which at March 31, 2017 was $2,735 per share, divided by the initial public offering price per share, subject to adjustment based on the aggregate value of our common stock and convertible preferred stock prior to this offering. For additional information regarding the conversion of our convertible preferred stock, see "Description of Capital Stock."

        Following the reverse stock split and conversion, our authorized capital stock will consist of          shares of common stock and            shares of preferred stock and             shares of common stock will be outstanding. In connection with this offering, we will issue an additional            shares of new common stock and, immediately following this offering, we will have            total shares of common stock outstanding.

        Unless otherwise noted, all information contained in this prospectus:

    Assumes the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional shares;

    Other than historical financial data, reflects (1)  our            :            reverse stock split and (2) the conversion of our convertible preferred stock, into shares of common stock at a fixed exchange ratio of            :            prior to the consummation of this offering, in each case, assuming an initial public offering price of $        per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus; and

    Excludes shares of common stock reserved for issuance under the FTS International, Inc. 2014 Long-Term Incentive Plan, or the 2014 LTIP and under the FTS International, Inc. 2017 Equity and Incentive Compensation Plan, or the 2017 Plan.

11


Table of Contents

 


SUMMARY FINANCIAL DATA

        The following tables set forth our summary historical consolidated financial data for the periods and the dates indicated. The consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2015 and 2016 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements, or Audited Consolidated Financial Statements, that are included elsewhere in this prospectus. The consolidated statements of operations data for the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2017 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of March 31, 2017 are derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements, or Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements, that are included elsewhere in this prospectus. The results of operations for the periods presented below are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for any future period, and the results for any interim period are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for a full fiscal year.

        You should read this information together with "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
  Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
(Dollars in millions, except per share amounts)
  2015   2016   2016   2017  

Statements of Operations Data:

                         

Revenue

  $ 1,375.3   $ 532.2   $ 148.7   $ 213.5  

Costs of revenue, excluding depreciation and amortization(1)

    1,257.9     510.5     141.2     174.8  

Selling, general and administrative

    154.7     64.4     20.2     19.5  

Depreciation and amortization

    272.4     112.6     30.1     21.8  

Impairments and other charges(2)

    619.9     12.3     1.6     0.1  

Loss (gain) on disposal of assets, net

    5.9     1.0     2.8     (0.4 )

Gain on insurance recoveries

        (15.1 )   (12.5 )   (2.6 )

Operating income (loss)

    (935.5 )   (153.5 )   (34.7 )   0.3  

Interest expense, net

    77.2     87.5     22.3     21.2  

Loss (gain) on extinguishment of debt, net

    0.6     (53.7 )        

Equity in net loss (income) of joint venture affiliate

    1.4     2.8     1.0     (0.9 )

Loss before income taxes

    (1,014.7 )   (190.1 )   (58.0 )   (20.0 )

Income tax expense (benefit)(3)

    (1.5 )   (1.6 )       0.1  

Net loss

  $ (1,013.2 ) $ (188.5 ) $ (58.0 ) $ (20.1 )

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

  $ (1,158.1 ) $ (370.1 ) $ (99.4 ) $ (71.4 )

Basic and diluted earnings (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders

  $ (0.32 ) $ (0.10 ) $ (0.03 ) $ (0.02 )

Shares used in computing basic and diluted earnings (loss) per share (in millions)

    3,589.7     3,586.5     3,586.5     3,586.4  

Balance Sheet Data (at end of period):

                         

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 264.6   $ 160.3         $ 126.7  

Total assets

  $ 907.4   $ 616.8         $ 630.1  

Total debt

  $ 1,276.2   $ 1,188.7         $ 1,189.6  

Convertible preferred stock(4)

  $ 349.8   $ 349.8         $ 349.8  

Total stockholders' equity (deficit)

  $ (830.5 ) $ (1,019.0 )       $ (1,039.1 )

Pro Forma Data(5):

                         

Pro forma net loss

        $                        $                 

Pro forma basic and diluted earnings (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders

        $                        $                 

Pro forma shares used in computing basic and diluted earnings (loss) per share (in millions)(6)

                         

12


Table of Contents

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
  Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
(Dollars in millions, except per share amounts)
  2015   2016   2016   2017  

Pro forma total debt (at end of period)

                    $                 

Pro forma total stockholders' equity (deficit) (at end of period)

                    $                 

Other Data:

                         

Adjusted EBITDA(7)

  $ (62.8 ) $ (50.8 ) $ (14.7 ) $ 20.0  

Net debt (at end of period)(8)

  $ 1,011.6   $ 1,028.4   $ 996.2   $ 1,062.9  

Pro forma net debt (at end of period)(8)

                    $                 

Capital expenditures

  $ 79.1   $ 10.3   $ 1.8   $ 6.7  

Total fracturing stages(9)

    21,919     16,185     3,273     6,523  

(1)
The amount of depreciation and amortization related to our costs of revenue that has been classified as depreciation and amortization in this table for the year ended December 31, 2015 and 2016 is $152.3 million and $98.9 million, respectively, and for the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2017 is $26.3 million and $18.8 million, respectively.

(2)
For a discussion of amounts recorded for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016 and for the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2017, see Note 10—"Impairments and Other Charges" in Notes to our Audited Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this prospectus and Note 4—"Impairments and Other Charges" in Notes to our Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

(3)
Consists primarily of state margin taxes accounted for as income taxes. The tax effect of our net operating losses has not been reflected in our results because we have recorded a full valuation allowance with regards to the realization of our deferred tax assets since 2012.

(4)
The holders of the convertible preferred stock are also common stockholders of the Company and collectively appoint 100% of our board of directors. Therefore, the convertible preferred stockholders can direct the Company to redeem the convertible preferred stock at any time after all of our debt has been repaid; however, we did not consider this to be probable for any of the periods presented due to the amount of debt outstanding. Therefore, we have presented the convertible preferred stock as temporary equity but have not reflected any accretion of the convertible preferred stock in this table or in our Consolidated Financial Statements. See Note 7—"Convertible Preferred Stock" in Notes to our Audited Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for more information. At March 31, 2017, the liquidation preference of the convertible preferred stock was estimated to be $957.4 million.

(5)
Pro forma data gives effect to (1) the        :        reverse stock split, (2) the conversion of our convertible preferred stock into issued and outstanding common stock at a fixed exchange ratio of        :        , (3) the sale of      shares of common stock to be issued by us in this offering and (4) the use of proceeds therefrom, as if each of these events occurred on January 1, 2016 for purposes of the statement of operations and March 31, 2017, for purposes of the balance sheet, and for each of (1), (2) and (3), assuming an initial public offering price of $        per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. Additionally, the pro forma balance sheet information reflects a share-based compensation expense of approximately $             million associated with restricted stock units issued under our 2014 LTIP that will vest immediately before effectiveness of this registration statement and will be settled in cash. For additional information regarding the conversion of our convertible preferred stock, see "Description of Capital Stock."

(6)
The pro forma shares used to compute pro forma earnings per share for the year ended December 31, 2016 and the three months ended March 31, 2017, have been adjusted to include the sale of             shares of common stock in this offering that would generate only enough proceeds to repay debt as described under "Use of Proceeds."

(7)
Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP financial measure that we define as earnings before interest; income taxes; and depreciation and amortization, as well as, the following items, if applicable: gain or loss on disposal of assets; debt extinguishment gains or losses; inventory write-downs, asset and goodwill impairments; gain on insurance recoveries; acquisition earn-out adjustments; stock-based compensation; and acquisition or disposition transaction costs. The most comparable financial measure to Adjusted EBITDA under GAAP is net income or loss. Adjusted EBITDA is used by management to evaluate the operating performance of our business for comparable periods and it is a metric used for management incentive compensation. Adjusted EBITDA should not be used by investors or others as the sole basis for formulating investment decisions, as it

13


Table of Contents

    excludes a number of important items. We believe Adjusted EBITDA is an important indicator of operating performance because it excludes the effects of our capital structure and certain non-cash items from our operating results. Adjusted EBITDA is also commonly used by investors in the oilfield services industry to measure a company's operating performance, although our definition of Adjusted EBITDA may differ from other industry peer companies.

    The following table reconciles our net loss to Adjusted EBITDA:

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
  Three Months
Ended
March 31,
 
(In millions)
  2015   2016   2016   2017  

Net loss

  $ (1,013.2 ) $ (188.5 ) $ (58.0 ) $ (20.1 )

Interest expense, net

    77.2     87.5     22.3     21.2  

Income tax expense (benefit)

    (1.5 )   (1.6 )       0.1  

Depreciation and amortization

    272.4     112.6     30.1     21.8  

Loss (gain) on disposal of assets, net

    5.9     1.0     2.8     (0.4 )

Loss (gain) on extinguishment of debt, net

    0.6     (53.7 )        

Inventory write-down

    24.5              

Impairment of assets and goodwill

    572.9     7.0     0.6      

Gain on insurance recoveries

        (15.1 )   (12.5 )   (2.6 )

Acquisition earn-out adjustments

    (3.4 )            

Stock-based compensation

    1.8              

Adjusted EBITDA

  $ (62.8) (a) $ (50.8) (b) $ (14.7) (c) $ 20.0  

(a)
For the year ended December 31, 2015, Adjusted EBITDA has not been adjusted to exclude the following items: employee severance costs of $13.1 million, supply commitment charges of $11.0 million, significant legal costs of $8.1 million, lease abandonment charges of $1.8 million, and profit of $2.4 million from the sale of equipment to our joint venture affiliate.

(b)
For the year ended December 31, 2016, Adjusted EBITDA has not been adjusted to exclude the following items: employee severance costs of $0.8 million, supply commitment charges of $2.5 million and lease abandonment charges of $2.0 million.

(c)
For the three months ended March 31, 2016, Adjusted EBITDA has not been adjusted to exclude the following items: employee severance costs of $0.8 million and lease abandonment charges of $0.2 million.
(8)
Net debt is a non-GAAP financial measure that we define as total debt less cash and cash equivalents. The most comparable financial measure to net debt under GAAP is debt. Net debt is used by management as a measure of our financial leverage. Net debt should not be used by investors or others as the sole basis in formulating investment decisions as it does not represent our actual indebtedness. Pro forma net debt is net debt adjusted as if we received the net proceeds from this offering and we (a) settled the restricted stock units granted under the 2014 LTIP in cash and (b) redeemed $             million of our outstanding 2020 Notes as if each of these events occurred on March 31, 2017.

The following table reconciles our total debt to net debt:

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
  Three Months
Ended
March 31,
 
(In millions)
  2015   2016   2016   2017  

Total debt

  $ 1,276.2   $ 1,188.7   $ 1,277.1   $ 1,189.6  

Cash and cash equivalents

    (264.6 )   (160.3 )   (280.9 )   (126.7 )

Net debt

  $ 1,011.6   $ 1,028.4   $ 996.2   $ 1,062.9  

14


Table of Contents

    The following table reconciles our total debt to pro forma net debt:

(In millions)
  Three Months
Ended
March 31, 2017
 

Total debt

  $ 1,189.6  

Repayment of 2020 Notes

       

Pro forma total debt

       

Cash and cash equivalents

    126.7  

Net proceeds from this offering

       

Cash settlement of 2014 restricted stock units

       

Cash paid to repurchase 2020 Notes

       

Pro forma cash and cash equivalents

       

Pro forma net debt

  $    
(9)
See "Business—Our Services—Hydraulic Fracturing" for details regarding fracturing stages and fleets and the types of agreements we use to provide hydraulic fracturing services.

15


Table of Contents


RISK FACTORS

         An investment in our common stock involves risks. You should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below, together with all of the other information contained in this prospectus, including the section titled "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation" and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes, before making an investment decision. Our business, financial condition or results of operations could be materially adversely affected by any of these risks. The trading price of our common stock could decline due to any of these risks, and you may lose all or part of your investment.

Risks Relating to Our Business

Our business depends on domestic spending by the onshore oil and natural gas industry, which is cyclical and significantly declined in 2015 and 2016.

        Our business is cyclical and depends on the willingness of our customers to make operating and capital expenditures to explore for, develop and produce oil and natural gas in the United States. The willingness of our customers to undertake these activities depends largely upon prevailing industry conditions that are influenced by numerous factors over which we have no control, such as:

    prices, and expectations about future prices, for oil and natural gas;

    domestic and foreign supply of, and demand for, oil and natural gas and related products;

    the level of global and domestic oil and natural gas inventories;

    the supply of and demand for hydraulic fracturing and other oilfield services and equipment in the United States;

    the cost of exploring for, developing, producing and delivering oil and natural gas;

    available pipeline, storage and other transportation capacity;

    lead times associated with acquiring equipment and products and availability of qualified personnel;

    the discovery rates of new oil and natural gas reserves;

    federal, state and local regulation of hydraulic fracturing and other oilfield service activities, as well as E&P activities, including public pressure on governmental bodies and regulatory agencies to regulate our industry;

    the availability of water resources, suitable proppant and chemicals in sufficient quantities for use in hydraulic fracturing fluids;

    geopolitical developments and political instability in oil and natural gas producing countries;

    actions of OPEC, its members and other state-controlled oil companies relating to oil price and production controls;

    advances in exploration, development and production technologies or in technologies affecting energy consumption;

    the price and availability of alternative fuels and energy sources;

    weather conditions and natural disasters;

    uncertainty in capital and commodities markets and the ability of oil and natural gas producers to raise equity capital and debt financing; and

    U.S. federal, state and local and non-U.S. governmental regulations and taxes.

16


Table of Contents

        Volatility or weakness in oil and natural gas prices (or the perception that oil and natural gas prices will decrease or remain depressed) generally leads to decreased spending by our customers, which in turn negatively impacts drilling, completion and production activity. In particular, the demand for new or existing drilling, completion and production work is driven by available investment capital for such work. When these capital investments decline, our customers' demand for our services declines. Because these types of services can be easily "started" and "stopped," and oil and natural gas producers generally tend to be risk averse when commodity prices are low or volatile, we typically experience a more rapid decline in demand for our services compared with demand for other types of energy services. Any negative impact on the spending patterns of our customers may cause lower pricing and utilization for our services, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Oil and natural gas prices have declined significantly since 2014 and remain volatile, which has adversely affected, and may continue to adversely affect, our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

        The demand for our services depends on the level of spending by oil and natural gas companies for drilling, completion and production activities, which are affected by short-term and long-term trends in oil and natural gas prices, including current and anticipated oil and natural gas prices. Oil and natural gas prices, as well as the level of drilling, completion and production activities, historically have been extremely volatile and are expected to continue to be highly volatile. For example, oil prices have declined significantly since 2014, with WTI crude oil spot prices declining from a monthly average of $105.79 per barrel in June 2014 to $30.32 per barrel in February 2016. The spot price per barrel as of May 1, 2017 was $49.31. In line with this sustained volatility in oil and natural gas prices, we experienced a significant decline in pressure pumping activity levels across our customer base. The volatile oil and natural gas prices adversely affected, and could continue to adversely affect, our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Our customers may not be able to maintain or increase their reserve levels going forward.

        In addition to the impact of future oil and natural gas prices on our financial performance over time, our ability to grow future revenues and increase profitability will depend largely upon our customers' ability to find, develop or acquire additional shale oil and natural gas reserves that are economically recoverable to replace the reserves they produce. Hydraulic fractured wells are generally more short-lived than conventional wells. Our customers own or have access to a finite amount of shale oil and natural gas reserves in the United States that will be depleted over time. The production rate from shale oil and natural gas properties generally declines as reserves are depleted, while related per-unit production costs generally increase as a result of decreasing reservoir pressures and other factors. If our customers are unable to replace the shale oil reserves they own or have access to at the rate they produce such reserves, their proved reserves and production will decline over time. Reductions in production levels by our customers over time may reduce the future demand for our services and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Our business may be adversely affected by a deterioration in general economic conditions or a weakening of the broader energy industry.

        A prolonged economic slowdown or recession in the United States, adverse events relating to the energy industry or regional, national and global economic conditions and factors, particularly a further slowdown in the E&P industry, could negatively impact our operations and therefore adversely affect our results. The risks associated with our business are more acute during periods of economic slowdown or recession because such periods may be accompanied by decreased exploration and development spending by our customers, decreased demand for oil and natural gas and decreased prices for oil and natural gas.

17


Table of Contents

Competition in our industry has intensified during the industry downturn, and we may not be able to provide services that meet the specific needs of our customers at competitive prices.

        The markets in which we operate are generally highly competitive and have relatively few barriers to entry. The principal competitive factors in our markets are price, service quality, safety, and in some cases, breadth of products. We compete with large national and multi-national companies that have longer operating histories, greater financial, technical and other resources and greater name recognition than we do. Several of our competitors provide a broader array of services and have a stronger presence in more geographic markets. In addition, we compete with several smaller companies capable of competing effectively on a regional or local basis. Our competitors may be able to respond more quickly to new or emerging technologies and services and changes in customer requirements. Some contracts are awarded on a bid basis, which further increases competition based on price. Pricing is often the primary factor in determining which qualified contractor is awarded a job. The competitive environment may be further intensified by mergers and acquisitions among oil and natural gas companies or other events that have the effect of reducing the number of available customers. As a result of competition, we have had to lower the prices for our services and may lose market share or be unable to maintain or increase prices for our present services or to acquire additional business opportunities, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

        Pressure on pricing for our services resulting from the industry downturn has impacted, and may continue to impact, our ability to maintain utilization and pricing for our services or implement price increases. During periods of declining pricing for our services, we may not be able to reduce our costs accordingly, which could further adversely affect our results of operations. Also, we may not be able to successfully increase prices without adversely affecting our utilization levels. The inability to maintain our utilization and pricing levels, or to increase our prices as costs increase, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

        In addition, some E&P companies have begun performing hydraulic fracturing on their wells using their own equipment and personnel. Any increase in the development and utilization of in-house fracturing capabilities by our customers could decrease the demand for our services and have a material adverse impact on our business.

We are dependent on a few customers operating in a single industry. The loss of one or more significant customers could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

        Our customers are engaged in the E&P business in the United States. Historically, we have been dependent upon a few customers for a significant portion of our revenues. For the year ended December 31, 2016 and the three months ended March 31, 2017, our four largest customers generated approximately 52% and 47%, respectively, of our total revenue. In fiscal years 2015 and 2014, our four largest customers generated approximately 44% and 45%, respectively, of our total revenue. For a discussion of our customers that make up 10% or more of our revenues, see "Business—Customers."

        Our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected if one or more of our significant customers ceases to engage us for our services on favorable terms or at all or fails to pay or delays in paying us significant amounts of our outstanding receivables. Although we do have contracts for multiple projects with certain of our customers, most of our services are provided on a project-by-project basis.

        Additionally, the E&P industry is characterized by frequent consolidation activity. Changes in ownership of our customers may result in the loss of, or reduction in, business from those customers, which could materially and adversely affect our financial condition.

18


Table of Contents

We extend credit to our customers. The decline in oil and natural gas prices presents a risk of nonpayment of our accounts receivable.

        We extend credit to all our customers. Most, if not all, of our customers are experiencing the same financial and operational challenges that we are experiencing as a result of the decline in oil and natural gas prices. Many of our customers have experienced financial difficulties and some have filed for bankruptcy protection. As a result, we may have difficulty collecting outstanding accounts receivable from, or experience longer collection cycles with, some of our customers, which could have an adverse effect on our financial condition and cash flows.

Decreased demand for proppant has adversely affected, and could continue to adversely affect, our commitments under supply agreements.

        We have purchase commitments with certain vendors to supply the proppant used in our operations. Some of these agreements are take-or-pay arrangements with minimum purchase obligations. During the industry downturn, our minimum contractual commitments have exceeded the amount of proppant needed in our operations. As a result, we made minimum payments for proppant that we were unable to use. Furthermore, some of our customers have bought and in the future may buy proppant directly from vendors, reducing our need for proppant. If market conditions do not improve, or our customers buy proppant directly from vendors, we may be required to make minimum payments in future periods, which may adversely affect our results of operations, liquidity and cash flows.

Our operations are subject to inherent risks, including operational hazards. These risks may not be fully covered under our insurance policies.

        Our operations are subject to hazards inherent in the oil and natural gas industry, such as accidents, blowouts, explosions, craters, fires and oil spills. These hazards may lead to property damage, personal injury, death or the discharge of hazardous materials into the environment. The occurrence of a significant event or adverse claim in excess of the insurance coverage that we maintain or that is not covered by insurance could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

        As is customary in our industry, our service contracts generally provide that we will indemnify and hold harmless our customers from any claims arising from personal injury or death of our employees, damage to or loss of our equipment, and pollution emanating from our equipment and services. Similarly, our customers agree to indemnify and hold us harmless from any claims arising from personal injury or death of their employees, damage to or loss of their equipment, and pollution caused from their equipment or the well reservoir. Our indemnification arrangements may not protect us in every case. In addition, our indemnification rights may not fully protect us if the customer is insolvent or becomes bankrupt, does not maintain adequate insurance or otherwise does not possess sufficient resources to indemnify us. Furthermore, our indemnification rights may be held unenforceable in some jurisdictions. Our inability to fully realize the benefits of our contractual indemnification protections could result in significant liabilities and could adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

        We maintain customary insurance coverage against these types of hazards. We are self-insured up to retention limits with regard to, among other things, workers' compensation and general liability. We maintain accruals in our consolidated balance sheets related to self-insurance retentions by using third-party data and historical claims history. The occurrence of an event not fully insured against, or the failure of an insurer to meet its insurance obligations, could result in substantial losses. In addition, we may not be able to maintain adequate insurance in the future at rates we consider reasonable. Insurance may not be available to cover any or all of the risks to which we are subject, or, even if available, it may be inadequate.

19


Table of Contents

We are subject to laws and regulations regarding issues of health, safety, and protection of the environment, under which we may become liable for penalties, damages, or costs of remediation.

        Our operations are subject to stringent laws and regulations relating to protection of natural resources, clean air, drinking water, wetlands, endangered species, greenhouse gases, nonattainment areas, the environment, health and safety, chemical use and storage, waste management, and transportation of hazardous and non-hazardous materials. These laws and regulations subject us to risks of environmental liability, including leakage from an operator's casing during our operations or accidental spills onto or into surface or subsurface soils, surface water, or groundwater.

        Some environmental laws and regulations may impose strict liability, joint and several liability or both. Strict liability means that we could be exposed to liability as a result of our conduct that was lawful at the time it occurred, or the conduct of or conditions caused by third parties without regard to whether we caused or contributed to the conditions. Additionally, environmental concerns, including air and drinking water contamination and seismic activity, have prompted investigations that could lead to the enactment of regulations that potentially could have a material adverse impact on our business. Sanctions for noncompliance with environmental laws and regulations could result in fines and penalties (administrative, civil or criminal), revocations of permits, expenditures for remediation, and issuance of corrective action orders, and actions arising under these laws and regulations could result in liability for property damage, exposure to waste and other hazardous materials, nuisance or personal injuries. Such claims or sanctions could cause us to incur substantial costs or losses and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Changes in laws and regulations could prohibit, restrict or limit our operations, increase our operating costs or result in the disclosure of proprietary information resulting in competitive harm.

        Various legislative and regulatory initiatives have been undertaken that could result in additional requirements or restrictions being imposed on our operations. Legislation and/or regulations are being considered at the federal, state and local levels that could impose chemical disclosure requirements (such as restrictions on the use of certain types of chemicals or prohibitions on hydraulic fracturing operations in certain areas) and prior approval requirements. If they become effective, these regulations would establish additional levels of regulation that could lead to operational delays and increased operating costs. Disclosure of our proprietary chemical information to third parties or to the public, even if inadvertent, could diminish the value of our trade secrets and could result in competitive harm to us, which could have an adverse impact on our financial condition and results of operations.

        Additionally, some jurisdictions are or have considered zoning and other ordinances, the conditions of which could impose a de facto ban on drilling and/or hydraulic fracturing operations, and are closely examining permit and disposal options for processed water, which if imposed could have a material adverse impact on our costs of operations. Moreover, any moratorium or increased regulation of our raw materials vendors, such as our proppant suppliers, could increase the cost of those materials and adversely affect the results of our operations.

        We are also subject to various transportation regulations that include certain permit requirements of highway and vehicle and hazardous material safety authorities. These regulations govern such matters as the authorization to engage in motor carrier operations, safety, equipment testing, driver requirements and specifications and insurance requirements. As these regulations develop and any new regulations are proposed, we may experience an increase in related costs. We cannot predict whether, or in what form, any legislative or regulatory changes or municipal ordinances applicable to our logistics operations will be enacted and to what extent any such legislation or regulations could increase our costs or otherwise adversely affect our business or operations.

20


Table of Contents

Federal and state legislative and regulatory initiatives relating to hydraulic fracturing could result in increased costs and additional operating restrictions or delays.

        Our business is dependent on our ability to conduct hydraulic fracturing and horizontal drilling activities. Hydraulic fracturing is used to stimulate production of hydrocarbons, particularly natural gas, from tight formations, including shales. The process, which involves the injection of water, sand and chemicals, or proppants, under pressure into formations to fracture the surrounding rock and stimulate production, is typically regulated by state oil and natural gas commissions. However, federal agencies have asserted regulatory authority over certain aspects of the process. For example, on May 9, 2014, the EPA issued an Advanced Notice of Proposed Rulemaking seeking comment on the development of regulations under the Toxic Substances Control Act to require companies to disclose information regarding the chemicals used in hydraulic fracturing. The EPA projects publishing a Notice of Proposed Rulemaking by June 2018, which would describe a proposed mechanism—regulatory, voluntary or a combination of both—to collect data on hydraulic fracturing chemical substances and mixtures. On June 28, 2016, the EPA published a final rule prohibiting the discharge of wastewater from onshore unconventional oil and natural gas extraction facilities to publicly owned wastewater treatment plans. The EPA is also conducting a study of private wastewater treatment facilities (also known as centralized waste treatment, or CWT, facilities) accepting oil and natural gas extraction wastewater. The EPA is collecting data and information related to the extent to which CWT facilities accept such wastewater, available treatment technologies (and their associated costs), discharge characteristics, financial characteristics of CWT facilities and the environmental impacts of discharges from CWT facilities. Furthermore, legislation to amend the Safe Drinking Water Act, or SDWA, to repeal the exemption for hydraulic fracturing (except when diesel fuels are used) from the definition of "underground injection" and require federal permitting and regulatory control of hydraulic fracturing, as well as legislative proposals to require disclosure of the chemical constituents of the fluids used in the fracturing process, were proposed in recent sessions of Congress. Additionally, the Bureau of Land Management, or BLM, of the Department of the Interior has established regulations imposing drilling and construction requirements for operations on federal or Indian lands including management requirements for surface operations and public disclosures of chemicals used in the hydraulic fracturing fluids. While these regulations are subject to judicial review by the Tenth Circuit, and BLM recently announced plans to rescind the regulations, imposition of these regulations could cause us or our customers to incur substantial compliance costs and any failure to comply could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations.

        On August 16, 2012, the EPA published final regulations under the federal Clean Air Act that establish new air emission controls for oil and natural gas production and natural gas processing operations. Specifically, the EPA's rule package includes New Source Performance Standards to address emissions of sulfur dioxide and volatile organic compounds, or VOCs, and a separate set of emission standards to address hazardous air pollutants frequently associated with oil and natural gas production and processing activities. The final rule seeks to achieve a 95% reduction in VOCs emitted by requiring the use of reduced emission completions or "green completions" on all hydraulically fractured wells constructed or refractured after January 1, 2015. The rules also establish specific new requirements regarding emissions from compressors, controllers, dehydrators, storage tanks and other production equipment. These rules required a number of modifications to our operations, including the installation of new equipment to control emissions. The EPA received numerous requests for reconsideration of these rules from both industry and the environmental community, and court challenges to the rules were also filed. In response, the EPA has issued, and will likely continue to issue, revised rules responsive to some of the requests for reconsideration. Recently, on May 12, 2016, the EPA amended the New Source Performance Standards to impose new standards for methane and VOC emissions for certain new, modified, and reconstructed equipment, processes, and activities across the oil and natural gas sector. On the same day, the EPA finalized a plan to implement its minor new source review program in Indian country for oil and natural gas production, and it issued for public comment an

21


Table of Contents

information request that will require companies to provide extensive information instrumental for the development of regulations to reduce methane emissions from existing oil and natural gas sources. In 2016, BLM promulgated regulations aimed at curbing air pollution, including greenhouse gases, for oil and natural gas produced on federal and Indian lands. Various states have filed for a petition for review and a motion for a preliminary injunction of these regulations. Additionally, the U.S. House of Representatives voted to eliminate the rule under the Congressional Review Act. To be revoked, the rule elimination will need to be approved by the U.S. Senate and signed by the President. At this point, we cannot predict the final regulatory requirements or the cost to comply with such requirements with any certainty.

        There are certain governmental reviews either underway or being proposed that focus on the environmental aspects of hydraulic fracturing practices. These ongoing or proposed studies, depending on their degree of pursuit and whether any meaningful results are obtained, could spur initiatives to further regulate hydraulic fracturing under the SDWA or other regulatory authorities. The EPA continues to evaluate the potential impacts of hydraulic fracturing on drinking water resources and the induced seismic activity from disposal wells and has recommended strategies for managing and minimizing the potential for significant injection-induced seismic events. For example, in December 2016, the EPA released its final report, entitled "Hydraulic Fracturing for Oil and Gas: Impacts from the Hydraulic Fracturing Water Cycle on Drinking Water Resources in the United States," on the potential impacts of hydraulic fracturing on drinking water resources. The report states that the EPA found scientific evidence that hydraulic fracturing activities can impact drinking water resources under some circumstances, noting that the following hydraulic fracturing water cycle activities and local- or regional-scale factors are more likely than others to result in more frequent or more severe impacts: water withdrawals for fracturing in times or areas of low water availability; surface spills during the management of fracturing fluids, chemicals or produced water; injection of fracturing fluids into wells with inadequate mechanical integrity; injection of fracturing fluids directly into groundwater resources; discharge of inadequately treated fracturing wastewater to surface waters; and disposal or storage of fracturing wastewater in unlined pits. Other governmental agencies, including the U.S. Department of Energy, the U.S. Geological Survey and the U.S. Government Accountability Office, have evaluated or are evaluating various other aspects of hydraulic fracturing. These ongoing or proposed studies could spur initiatives to further regulate hydraulic fracturing, and could ultimately make it more difficult or costly to perform fracturing and increase the costs of compliance and doing business for our customers.

        Several states, including Texas and Ohio, have adopted or are considering adopting regulations that could restrict or prohibit hydraulic fracturing in certain circumstances, impose more stringent operating standards and/or require the disclosure of the composition of hydraulic fracturing fluids. Any increased regulation of hydraulic fracturing, in these or other states, could reduce the demand for our services and materially and adversely affect our revenues and results of operations.

        There has been increasing public controversy regarding hydraulic fracturing with regard to the use of fracturing fluids, induced seismic activity, impacts on drinking water supplies, use of water and the potential for impacts to surface water, groundwater and the environment generally. A number of lawsuits and enforcement actions have been initiated across the country implicating hydraulic fracturing practices. If new laws or regulations are adopted that significantly restrict hydraulic fracturing, such laws could make it more difficult or costly for us to perform fracturing to stimulate production from tight formations as well as make it easier for third parties opposing the hydraulic fracturing process to initiate legal proceedings based on allegations that specific chemicals used in the fracturing process could adversely affect groundwater. In addition, if hydraulic fracturing is further regulated at the federal, state or local level, our customers' fracturing activities could become subject to additional permitting and financial assurance requirements, more stringent construction specifications, increased monitoring, reporting and recordkeeping obligations, plugging and abandonment requirements and also to attendant permitting delays and potential increases in costs. Such legislative or regulatory changes could cause us or our customers to incur substantial compliance costs, and compliance or the

22


Table of Contents

consequences of any failure to comply by us could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. At this time, it is not possible to estimate the impact on our business of newly enacted or potential federal, state or local laws governing hydraulic fracturing.

Existing or future laws and regulations related to greenhouse gases and climate change could have a negative impact on our business and may result in additional compliance obligations with respect to the release, capture, and use of carbon dioxide that could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

        Changes in environmental requirements related to greenhouse gases and climate change may negatively impact demand for our services. For example, oil and natural gas exploration and production may decline as a result of environmental requirements, including land use policies responsive to environmental concerns. Local, state, and federal agencies have been evaluating climate-related legislation and other regulatory initiatives that would restrict emissions of greenhouse gases in areas in which we conduct business. Because our business depends on the level of activity in the oil and natural gas industry, existing or future laws and regulations related to greenhouse gases and climate change, including incentives to conserve energy or use alternative energy sources, could have a negative impact on our business if such laws or regulations reduce demand for oil and natural gas. Likewise, such restrictions may result in additional compliance obligations with respect to the release, capture, sequestration, and use of carbon dioxide or other gases that could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

Delays in obtaining, or inability to obtain or renew, permits or authorizations by our customers for their operations or by us for our operations could impair our business.

        In most states, our customers are required to obtain permits or authorizations from one or more governmental agencies or other third parties to perform drilling and completion activities, including hydraulic fracturing. Such permits or approvals are typically required by state agencies, but can also be required by federal and local governmental agencies or other third parties. The requirements for such permits or authorizations vary depending on the location where such drilling and completion activities will be conducted. As with most permitting and authorization processes, there is a degree of uncertainty as to whether a permit will be granted, the time it will take for a permit or approval to be issued and the conditions which may be imposed in connection with the granting of the permit. In some jurisdictions, such as New York State and within the jurisdiction of the Delaware River Basin Commission, certain regulatory authorities have delayed or suspended the issuance of permits or authorizations while the potential environmental impacts associated with issuing such permits can be studied and appropriate mitigation measures evaluated. In Texas, rural water districts have begun to impose restrictions on water use and may require permits for water used in drilling and completion activities. Permitting, authorization or renewal delays, the inability to obtain new permits or the revocation of current permits could cause a loss of revenue and potentially have a materially adverse effect on our business, financial condition, prospects or results of operations.

        We are also required to obtain federal, state, local and/or third-party permits and authorizations in some jurisdictions in connection with our wireline services. These permits, when required, impose certain conditions on our operations. Any changes in these requirements could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, prospects and results of operations.

Restrictions on drilling activities intended to protect certain species of wildlife may adversely affect our ability to conduct drilling activities in some of the areas where we operate.

        Oil and natural gas operations in our operating areas can be adversely affected by seasonal or permanent restrictions on drilling activities designed to protect various wildlife, which may limit our ability to operate in protected areas. Permanent restrictions imposed to protect endangered species

23


Table of Contents

could prohibit drilling in certain areas or require the implementation of expensive mitigation measures. Additionally, the designation of previously unprotected species as threatened or endangered in areas where we operate could result in increased costs arising from species protection measures. Restrictions on oil and natural gas operations to protect wildlife could reduce demand for our services.

Conservation measures and technological advances could reduce demand for oil and natural gas and our services.

        Fuel conservation measures, alternative fuel requirements, increasing consumer demand for alternatives to oil and natural gas, technological advances in fuel economy and energy generation devices could reduce demand for oil and natural gas, resulting in reduced demand for oilfield services. The impact of the changing demand for oil and natural gas services and products may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

There may be a reduction in demand for our future services due to competition from alternative energy sources.

        Oil and natural gas competes with other sources of energy for consumer demand. There are significant governmental incentives and consumer pressures to increase the use of alternative energy sources in the United States and abroad. A number of automotive, industrial and power generation manufacturers are developing more fuel efficient engines, hybrid engines and alternative clean power systems using fuel cells or clean burning gaseous fuels. Greater use of these alternatives as a result of governmental incentives or regulations, technological advances, consumer demand, improved pricing or otherwise over time will reduce the demand for our products and services and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows going forward.

Limitations on construction of new natural gas pipelines or increases in federal or state regulation of natural gas pipelines could decrease demand for our services.

        There has been increasing public controversy regarding construction of new natural gas pipelines and the stringency of current regulation of natural gas pipelines. Delays in construction of new pipelines or increased stringency of regulation of existing natural gas pipelines at either the state or federal level could reduce the demand for our services and materially and adversely affect our revenues and results of operations.

Our operations require substantial capital and we may be unable to obtain needed capital or financing on satisfactory terms or at all, which could limit our ability to grow.

        The oilfield services industry is capital intensive. In conducting our business and operations, we have made, and expect to continue to make, substantial capital expenditures. Our total capital expenditures were $10.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. Since 2015, we have financed capital expenditures primarily with funding from cash on hand. We may be unable to generate sufficient cash from operations and other capital resources to maintain planned or future levels of capital expenditures which, among other things, may prevent us from properly maintaining our existing equipment or acquiring new equipment. Furthermore, any disruptions or continuing volatility in the global financial markets may lead to an increase in interest rates or a contraction in credit availability impacting our ability to finance our operations. This could put us at a competitive disadvantage or interfere with our growth plans. Furthermore, our actual capital expenditures for future years could exceed our capital expenditure budgets. In the event our capital expenditure requirements at any time are greater than the amount we have available, we could be required to seek additional sources of capital, which may include debt financing, joint venture partnerships, sales of assets, offerings of debt or equity securities or other means. We may not be able to obtain any such alternative source of capital. We may be required to curtail or eliminate contemplated activities. If we can obtain alternative

24


Table of Contents

sources of capital, the terms of such alternative may not be favorable to us. In particular, the terms of any debt financing may include covenants that significantly restrict our operations. Our inability to grow as planned may reduce our chances of maintaining and improving profitability.

A third party may claim we infringed upon its intellectual property rights, and we may be subjected to costly litigation.

        Our operations, including equipment, manufacturing and fluid and chemical operations may unintentionally infringe upon the patents or trade secrets of a competitor or other company that uses proprietary components or processes in its operations, and that company may have legal recourse against our use of its protected information. If this were to happen, these claims could result in legal and other costs associated with litigation. If found to have infringed upon protected information, we may have to pay damages or make royalty payments in order to continue using that information, which could substantially increase the costs previously associated with certain products or services, or we may have to discontinue use of the information or product altogether. Any of these could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.

New technology may cause us to become less competitive.

        The oilfield services industry is subject to the introduction of new drilling and completion techniques and services using new technologies, some of which may be subject to patent or other intellectual property protections. Although we believe our equipment and processes currently give us a competitive advantage, as competitors and others use or develop new or comparable technologies in the future, we may lose market share or be placed at a competitive disadvantage. Furthermore, we may face competitive pressure to implement or acquire certain new technologies at a substantial cost. Some of our competitors have greater financial, technical and personnel resources that may allow them to enjoy technological advantages and implement new technologies before we can. We cannot be certain that we will be able to implement all new technologies or products on a timely basis or at an acceptable cost. Thus, limits on our ability to effectively use and implement new and emerging technologies may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Loss or corruption of our information or a cyberattack on our computer systems could adversely affect our business.

        We are heavily dependent on our information systems and computer-based programs, including our well operations information and accounting data. If any of such programs or systems were to fail or create erroneous information in our hardware or software network infrastructure, whether due to cyberattack or otherwise, possible consequences include our loss of communication links and inability to automatically process commercial transactions or engage in similar automated or computerized business activities. Any such consequence could have a material adverse effect on our business.

        The oil and natural gas industry has become increasingly dependent on digital technologies to conduct certain activities. At the same time, cyberattacks have increased. The U.S. government has issued public warnings that indicate that energy assets might be specific targets of cyber security threats. Our technologies, systems and networks may become the target of cyberattacks or information security breaches. These could result in the unauthorized access, misuse, loss or destruction of our proprietary and other information or other disruption of our business operations. Any access or surveillance could remain undetected for an extended period. Our systems for protecting against cyber security risks may not be sufficient. As cyber incidents continue to evolve, we may be required to expend additional resources to continue to modify or enhance our protective measures or to investigate and remediate any vulnerability to cyber incidents. Additionally, our insurance coverage for cyberattacks may not be

25


Table of Contents

sufficient to cover all the losses we may experience as a result of such cyberattacks. Any additional costs could materially adversely affect our results of operations.

One or more of our directors may not reside in the United States, which may prevent investors from obtaining or enforcing judgments against them.

        Because one or more of our directors may not reside in the United States, it may not be possible for investors to effect service of process within the United States on our non-U.S. resident directors, enforce judgments obtained in U.S. courts based on the civil liability provisions of the U.S. federal securities laws against our non-U.S. resident directors, enforce in foreign courts U.S. court judgments based on civil liability provisions of the U.S. federal securities laws against our non-U.S. resident directors, or bring an original action in foreign courts to enforce liabilities based on the U.S. federal securities laws against our non-U.S. resident directors.

We may be unable to employ a sufficient number of key employees, technical personnel and other skilled or qualified workers.

        The delivery of our services and products requires personnel with specialized skills and experience who can perform physically demanding work. As a result of the volatility in the energy service industry and the demanding nature of the work, workers may choose to pursue employment with our competitors or in fields that offer a more desirable work environment. Our ability to be productive and profitable will depend upon our ability to employ and retain skilled workers. In addition, our ability to further expand our operations according to geographic demand for our services depends in part on our ability to relocate or increase the size of our skilled labor force. The demand for skilled workers in our areas of operations can be high, the supply may be limited and we may be unable to relocate our employees from areas of lower utilization to areas of higher demand. A significant increase in the wages paid by competing employers could result in a reduction of our skilled labor force, increases in the wage rates that we must pay, or both. Furthermore, a significant decrease in the wages paid by us or our competitors as a result of reduced industry demand could result in a reduction of the available skilled labor force, and there is no assurance that the availability of skilled labor will improve following a subsequent increase in demand for our services or an increase in wage rates. If any of these events were to occur, our capacity and profitability could be diminished and our growth potential could be impaired.

        We depend heavily on the efforts of executive officers, managers and other key employees to manage our operations. The unexpected loss or unavailability of key members of management or technical personnel may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, prospects or results of operations.

Adverse weather conditions could impact demand for our services or impact our costs.

        Our business could be adversely affected by adverse weather conditions. For example, unusually warm winters could adversely affect the demand for our services by decreasing the demand for natural gas or unusually cold winters could adversely affect our capability to perform our services, for example, due to delays in the delivery of equipment, personnel and products that we need in order to provide our services and weather-related damage to facilities and equipment, resulting in delays in operations. Our operations in arid regions can be affected by droughts and limited access to water used in our hydraulic fracturing operations. These constraints could adversely affect the costs and results of operations.

A terrorist attack or armed conflict could harm our business.

        Terrorist activities, anti-terrorist efforts and other armed conflicts involving the United States could adversely affect the U.S. and global economies and could prevent us from meeting financial and other

26


Table of Contents

obligations. We could experience loss of business, delays or defaults in payments from payors or disruptions of fuel supplies and markets if wells, operations sites or other related facilities are direct targets or indirect casualties of an act of terror or war. Such activities could reduce the overall demand for oil and natural gas, which, in turn, could also reduce the demand for our products and services. Terrorist activities and the threat of potential terrorist activities and any resulting economic downturn could adversely affect our results of operations, impair our ability to raise capital or otherwise adversely impact our ability to realize certain business strategies.

International operations subject us to additional economic, political and regulatory risks.

        In February 2016, our joint venture with the Sinopec Group, or Sinopec, commenced hydraulic fracturing operations in China. International operations require significant resources and may result in foreign operations that ultimately are not successful. Our joint venture operations and any further international expansion expose us to operational risks, including exposure to foreign currency rate fluctuations, war or political instability, limitations on the movement of funds, foreign and domestic government regulation, including compliance with the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, and bureaucratic delays. These may increase our costs and distract key personnel, which may adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Our ability to utilize our net operating loss carryforwards may be limited.

        As of December 31, 2016, we had federal and state net operating loss carryforwards, or NOLs, of approximately $1,600 million and $628 million, respectively, which if not utilized will begin to expire in 2032 for federal purposes and 2017 for state purposes. We may use these NOLs to offset against taxable income for U.S. federal and state income tax purposes. However, Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, may limit the NOLs we may use in any year for U.S. federal income tax purposes in the event of certain changes in ownership of our Company. A Section 382 "ownership change" generally occurs if one or more stockholders or groups of stockholders who own at least 5% of a company's stock increase their ownership by more than 50 percentage points over their lowest ownership percentage within a rolling three year period. Similar rules may apply under state tax laws. This offering or future issuances or sales of our stock, including certain transactions involving our stock that are outside of our control, could cause an "ownership change." If an "ownership change" has occurred in the past or occurs in the future, including in connection with this offering, Section 382 would impose an annual limit on the amount of pre-ownership change NOLs and other tax attributes we can use to reduce our taxable income, potentially increasing and accelerating our liability for income taxes, and also potentially causing those tax attributes to expire unused. Any limitation on using NOLs could, depending on the extent of such limitation and the NOLs previously used, result in our retaining less cash after payment of U.S. federal and state income taxes during any year in which we have taxable income, rather than losses, than we would be entitled to retain if such NOLs were available as an offset against such income for U.S. federal and state income tax reporting purposes, which could adversely impact our operating results.

Risks Relating to Our Indebtedness

We have substantial indebtedness. Any failure to meet our debt obligations would adversely affect our liquidity and financial condition.

        At March 31, 2017, we had $1.2 billion of long-term indebtedness outstanding. Our indebtedness affects our operations in several ways, including the following:

    a portion of our cash flows from operating activities must be used to service our indebtedness and is not available for other purposes;

    the covenants contained in the debt agreements governing our outstanding indebtedness limit our ability to borrow additional funds, and may also affect our flexibility in planning for, and reacting to, changes in the economy and in our industry; and

27


Table of Contents

    a lowering of the credit ratings of our debt may negatively affect the cost, terms, conditions and availability of future financing.

        If our cash flow and other capital resources are insufficient to fund our obligations under our debt agreements on a current basis and at maturity, or if we are otherwise unable to comply with the covenants in those agreements, we will need to refinance or restructure our debt. The proceeds of future borrowings may not be sufficient to refinance or repay the debt, and we may be unable to complete such transactions in a timely manner, on favorable terms, or at all. In addition, if we finance our operations through additional indebtedness, then the risks that we now face relating to our current debt level would intensify, and it would be more difficult to satisfy our existing financial obligations. Furthermore, if a default occurs under one debt agreement, then this could cause a cross-default under other debt agreements.

        We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering for general corporate purposes, which will include repaying indebtedness under our 2020 Notes or the Term Loan. See "Use of Proceeds."

Liquidity is essential to our business, and it has been and may continue to be adversely affected.

        Liquidity is essential to our business to service our debt and purchase the labor, materials and equipment that we use to operate our business. Additionally, we believe that a service provider's liquidity is important to our customers because adequate liquidity provides assurance that a service provider will have the financial resources to continue to operate in challenging industry conditions.

        Our liquidity has been adversely affected by the industry downturn due to the low or non-existent profit margins for utilization of our services. Our liquidity may be further impaired by unforeseen cash expenditures, which may arise due to circumstances beyond our control.

        Additionally, the terms of our existing debt instruments restrict, and any future debt instruments may further restrict, our ability to incur additional indebtedness, sell certain assets and engage in certain business activities. These restrictions prohibit activities that we could use to increase our liquidity. Also, our current lenders and investors hold a first lien on a portion of our assets as collateral, including substantially all of our revenue-generating equipment. New lenders and investors may require additional collateral, which could additionally impair our access to liquidity. If alternate financing is not available on favorable terms or at all, we would be required to decrease our capital spending to an even greater extent. Any additional decrease in our capital spending would adversely affect our ability to sustain or improve our profits. Refinancing may not be available, and any refinancing of our debt could be at higher interest rates, which could further adversely affect our liquidity.

Increases in interest rates could negatively affect our financing costs and our ability to access capital.

        We have exposure to future interest rates based on the variable rate debt under our Term Loan and 2020 Notes and to the extent we raise additional debt in the capital markets at variable rates to meet maturing debt obligations or to fund our capital expenditures and working capital needs. Daily working capital requirements are typically financed with operational cash flow and through the use of our existing borrowings. The interest rate on the Term Loan and the 2020 Notes is generally determined from the applicable LIBOR rate at the borrowing date plus a pre-set margin. We are therefore subject to market interest rate risk on that portion of our long-term debt that relates to the Term Loan and 2020 Notes. We do not employ risk management techniques, such as interest rate swaps, to hedge against interest rate volatility, and accordingly significant and sustained increases in market interest rates could materially increase our financing costs and negatively impact our reported results.

28


Table of Contents

Risks Relating to this Offering and Our Common Stock

Our three largest stockholders control a significant percentage of our common stock, and their interests may conflict with those of our other stockholders.

        Prior to the completion of this offering and the conversion of our convertible preferred stock, (1) Maju, an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of Temasek, (2) Chesapeake, a wholly owned subsidiary of Chesapeake Parent, and (3) Senja, an investment company affiliated with RRJ, will beneficially own 40.7%, 30.3% and 11.2%, respectively, of our common stock and 50.7%, 30.0% and 13.87%, respectively, of our convertible preferred stock. Upon completion of this offering and the conversion of the preferred stock into common stock, Maju, Chesapeake and Senja will beneficially own approximately        %,        % and        %, respectively, of our common stock, or        %,         % and        %, respectively, if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full. See "Principal and Selling Stockholders." As a result, Maju, Chesapeake and Senja, together, will continue to exercise significant influence over matters requiring stockholder approval, including the election of directors, changes to our organizational documents and significant corporate transactions. Furthermore, we anticipate that several individuals who will serve as our directors upon completion of this offering will be nominees of Maju, Chesapeake and Senja. This concentration of ownership and relationships with Maju, Chesapeake and Senja make it unlikely that any other holder or group of holders of our common stock will be able to affect the way we are managed or the direction of our business. In addition, we have engaged, and expect to continue to engage, in related party transactions involving Chesapeake. See "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions" and "Principal and Selling Stockholders." Furthermore, prior to completion of this offering, we will enter into investors' rights agreements with Maju, Chesapeake, Senja and Hampton Asset Holding Ltd., or Hampton, which will contain agreements regarding, among other things, director nomination, information and observer rights. See "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Investors' Rights Agreements." The interests of Maju, Chesapeake and Senja with respect to matters potentially or actually involving or affecting us, such as future acquisitions and financings, may conflict with the interests of our other stockholders. This continued concentrated ownership will make it more difficult for another company to acquire us and for you to receive any related takeover premium for your shares unless these stockholders approve the acquisition.

A significant reduction by our major stockholders of their ownership interests in us could adversely affect us.

        We believe that the substantial ownership interests of Maju, Chesapeake and Senja in us provides them with an economic incentive to assist us to be successful. If Maju, Chesapeake or Senja sell all or a substantial portion of their ownership interest in us, they may have less incentive to assist in our success and their nominees that serve as members of our board of directors may resign. Such actions could adversely affect our ability to successfully implement our business strategies which could adversely affect our cash flows or results of operations.

The initial public offering price of our common stock may not be indicative of the market price of our common stock after this offering. In addition, an active liquid trading market for our common stock may not develop and our stock price may be volatile.

        Prior to this offering, our equity securities were not traded on any market. An active and liquid trading market for our common stock may not develop or be maintained after this offering. Liquid and active trading markets usually result in less price volatility and more efficiency in carrying out investors' purchase and sale orders. The market price of our common stock could vary significantly as a result of a number of factors, some of which are beyond our control. In the event of a drop in the market price of our common stock, you could lose a substantial part or all of your investment in our common stock. The initial public offering price will be negotiated between us and representatives of the underwriters, based on numerous factors that we discuss in the "Underwriting (Conflicts of Interest)" section of this

29


Table of Contents

prospectus, and may not be indicative of the market price of our common stock after this offering. Consequently, you may not be able to sell shares of our common stock at prices equal to or greater than the price paid by you in this offering.

        The following factors, among others, could affect our stock price:

    our operating and financial performance;

    quarterly variations in the rate of growth of our financial indicators, such as net income per share, net income and revenues;

    changes in revenue or earnings estimates or publication of reports by equity research analysts;

    speculation in the press or investment community;

    sales of our common stock by us or our stockholders, or the perception that such sales may occur;

    general market conditions, including fluctuations in actual and anticipated future commodity prices; and

    domestic and international economic, legal and regulatory factors unrelated to our performance.

        The stock markets in general have experienced extreme volatility that has often been unrelated to the operating performance of particular companies. These broad market fluctuations may adversely affect the trading price of our common stock.

Purchasers of common stock in this offering will experience immediate and substantial dilution.

        Based on an assumed initial public offering price of $            per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, purchasers of our common stock in this offering will experience an immediate and substantial dilution of $            per share in the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock from the initial public offering price. Our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of March 31, 2017 after giving effect to this offering would be $            per share. See "Dilution" for a complete description of the calculation of net tangible book value.

The requirements of being a public company, including compliance with the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, and the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, and the Dodd-Frank Act, may increase our costs. We may be unable to comply with these requirements in a timely or cost-effective manner.

        As a public company with listed equity securities, we will have to comply with numerous laws, regulations and requirements, certain corporate governance provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, related regulations of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, and the requirements of the national stock exchange on which our common stock is listed, with which we are not required to comply as a private company. Complying with these statutes, regulations and requirements will require time and attention from our board of directors and management and will increase our costs and expenses. We will need to:

    institute a more comprehensive compliance function;

    expand, evaluate and maintain our system of internal controls over financial reporting in compliance with the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the related rules and regulations of the SEC and the PCAOB;

    establish new internal policies, such as those relating to disclosure controls and procedures and insider trading;

30


Table of Contents

    comply with corporate governance and other rules promulgated by the national stock exchange on which our common stock is listed;

    prepare and file annual, quarterly and other periodic public reports in compliance with the federal securities laws;

    prepare proxy statements and solicit proxies in connection with annual meetings of our stockholders;

    involve and retain to a greater degree outside counsel and accountants in the above activities; and

    establish a public company investor relations function.

        In addition, we also expect that being a public company subject to these rules and regulations will require us to obtain increased director and officer liability insurance coverage and we may be required to incur substantial costs to obtain such coverage. These factors could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified members of our board of directors, particularly to serve on our Audit Committee, and qualified executive officers.

As an "emerging growth company" we will not be required to comply with certain SEC and PCAOB requirements and we cannot be certain if the reduced disclosure requirements will make our common stock less attractive to investors.

        We are an emerging growth company, as defined in the JOBS Act, and are taking, and we may continue to take, advantage of certain exemptions from various SEC reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies. These reduced reporting requirements include:

    an exemption from compliance with the auditor attestation requirement on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting;

    an exemption from compliance with any requirement that the PCAOB may adopt regarding mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor's report providing additional information about the audit and the financial statements;

    reduced disclosure about our executive compensation arrangements;

    an exemption from the requirements to obtain a non-binding advisory vote on executive compensation or stockholder approval of any golden parachute arrangements; and

    the ability to present more limited financial data in this registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

        We cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive because we will rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a reduced market for our common stock and our common stock price may be more volatile.

Anti-takeover provisions in our charter documents and under Delaware law could make an acquisition of us more difficult, limit attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management and limit the market price of our common stock.

        Upon filing, provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of control or changes in our management. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will:

    provide that our board of directors is classified into three classes of directors;

31


Table of Contents

    provide that stockholders may, except as set forth in the investors' rights agreements, which we will enter into with Maju, Chesapeake, Senja and Hampton prior to the completion of this offering, remove directors only for cause and only with the approval of holders of at least 66 2 / 3 % of our then-outstanding capital stock;

    provide that the authorized number of directors may be changed only by resolution of the board of directors;

    provide that all vacancies, including newly created directorships, may be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of directors then in office, even if less than a quorum, except, at any time Maju, Chesapeake, Senja and Hampton have the right to nominate a director under their respective investors' rights agreement, any vacancy resulting from the death, disability, retirement, resignation, or removal, of a director nominated by these stockholders will be filled by the applicable nominating stockholder;

    provide that our stockholders may not take action by written consent, and may only take action at annual or special meetings of our stockholders;

    provide that stockholders, other than Maju, Chesapeake, Senja and Hampton, seeking to present proposals before a meeting of stockholders or to nominate candidates for election as directors at a meeting of stockholders must provide notice in writing in a timely manner, and also specify requirements as to the form and content of a stockholder's notice;

    restrict the forum for certain litigation against us to Delaware;

    not provide for cumulative voting rights (therefore allowing the holders of a majority of the shares of common stock entitled to vote in any election of directors to elect all of the directors standing for election);

    provide that special meetings of our stockholders may be called only by (1) the Chairman of the board of directors, (2) our CEO, (3) the board of directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of authorized directors or (4) stockholders with at least 25% of our then-outstanding capital stock;

    provide that, except as set forth in the investors' rights agreements, stockholders will be permitted to amend our amended and restated bylaws only upon receiving at least 66 2 / 3 % of the votes entitled to be cast by holders of all outstanding shares then entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class; and

    provide that, except as set forth in the investors' rights agreements, certain provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation may only be amended upon receiving at least 66 2 / 3 % of the votes entitled to be cast by holders of all outstanding shares then entitled to vote, voting together as a single class.

        These provisions may frustrate or prevent any attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management by making it more difficult for stockholders to replace members of our board of directors, which is responsible for appointing the members of our management. In addition, we will opt out of the provisions of Section 203 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, or DGCL, which generally prohibits a Delaware corporation from engaging in any of a broad range of business combinations with any "interested" stockholder for a period of three years following the date on which the stockholder became an "interested" stockholder. However, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide substantially the same limitations as are set forth in Section 203 but will also provide that Maju and Chesapeake and their affiliates and any of their direct or indirect transferees and any group as to which such persons are a party do not constitute "interested stockholders" for purposes of this provision.

32


Table of Contents

We may be unsuccessful in implementing required internal controls over financial reporting.

        We are not currently required to comply with the SEC's rules implementing Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, and are therefore not required to make a formal assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting for that purpose. Upon becoming a public company, we will be required to comply with the applicable SEC rules implementing Sections 302 and 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, which will require our management to certify financial and other information in our quarterly and annual reports and provide an annual management report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. We will not be required to make our first assessment of our internal control over financial reporting until the year following our first annual report required to be filed with the SEC. To comply with the requirements of being a public company, we will need to implement additional financial and management controls, reporting systems and procedures and hire additional accounting, finance and legal staff.

        We are in the process of evaluating our internal control systems to allow management to report on our internal controls over financial reporting. Furthermore, upon completion of this process, we may identify control deficiencies of varying degrees of severity under applicable SEC and PCAOB rules and regulations that remain unremediated. As a public company, we will be required to report, among other things, control deficiencies that constitute a "material weakness" or changes in internal controls that materially affect, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, internal controls over financial reporting. The PCAOB has defined a material weakness as a deficiency, or combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the company's annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented, or detected and subsequently corrected, on a timely basis.

        Our efforts to develop and maintain effective internal controls may not be successful, and we may be unable to maintain effective controls over our financial processes and reporting in the future and comply with the certification and reporting obligations under Sections 302 and 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. Any failure to remediate future deficiencies and to develop or maintain effective controls, or any difficulties encountered in our implementation or improvement of our internal controls over financial reporting could result in material misstatements that are not prevented or detected on a timely basis, which could potentially subject us to sanctions or investigations by the SEC, the national stock exchange on which we listed our common stock or other regulatory authorities. Ineffective internal controls could also cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information.

We do not intend to pay dividends on our common stock and, consequently, you will achieve a return on your investment only if the price of our stock appreciates.

        We do not plan to declare dividends on shares of our common stock in the foreseeable future. Additionally, we are currently limited in our ability to make cash distributions to stockholders pursuant to the terms of our Term Loan and the indentures governing our 2020 Notes and our 6.250% senior secured notes due May 1, 2022, or the 2022 Notes. Consequently, your only opportunity to achieve a return on your investment in us will be if the market price of our common stock appreciates, which may not occur, and you sell your shares at a profit. There is no guarantee that the price of our common stock in the market after this offering will exceed the price that you pay. See "Dividend Policy."

Future sales of our common stock in the public market could lower our stock price, and any additional capital raised by us through the sale of equity or convertible securities may dilute your ownership in us.

        We may sell additional shares of common stock in subsequent public offerings and may also issue securities convertible into our common stock. We also intend to register shares of common stock that we have granted as equity awards or may grant as equity awards under our 2017 Plan. Once we register

33


Table of Contents

these shares, they will be able to be sold freely in the public market, subject to volume limitations applicable to affiliates, applicable vesting periods and lock-up agreements. Upon the completion of this offering, we will have                        outstanding shares of common stock. This number includes                        shares that we are selling in this offering (assuming no exercise of the underwriters' over-allotment option), which may be resold immediately in the public market. Following the completion of this offering, certain of our affiliates will own            % of our outstanding shares of common stock, consisting of                        shares, all of which are restricted from immediate resale under the federal securities laws and are subject to the lock-up agreements between such parties and the underwriters described in "Underwriting (Conflicts of Interest)," but may be sold into the market in the future.

        We cannot predict the size of future issuances of our common stock or the effect, if any, that future issuances and sales of shares of our common stock will have on the market price of our common stock. Sales of substantial amounts of our common stock (including shares issued in connection with an acquisition), or the perception that such sales could occur, may adversely affect prevailing market prices of our common stock.

If securities analysts do not publish research or reports about our business, publish inaccurate or unfavorable research or if they downgrade our stock or our sector, our common stock price and trading volume could decline.

        The trading market for our common stock will rely in part on the research and reports that industry or financial analysts publish about us or our business. We do not control these analysts. Furthermore, if one or more of the analysts who do cover us downgrade our stock or our industry, or the stock of any of our competitors, or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, the price of our stock could decline. If one or more of these analysts ceases coverage of us or fail to publish reports on us regularly, we could lose visibility in the market, which in turn could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline.

We may issue preferred stock whose terms could adversely affect the voting power or value of our common stock.

        Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will authorize us to issue, without the approval of our stockholders, one or more classes or series of preferred stock having such designations, preferences, limitations and relative rights, including preferences over our common stock respecting dividends and distributions, as our board of directors may determine. The terms of one or more classes or series of preferred stock could adversely impact the voting power or value of our common stock. For example, we might grant holders of preferred stock the right to elect some number of our directors in all events or on the happening of specified events or the right to veto specified transactions. Similarly, the repurchase or redemption rights or liquidation preferences we might assign to holders of preferred stock could affect the residual value of our common stock.

34


Table of Contents


CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

        This prospectus contains "forward-looking statements" that are subject to risks and uncertainties. All statements other than statements of historical or current fact included in this prospectus are forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements refer to our current expectations and projections relating to our financial condition, results of operations, plans, objectives, strategies, future performance and business. You can identify forward-looking statements by the fact that they do not relate strictly to historical or current facts. These statements may include words such as "anticipate," "assume," "believe," "can have," "contemplate," "continue," "could," "design," "due," "estimate," "expect," "goal," "intend," "likely," "may," "might," "objective," "plan," "predict," "project," "potential," "seek," "should," "target," "will," "would" and other words and terms of similar meaning in connection with any discussion of the timing or nature of future operational performance or other events. For example, all statements we make relating to our estimated and projected costs, expenditures and growth rates, our plans and objectives for future operations, growth or initiatives or strategies are forward-looking statements. All forward-looking statements are subject to risks and uncertainties that may cause actual results to differ materially from those that we expect and, therefore, you should not unduly rely on such statements. The risks that could cause these forward looking statements to be inaccurate include but are not limited to:

    a decline in domestic spending by the onshore oil and natural gas industry;

    volatility in oil and natural gas prices;

    nonpayment by customers we extend credit to;

    the competitive nature of the industry in which we conduct our business;

    the effect of a loss of, or financial distress of, one or more significant customers;

    our inability to service our debt obligations;

    adverse effects on our financial strategy and liquidity;

    a decline in demand for proppant;

    the occurrence of a significant event or adverse claim in excess of the insurance coverage we maintain;

    fines or penalties (administrative, civil or criminal), revocations of permits, or issuance of corrective action orders for noncompliance with health, safety and environmental laws and regulations;

    demand for services in our industry;

    our ability to obtain permits, approvals and authorizations from governmental and third parties, and the effects of or changes to U.S. and foreign government regulation;

    introduction of new drilling or completion techniques, or services using new technologies subject to patent or other intellectual property protections;

    third party claims for possible infringement of intellectual property rights;

    loss or corruption of our information or a cyberattack on our computer systems;

    one or more of our directors may not reside in the United States limiting the ability of investors from obtaining or enforcing judgments against them;

    adverse weather conditions causing stoppage or delay in operations;

    the discovery rates of new oil and natural gas reserves;

35


Table of Contents

    actions of OPEC, its members and other state-controlled oil companies relating to oil price and production controls;

    lead times associated with acquiring equipment and products and availability of qualified personnel;

    the price and availability of alternative fuels and energy sources;

    uncertainty in capital and commodities markets and the ability of oil and natural gas producers to raise equity capital and debt financing;

    federal, state and local regulation of hydraulic fracturing and other oilfield service activities, as well as E&P activities, including public pressure on governmental bodies and regulatory agencies to regulate our industry;

    geopolitical developments and political instability in oil and natural gas producing countries;

    the level of global and domestic oil and natural gas inventories;

    the cost of exploring for, developing, producing and delivering oil and natural gas; and

    the availability of water resources, suitable proppant and chemicals in sufficient quantities for use in hydraulic fracturing fluids.

        We make many of our forward-looking statements based on our operating budgets and forecasts, which are based upon detailed assumptions. While we believe that our assumptions are reasonable, we caution that it is very difficult to predict the impact of known factors, and it is impossible for us to anticipate all factors that could affect our actual results.

        See the "Risk Factors" section of this prospectus for a more complete discussion of the risks and uncertainties mentioned above and for discussion of other risks and uncertainties we face that could cause our forward-looking statements to be inaccurate. All forward-looking statements attributable to us are expressly qualified in their entirety by these cautionary statements as well as others made in this prospectus and hereafter in our other SEC filings and public communications. You should evaluate all forward-looking statements made by us in the context of these risks and uncertainties.

        We caution you that the risks and uncertainties identified by us may not be all of the factors that are important to you. Furthermore, the forward-looking statements included in this prospectus are made only as of the date hereof. We undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statement as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as required by law.

36


Table of Contents


USE OF PROCEEDS

        We estimate that we will receive net proceeds of approximately $             million from our sale of                shares of our common stock in this offering, assuming an initial public offering price of $            per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses of approximately $             million. If the over-allotment option that we have granted to the underwriters is exercised in full, we estimate that the net proceeds to us will be approximately $             million.

        Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $            per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us by approximately $             million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses.

        We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering for general corporate purposes, which will include repaying indebtedness under our 2020 Notes or Term Loan as set forth below:

        The 2020 Notes bear interest at a rate per annum equal to LIBOR plus a margin of 7.500% per annum. The 2020 Notes mature on June 15, 2020 and may be redeemed on or after June 15, 2017 at a redemption price of 101.500% of the principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but not including the redemption date.

        Our Term Loan currently bears interest at a variable rate based on LIBOR plus a margin of 4.75% per annum, with a 1.00% LIBOR floor. The final maturity date of the Term Loan is April 16, 2021 and can be repaid in full at 100.00%, plus accrued and unpaid interest, at the option of the Company.

        The 2022 Notes bear interest at a rate per annum equal to 6.250%. The 2022 Notes mature on May 1, 2022 and may be redeemed on or after May 1, 2017 at a redemption price of 104.688% of the principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but not including the redemption date.

        See "Description of Indebtedness" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources" for additional information regarding our indebtedness and a discussion of our capital needs for the next 12 months.

        We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares by the selling stockholders.

37


Table of Contents


DIVIDEND POLICY

        We currently intend to retain future earnings, if any, for use in the repayment of our existing indebtedness and in the operation and expansion of our business. Therefore, we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future following this offering. The declaration and payment of future cash dividends will be at the sole discretion of our board of directors, subject to applicable laws. Any decision to pay future cash dividends will depend upon various factors, including our results of operations, financial condition, capital requirements, contractual restrictions with respect to the payment of dividends, investment opportunities and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant. Our Term Loan and indentures governing our 2020 Notes and 2022 Notes contain restrictions and any future agreements may contain restrictions on our ability to pay dividends or make any other distribution or payment on account of our common stock.

        For additional information regarding our indebtedness, see "Description of Indebtedness."

38


Table of Contents


CAPITALIZATION

        The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as of March 31, 2017:

    on an actual basis;

    on a pro forma basis to give effect to (1) our        :        reverse stock split and (2) the conversion of all of our convertible preferred stock into shares of our common stock as if all of the foregoing events had occurred on March 31, 2017, in each case, assuming an initial public offering price of $            per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus; and

    on a pro forma as adjusted basis to give further effect to (1) the sale of shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $            per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated fees and expenses, (2) the repayment of $             million principal amount of our long-term debt, which would have resulted in a loss on debt extinguishment of $             million and (3) a share-based compensation expense of approximately $             million associated with restricted stock units that will vest immediately before effectiveness of this registration statement as if all of the foregoing events had occurred on March 31, 2017.

        You should read the following table in conjunction with "Use of Proceeds," "Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 
  As of March 31, 2017  
(In millions)
  Actual   Pro Forma   Pro Forma
As Adjusted(1)
 

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 126.7         $    

Long-term debt:

                   

2020 Notes

    350.0            

Term Loan

    431.0              

2022 Notes

    426.3              

Total principal amount

    1,207.3              

Less unamortized discount and debt issuance costs

    (17.7 )            

Total long-term debt

  $ 1,189.6              

Series A convertible preferred stock, par value $0.01(2)

    349.8          

Stockholders' equity(3):

                   

Common stock, par value $0.01

    35.9              

Additional paid-in capital

    3,712.1              

Accumulated deficit

    (4,787.1 )            

Total stockholders' deficit

    (1,039.1 )            

Total capitalization

  $ 500.3              

(1)
A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $        per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) cash and cash equivalents, total stockholders' deficit and total capitalization by

39


Table of Contents

    $         million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses.

(2)
The holders of the convertible preferred stock are also common stockholders of the Company and collectively appoint 100% of our board of directors. Therefore, the convertible preferred stockholders can direct the Company to redeem the convertible preferred stock at any time after all of our debt has been repaid; however, we did not consider this to be probable for the period presented due to the amount of debt outstanding. Therefore, we have presented the convertible preferred stock as temporary equity, but we have not reflected any accretion of the convertible preferred stock in this table or in our Consolidated Financial Statements. See Note 7—"Convertible Preferred Stock" in Notes to our Audited Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for more information. At March 31, 2017, the liquidation preference of the convertible preferred stock was estimated to be $957.4 million.

(3)
As of March 31, 2017, our authorized capital stock consisted of 5,000,000,000 shares of common stock and 350,000 shares of our convertible preferred stock and 3,586,408,881 shares of common stock and 350,000 shares of convertible preferred stock were issued and outstanding. Before this offering (1) we will effect a        :         reverse stock split and (2) all shares of our convertible preferred stock will be converted into issued and outstanding common stock at a fixed exchange ratio of        :        , in each case, assuming an initial public offering price of $            per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. For additional information regarding the conversion of our convertible preferred stock, see "Description of Capital Stock." Following the reverse stock split and conversion, our authorized capital stock will consist of         shares of common stock and        shares of preferred stock and        shares of common stock will be outstanding. In connection with this offering, we will issue an additional         shares of new common stock and, immediately following the completion of this offering, we will have        total shares of common stock outstanding.

40


Table of Contents


DILUTION

        If you invest in our common stock, your interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of our common stock and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock after this offering. We calculate net tangible book value per share by dividing the net tangible book value (tangible assets less total liabilities) by the number of outstanding shares of common stock.

        Our net tangible book value as of March 31, 2017 was approximately $         million, or $        per share of common stock, not taking into account our reverse stock split or the conversion of our outstanding convertible preferred stock into shares of common stock. Our pro forma net tangible book value as of March 31, 2017 was approximately $         million, or $        per share, after giving effect to our        :        reverse stock split and the conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into        shares of our common stock, in each case, assuming an initial public offering price of $            per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

        After giving effect to the sale of        shares of common stock by us in this offering, assuming an initial public offering price of $        per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, less underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of March 31, 2017 would have been approximately $         million, or approximately $        per share. This represents an immediate increase (decrease) in the pro forma net tangible book value of $        per share to existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of $        per share to investors purchasing shares in this offering. The following table illustrates this per share dilution:

Assumed initial public offering price per share

        $    

Net tangible book value per share as of March 31, 2017

  $          

Pro forma increase (decrease) in net tangible book value per share attributable to reverse stock split and conversion of convertible preferred stock

             

Pro forma increase per share attributable to this offering

             

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering

             

Dilution per share to new investors in this offering

        $    

        If the over-allotment option that we have granted to the underwriters is exercised in full, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of March 31, 2017 would be $         million, the increase in the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share to existing stockholders would be $        per share and the dilution per share to investors purchasing shares in this offering would be $        per share.

        Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $        per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share by $        per share and the dilution per share to new investors by $        per share, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

        The following table shows, as of March 31, 2017, on a pro forma as adjusted basis as described above, the difference between the number of shares of common stock purchased from us, the total consideration paid to us and the average price per share (1) paid to us by existing stockholders and (2) to be paid by new investors purchasing common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public

41


Table of Contents

offering price of $        per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, before deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses.

 
   
   
  Total
Consideration
   
 
 
  Shares Purchased    
 
 
  Average Price
per Share
 
 
  Number   Percent   Amount   Percent  

Existing stockholders

                          % $                       % $           

New investors

                          %                  %      

Total

                          % $                       % $           

        Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $        per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) total consideration paid by new investors by $         million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses.

        If the over-allotment option that we have granted to the underwriters is exercised in full, sales by us in this offering will reduce the percentage of shares held by existing stockholders to        % and will increase the number of shares held by new investors to        , or        %.

        The discussion and tables above are based on        shares of our common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2017 and excludes shares of common stock reserved for issuance under the 2014 LTIP.

42


Table of Contents


SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

        The consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016, and the consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2015 and 2016, are derived from our Audited Consolidated Financial Statements that are included elsewhere in this prospectus. The consolidated statements of operations data for the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2017 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of March 31, 2017 are derived from our Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements that are included elsewhere in this prospectus. The consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2013, and 2014 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2012, 2013, and 2014 are derived from consolidated financial statements that are not included in this prospectus. The results of operations for the periods presented below are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for any future period, and the results for any interim period are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for a full fiscal year.

        You should read this information together with "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 
  Year Ended December 31,   Three Months
Ended March 31,
 
(Dollars in millions, except per share
amounts)

  2012   2013   2014   2015   2016   2016   2017  

Statements of Operations Data:

                                           

Revenue

  $ 1,925.0   $ 1,925.5   $ 2,368.4   $ 1,375.3   $ 532.2   $ 148.7   $ 213.5  

Costs of revenue, excluding depreciation, depletion, and amortization(1)

    1,489.5     1,478.4     1,804.9     1,257.9     510.5     141.2     174.8  

Selling, general and administrative

    208.4     189.6     206.3     154.7     64.4     20.2     19.5  

Depreciation, depletion and amortization(2)

    364.5     355.7     294.4     272.4     112.6     30.1     21.8  

Impairments and other charges(3)

    1,534.9     1,147.4     9.8     619.9     12.3     1.6     0.1  

Loss (gain) on disposal of assets, net(4)

    6.1     295.8     5.8     5.9     1.0     2.8     (0.4 )

Gain on insurance recoveries

                    (15.1 )   (12.5 )   (2.6 )

Operating income (loss)

    (1,678.4 )   (1,541.4 )   47.2     (935.5 )   (153.5 )   (34.7 )   0.3  

Interest expense, net

    130.3     129.1     74.2     77.2     87.5     22.3     21.2  

Loss (gain) on extinguishment of debt, net

    7.0     20.3     28.4     0.6     (53.7 )        

Equity in net loss (income) of joint venture affiliate

                1.4     2.8     1.0     (0.9 )

Loss before income taxes

    (1,815.7 )   (1,690.8 )   (55.4 )   (1,014.7 )   (190.1 )   (58.0 )   (20.0 )

Income tax expense (benefit)(5)

    0.8     1.5     1.1     (1.5 )   (1.6 )       0.1  

Net loss

  $ (1,816.5 ) $ (1,692.3 ) $ (56.5 ) $ (1,013.2 ) $ (188.5 ) $ (58.0 ) $ (20.1 )

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

  $ (1,837.4 ) $ (1,785.1 ) $ (172.4 ) $ (1,158.1 ) $ (370.1 ) $ (99.4 ) $ (71.4 )

Basic and diluted earnings (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders

  $ (0.51 ) $ (0.50 ) $ (0.05 ) $ (0.32 ) $ (0.10 ) $ (0.03 ) $ (0.02 )

Shares used in computing basic and diluted earnings (loss) per share (in millions)

    3,575.1     3,586.3     3,589.6     3,589.7     3,586.5     3,586.5     3,586.4  

Balance Sheet Data (at end of period):

                                           

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 210.9   $ 80.2   $ 10.5   $ 264.6   $ 160.3         $ 126.7  

Total assets

  $ 3,990.9   $ 1,871.0   $ 1,902.3   $ 907.4   $ 616.8         $ 630.1  

Total debt

  $ 1,549.7   $ 1,076.6   $ 972.5   $ 1,276.2   $ 1,188.7         $ 1,189.6  

Convertible preferred stock(6)

  $ 349.8   $ 349.8   $ 349.8   $ 349.8   $ 349.8         $ 349.8  

Total stockholders' equity (deficit)

  $ 1,926.8   $ 235.8   $ 181.0   $ (830.5 ) $ (1,019.0 )       $ (1,039.1 )

43


Table of Contents

 
  Year Ended December 31,   Three Months
Ended March 31,
 
(Dollars in millions, except per share
amounts)

  2012   2013   2014   2015   2016   2016   2017  

Pro Forma Data (7) :

                                           

Pro forma net loss

                          $           $    

Pro forma basic and diluted earnings (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders

                          $           $    

Pro forma shares used in computing basic and diluted earnings (loss) per share (in millions)(8)

                                           

Pro forma total debt (at end of period)

                                      $    

Pro forma total stockholders' equity (deficit) (at end of period)

                                      $    

Other Data:

                                           

Adjusted EBITDA(9)

  $ 237.5   $ 264.1   $ 359.3   $ (62.8 ) $ (50.8 ) $ (14.7 ) $ 20.0  

Net debt (at end of period)(10)

  $ 1,338.8   $ 996.4   $ 962.0   $ 1,011.6   $ 1,028.4   $ 996.2   $ 1,062.9  

Pro forma net debt (at end of period)(10)

                                      $    

Capital expenditure

  $ 149.4   $ 79.4   $ 112.1   $ 79.1   $ 10.3   $ 1.8   $ 6.7  

Total fracturing stages(11)

    17,959     22,977     26,182     21,919     16,185     3,273     6,523  

(1)
The amount of depreciation, depletion and amortization related to our costs of revenue that has been classified as depreciation, depletion and amortization in this table for the year ended December 31, 2012, 2013, 2014, 2015 and 2016 is $226.6 million, $223.7 million, $175.7 million, $152.3 million and $98.9 million, respectively, and for the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2017 is $26.3 million and $18.8 million, respectively.

(2)
We recorded depletion of $6.0 million and $4.2 million in 2012 and 2013, respectively, related to our sand mines before selling those assets in the third quarter of 2013.

(3)
In 2012, this amount includes a goodwill impairment of $1,484.9 million and a tradename impairment of $38.9 million. In 2013, this amount includes a goodwill impairment of $1,047.5 million and an asset impairment of $94.0 million related to the sale of our sand mining, processing and logistics assets. In 2014, this amount related to non-essential equipment and real property we identified to sell. For a discussion of amounts recorded for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016 and for the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2017, see Note 10—"Impairments and Other Charges" in Notes to our Audited Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this prospectus and Note 4—"Impairments and Other Charges" in Notes to our Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

(4)
In 2013, this amount includes a loss of $289.7 million related to the sale of our sand mining, processing and logistics assets.

(5)
Consists primarily of state margin taxes accounted for as income taxes. The tax effect of our net operating losses has not been reflected in our results because we have recorded a full valuation allowance with regards to the realization of our deferred tax assets since 2012.

(6)
The holders of the convertible preferred stock are also common stockholders of the Company and collectively appoint 100% of our board of directors. Therefore, the convertible preferred stockholders can direct the Company to redeem the convertible preferred stock at any time after all of our debt has been repaid; however, we did not consider this to be probable for any of the periods presented due to the amount of debt outstanding. Therefore, we have presented the convertible preferred stock as temporary equity but have not reflected any accretion of the convertible preferred stock in this table or in our Consolidated Financial Statements. See Note 7—"Convertible Preferred Stock" in Notes to our Audited Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for more information. At March 31, 2017, the liquidation preference of the convertible preferred stock was estimated to be $957.4 million.

(7)
Pro forma data gives effect to (1)  the                        :                         reverse stock split, (2) the conversion of our convertible preferred stock into issued and outstanding common stock at a fixed exchange ratio of                        :                         , (3) the sale of                        shares of common stock to be issued by us in this offering and (4) the use of proceeds therefrom, as if each of these events occurred on January 1, 2016 for purposes of the statement of operations and March 31, 2017, for purposes of the balance sheet, and for each of (1), (2) and (3), assuming an initial public offering price of $            per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. Additionally, the pro forma balance sheet information reflects a share-based compensation expense of approximately $             million associated with restricted stock units issued under our 2014 LTIP that will vest immediately before effectiveness of this registration statement and will be settled in cash. For additional information regarding the conversion of our convertible preferred stock, see "Description of Capital Stock."

44


Table of Contents

(8)
The pro forma shares used to compute pro forma earnings per share for the year ended December 31, 2016, and the three months ended March 31, 2017, have been adjusted to include the sale of             shares of common stock in this offering that would generate only enough proceeds to repay debt as described under "Use of Proceeds."

(9)
Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP financial measure that we define as earnings before interest; income taxes; and depreciation and amortization, as well as, the following items, if applicable: gain or loss on disposal of assets; debt extinguishment gains or losses; inventory write-downs, asset and goodwill impairments; gain on insurance recoveries; acquisition earn-out adjustments; stock-based compensation; and acquisition or disposition transaction costs. The most comparable financial measure to Adjusted EBITDA under GAAP is net income or loss. Adjusted EBITDA is used by management to evaluate the operating performance of our business for comparable periods and it is a metric used for management incentive compensation. Adjusted EBITDA should not be used by investors or others as the sole basis for formulating investment decisions, as it excludes a number of important items. We believe Adjusted EBITDA is an important indicator of operating performance because it excludes the effects of our capital structure and certain non-cash items from our operating results. Adjusted EBITDA is also commonly used by investors in the oilfield services industry to measure a company's operating performance, although our definition of Adjusted EBITDA may differ from other industry peer companies.

The following table reconciles our net loss to Adjusted EBITDA:

 
  Year Ended December 31,   Three Months
Ended
March 31,
 
(In millions)
  2012   2013   2014   2015   2016   2016   2017  

Net loss

  $ (1,816.5 ) $ (1,692.3 ) $ (56.5 ) $ (1,013.2 ) $ (188.5 ) $ (58.0 ) $ (20.1 )

Interest expense, net

    130.3     129.1     74.2     77.2     87.5     22.3     21.2  

Income tax expense (benefit)

    0.8     1.5     1.1     (1.5 )   (1.6 )       0.1  

Depreciation, depletion and amortization

    364.5     355.7     294.4     272.4     112.6     30.1     21.8  

Loss (gain) on disposal of assets, net

    6.1     295.8     5.8     5.9     1.0     2.8     (0.4 )

Loss (gain) on extinguishment of debt, net

    7.0     20.3     28.4     0.6     (53.7 )        

Inventory write-down

                24.5              

Impairment of assets and goodwill

    1,533.9     1,145.2     9.8     572.9     7.0     0.6      

Gain on insurance recoveries

                    (15.1 )   (12.5 )   (2.6 )

Acquisition earn-out adjustments

                (3.4 )            

Stock-based compensation

    1.4     1.6     2.1     1.8              

Transaction costs(a)

    10.0     7.2                      

Adjusted EBITDA

  $ 237.5   $ 264.1   $ 359.3   $ (62.8) (b) $ (50.8) (c) $ (14.7) (d) $ 20.0  

(a)
In 2012, these costs related to a debt refinancing transaction that was not consummated and a loss on an uncollected receivable that was related to a change of control event in 2011. In 2013, these costs related to the sale of our proppant assets.

(b)
For the year ended December 31, 2015, Adjusted EBITDA has not been adjusted to exclude the following items: employee severance costs of $13.1 million, supply commitment charges of $11.0 million, significant legal costs of $8.1 million, lease abandonment charges of $1.8 million, and profit of $2.4 million from the sale of equipment to our joint venture affiliate.

(c)
For the year ended December 31, 2016, Adjusted EBITDA has not been adjusted to exclude the following items: employee severance costs of $0.8 million, supply commitment charges of $2.5 million and lease abandonment charges of $2.0 million.

(d)
For the three months ended March 31, 2016, Adjusted EBITDA has not been adjusted to exclude the following items: employee severance costs of $0.8 million and lease abandonment charges of $0.2 million.
(10)
Net debt is a non-GAAP financial measure that we define as total debt less cash and cash equivalents. The most comparable financial measure to net debt under GAAP is debt. Net debt is used by management as a measure of our financial leverage. Net debt should not be used by investors or others as the sole basis in formulating investment decisions as it does not represent our actual indebtedness. Pro forma net debt is net debt adjusted as if we received the net proceeds from this offering and we (a) settled the restricted stock units granted under the 2014 LTIP in cash and (b) redeemed $             million of our outstanding 2020 Notes as if each of these events occurred on March 31, 2017.

45


Table of Contents

    The following table reconciles our total debt to net debt:

 
  Year Ended December 31,   Three Months
Ended
March 31,
 
(In millions)
  2012   2013   2014   2015   2016   2016   2017  

Total debt

  $ 1,549.7   $ 1,076.6   $ 972.5   $ 1,276.2   $ 1,188.7   $ 1,277.1   $ 1,189.6  

Cash and cash equivalents

    (210.9 )   (80.2 )   (10.5 )   (264.6 )   (160.3 )   (280.9 )   (126.7 )

Net debt

  $ 1,338.8   $ 996.4   $ 962.0   $ 1,011.6   $ 1,028.4   $ 996.2   $ 1,062.9  

    The following table reconciles our total debt to pro forma net debt:

(In millions)
  Three Months Ended
March 31. 2017
 

Total debt

  $ 1,189.6  

Repayment of 2020 Notes

       

Pro forma total debt

       

Cash and cash equivalents

    126.7  

Net proceeds from this offering

       

Cash settlement of 2014 restricted stock units

       

Cash paid to repurchase 2020 Notes

       

Pro forma cash and cash equivalents

       

Pro forma net debt

  $    
(11)
See "Business—Our Services—Hydraulic Fracturing" regarding fracturing stages and the types of service agreements we use to provide hydraulic fracturing services.

46


Table of Contents


MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

        The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes that appear elsewhere in this prospectus. In addition to historical consolidated financial information, the following discussion contains forward-looking statements that reflect our plans, estimates, or beliefs. Actual results could differ materially from those discussed in the forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to these differences include those discussed below and elsewhere in this prospectus, particularly in "Risk Factors."

Overview

        We are one of the largest providers of hydraulic fracturing services in North America based on both active and total horsepower of our equipment. Our services enhance hydrocarbon flow from oil and natural gas wells drilled by E&P companies in shale and other unconventional resource formations. Our customers include large, independent E&P companies, and in 2016 included Devon Energy Corporation, EOG Resources, Diamondback E&P LLC, EQT Production Company, Newfield Exploration Company and Range Resources Corporation, that specialize in unconventional oil and natural gas resources in North America. We operate in some of the most active major unconventional basins in the United States, including the Permian Basin, the SCOOP/STACK Formation, Marcellus/Utica Shale, the Eagle Ford Shale and the Haynesville Shale, which provides us balanced exposure to oil and natural gas. In particular we:

    provide high-pressure hydraulic fracturing services with a particular expertise in stimulating production of oil and natural gas from wells in shale and other unconventional formations;

    provide proppant purchasing and logistics management;

    manufacture and assemble many of the components of our hydraulic fracturing fleets, including all of the hydraulic pumps and consumables, such as fluid ends, we use in our operations; and

    perform substantially all refurbishment, repair and maintenance services on our hydraulic fracturing fleets.

    Significant developments in 2016 and 2017

    In February 2016, we sold substantially all of our remaining sand transportation equipment and related inventory for $8.0 million and began to take advantage of low pricing and sand transportation innovations by utilizing third-party freight providers to transport sand to our job sites.

    Our joint venture, SinoFTS Petroleum Services Ltd., or SinoFTS, completed its first five hydraulic fracturing jobs in Chongqing, China in 2016.

    In July 2016, we completed a tender offer and subsequent purchases in the qualified institutional buyer/144A market for a portion of our long-term debt in which we repurchased approximately $90.7 million of aggregate principal amount of long-term debt and recorded a gain on debt extinguishment of $52.3 million.

    As of December 31, 2016, we completed 596 days and 9.5 million man-hours with zero incidents resulting in lost work time. We achieved a year-to-date Total Recordable Incident Rate, or TRIR, as defined by the Occupational Safety and Health Administration, or OSHA, that is the lowest in company history and is significantly better than our industry peer group, as provided by the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics.

47


Table of Contents

    During the first quarter of 2017, we activated five fleets in response to increased customer demand, which brought our total active fleet count to 22 at March 31, 2017.

    Due to improving industry conditions and our operational efficiencies during the first quarter of 2017, we generated positive operating income for the first time since 2014.

    Trends that affected our business in 2016 and 2017

        Our business is cyclical, and we depend on the willingness of our customers to make operating and capital expenditures to explore for, develop, and produce oil and natural gas in the United States. The willingness of our customers to undertake these activities depends largely upon prevailing industry conditions that are predominantly influenced by current and expected prices for oil and natural gas.

        In early 2016, we experienced the lowest commodity prices in over a decade; however, oil and natural gas prices started improving in the second quarter of the year and generally increased through the remainder of 2016. The low commodity prices at the beginning of 2016 caused our customers to reduce their activity levels and request lower pricing for our services. As commodity prices improved, we experienced an increase in demand for our services in the second half of 2016. This increase in activity combined with a lower level of available hydraulic fracturing equipment in the market allowed us to begin discussions with our customers for increased pricing of our services.

        Many of our customers agreed to price increases that took effect in the first quarter of 2017. The higher commodity prices also enabled our customers to increase their activity levels in the first quarter of 2017, which resulted in an increase in the Baker Hughes, Inc. horizontal rig count from 532 at the end of 2016 to 685 at March 31, 2017.

    Business Outlook

        We anticipate that industry activity levels will continue to increase throughout 2017, which will further increase the demand for our services. We believe that this increased customer demand will provide us an opportunity to further optimize the pricing for our services and to activate additional fleets in 2017. As a result, we expect that our results of operations for the remaining quarters of 2017 will be improved over our first quarter results.

Results of Operations

Three Months Ended March 31, 2017 Compared to Three Months Ended March 31, 2016

    Revenue

        We recognize revenue upon the completion of a stage of a job. A stage is considered complete when we have met the specifications set forth by our customer. We typically complete one or more stages per day during the course of a job. Invoices typically include an equipment charge and material charges for proppant, chemicals and other products consumed during the course of providing our services. See "Business—Our Services—Hydraulic Fracturing" for details regarding fracturing stages

48


Table of Contents

and fleets and the types of agreements we use to provide hydraulic fracturing services. The following table includes certain operating statistics that affect our revenue:

 
  Three Months
Ended March 31,
 
(Dollars in millions)
  2016   2017  

Revenue

  $ 147.6   $ 191.9  

Revenue from related parties

    1.1     21.6  

Total revenue

  $ 148.7   $ 213.5  

Total fracturing stages

    3,273     6,523  

Active fleets(1)

    15.2     20.0  

Total fleets(2)

    32.0     32.0  

(1)
Active fleets is the average number of fleets operating during the period.

(2)
Total fleets is the total number of fleets owned during the period.

        Total revenue for the first quarter of 2017 increased by $64.8 million from the same period in 2016. The increase in revenue was primarily due to an increase in the number of stages completed and an increase in the prices for our services in 2017, both of which were driven by increased customer demand. These increases were partially offset by a higher mix of customers choosing to provide their own fracturing materials. The pricing for our services improved throughout the first quarter of 2017 and pricing for March 2017 was higher than the average for the quarter.

        The average number of active fleets during the first quarter of 2017 increased by 4.8 from the same period in 2016, which was due to increased customer demand. At March 31, 2017, we evaluated all of our idle fleets and concluded that each of these fleets is available to return to service after our maintenance personnel make any necessary repairs and confirm that the equipment is in operating condition. We believe we could complete the process to reactivate a fleet in approximately 90 days and believe we could reactivate all of our fleets over the next year, if market conditions require. We estimate the total cost to reactivate all of our inactive fleets as of March 31, 2017, to be approximately $40 million, which includes capital expenditures, repairs charged as operating expense, labor costs, and other operating expenses.

        The increase in revenue from related parties in the first quarter of 2017 was due to an increase in the activity levels for Chesapeake Parent.

    Costs of revenue

        The primary costs involved in conducting our hydraulic fracturing services are costs for materials used in the fracturing process and costs to operate, maintain, and repair our fracturing equipment. Costs related to the materials used in the fracturing process typically include costs for sand and other proppants, costs for chemicals added to the fracturing fluid, and freight costs to transport these materials to the well location. Costs to operate our fracturing equipment primarily consist of labor and fuel costs. While we exclude certain amounts of depreciation and amortization from our costs of revenue line item, we have included the amounts of depreciation that specifically relate to our revenue

49


Table of Contents

generating assets in our discussion below to provide further information regarding the total costs of generating our revenues. Costs of revenue as a percentage of total revenue is as follows:

 
  Three Months Ended March 31,  
 
  2016   2017  
(Dollars in millions)
  Dollars   As a Percent
of Revenue
  Dollars   As a Percent
of Revenue
 

Costs of revenue, excluding depreciation

  $ 141.2     94.9 % $ 174.8     81.9 %

Depreciation—costs of revenue

    26.3     17.7 %   18.8     8.8 %

Total costs of revenue

  $ 167.5     112.6 % $ 193.6     90.7 %

        Total costs of revenue for the first quarter of 2017 increased by $26.1 million from the same period in 2016. This increase was primarily due to an increase in our costs of revenue, excluding depreciation; which was partially offset by a decrease in the depreciation expense for our service equipment.

        Costs of revenue, excluding depreciation, for the first quarter of 2017 increased by $33.6 million from the same period in 2016. This increase was due to our higher number of active fleets and increased number of stages completed during 2017, which were partially offset by the effect of our cost reduction initiatives. Additionally, we incurred approximately $5 million of costs to reactivate two fleets in the first quarter of 2017.

        Depreciation for our service equipment in the first quarter of 2017 decreased by $7.5 million from the same period in 2016. This decrease was the result of asset disposals and certain assets becoming fully depreciated. Additionally, in recent years we have chosen to refurbish our equipment as it approaches the end of its useful life, rather than to replace it by purchasing new equipment. The cost of refurbishing our equipment is significantly lower than it would be to purchase new equipment. As more of our fleets have become comprised of refurbished assets in recent years, our depreciation has correspondingly declined.

        Total costs of revenue as a percentage of total revenue decreased by 21.9 percentage points from 112.6% in the first quarter of 2016 to 90.7% in the first quarter of 2017. This change was primarily due to increased stages completed per active fleet and increased pricing for our services in the first quarter of 2017.

    Selling, general and administrative expense

        Selling, general and administrative expense in the first quarter of 2017 decreased by $0.7 million from the same period in 2016. This decrease was primarily due to a decrease in employee headcount in 2017, which was partially offset by increased incentive compensation related to our improved operating results for the first quarter of 2017.

50


Table of Contents

    Depreciation and amortization

        The following table summarizes our depreciation and amortization:

 
  Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
(In millions)
  2016   2017  

Depreciation—costs of revenue(1)

  $ 26.3   $ 18.8  

Depreciation—other(2)

    3.8     3.0  

Total depreciation and amortization

  $ 30.1   $ 21.8  

(1)
Related to service equipment included in "Property, plant, and equipment, net" on our consolidated balance sheets discussed under the "Costs of revenue" heading of this discussion and analysis.

(2)
Related to all assets other than service equipment included in "Property, plant, and equipment, net" on our consolidated balance sheets.

        Depreciation and amortization in the first quarter of 2017 decreased by $8.3 million from 2016. This decrease was primarily due to the decrease in depreciation for our service equipment, which has been previously discussed. The remaining decrease was primarily due to asset disposals and certain assets becoming fully depreciated.

    Impairments and other charges

        The following table summarizes our impairments and other charges:

 
  Three Months
Ended
March 31,
 
(In millions)
  2016   2017  

Employee severance costs

  $ 0.8   $  

Impairment of assets

    0.6      

Lease abandonment charges

    0.2     0.1  

Total impairments and other charges

  $ 1.6   $ 0.1  

        We incurred employee severance costs of $0.8 million in the first quarter of 2016. These costs were incurred in connection with our corporate and operating restructuring initiatives. As of December 31, 2016, we had paid all severance payments owed to former employees.

        We recorded an asset impairment of $0.6 million in the first quarter of 2016 related to certain property that we no longer use and had identified to sell.

        During 2015 and 2016 we vacated certain leased facilities to consolidate our operations. During the first quarter of 2016 and 2017, we recognized expense of $0.2 million and $0.1 million, respectively, in connection with these actions.

    Loss on disposal of assets, net

        We sold substantially all of our sand transportation equipment and related inventory in February 2016. We received $8.0 million of proceeds and recognized a $0.3 million gain on this sale. In the first quarter of 2016 and 2017, we sold a number of other surplus pieces of equipment. In the first quarter of 2016, we received $4.4 million of proceeds and recognized a $3.1 million loss on the sale of these

51


Table of Contents

assets. In the first quarter of 2017, we received $0.6 million of proceeds and recognized a $0.4 million gain on the sale of these assets.

    Gain on Insurance Recoveries

        In January 2016, a fire destroyed substantially all of the equipment in one of our fleets. These assets were insured at values greater than their carrying values. In the first quarter of 2016, we received $16.4 million of insurance recovery proceeds for these assets, which exceeded their carrying values by $12.5 million.

        In January 2017, a fire destroyed certain equipment in one of our fleets. These assets were insured at values greater than their carrying values. We received $3.8 million of insurance recovery proceeds for these assets, which exceeded their carrying values by $2.6 million.

    Interest expense, net

        Interest expense, net of interest income, in the first quarter of 2017 decreased by $1.1 million from 2016. The decrease was due to a lower average long-term debt balance, which was partially offset by a higher average interest rate for our 2020 Notes in 2017.

    Income tax expense

        In 2012, we recorded a valuation allowance to reduce our net deferred tax assets to zero. We continue to provide a valuation allowance against all deferred tax assets in excess of our deferred tax liabilities. As a result, we did not record any U.S. federal or state income tax benefit related to our losses for the first quarters ended March 31, 2016 and 2017.

Year Ended December 31, 2016 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2015

    Revenue

        The following table includes certain operating statistics that affect our revenue:

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
 
(Dollars in millions)
  2015   2016  

Revenue

  $ 1,331.8   $ 529.5  

Revenue from related parties

    43.5     2.7  

Total revenue

  $ 1,375.3   $ 532.2  

Total fracturing stages

    21,919     16,185  

Active fleets(1)

    23.0     15.6  

Total fleets(2)

    33.0     32.0  

(1)
Active fleets is the average number of fleets operating during the period.

(2)
Total fleets is the total number of fleets owned during the period.

        Total revenue in 2016 decreased by $843.1 million from 2015. This decrease was due to a lower pricing environment for both our services and fracturing materials in 2016, lower customer activity and well completion levels in 2016, resulting in fewer stages completed, and certain customers choosing to procure their own proppants in 2016.

        We began extending price concessions to our customers in the first quarter of 2015 as a result of the decline in oil and gas commodity prices that began in 2014. Our customers significantly reduced their hydraulic fracturing activities in response to the lower commodity price environment. This reduction in activity levels created an oversupply of service providers in our industry and, consequently,

52


Table of Contents

market prices for our services declined significantly. In response to the lower pricing environment and lower customer activity levels, we reduced the number of fleets operating during 2016 by an average of 7.4 fleets. However, in 2016 we improved our ability to operate our active fleets with less downtime which increased the number of stages we completed per average active fleet.

        The decrease in revenue from related parties in 2016 was due to a decrease in the activity levels for Chesapeake Parent.

    Costs of revenue

        Costs of revenue as a percentage of total revenue is as follows:

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2015   2016  
(Dollars in millions)
  Dollars   As a Percent
of Revenue
  Dollars   As a Percent
of Revenue
 

Costs of revenue, excluding depreciation

  $ 1,257.9     91.5 % $ 510.5     95.9 %

Depreciation—costs of revenue

    152.3     11.1 %   98.9     18.6 %

Total costs of revenue

  $ 1,410.2     102.5 % $ 609.4     114.5 %

        Total costs of revenue in 2016 decreased by $800.8 million from 2015. This decrease was primarily due to a decrease in our costs of revenue, excluding depreciation, and a decrease in the depreciation expense for our service equipment.

        Costs of revenue, excluding depreciation, in 2016 decreased by $747.4 million from 2015. This decrease was due to our lower number of active fleets during 2016 in response to lower customer activity and well completion levels; lower prices for materials used in the fracturing process in 2016; the effect of our cost reduction initiatives in 2016, which resulted in significant savings in labor and repair costs; and changes in customer job requirements in 2016.

        Depreciation for our service equipment in 2016 decreased by $53.4 million from 2015. This decrease was the result of asset impairments, asset disposals and certain assets becoming fully depreciated. Additionally, in recent years we have chosen to refurbish our equipment as it approaches the end of its useful life, rather than to replace it by purchasing new equipment. The cost of refurbishing our equipment is significantly lower than it would be to purchase new equipment. As more of our fleet has become comprised of refurbished assets in recent years, our depreciation has correspondingly declined.

        Total costs of revenue as a percentage of total revenue increased by 12.0 percentage points from 102.5% in 2015 to 114.5% in 2016. This change was primarily due to increased price concessions we extended to our customers in 2016, which have been partially offset by a lower number of active fleets in 2016, lower material costs; and our cost reduction initiatives. Our total costs of revenue exceeded our total revenue during these periods primarily due to the price concessions we have extended to our customers during these periods.

    Selling, general and administrative expense

        Selling, general and administrative expense in 2016 decreased by $90.3 million from 2015. Approximately $60 million of this decrease was related to a decrease in employee headcount in connection with the downturn in our business. Approximately $10 million of this decrease was due to lower legal costs. The remaining decrease was primarily the result of our various cost saving initiatives.

53


Table of Contents

    Depreciation and amortization

        The following table summarizes our depreciation and amortization:

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
 
(In millions)
  2015   2016  

Depreciation—costs of revenue(1)

  $ 152.3   $ 98.9  

Depreciation—other(2)

    17.6     13.7  

Amortization(3)

    102.5      

Total depreciation and amortization

  $ 272.4   $ 112.6  

(1)
Related to service equipment included in "Property, plant, and equipment, net" on our consolidated balance sheets discussed under the "Costs of revenue" heading of this discussion and analysis.

(2)
Related to all long-lived assets other than service equipment included in "Property, plant, and equipment, net" on our consolidated balance sheet.

(3)
Related to definite-lived intangible assets that were written down to zero during the year ended December 31, 2015.

        Depreciation and amortization in 2016 decreased by $159.8 million from 2015. This decrease was primarily due to the cessation of amortization associated with the intangible assets that were impaired during the year ended December 31, 2015, and the decrease in depreciation for our service equipment which has been previously discussed. The remaining decrease was primarily due to asset disposals and certain assets becoming fully depreciated.

    Impairments and other charges

        The following table summarizes our impairments and other charges:

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
 
(In millions)
  2015   2016  

Impairment of assets and goodwill

  $ 572.9   $ 7.0  

Supply commitment charges

    11.0     2.5  

Lease abandonment charges

    1.8     2.0  

Employee severance costs

    13.1     0.8  

Inventory write-down

    24.5      

Acquisition earn-out adjustments

    (3.4 )    

Total impairments and other charges

  $ 619.9   $ 12.3  

        Impairment of Assets and Goodwill :    During 2016, we recorded asset impairments of $7.0 million related to service equipment and real property that we no longer use and identified to sell. During the first nine months of 2015, we recorded a non-cash goodwill impairment of $7.1 million for our wireline reporting unit and an asset impairment of $0.5 million related to real property that we no longer use.

        In the fourth quarter of 2015, we concluded that the persistent low commodity price environment and its effect on our current and forecasted cash flows required us to perform multiple asset impairment tests. As a result, we recorded a number of asset impairments in the fourth quarter of 2015.

    We evaluated the long-lived assets of our pressure pumping asset group for impairment and concluded that the fair value of this asset group was lower than the carrying value of the assets

54


Table of Contents

      in the asset group. We recognized a total impairment for this asset group of $487.0 million. Of this amount, $461.4 million was attributable to our customer relationships, $20.6 million was attributable to certain equipment, and $5.0 million was attributable to our proprietary chemical blends.

    We evaluated the long-lived assets of our wireline asset group for impairment and concluded that the fair value of this asset group was lower than the carrying value of the assets in the asset group. We recognized a total impairment for this asset group of $33.3 million. Of this amount, $24.2 million was attributable to certain equipment and $9.1 million was attributable to our customer relationships.

    We evaluated our tradename intangible asset for impairment and concluded that the fair value of this asset was lower than its carrying value, which resulted in an impairment of $30.2 million.

    We recorded $14.8 million of impairments for certain land and buildings that we no longer use.

        Supply Commitment Charges :    We have recorded supply commitment charges related to contractual inventory purchase commitments to certain proppant suppliers. In 2015 and 2016, we recorded charges under these supply arrangements of $11.0 million and $2.5 million, respectively. These charges were attributable to our decreased volume of purchases from these suppliers due to our lower activity levels in both periods. Additionally, in 2016, our decreased purchases were also due to certain customers procuring their own proppants.

        While we have successfully worked with our vendors to minimize charges related to these purchase commitments, if industry conditions do not improve or if we are unable to work with our vendors in the future, we may incur supply commitment charges in future periods.

        Lease Abandonment Charges :    During 2015 and 2016, we vacated certain leased facilities to consolidate our operations. In 2015 and 2016, we recognized expense of $1.8 million and $2.0 million, respectively, in connection with these actions.

        Employee Severance Costs :    During 2015 and 2016, we incurred employee severance costs of $13.1 million and $0.8 million, respectively, in connection with our corporate and operating restructuring initiatives. At December 31, 2015 and 2016, we had paid substantially all severance payments owed to former employees.

        Inventory Write-down :    During 2015, we made improvements to our supply chain that reduced our inventory requirements. In connection with this initiative, we executed a program to liquidate excess inventory. We recorded a $24.5 million inventory write-down charge in connection with this liquidation program.

        Acquisition Earn-Out Adjustments :    In the second quarter and fourth quarter of 2015, we remeasured the fair value of the contingent consideration related to our wireline acquisition and we recorded adjustments to reduce this liability by $3.0 million and $0.4 million, respectively. At December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2016, the fair value of the contingent consideration was zero and the period to earn the contingent consideration expired on October 31, 2016.

    Loss on disposal of assets, net

        We sold substantially all of our remaining sand transportation equipment and related inventory in February 2016. We received $8.0 million of proceeds and recognized a $0.3 million gain on this sale. During 2016, we sold a number of other surplus pieces of property and equipment. We received an additional $23.5 million of proceeds and recognized a $1.3 million net loss on the sale of these assets.

55


Table of Contents

    Gain on insurance recoveries

        In January 2016, a fire at one of our job sites in Oklahoma destroyed substantially all of the equipment in one of our fleets. These assets were insured at values greater than their carrying values. We received $19.0 million of insurance recovery proceeds for these assets, which exceeded their carrying values by $15.1 million.

    Interest expense, net

        Interest expense, net of interest income, in 2016 increased by $10.3 million from 2015. The increase was due to a higher average long-term debt balance and a higher average interest rate for our 2020 Notes in 2016.

    Gain on extinguishment of debt, net

        In the third quarter of 2016, we completed a tender offer and subsequent purchases in the qualified institutional buyer/144A market for a portion of our long-term debt in which we repurchased $90.7 million of aggregate principal amount of long-term debt and recorded a gain on debt extinguishment of $52.3 million. See Note 6—"Debt" in Notes to our Audited Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for more information.

    Income tax expense

        In 2012, we recorded a valuation allowance to reduce our net deferred tax assets to zero. We continue to provide a valuation allowance against all deferred tax assets in excess of our deferred tax liabilities. As a result, we did not record any U.S. federal or state income tax benefit related to our losses in 2016, 2015 or 2014. See Note 13—"Income Taxes" in Notes to our Audited Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for more information regarding our income taxes and valuation allowance.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

    Sources of Liquidity

        At March 31, 2017, we had $126.7 million of cash, which represented our total liquidity position. We believe that our remaining liquidity is sufficient to fund our operations and capital expenditures over the next 12 months. We will continue to explore opportunities to improve our liquidity or capital structure in light of current and evolving business conditions.

    Cash Flows for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2016 and 2017

        The following table summarizes our cash flows:

 
  Three Months
Ended March 31,
 
(In millions)
  2016   2017  

Net loss adjusted for non-cash items

  $ (34.4 ) $ (1.1 )

Changes in operating assets and liabilities

    23.7     (30.2 )

Net cash used in operating activities

    (10.7 )   (31.3 )

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

    27.0     (2.3 )

Net increase (decrease) in cash

    16.3     (33.6 )

Cash, beginning of period

    264.6     160.3  

Cash, end of period

  $ 280.9   $ 126.7  

56


Table of Contents

        Cash flows from operating activities have historically been a significant source of liquidity we use to fund capital expenditures and repay our debt. Changes in cash flows from operating activities are primarily affected by the same factors that affect our net income, excluding non-cash items such as depreciation and amortization, stock-based compensation, and impairments of assets.

        Net cash used in operating activities was $10.7 million and $31.3 million for the first quarter of 2016 and 2017, respectively. Cash flows from operating activities consists of net loss adjusted for non-cash items and changes in operating assets and liabilities. Net loss adjusted for non-cash items resulted in cash decreases of $34.4 million and $1.1 million for the first quarter of 2016 and 2017, respectively. The net change in operating assets and liabilities resulted in a cash increase of $23.7 million and a cash decrease of $30.2 million for the first quarter of 2016 and 2017, respectively. The net change in operating assets and liabilities for the first quarter of 2017 was primarily due to an increase in working capital to fund our increased activity level.

        Net cash provided by investing activities was $27.0 million for the first quarter of 2016 compared to cash used in investing activities of $2.3 million for the first quarter of 2017, respectively. This change was due to decreased insurance recovery proceeds received in 2017, decreased asset disposal proceeds in 2017, and increased capital expenditures in 2017.

    Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2015 and 2016

        The following table summarizes our cash flows:

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
 
(In millions)
  2015   2016  

Net loss adjusted for non-cash items

  $ (133.3 ) $ (130.9 )

Changes in operating assets and liabilities

    183.9     21.1  

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

    50.6     (109.8 )

Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities

    (97.9 )   43.1  

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

    301.4     (37.6 )

Net increase (decrease) in cash

    254.1     (104.3 )

Cash, beginning of period

    10.5     264.6  

Cash, end of period

  $ 264.6   $ 160.3  

        Cash flows from operating activities have historically been a significant source of liquidity we use to fund capital expenditures and repay our debt. Changes in cash flows from operating activities are primarily affected by the same factors that affect our net income, excluding non-cash items such as depreciation and amortization, stock-based compensation, and impairments of assets.

        Net cash used in operating activities was $109.8 million in 2016 compared to net cash provided by operating activities of $50.6 million in 2015. Cash flows from operating activities consists of net loss adjusted for non-cash items and changes in operating assets and liabilities. Net loss adjusted for non-cash items resulted in a cash decrease of $133.3 million and $130.9 million in 2015 and 2016, respectively. The net change in operating assets and liabilities resulted in a cash increase of $183.9 million and $21.1 million in 2015 and 2016, respectively. The net change in operating assets and liabilities in 2016 was primarily due to decreased accounts receivable and inventories, partially offset by decreased accrued expenses, which were all due to our lower activity levels in 2016.

        Net cash provided by investing activities in 2016 was $43.1 million compared to net cash used in investing activities of $97.9 million in 2015. This change was primarily due to reduced capital expenditures in 2016, increased asset disposal proceeds in 2016, and insurance recovery proceeds received in 2016.

57


Table of Contents

        Net cash used in financing activities in 2016 was $37.6 million compared to net cash provided by financing activities of $301.4 million in 2015. The net decrease in cash flows in 2016 was due to debt repurchases. The net increase in cash flows in 2015 was due to the issuance of $350 million aggregate principal amount of our 2020 Notes, partially offset by a repayment of borrowings under our previously existing revolving credit facility.

Cash Requirements

    Contractual Commitments and Obligations

        The following table summarizes our contractual commitments at December 31, 2016 and does not give effect to the use of proceeds from this offering:

 
   
  Payments Due by Period  
(In millions)
  Total   Less Than
1 Year
  1 - 3 Years   3 - 5 Years   More than
5 Years
 

Long-term debt obligations

  $ 1,207.3   $   $   $ 781.0   $ 426.3  

Interest obligations(1)(2)

    359.8     82.0     163.6     100.9     13.3  

Operating lease obligations

    38.8     20.8     13.0     4.3     0.7  

Purchase obligations

    401.2     52.1     111.0     97.7     140.4  

Other long-term liabilities reflected on the balance sheet

    1.7         1.7          

Total

  $ 2,008.8   $ 154.9   $ 289.3   $ 983.9   $ 580.7  

(1)
Our term loan due in 2021 bears interest at a variable rate based on LIBOR plus a margin of 4.75% per annum, but never less than 5.75% per annum due to a 1.00% LIBOR floor. At December 31, 2016, LIBOR was substantially equal to 1.00% per annum; therefore, the future interest payment amounts included in the table for this term loan have been calculated at the floor rate of 5.75%.

(2)
Our 2020 Notes bear interest at a variable rate based on LIBOR plus a margin of 7.5% per annum. The future interest payment amounts included in the table for these notes have been calculated at the rate in effect at December 31, 2016.

        In 2016, we completed a tender offer and subsequent purchases in the qualified institutional buyer/144A market for a portion of our long-term debt in which we repurchased $90.7 million of aggregate principal amount of long-term debt and recorded a gain on debt extinguishment of $52.3 million. See Note 6—"Debt" in Notes to our Audited Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for more information on our long-term debt obligations.

        There have been no significant changes to our contractual obligations outside the ordinary course of business since December 31, 2016.

    Capital Expenditures

        The nature of our capital expenditures consists of a base level of investment required to support our current operations and amounts related to growth and company initiatives. Our capital expenditures for 2016 represented the base level of capital expenditure to support our operations, as we reduced expenditures to conserve liquidity during the market downturn. We estimate capital expenditures will increase in 2017 to approximately $50 million. We believe this level of capital expenditure is the amount necessary to support our 2017 operations, but this amount could differ from actual expenditures because it is highly dependent upon the number of fleets we activate throughout the year. Our cash and any cash provided by operations will be used to fund our capital expenditure

58


Table of Contents

needs, which we believe will be sufficient to support our operations in an improving environment in 2017. We continuously evaluate our capital expenditures and the amount we ultimately spend will primarily depend on industry conditions.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

        Except for our normal operating leases, we do not have any off-balance sheet financing arrangements, transactions, or special purpose entities.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

        The preparation of our consolidated financial statements and related notes requires us to make estimates that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue and expenses, and related disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities. We base these estimates on historical results and various other assumptions believed to be reasonable, all of which form the basis for making estimates concerning the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily available from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates.

        In the notes accompanying the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, we describe the significant accounting policies used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements. We believe that the following represent the most significant estimates and management judgments used in preparing the consolidated financial statements.

    Property, Plant, and Equipment

        We calculate depreciation based on the estimated useful lives of our assets. When assets are placed into service, we make estimates with respect to their useful lives that we believe are reasonable. However, the cyclical nature of our business, which results in fluctuations in the use of our equipment and the environments in which we operate, could cause us to change our estimates, thus affecting the future calculation of depreciation.

        We continuously perform repair and maintenance expenditures on our service equipment. Expenditures for renewals and betterments that extend the lives of our service equipment, which may include the replacement of significant components of service equipment, are capitalized and depreciated. Other repairs and maintenance costs are expensed as incurred. The determination of whether an expenditure should be capitalized or expensed requires management judgment with regard to the effect of the expenditure on the useful life of the equipment.

        We separately identify and account for certain significant components of our hydraulic fracturing units including the engine, transmission, and pump, which requires us to separately estimate the useful lives of these components. For our other service equipment, we do not separately identify and track depreciation of specific original components. When we replace components of these assets, we typically have to estimate the net book values of the components that are retired, which are based primarily upon their replacement costs, their ages and their original estimated useful lives.

    Definite-lived Intangible Assets

        The amortization of our definite-lived intangible assets reflected in our consolidated statements of operations was $102.5 million and zero for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016, respectively. These intangible assets were primarily related to customer relationships and proprietary chemical blends acquired in business acquisitions. We calculated amortization for these assets based on their estimated useful lives. When these assets were recorded, we made estimates with respect to their useful lives that we believed were reasonable. However, these estimates contained judgments regarding the future utility of these assets and a change in our assessment of the useful lives of these assets could

59


Table of Contents

have materially changed the future calculation of amortization. At December 31, 2015, we impaired all of our definite-lived intangible assets.

    Impairment of Long-Lived Assets, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

        Long-lived assets, such as property, plant, equipment and definite-lived intangible assets, are reviewed for impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable, such as insufficient cash flows or plans to dispose of or sell long-lived assets before the end of their previously estimated useful lives. If the carrying amount is not recoverable, we recognize an impairment loss equal to the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds fair value. We estimate fair value based on the income, market or cost valuation techniques. Our fair value calculations for long-lived assets and intangible assets contain uncertainties because they require us to apply judgment and estimates concerning future cash flows, strategic plans, useful lives and assumptions about market performance. We also apply judgment in the selection of a discount rate that reflects the risk inherent in our current business model.

        We have historically acquired goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets related to business acquisitions. Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of net assets acquired. We review our goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets on an annual basis, at the beginning of the fourth quarter, and whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value of goodwill or an intangible asset may exceed its fair value. If the carrying value of goodwill or an intangible asset exceeds its fair value, we recognize an impairment loss for this difference. Our impairment loss calculations for goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets contain uncertainties because they require us to estimate fair values of our reporting units and intangible assets, respectively. We estimate fair values based on various valuation techniques such as discounted cash flows and comparable market analyses. These types of analyses contain uncertainties because they require us to make judgments and assumptions regarding future profitability, industry factors, planned strategic initiatives, discount rates and other factors.

    Unconditional Purchase Obligations

        We have historically entered into supply arrangements, primarily for sand, with our vendors that contain unconditional purchase obligations. These represent obligations to transfer funds in the future for fixed or minimum quantities of goods or services at fixed or minimum prices, such as "take-or-pay" contracts. We enter into these unconditional purchase obligation arrangements in the normal course of business to ensure that adequate levels of sourced product are available to us. To account for these arrangements, we must monitor whether we may be required to make a minimum payment to a vendor in a future period because our projected inventory purchases may not satisfy our minimum commitments. If we conclude that it is probable that we will make a minimum payment under these arrangements, we will record an estimated loss for these commitments in the current period.

        A loss related to an unconditional purchase obligation contains uncertainties because it requires us to make assumptions and apply judgment to forecast future demand, determine the ultimate allocation of a commitment shortfall to our various vendors, and assess our ability to cure a commitment shortfall during cure periods allowed for by certain vendors. Although we believe that our judgments and estimates are reasonable, actual results could differ, and we may be subject to additional losses or gains that could be material in future periods.

    Tax Contingencies

        We are subject to income taxes and other state and local taxes. Our tax returns are periodically audited by federal, state and local tax authorities. These audits include questions regarding our tax filing positions, including the timing and amount of deductions and the reporting of various taxable

60


Table of Contents

transactions. At any one time, multiple tax years are subject to audit by the various tax authorities. After evaluating the exposures associated with our various tax filing positions, we may record a liability for such exposures. A number of years may elapse before a particular matter, for which we have established a liability, is audited and fully resolved or clarified. We adjust our liability for these tax exposures in the period in which a tax position is effectively settled, the period in which the statute of limitations expires for the relevant taxing authority to examine the tax position, or when more information becomes available.

        Our liabilities for these tax positions contain uncertainties because management is required to make assumptions and apply judgment to estimate the exposures associated with our various filing positions. Although we believe that our judgments and estimates are reasonable, actual results could differ, and we may be subject to losses or gains that could be material.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

        See Note 2—"Summary of Significant Accounting Policies" in Notes to our Audited Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this prospectus and Note 1—"Basis of Presentation" in Notes to our Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for more information.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

        At December 31, 2015, December 31, 2016, and March 31, 2017, we held no significant derivative instruments that materially increased our exposure to market risks for interest rates, foreign currency rates, commodity prices or other market price risks.

        We are subject to interest rate risk on a portion of our long-term debt. Our term loan due 2021 bears interest at a variable rate based on LIBOR plus a margin of 4.75% per annum, with a 1.00% LIBOR floor. As of March 31, 2017, LIBOR was above the 1.00% floor. Therefore a 1.00% increase in LIBOR would increase the annual interest payments for this debt by approximately $4.3 million.

        Our 2020 Notes bear interest at a variable rate based on LIBOR plus a margin of 7.50% per annum. Therefore, a 1.00% increase in LIBOR would increase the annual interest payments for these notes by approximately $3.5 million.

        We are subject to commodity price risk related to our diesel fuel usage. A $0.25 per gallon change in the price of diesel fuel would have changed our costs of revenue, excluding depreciation, by approximately $8 million, $5 million, and $1 million for 2015, 2016, and for the first quarter of 2017, respectively.

        During 2015, 2016, and the first quarter of 2017, substantially all of our operations were conducted within the United States; therefore we had no significant exposure to foreign currency exchange rate risk.

Change in Accountants

        On November 10, 2015, our board of directors approved the dismissal of Ernst & Young LLP, or E&Y, from its role as our independent registered public accounting firm.

        The reports of E&Y on our consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, which are not included herein, did not contain an adverse opinion or a disclaimer of opinion and were not qualified or modified as to uncertainty, audit scope or accounting principles.

        During the two fiscal years ended December 31, 2014, and in the subsequent interim period through November 10, 2015, we had no disagreements with E&Y on any matter of accounting principles or practices, financial statement disclosure or auditing scope or procedure, which

61


Table of Contents

disagreements, if not resolved to the satisfaction of E&Y, would have caused E&Y to make reference to the subject matter of the disagreements in connection with its reports on the consolidated financial statements for such periods.

        We provided E&Y with a copy of this disclosure prior to its filing and requested that E&Y furnish us with a letter addressed to the SEC stating whether it agrees with the above statements and, if not, stating the respect in which it does not agree. A copy of E&Y's letter, dated February 10, 2017, is attached as Exhibit 16.1.

        On November 10, 2015, our board of directors approved the engagement of Grant Thornton LLP as our new independent registered public accounting firm. We did not consult Grant Thornton LLP regarding (1) the application of accounting principles to a specific transaction, either completed or proposed, or the type of audit opinion that might be rendered on our financial statements, or (2) any matter that was the subject of a disagreement (as defined in Item 304(a)(1)(iv) of Regulation S-K) or any reportable event (as described in Item 304(a)(1)(v) of Regulation S-K), during the two years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013.

62


Table of Contents


BUSINESS

Our Company

        We are one of the largest providers of hydraulic fracturing services in North America based on both active and total horsepower of our equipment. Our services enhance hydrocarbon flow from oil and natural gas wells drilled by E&P companies in shale and other unconventional resource formations.

        We currently have 1.6 million total hydraulic horsepower across 32 fleets, of which 22 fleets were active at May 1, 2017. Since 2010, we have completed more than 130,000 fracturing stages across the most active major unconventional basins in the United States. This history gives us valuable experience and operational capabilities at the leading edge of horizontal well completions in unconventional formations. As one of the largest hydraulic fracturing service providers in North America based on the active and total horsepower of our equipment, we believe we are well positioned to capitalize on the recovery of the North American oil and natural gas exploration market.

        We operate in the most active major unconventional basins in the United States, including the Permian Basin, the SCOOP/STACK Formation, Marcellus/Utica Shale, the Eagle Ford Shale and the Haynesville Shale, which provides us balanced exposure to oil and natural gas. We are one of the top-three hydraulic fracturing companies in the SCOOP/STACK Formation, Marcellus/Utica Shale, the Eagle Ford Shale and the Haynesville Shale, and we have recently increased our presence in the Permian Basin by 50%. Our large-scale operating presence across a variety of active basins provides us with important strategic advantages, such as: the ability to serve large, multi-basin customers; better negotiating power with our customers and suppliers; reduced volatility in our activity levels as completions activity endures cycles in different basins; and a lower relative cost structure for fixed overhead and corporate costs. The following map shows the basins in which we operate and the number of fleets operated in each basin as of May 1, 2017.

GRAPHIC   GRAPHIC

        Our industry experienced a significant downturn beginning in late 2014 as oil and natural gas prices dropped significantly. The downturn materially impacted our results in 2015 and 2016, primarily due to reduced activity levels and lower pricing for our services. Recently, however, we have seen a rebound in the demand for our services as oil prices have more than doubled since the 12-year low of $26.19 in February 2016, reaching $54.48 in February 2017. Beginning in the third quarter of 2016, we were able to obtain higher prices for our services, reversing a downward trend that accompanied the decrease in oil and natural gas prices. The majority of these price increases started in January 2017 and have continued to progress to higher levels through the first quarter of 2017.

        During the downturn, we implemented a number of measures to reduce our cost of operations and to improve the efficiency of our operations. We have been able to increase our average stages per active fleet compared to the end of 2014 while maintaining a relatively consistent presence in each operating basin. We operated substantially all of our active fleets on a 24-hour basis during these periods. As demand for our services declined, we reduced the number of our active fleets. We also focused on our ability to operate our active fleets for as many days as possible and to limit the

63


Table of Contents

downtime of our fleets to maximize the number of stages we could complete with our active fleets. This increase in stages completed per active fleet was instrumental in partially offsetting the negative effect that the price concessions we provided to our customers in 2015 and 2016 had on our operating margins. We believe these cost reductions and improvements in average stages per active fleet will continue as activity levels increase.

        Our customers typically compensate us based on the number of stages fractured, and the primary contributor to the number of stages we complete is our ability to reduce downtime on our equipment. As a result, we believe the number of stages fractured and the average number of stages completed per active fleet in a given period of time are important operating metrics for our business. The graphs below show the number of stages we completed per quarter and the average stages per active fleet we completed per quarter. For additional information regarding our fleet capacity and average stages per active fleet per quarter as an operating metric, see "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Results of Operations—Revenue" and "—Our Services—Hydraulic Fracturing."


GRAPHIC
 
GRAPHIC

        We manufacture and refurbish many of the components used by our fleets, including consumables, such as fluid-ends. In addition, we perform substantially all the maintenance, repair and servicing of our hydraulic fracturing fleets. Our cost to produce components is significantly less than the cost to purchase comparable quality components from third-party suppliers. For example, we produce fluid-ends and power-ends at a cost that is approximately 50% to 60% less, respectively, than purchasing them from outside suppliers. In addition, we perform full-scale refurbishments of our fracturing units at a cost that is approximately half the cost of utilizing an outside supplier. We estimate that this cost advantage saves us approximately $85 million per year at peak production levels.

        We have a uniform fleet of hydraulic fracturing equipment. We designed our equipment to uniform specifications intended specifically for completions work in oil and natural gas basins requiring high levels of pressure, flow rate and sand intensity. The standardized, "plug and play" nature of our fleet provides us with several advantages, including: reduced repair and maintenance costs; reduced inventory costs; the ability to redeploy equipment among operating basins; and reduced complexity in our operations, which improves our safety and operational performance.

        Our customers include large, independent E&P companies, such as Devon Energy Corporation, EOG Resources, Diamondback E&P LLC, EQT Production Company, Newfield Exploration Company and Range Resources Corporation, that specialize in unconventional oil and natural gas resources in North America. We believe our customer base is likely to remain among the most active consumers of hydraulic fracturing services as the oil and natural gas industry recovers.

64


Table of Contents

        Our manufacturing capabilities also reduce the risk that we will be unable to source important components, such as fluid-ends, power-ends and other consumable parts. During periods of high demand for hydraulic fracturing services, external equipment vendors often report order backlogs of up to nine months. Our competitors may be unable to source components when needed or may be required to pay a much higher price for their components, or both, due to bottlenecks in supplier production levels. We have historically manufactured, and believe we have the capacity to manufacture, all major consumable components required to operate all 32 of our fleets at full capacity.

        We have been a fast adopter of new technologies focused on: increasing fracturing effectiveness for our customers, reducing the operating costs of our equipment and enhancing the HSE conditions at our well sites. We help customers monitor and modify fracturing fluids and designs, through our fluid research and development operations that we conduct through a strategic partnership with a third-party technology center. The research and development activities conducted for us at the third-party technology center are conducted by key employees who were previously affiliated with our Company. We have entered into a services agreement with this third-party technology center for a one-year term, with an option for us to renew for additional one-year terms. This partnership allows us to work closely with our customers to rapidly adopt and integrate next-generation fluid breakthroughs, such as our NuFlo® 1000 fracturing fluid diverter, into our product offerings.

        We own a 45% interest in SinoFTS, which is a Chinese joint venture that we formed in June 2014 with Sinopec. SinoFTS fractured its first five wells in China in 2016. This joint venture provides us with experience in overseas operations that could be beneficial to us if hydraulic fracturing activity begins to grow significantly in international markets.

Our Services

Hydraulic Fracturing

        Our primary service offering is providing hydraulic fracturing services, also known as pressure pumping, to oil and natural gas E&P companies. These services are designed to enhance hydrocarbon flow in oil and natural gas wells, thus increasing the amount of hydrocarbons recovered. The development of resources in unconventional reservoirs, including oil and natural gas shales, is a technically and operationally challenging segment of the oilfield services market that has experienced strong growth worldwide, particularly in the United States. During 2014, which was the peak year of the recent industry upcycle, we completed nearly 26,200 fracturing stages for our customers utilizing as many as 32 fleets.

        Oil and natural gas wells are typically divided into one or more "stages," which are isolated zones that focus the high-pressure fluid and proppant from the hydraulic fracturing fleet into distinct portions of the well and surrounding reservoir. The number of stages that will divide a well is determined by the customer's proposed job design, and our customers typically compensate us based on each stage completed. Although the number and length of stages may vary by basin and formation characteristics, we have historically maintained a relatively consistent presence in each operating basin. During the last two years, as a result of our customers trending toward more intense completions, our quarterly average stage length, measured in minutes to complete, has increased by approximately 14%. Despite the longer average stage lengths, we have been able to increase our average stages per active fleet compared to the end of 2014. This is because the primary contributor to the number of stages we complete in a quarter is our ability to reduce downtime on our equipment, rather than any variability in operating basins or formation characteristics. Therefore, we believe the number of stages that each of our active fleets completes in a given period of time is an important operating metric.

        Hydraulic fracturing represents the largest cost of completing a shale oil or natural gas well. The process consists of pumping a fracturing fluid into a well casing or tubing at sufficient pressure to fracture the formation. The fracturing fluid primarily consists of water mixed with a small amount of

65


Table of Contents

chemicals and guar, forming a highly viscous liquid. Materials known as proppants, in our case primarily sand, are suspended in the fracturing fluid and are pumped into the fracture to prop it open. Once the fractures are open, the fluid is designed to "break," or reduce its viscosity, so that it will more easily flow back out of the formation. The proppants, which remain behind in the formation, act as a wedge that keeps the fractures open, allowing the trapped hydrocarbons to flow more freely. As a result of a successful fracturing process, hydrocarbon recovery rates are substantially enhanced; thus, increasing the return on investment for our customer. The amount of hydrocarbons produced from a typical shale oil or natural gas well generally declines quickly, with production from a shale well typically falling 60% to 70% in the first year. As a result, E&P companies must fracture new wells to maintain production levels.

        We designed all of the hydraulic fracturing units and much of the auxiliary equipment used in our fleets to uniform specifications intended specifically for work in oil and natural gas basins requiring high pressures and high levels of sand intensity. Each of our fleets typically consists of 16 to 25 hydraulic fracturing units; two or more blenders (one used as a backup), which blend the proppant and chemicals into the hydraulic fluid; sand kings and other types of large containers used to store sand on location; various vehicles used to transport chemicals, gels and other materials; and various service trucks. Each hydraulic fracturing fleet includes a mobile, on-site control center that monitors pressures, rates and volumes, as applicable. Each control center is equipped with high bandwidth satellite hardware that provides continuous upload and download of job telemetry data. The data is delivered on a real-time basis to on-site job personnel, the customer and an assigned coordinator at our headquarters for display in both digital and graphical form.

        Our hydraulic fracturing units consist primarily of a high-pressure pump, a diesel or combined diesel and natural gas engine, a transmission and various other supporting equipment mounted on a trailer. The high pressure pump consists of two key assemblies: the fluid-end and the power-end. Although the power-end of our pumps generally lasts several years, the fluid-end, which is the part of the pump through which the fracturing fluid is expelled under high pressure, is a shorter-lasting consumable, typically lasting less than one year. We refer to the group of hydraulic fracturing units, auxiliary equipment and vehicles necessary to perform a typical fracturing job is referred to as a "fleet" and the personnel assigned to each fleet as a "crew." Our fleets operate primarily on a 24-hour-per-day basis, in which we typically staff three crews per fleet, including one crew with the day off. Our focus on 24-hour operations allows us to keep our equipment working for more hours per day, which we believe enhances our return-on-assets over time.

        We primarily enter into service agreements with our customers for one or more "dedicated" fleets, rather than providing our fleets primarily for "spot work." Under our typical dedicated fleet agreement, we deploy one or more of our hydraulic fracturing fleets exclusively to the customer to follow the customer's completion schedule and job specifications until the agreement expires or is terminated in accordance with its terms. By contrast, under a typical spot work agreement, the fleet moves between customers as work becomes available. We believe that our strategy of pursuing dedicated fleet agreements leads to higher fleet utilization, as measured by the number of days each fleet is working per month, which we believe reduces our month-to-month revenue volatility and improves our revenue and profitability. See Note 2—"Summary of Significant Accounting Policies—Revenue Recognition" in Notes to our Audited Consolidated Financial Statements for discussion of pricing under our service agreements and revenue recognized for services.

        An important element of hydraulic fracturing is the proper handling of the fracturing fluid. In all of our hydraulic fracturing jobs, our customers specify the composition of the fracturing fluid to be used. Sometimes this fluid includes products marketed by us. Our customers are responsible for the disposal of the fracturing fluid that flows back out of the well, and we are not involved in that process or in the disposal of the fluid.

66


Table of Contents

Wireline Services

        Our wireline services primarily consist of setting plugs between hydraulic fracturing stages, creating perforations within hydraulic fracturing stages and logging the characteristics of resource formations. Our wireline services equipment is designed to operate under high pressure in unconventional resource formations without delaying hydraulic fracturing operations. We currently provide wireline services in each of the areas where our hydraulic fracturing fleets operate. As of May 1, 2017, we own 55 wireline units.

Industry Overview and Trends

        The oil and natural gas industry has traditionally been volatile and is influenced by a combination of long-term, short-term and cyclical trends, including the domestic and international supply and demand for oil and natural gas, current and expected future prices for oil and natural gas and the perceived stability and sustainability of those prices, production depletion rates and the resultant levels of cash flows generated and allocated by E&P companies to their well completions budget. The oil and natural gas industry is also impacted by general domestic and international economic conditions, political instability in oil producing countries, government regulations (both in the United States and elsewhere), levels of customer demand, the availability of pipeline capacity and other conditions and factors that are beyond our control.

        The principal factor influencing demand for hydraulic fracturing services is the level of horizontal drilling activity by E&P companies. Since 2006, these companies have increasingly focused on exploiting the hydrocarbon reserves contained in North America's unconventional oil and natural gas reservoirs by utilizing horizontal drilling and hydraulic fracturing. Over the last decade, advances in these technologies have made the development of many unconventional resources, such as oil and natural gas shale formations, economically attractive. These advancements led to a dramatic increase in the development of oil- and natural gas-producing basins in the United States and a corresponding increase in the demand for hydraulic fracturing services. According to the Baker Hughes Report, the United States horizontal rig count dropped approximately 76% from 1,336 at the end of December 2014 to a low of 314 in May 2016. We believe this increase in demand coupled with industry contraction and the resulting reduction in hydraulic fracturing capacity since late 2014 will particularly benefit us. The financial distress of many other providers of hydraulic fracturing services, we believe, has led to significant maintenance deferrals and the use of idle fleets for spare parts, resulting in a material reduction in total deployable fracturing fleets. We believe all of our inactive fleets can be returned to service.

        The significant decline in oil and natural gas prices that began in the third quarter of 2014 continued into February 2016, when the closing price of oil reached a 12-year low of $26.19 in February 2016. The horizontal rig count in the United States declined by 77%, from its peak of 1,372 rigs in November 2014 to a low of 314 rigs in May 2016, according to the Baker Hughes Report. The low commodity price environment caused a reduction in the completion activities of most of our customers and their spending on our services, which has substantially reduced the prices we can charge our customers and has had a negative impact on our activity levels.

        However, oil prices have increased since the 12-year low recorded in February 2016, reaching $54.48 in February 2017. As commodity prices have rebounded, we have experienced an increase in the level of demand for our services. Although our industry traditionally has been volatile, the following trends in our industry should benefit our operations and our ability to achieve our business objectives as commodity prices recover:

        Large production growth from U.S. oil and natural gas formations.     The average oil field production in the United States has grown at a compound annual growth rate of 8.4% over the period from 2010 through 2016 due to production gains from unconventional reservoirs. According to the U.S. Energy

67


Table of Contents

Information Administration, or EIA, U.S. tight oil production grew from approximately 430,000 barrels per day in 2007 to almost 4.3 million barrels per day in 2016, representing 48% of total U.S. crude oil production in 2016. A majority of this increase came from the Permian Basin, the SCOOP/STACK region, the Marcellus/Utica Shale, the Eagle Ford Shale and the Haynesville Shale, which are our five operating basins, as well as the Williston Basin. We expect that this continued growth will result in increased demand for our services as commodity prices continue to stabilize or increase.

        Increased use of horizontal drilling to develop high-pressure U.S. resource basins.     Although the U.S. horizontal rig count declined significantly from December 2014 to May 2016, the horizontal rig count as a percentage of the overall onshore rig count has increased every year since 2007, when horizontal rigs represented only approximately 25% of the total U.S. onshore rig count at year-end. We believe horizontal drilling activity will continue to grow as a portion of overall onshore wells drilled in the United States, primarily due to E&P companies increasingly developing unconventional resources such as shales. Successful economic production of these unconventional resource basins frequently requires hydraulic fracturing services like those we provide.

        Faster drilling speed.     The speed of drilling rigs is increasing significantly, which has increased the number of wells drilled for a given rig count. The speed of drilling means that more fracturing fleets are needed for every active drilling rig. On average there used to be four drilling rigs for each fracturing fleet, but that ratio is now less than 3-to-1, and continuing to decline. As a result, E&P companies are able to complete more stages using fewer rigs, and industry sources expect that total stages completed will surpass 2014 levels at a significantly lower corresponding rig count.

        Increasing completions intensity.     Longer lateral lengths for horizontal wells and more sand per lateral foot require increased horsepower to execute a completion, which means that more fracturing units will be required for each fleet. The increased amount of sand per lateral foot also increases the wear-and-tear on each unit's components and parts, which will increase the repair and maintenance costs for each fleet. We expect that the projected increase in drilling speed and sand intensity will result in an increased demand for, and diminished supply of, our services.

        Reduced supply of hydraulic fracturing services from our competitors.     The hydraulic fracturing industry in the United States is characterized by a few large providers (6 with over 1 million horsepower), several medium sized providers (10 with between 1 million and 300,000 horsepower) and a significant number of smaller providers. We believe that many of these providers have been deferring or declining to repair their hydraulic fracturing equipment as it breaks down from ordinary use. This phenomenon of providers choosing to retire rather than repair broken equipment is often referred to as "attrition." According to an industry report, the total working horsepower in North America declined from approximately 15 million in 2014 to approximately 6 million in 2016. Additionally, the large number of small service providers in our industry may make it an attractive candidate for industry consolidation, which would further reduce competition. These factors should lead to a better balance of supply and demand and to higher pricing levels for our services.

        Completion of refracturings and drilled-but-uncompleted wells.     As producing shale wells age, their level of production declines, typically falling 60% to 70% in the first year. Refracturing these wells can increase production levels. As the number and age of producing unconventional wells increases, the market for recompletions is expected to increase. In addition, because the cost of recompleting a well is generally lower than the total cost of drilling and completing a new well, the demand for recompletions is expected to increase relative to demand for new completions during depressed commodity price environments.

        Potential development of international markets for our hydraulic fracturing services.     There has been growing international interest in the development of unconventional resources such as oil and natural gas shales. This interest has resulted in a number of recently completed joint ventures between major

68


Table of Contents

U.S. and international E&P companies related to shale basins in the United States and acquisitions of significant acreage in shale basins in the United States by large, non-U.S. E&P companies. We believe that these acquisitions and joint ventures, which generally require the international partner to commit to significant future capital expenditures, will provide additional demand for hydraulic fracturing services in the coming years. Additionally, such activity may stimulate development of oil and natural gas shales outside the United States, such as the recent activity by our SinoFTS joint venture in Chongqing, China.

        Increase in demand for oil and natural gas.     The EIA projects that the average WTI price will increase through 2040 from growing demand and the development of more costly oil resources. The EIA also anticipates continued growth in long-term U.S. domestic demand for natural gas. We believe that as demand for oil and natural gas increases, E&P activity will rise and demand for our services will increase. Recent events including declines in North American production, attrition in the supply of horsepower in our industry and agreements by OPEC and certain other oil-producing countries to reduce oil production have provided upward momentum for energy prices. If near-term commodity prices stabilize at current levels or recover further, we expect a more active demand environment during 2018 and 2019 than has been experienced in 2015 and 2016.

Competitive Strengths

        We believe that we are well positioned because of the following competitive strengths:

Large scale and leading market share across the most active major U.S. unconventional resource basins

        With 1.6 million total hydraulic horsepower in our fleet, we are one of the largest hydraulic fracturing service providers in North America based on both active and total horsepower of our equipment. We are one of the top-three hydraulic fracturing companies in some of the most active basins in the United States, including the SCOOP/STACK Formation, Marcellus/Utica Shale, the Eagle Ford Shale and the Haynesville Shale. We also have an extensive, long-standing presence in the Permian Basin and have recently increased our presence in this basin by 50%. According to an industry report from December 2016, these basins will account for more than 75% of all new wells drilled in 2017 and 2018.

        This geographic diversity reduces the volatility in our revenue due to basin trends, relative oil and natural gas prices, adverse weather and other events. Our five hydraulic fracturing districts enable us to rapidly reposition our fleets based on demand trends among different basins. Additionally, our large market share in each of our operating basins allows us to spread our fixed costs over a greater number of fleets. Furthermore, our large scale strengthens our negotiating position with our suppliers and our customers.

Pure-play, efficient hydraulic fracturing services provider with extensive experience in U.S. unconventional oil and natural gas production

        Our primary focus is hydraulic fracturing. For the year ended December 31, 2016 and the three months ended March 31, 2017, 93% and 92%, respectively, of our revenues came from hydraulic fracturing services. Since 2010, we have completed more than 130,000 fracturing stages across the most active major unconventional basins in the United States. This history gives us invaluable experience and operational capabilities at the leading edge of horizontal well completions in unconventional formations.

        We designed all of the hydraulic fracturing units and much of the auxiliary equipment used in our fleets to uniform specifications intended specifically for work in oil and natural gas basins requiring high pressures and high levels of sand intensity. In addition, we use proprietary pumps with fluid-ends

69


Table of Contents

that are capable of meeting the most demanding pressure, flow rate and proppant loading requirements encountered in the field.

        Our focus on hydraulic fracturing provides us the expertise and dedication to run our fleets in 24-hour operations, in contrast to several of our competitors that run their fleets in 12-hour operations. As a result, we have the opportunity to complete more stages per day than such competitors. In addition, rather than perform "spot work," we prefer to dedicate each of our fleets to a specific customer for a set period of time, such as six months, in exchange for specified minimum volume commitments and indexed pricing. These arrangements allow us to increase the number of days per month that our fleet is generating revenue and allow our crews to better understand customer expectations resulting in improved efficiency and safety.

In-house manufacturing, equipment maintenance and refurbishment capabilities

        We manufacture and refurbish many of the components used by our fleets, including consumables, such as fluid-ends. In addition, we perform substantially all the maintenance, repair and servicing of our hydraulic fracturing fleets. Our cost to produce components is significantly less than the cost to purchase comparable quality components from third-party suppliers. For example, we produce fluid-ends and power-ends at a cost that is approximately 50% to 60% less, respectively, than purchasing them from outside suppliers. In addition, we perform full-scale refurbishments of our fracturing units at a cost that is approximately half the cost of utilizing an outside supplier. We estimate that this cost advantage saves us approximately $85 million per year at peak production levels. As trends in our industry continue toward increasing proppant levels and service intensity, the added wear-and-tear on hydraulic fracturing equipment will increase the rate at which components need to be replaced for a typical fleet, increasing our long-term cost advantage versus our competitors that do not have similar in-house manufacturing capabilities.

        Our manufacturing capabilities also reduce the risk that we will be unable to source important components, such as fluid-ends, power-ends and other consumable parts. During periods of high demand for hydraulic fracturing services, external equipment vendors often report order backlogs of up to nine months. Our competitors may be unable to source components when needed or may be required to pay a much higher price for their components, or both, due to bottlenecks in supplier production levels. We have historically manufactured, and believe we have the capacity to manufacture, all major consumable components required to operate all 32 of our fleets at full capacity.

        Additionally, manufacturing our equipment internally allows us to constantly improve our equipment design in response to the knowledge we gain by operating in harsh geological environments under challenging conditions. This rapid feedback loop between our field operations and our manufacturing operations positions our equipment at the leading edge of developments in hydraulic fracturing design.

Uniform fleet of standardized, high specification hydraulic fracturing equipment

        We have a uniform fleet of hydraulic fracturing equipment. We designed our equipment to uniform specifications intended specifically for completions work in oil and natural gas basins requiring high levels of pressure, flow rate and sand intensity. The standardized, "plug and play" nature of our fleet provides us with several advantages, including: reduced repair and maintenance costs; reduced inventory costs; the ability to redeploy equipment among operating basins; and reduced complexity in our operations, which improves our safety and operational performance. We believe our technologically advanced fleets are among the most reliable and best performing in the industry with the capabilities to meet the most demanding pressure and flow rate requirements in the field.

70


Table of Contents

        Our standardized equipment reduces our downtime as our mechanics can quickly and efficiently diagnose and repair our equipment. Our uniform equipment also reduces the amount of inventory we need on hand. We are able to more easily shift fracturing pumps and other equipment among operating areas as needed to take advantage of market conditions and to replace temporarily damaged equipment. This flexibility allows us to target customers that are offering higher prices for our services, regardless of the basins in which they operate. Standardized equipment also reduces the complexity of our operations, which lowers our training costs. Additionally, we believe our industry-leading safety record is partly attributable to the standardization of our equipment, which makes it easier for mechanics and equipment operators to identify and diagnose problems with equipment before they become safety hazards.

Safety leader

        Safety is at the core of our operations. Our safety record for 2016 was the best in our history and we believe significantly better than our industry peer group, based on data provided by reports of the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics from 2011 through 2015. For the past three years, we believe our total recordable incident rate was less than half of the industry average. During the first quarter of 2017, we reached a milestone of over 10 million man-hours without a lost time incident. Many of our customers impose minimum safety requirements on their suppliers of hydraulic fracturing services, and some of our competitors are not permitted to bid on work for certain customers because they do not meet those customers' minimum safety requirements. Because safety is important to our customers, our safety score helps our commercial team to win business from our customers. Our safety focus is also a morale benefit for our crews, which enhances our employee retention rates. Finally, we believe that continually searching for ways to make our operations safer is the right thing to do for our employees and our customers.

Experienced management and operating team

        During the downturn, our management team focused on reducing costs, increasing operating efficiency and differentiating ourselves through innovation. The team has an extensive and diverse skill set, with an average of 23 years of professional experience. Our operational and commercial executives have a deep understanding of unconventional resource formations, with an average of over 30 years of oil and natural gas industry experience. In addition, as a result of our pure-play focus on hydraulic fracturing and dedicated fleet strategy, our operations teams have extensive knowledge of the geographies in which we operate as well as the technical specifications and other requirements of our customers. We believe this knowledge and experience allows us to service a variety of E&P companies across different basins efficiently and safely.

Our Strategy

        Our primary business objective is to be the largest pure-play provider of hydraulic fracturing services within U.S. unconventional resource basins. We intend to achieve this objective through the following strategies:

Capitalize on expected recovery and demand for our services

        As the demand for oilfield services in the United States recovers, the hydraulic fracturing sector is expected to grow significantly. Industry reports have forecasted that the North American onshore stimulation sector, which includes hydraulic fracturing, will increase at a compound annual growth rate, or CAGR, of 31% from 2016 through 2020. As one of the largest hydraulic fracturing service providers in North America based on the active and total horsepower of our equipment, we believe we are well positioned to capitalize on the recovery of the North American oil and natural gas exploration market. We have 1.6 million total hydraulic horsepower across 32 total fleets, and we believe all of this

71


Table of Contents

equipment can be returned to service. As of May 1, 2017, we had 22 active fleets and continue to receive customer interest in reactivating further fleets. We estimate the total cost to reactivate our inactive fleets to be approximately $40.0 million, which includes capital expenditures, repairs charged as operating expenses, labor costs and other operating expenses. We can complete the process to reactivate a fleet in approximately 90 days, and believe we could reactivate all of our fleets in nine months, if market conditions require, to allow for hiring and training new personnel to operate the new fleet, which also provides sufficient time for our maintenance personnel to ensure the equipment is in operating condition. In addition to repaying a portion of our indebtedness, we intend to use a portion of the proceeds from this offering to reactivate additional fleets in 2017 and 2018.

Deepen and expand relationships with customers that value our completions efficiency

        We service our customers primarily with dedicated fleets and 24-hour operations. We dedicate one or more of our fleets exclusively to the customer for a period of time, allowing for those fleets to be integrated into the customer's drilling and completion schedule. As a result, we are able to achieve higher levels of utilization, as measured by the number of days each fleet is working per month, which increases our profitability. In addition, we operate our fleets on a 24-hour basis, allowing us to complete our services in less time than our competitors that run their fleets for only 12 hours per day. Accordingly, we seek to partner with customers that have a large number of wells awaiting completion and that value efficiency in the performance of our service. Specifically, we target customers whose completions activity typically involves minimal downtime between stages, a high number of stages per well, multiple wells per pad and a short distance from one well pad site to the next. This strategy aligns with the strategy of many of our customers, who are trying to achieve a manufacturing-style model of drilling and completing wells in a sequential pattern to maximize effective acreage. We plan to leverage this strategy to expand our relationships with our existing customers as we continue to attract new customers.

Capitalize on our uniform fleet, leading scale and significant basin diversity to provide superior performance with reduced operating costs

        We primarily serve large independent E&P companies that specialize in unconventional oil and natural gas resources in North America. Because we operate for customers with significant scale in each of our operating basins, we have the diversity to react to and benefit from positive activity trends in any basin. Our uniform fleet allows us to cost-effectively redeploy equipment and fleets among existing operating basins to capture the best pricing and activity trends. The uniform fleet is easier to operate and maintain, resulting in reduced downtime as well as lower training costs and inventory stocking requirements. Our geographic breadth also provides us with opportunities to capitalize on customer relationships in one basin in order to win business in other basins in which the customer operates. We intend to leverage our scale, standardized equipment and cost structure to gain market share and win new business.

Rapidly adopt new technologies in a capital efficient manner

        We have been a fast adopter of new technologies focused on: increasing fracturing effectiveness for our customers, reducing the operating costs of our equipment and enhancing the HSE conditions at our well sites. We help customers monitor and modify fracturing fluids and designs through our fluid research and development operations that we conduct through a strategic partnership with a third-party technology center. The research and development activities conducted for us at the third-party technology center are conducted by key employees who were previously affiliated with our Company. We have entered into a services agreement with this third-party technology center for a one-year term, with an option for us to renew for additional one-year terms. This partnership allows us to work closely

72


Table of Contents

with our customers to rapidly adopt and integrate next-generation fluid breakthroughs, such as our NuFlo® 1000 fracturing fluid diverter, into our product offerings.

        Recent examples of initiatives aimed at reducing our operating costs include: vibration sensors with predictive maintenance analytics on our heavy equipment; stainless steel fluid-ends with a longer useful life; high-definition cameras to remotely monitor the performance of our equipment; and adoption of hardened alloys and lubricant blends for our consumables. Recent examples of initiatives aimed at improving our HSE conditions include: dual fuel engines that can run on both natural gas and diesel fuel; electronic pressure relief systems; spill prevention and containment solutions; dust control mitigation; and leading containerized proppant delivery solutions.

Reduce debt and maintain a more conservative capital structure

        We believe that our capital structure and liquidity upon completion of this offering will improve our financial flexibility to capitalize efficiently on an industry recovery, ultimately increasing value for our stockholders. Our focus will be on the continued prudent management and reduction of our debt balances during the industry recovery. We believe this focus creates potential for significant operating leverage and strong free cash flow generation during an industry upcycle. As a result, we believe we should be able to not only make the investments necessary to remain a market leader in hydraulic fracturing, but also to continue to strengthen our balance sheet. Additionally, we believe that our growth opportunities will be organic and funded by cash flow from operations.

Properties

        Our principal properties include our district offices and manufacturing facilities. We believe our facilities are in good condition and suitable for the purposes for which they are used.

    Hydraulic Fracturing District Offices

        We have five district offices out of which we conduct hydraulic fracturing services. The following table provides certain information about our district office locations. We own the land and facilities at each of these locations.

 
   
   
  Facilities  
District Office
  Primary Area of Service   Formation   Size (Sq. Ft.)
(approx.)
  Acres
(approx.)
 

Odessa, Texas

  Southeast New Mexico and West Texas   Permian Basin     82,800     36  

Elk City, Oklahoma

  Oklahoma   SCOOP/STACK     42,330     40  

Washington County, Pennsylvania

  Pennsylvania, West Virginia and Ohio   Marcellus/Utica Shale     41,660     27  

Pleasanton, Texas

  South Texas   Eagle Ford Shale     62,950     113  

Shreveport, Louisiana

  East Texas and West Louisiana   Haynesville Shale     55,600     40  

        We also lease a 22-acre, 250,000 square foot facility in Williamsport, Pennsylvania that we used as a district office until August 2015. We are actively seeking to sublease this facility. We may also reopen this facility if we determine it is needed for operations in the region in the future.

73


Table of Contents

    Wireline District Offices

        We have five district offices out of which we conduct wireline services. The following table provides certain information about our district office locations.

 
   
   
  Facilities  
District Office
  Primary Area of Service   Formation   Size (Sq. Ft.)
(approx.)
  Acres
(approx.)
 

Odessa, Texas(1)

  Southeast New Mexico and West Texas   Permian Basin     7,200     3  

Yukon, Oklahoma(1)

  Oklahoma   SCOOP/STACK     10,950     10  

East Canton, Ohio

  Ohio and Pennsylvania   Marcellus/Utica Shale     13,482     10  

Pleasanton, Texas

  South Texas   Eagle Ford Shale     14,375     14  

Longview, Texas

  East Texas and West Louisiana   Haynesville Shale     36,000     14  

    Manufacturing Facilities

        We manufacture the proprietary, high-pressure pumps, including the fluid-ends and power-ends, as well as certain other equipment, that we use in our hydraulic fracturing operations in a 89,522 square foot facility owned by us in Fort Worth, Texas.

        We own a 94,050-square foot facility in Aledo, Texas that is used for equipment repair, maintenance and electronics installation. We also manufacture, refurbish and assemble certain components of our hydraulic fracturing units and other service equipment at this facility.

    Principal Executive Offices

        We maintain principal executive offices of approximately 90,000-square feet leased by us in Fort Worth, Texas.

    Sales Offices

        We have four sales offices, which we lease in Houston and Midland, Texas, Oklahoma City, Oklahoma, and Canonsburg, Pennsylvania.

Customers

        The customers we serve are primarily large, independent E&P companies that specialize in unconventional oil and natural gas resources in North America. The following table shows the customers that represented more than 10% of our total revenue during the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016 and during the three months ended March 31, 2017. The loss of any of our largest existing customers could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
  Three
Months
Ended
March 31,
2017
 
 
  2015   2016  

EP Energy Corporation

    6 %   11 %   16 %

Energen Resources Corporation

    6 %   7 %   11 %

Chesapeake Energy Corporation

    2 %   1 %   11 %

EQT Production Company

    12 %   12 %   6 %

Vine Oil and Gas, L.P.

    2 %   10 %   6 %

Range Resources Corporation

    13 %   1 %   1 %

Newfield Exploration

    8 %   18 %   0 %

Murphy Oil Corporation

    11 %   2 %   0 %

74


Table of Contents

Suppliers

        We purchase some of the parts that we use in the refurbishment and repair of our heavy equipment, such as hydraulic fracturing units and blenders, and in the refurbishment, repair and manufacturing of certain major replacement components of our heavy equipment such as fluid-ends, power-ends, engines, transmissions, radiators and trailers. We also purchase the proppants and chemicals we use in our operations and the diesel fuel for our equipment from a variety of suppliers throughout the United States. We have long-term supply agreements with four vendors to supply a significant portion of the proppant used in our operations, ranging from two to ten years. These are take-or-pay agreements with minimum unconditional purchase obligations. These minimum purchase obligations would change based upon the vendors' ability to supply the minimum requirements. To date, we have generally been able to obtain the equipment, parts and supplies necessary to support our operations on a timely basis at a competitive price. We have experienced some delays in obtaining these materials during periods of high demand. We do not expect significant interruptions in the supply of these materials. While we believe that we will be able to make satisfactory alternative arrangements in the event of any interruption in the supply of these materials and/or products by one of our suppliers, there can be no assurance that there will be no price or supply issues over the long-term.

Competition

        The market in which we operate is highly competitive and highly fragmented. Our competition includes multi-national oilfield service companies as well as regional competitors. Our major multi-national competitors are Halliburton Company and Schlumberger Limited, each of which has significantly greater financial resources than we do. Our major domestic competitors are RPC, Inc., Superior Energy Services, C&J Energy Services, Inc., Patterson-UTI Energy, Inc., and Keane Group, Inc. These large, multi-national and major domestic competitors provide a number of oilfield services and products in addition to hydraulic fracturing. We also face competition from smaller regional service providers in some of the geographies in which we operate.

        Competition in our industry is based on a number of factors, including price, service quality, safety, and in some cases, breadth of products. We believe we consistently deliver exceptional service quality, based in part on the durability of our equipment. Our durable equipment reduces downtime due to equipment failure and allows our customers to avoid costs associated with delays in completing their wells. By being able to meet the most demanding pressure and flow rate requirements, our equipment also enables us to operate efficiently in challenging geological environments in which some of our competitors cannot operate effectively.

Cyclical Nature of Industry

        We operate in a highly cyclical industry driven mainly by the level of horizontal drilling activity by E&P companies in unconventional oil and natural gas reservoirs, which in turn depends largely on current and anticipated future crude oil and natural gas prices and production depletion rates. A critical factor in assessing the outlook for the industry is the worldwide supply and demand for oil and the domestic supply and demand for natural gas. Demand for oil and natural gas is subject to large and rapid fluctuations. These fluctuations are driven by commodity demand in the industry and corresponding price increases. When oil and natural gas prices increase, producers generally increase their capital expenditures, which generally results in greater revenues and profits for oilfield service companies. However, increased capital expenditures also ultimately result in greater production, which historically, has resulted in increased supplies and reduced prices that, in turn, tends to reduce demand for oilfield services such as hydraulic fracturing services. For these reasons, our results of operations may fluctuate from quarter to quarter and from year to year, and these fluctuations may distort period-to-period comparisons of our results of operations.

75


Table of Contents

Seasonality

        Seasonality has not significantly affected our overall operations. However, toward the end of some years, we experience slower activity in our pressure pumping operations in connection with the holidays and as customers' capital expenditure budgets are depleted. Occasionally, our operations have been negatively impacted by severe weather conditions.

Employees

        At May 1, 2017, we had approximately 2,000 employees. Our employees are not covered by collective bargaining agreements, nor are they members of labor unions. We consider our relationship with our employees to be good.

Insurance

        Our operations are subject to hazards inherent in the oil and natural gas industry, including accidents, blowouts, explosions, fires, oil spills and hazardous materials spills. These conditions can cause personal injury or loss of life, damage to or destruction of property, equipment, the environment and wildlife and interruption or suspension of operations, among other adverse effects. If a serious accident were to occur at a location where our equipment and services are being used, it could result in our being named as a defendant to a lawsuit asserting significant claims.

        Despite our high safety standards, we from time to time have suffered accidents in the past and we anticipate that we could experience accidents in the future. In addition to the property and personal losses from these accidents, the frequency and severity of these incidents affect our operating costs and insurability, as well as our relationships with customers, employees and regulatory agencies. Any significant increase in the frequency or severity of these incidents, or the general level of compensation awards, could adversely affect the cost of, or our ability to obtain, workers' compensation and other forms of insurance and could have other adverse effects on our financial condition and results of operations.

        We carry a variety of insurance coverages for our operations, and we are partially self-insured for certain claims, in types and amounts that we believe to be customary and reasonable for our industry. These coverages and retentions address certain risks relating to commercial general liability, workers' compensation, business auto, property and equipment, directors and officers, environment, pollution and other risks. Although we maintain insurance coverage of types and amounts that we believe to be customary in our industry, we are not fully insured against all risks, either because insurance is not available or because of the high premium costs relative to perceived risk.

Environmental Regulation

        Our operations are subject to stringent laws and regulations governing the discharge of materials into the environment or otherwise relating to environmental protection. Numerous federal, state and local governmental agencies, such as the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, or the EPA, issue regulations that often require difficult and costly compliance measures that carry substantial administrative, civil and criminal penalties and may result in injunctive obligations for non-compliance. In addition, some laws and regulations relating to protection of the environment may, in certain circumstances, impose strict liability for environmental contamination, rendering a person liable for environmental damages and cleanup costs without regard to negligence or fault on the part of that person. Strict adherence with these regulatory requirements increases our cost of doing business and consequently affects our profitability. However, environmental laws and regulations have been subject to frequent changes over the years, and the imposition of more stringent requirements could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

76


Table of Contents

        Hydraulic Fracturing Activities.     Certain governmental reviews are either underway or being proposed that focus on environmental aspects of hydraulic fracturing practices. For example, in December 2016, the EPA released its final report, entitled "Hydraulic Fracturing for Oil and Gas: Impacts from the Hydraulic Fracturing Water Cycle on Drinking Water Resources in the United States," on the potential impacts of hydraulic fracturing on drinking water resources. The report states that the EPA found scientific evidence that hydraulic fracturing activities can impact drinking water resources under some circumstances, noting that the following hydraulic fracturing water cycle activities and local- or regional-scale factors are more likely than others to result in more frequent or more severe impacts: water withdrawals for fracturing in times or areas of low water availability; surface spills during the management of fracturing fluids, chemicals or produced water; injection of fracturing fluids into wells with inadequate mechanical integrity; injection of fracturing fluids directly into groundwater resources; discharge of inadequately treated fracturing wastewater to surface waters; and disposal or storage of fracturing wastewater in unlined pits. The report does not make any policy recommendations. These ongoing or proposed studies could spur initiatives to further regulate hydraulic fracturing under the federal SDWA or other regulatory mechanisms.

        At the state level, several states have adopted or are considering legal requirements that could impose more stringent permitting, disclosure and well construction requirements on hydraulic fracturing activities. For example, in May 2013, the Railroad Commission of Texas issued a "well integrity rule," which updates the requirements for drilling, putting pipe down and cementing wells. The rule also includes new testing and reporting requirements, such as (i) the requirement to submit cementing reports after well completion or after cessation of drilling, whichever is later, and (ii) the imposition of additional testing on wells less than 1,000 feet below usable groundwater. The well integrity rule took effect in January 2014. Local governments also may seek to adopt ordinances within their jurisdictions regulating the time, place and manner of drilling activities in general or hydraulic fracturing activities in particular. Some states, counties and municipalities are closely examining water-use issues, such as permit and disposal options for processed water. If new or more stringent federal, state or local legal restrictions relating to the hydraulic fracturing process are adopted in areas where we operate, we could incur potentially significant added costs to comply with such requirements, experience delays or curtailment in the pursuit of development activities and perhaps even be precluded from drilling wells. See "Risk Factors—Federal and state legislative and regulatory initiatives relating to hydraulic fracturing could result in increased costs and additional operating restrictions or delays."

        Remediation of Hazardous Substances.     The Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act, as amended, referred to as "CERCLA" or the Superfund law, and comparable state laws generally impose liability, without regard to fault or legality of the original conduct, on certain classes of persons that are considered to be responsible for the release of hazardous or other state-regulated substances into the environment. These persons include the current owner or operator of a contaminated facility, a former owner or operator of the facility at the time of contamination and those persons that disposed or arranged for the disposal of the hazardous substances at the facility. Under CERCLA and comparable state statutes, persons deemed "responsible parties" are subject to strict liability that, in some circumstances, may be joint and several for the costs of removing or remediating previously disposed wastes (including wastes disposed of or released by prior owners or operators) or property contamination (including groundwater contamination), for damages to natural resources and for the costs of certain health studies. In addition, it is not uncommon for neighboring landowners and other third parties to file claims for personal injury and property damage allegedly caused by hazardous substances released into the environment.

        Water Discharges.     The Federal Water Pollution Control Act of 1972, as amended, also known as the "Clean Water Act," the Safe Drinking Water Act, the Oil Pollution Act and analogous state laws and regulations issued thereunder impose restrictions and strict controls regarding the unauthorized discharge of pollutants, including produced waters and other natural gas and oil wastes, into navigable

77


Table of Contents

waters of the United States, as well as state waters. On December 13, 2016, the EPA released a final report which identified discharge of inadequately treated hydraulic fracturing wastewater to surface water resources as having potential to impact drinking water resources. The discharge of pollutants into regulated waters is prohibited, except in accordance with the terms of a permit issued by the EPA or the state. Under the Clean Water Act, the EPA has adopted regulations concerning discharges of storm water runoff, which require covered facilities to obtain permits.

        These laws and regulations also prohibit certain other activity in wetlands unless authorized by a permit issued by the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, which we refer to as the Corps. In September 2015, a new rule became effective which was issued by the EPA and the Corps defining the scope of the jurisdiction of the EPA and the Corps over wetlands and other waters. The rule has been challenged in court on the grounds that it unlawfully expands the reach of Clean Water Act's programs, and implementation of the rule has been stayed pending resolution of the court challenge. Also, spill prevention, control and countermeasure plan requirements under federal law require appropriate containment berms and similar structures to help prevent the contamination of navigable waters. Noncompliance with these requirements may result in substantial administrative, civil and criminal penalties, as well as injunctive obligations.

        Waste Handling.     Wastes from certain of our operations (such as equipment maintenance and past chemical development, blending, and distribution operations) are subject to the federal Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976, or RCRA, and comparable state statutes and regulations promulgated thereunder, which impose requirements regarding the generation, transportation, treatment, storage, disposal and cleanup of hazardous and non-hazardous wastes. With federal approval, the individual states administer some or all of the provisions of RCRA, sometimes in conjunction with their own, more stringent requirements. Although certain oil production wastes are exempt from regulation as hazardous wastes under RCRA, such wastes may constitute "solid wastes" that are subject to the less stringent requirements of non-hazardous waste provisions. In the EPA's 2016 final report on the impacts from hydraulic fracturing on drinking water resources, the EPA identified disposal or storage of hydraulic fracturing wastewater in unlined pits as resulting in contamination of groundwater resources.

        Administrative, civil and criminal penalties can be imposed for failure to comply with waste handling requirements. Moreover, the EPA or state or local governments may adopt more stringent requirements for the handling of non-hazardous wastes or categorize some non-hazardous wastes as hazardous for future regulation. Legislation has been proposed from time to time in Congress to re-categorize certain oil and natural gas exploration, development and production wastes as "hazardous wastes." Several environmental organizations have also petitioned the EPA to modify existing regulations to recategorize certain oil and natural gas exploration, development and production wastes as "hazardous." Any such changes in the laws and regulations could have a material adverse effect on our capital expenditures and operating expenses.

        From time to time, releases of materials or wastes have occurred at locations we own, owed previously or at which we have operations. These properties and the materials or wastes released thereon may be subject to CERCLA, RCRA, the federal Clean Water Act, and analogous state laws. Under these laws or other laws and regulations, we have been and may be required to remove or remediate these materials or wastes and make expenditures associated with personal injury or property damage. At this time, with respect to any properties where materials or wastes may have been released, but of which we have not been made aware, it is not possible to estimate the potential costs that may arise from unknown, latent liability risks.

        Air Emissions.     The federal Clean Air Act, as amended, and comparable state laws and regulations, regulate emissions of various air pollutants through the issuance of permits and the imposition of other requirements. In addition, the EPA has developed, and continues to develop, stringent regulations governing emissions of toxic air pollutants from specified sources. Federal and

78


Table of Contents

state regulatory agencies can impose administrative, civil and criminal penalties for non-compliance with air permits or other requirements of the Clean Air Act and associated state laws and regulations. We are required to obtain federal and state permits in connection with some activities under applicable laws. These permits impose certain conditions and restrictions on our operations, some of which require significant expenditures for compliance. Changes in these requirements, or in the permits we operate under, could increase our costs or limit operations.

        Additionally, the EPA's Tier IV regulations apply to certain off-road diesel engines used by us to power equipment in the field. Under these regulations, we are required to retrofit or retire certain engines and we are limited in the number of non-compliant off-road diesel engines we can purchase. Tier IV engines are costlier and not widely available. Until Tier IV-compliant engines that meet our needs are more widely available, these regulations could limit our ability to acquire a sufficient number of diesel engines to expand our fleet and to replace existing engines as they are taken out of service.

        Other Environmental Considerations.     E&P activities on federal lands may be subject to the National Environmental Policy Act, which we refer to as NEPA. NEPA requires federal agencies, including the Department of Interior, to evaluate major agency actions that have the potential to significantly impact the environment. In the course of such evaluations, an agency will prepare an environmental assessment that assesses the potential direct, indirect and cumulative impacts of a proposed project and, if necessary, will prepare a more detailed environmental impact statement that may be made available for public review and comment. E&P activities, as well as proposed exploration and development plans, on federal lands require governmental permits that are subject to the requirements of NEPA. This process has the potential to delay the development of oil and natural gas projects.

        Various state and federal statutes prohibit certain actions that adversely affect endangered or threatened species and their habitat, migratory birds, wetlands, and natural resources. These statutes include the Endangered Species Act, the Migratory Bird Treaty Act, the Clean Water Act and CERCLA. Where takings of or harm to species or damages to jurisdictional streams or wetlands habitat or natural resources occur or may occur, government entities or at times private parties may act to prevent oil and natural gas exploration activities or seek damages for harm to species, habitat, or natural resources resulting from filling of jurisdictional streams or wetlands or construction or releases of oil, wastes, hazardous substances or other regulated materials.

        BLM has established regulations to govern hydraulic fracturing on federal and Indian lands. The 2015 Hydraulic Fracturing on Federal and Indian Lands Rule imposes drilling and construction requirements for operations on federal or Indian lands including management requirements for surface operations and public disclosures of chemicals used in the hydraulic fracturing fluids. In June 2016, the U.S. District Court of Wyoming ruled that the BLM lacked statutory authority to promulgate the 2015 Hydraulic Fracturing on Federal and Indian Lands Rule. The case is on appeal to the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Tenth Circuit, and BLM recently announced plans to rescind the regulations. BLM also promulgated the 2016 Methane and Waste Reduction Rule to reduce waste of natural gas supplies and reduce air pollution, including greenhouse gases, for oil and natural gas produced on federal and Indian lands. Various states have filed for a petition for review and a motion for a preliminary injunction of the Methane and Waste Reduction Rule. Additionally, the U.S. House of Representatives voted to eliminate the rule under the Congressional Review Act. To be revoked, the rule elimination will need to be approved by the U.S. Senate and signed by the President. Imposition of these regulations could increase our costs or limit operations.

        The Toxic Substances Control Act, or TSCA, requires manufacturers of new chemical substances to provide specific information to the Agency for review prior to manufacturing chemicals or introducing them into commerce. EPA has permitted manufacture of new chemical nanoscale materials through the use of consent orders or Significant New Use Rules under TSCA. The Agency has also allowed the manufacture of new chemical nanoscale materials under the terms of certain regulatory exemptions

79


Table of Contents

where exposures were controlled to protect against unreasonable risks. On May 19, 2014, the EPA published an Advanced Notice of Proposed Rulemaking to obtain data on hydraulic fracturing chemical substances and mixtures. The EPA projects publication of a notice of proposed rulemaking in June of 2018. Any changes in TSCA regulations could increase our capital expenditures and operating expenses.

        Climate Change.     In December 2009, the EPA issued an Endangerment Finding that determined that emissions of carbon dioxide, methane and other greenhouse gases present an endangerment to public health and the environment because, according to the EPA, emissions of such gases contribute to warming of the earth's atmosphere and other climatic changes. The EPA later adopted two sets of related rules, one of which regulates emissions of greenhouse gases from motor vehicles and the other of which regulates emissions from certain large stationary sources of emissions. The motor vehicle rule, which became effective in July 2010, limits emissions from motor vehicles. The EPA adopted the stationary source rule, which we refer to as the tailoring rule, in May 2010, and it became effective January 2011. The tailoring rule established new emissions thresholds that determine when stationary sources must obtain permits under the Prevention of Significant Deterioration, or PSD, and Title V programs of the Clean Air Act. On June 23, 2014, in Utility Air Regulatory Group v. EPA , the Supreme Court held that stationary sources could not become subject to PSD or Title V permitting solely by reason of their greenhouse gas emissions. However, the Court ruled that the EPA may require installation of best available control technology for greenhouse gas emissions at sources otherwise subject to the PSD and Title V programs. On December 19, 2014, the EPA issued two memoranda providing guidance on greenhouse gas permitting requirements in response to the Supreme Court's decision. In its preliminary guidance, the EPA stated that it would undertake a rulemaking action to rescind any PSD permits issued under the portions of the tailoring rule that were vacated by the Court. In the interim, the EPA issued a narrowly crafted "no action assurance" indicating it will exercise its enforcement discretion not to pursue enforcement of the terms and conditions relating to greenhouse gases in an EPA-issued PSD permit, and for related terms and conditions in a Title V permit. On April 30, 2015, the EPA issued a final rule allowing permitting authorities to rescind PSD permits issued under the invalid regulations. In October 2015, the EPA amended the greenhouse gas reporting rule to add the reporting of emissions from oil wells using hydraulic fracturing. Because of this continued regulatory focus, future emission regulations of the oil and natural gas industry remain a possibility, which could increase the cost of our operations.

        In addition, the U.S. Congress occasionally attempts to adopt legislation to reduce emissions of greenhouse gases, and almost one-half of the states have taken legal measures to reduce emissions primarily through the planned development of greenhouse gas emission inventories or regional cap and trade programs. Although the U.S. Congress has not yet adopted such legislation, it may do so in the future. Several states continue to pursue related regulations as well. In December 2015, the United States joined the international community at the 21st Conference of the Parties of the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change in Paris, France. The resulting Paris Agreement calls for the parties to undertake "ambitious efforts" to limit the average global temperature, and to conserve and enhance sinks and reservoirs of greenhouse gases. The Paris Agreement, which came into force on November 4, 2016, establishes a framework for the parties to cooperate and report actions to reduce greenhouse gas emissions. The United States has formally signed and ratified the Paris Agreement via executive agreement; however, the U.S. Senate has not ratified the agreement. Restrictions on emissions of methane or carbon dioxide that may be imposed in various states could adversely affect the oil and natural gas industry which could have a material adverse effect on future demand for our services. At this time, it is not possible to accurately estimate how potential future laws or regulations addressing greenhouse gas emissions would impact our customers' business and consequently our own.

        In addition, claims have been made against certain energy companies alleging that greenhouse gas emissions from oil and natural gas operations constitute a public nuisance under federal or state common law. As a result, private individuals may seek to enforce environmental laws and regulations and could allege personal injury or property damages, which could increase our operating costs.

80


Table of Contents

        NORM.     In the course of our operations, some of our equipment may be exposed to naturally occurring radioactive materials associated with oil and natural gas deposits and, accordingly may result in the generation of wastes and other materials containing naturally occurring radioactive materials, or NORM. NORM exhibiting levels of naturally occurring radiation in excess of established state standards are subject to special handling and disposal requirements, and any storage vessels, piping and work area affected by NORM may be subject to remediation or restoration requirements. Because certain of the properties presently or previously owned, operated or occupied by us may have been used for oil and natural gas production operations, it is possible that we may incur costs or liabilities associated with NORM.

        Pollution Risk Management.     We seek to minimize the possibility of a pollution event through equipment and job design, as well as through employee training. We also maintain a pollution risk management program if a pollution event occurs. This program includes an internal emergency response plan that provides specific procedures for our employees to follow in the event of a chemical release or spill. In addition, we have contracted with several third-party emergency responders in our various operating areas that are available on a 24-hour basis to handle the remediation and clean-up of any chemical release or spill. We carry insurance designed to respond to foreseeable environmental exposures. This insurance portfolio has been structured in an effort to address incidents that result in bodily injury or property damage and any ensuing clean up needed at our owned facilities as a result of the mobilization and utilization of our fleet, as well as any claims resulting from our operations.

        We also seek to manage environmental liability risks through provisions in our contracts with our customers that allocate risks relating to surface activities associated with the fracturing process, other than water disposal, to us and risks relating to "downhole" liabilities to our customers. Our customers are responsible for the disposal of the fracturing fluid that flows back out of the well as waste water. The customers remove the water from the well using a controlled flow-back process, and we are not involved in that process or the disposal of the fluid. Our contracts generally require our customers to indemnify us against pollution and environmental damages originating below the surface of the ground or arising out of water disposal, or otherwise caused by the customer, other contractors or other third parties. In turn, we indemnify our customers for pollution and environmental damages originating at or above the surface caused solely by us. We seek to maintain consistent risk-allocation and indemnification provisions in our customer agreements to the greatest extent possible. Some of our contracts, however, contain less explicit indemnification provisions, which typically provide that each party will indemnify the other against liabilities to third parties resulting from the indemnifying party's actions, except to the extent such liability results from the indemnified party's gross negligence, willful misconduct or intentional act.

Safety and Health Regulation

        We are subject to the requirements of the federal Occupational Safety and Health Act, which is administered and enforced by OSHA, and comparable state laws that regulate the protection of the health and safety of workers. In addition, the OSHA hazard communication standard requires that information be maintained about hazardous materials used or produced in operations and that this information be provided to employees, state and local government authorities and the public. We believe that our operations are in substantial compliance with the OSHA requirements, including general industry standards, record keeping requirements, and monitoring of occupational exposure to regulated substances. OSHA continues to evaluate worker safety and to propose new regulations, such as but not limited to, the new rule regarding respirable silica sand. Although it is not possible to estimate the financial and compliance impact of the new respirable silica sand rule or any other proposed rule, the imposition of more stringent requirements could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

81


Table of Contents

Intellectual Property Rights

        Our research and development efforts are focused on providing specific solutions to the challenges our customers face when fracturing and stimulating wells. In addition to the design and manufacture of innovative equipment, we have also developed proprietary blends of chemicals that we use in connection with our hydraulic fracturing services. We have four U.S. patents, one patent in Canada and one patent in Mexico, and have filed one patent application in the U.S., relating to fracturing methods, the technology used in fluid ends, hydraulic pumps and other equipment. We have also filed two applications with the Patent Cooperation Treaty, thereby preserving our right to seek patent protection in countries that are a party to the treaty.

        We believe the information regarding our customer and supplier relationships are also valuable proprietary assets. We have registered trademarks for various names under which our entities conduct business. Except for the foregoing, we do not own or license any patents, trademarks or other intellectual property that we believe to be material to the success of our business.

Legal Proceedings

        We are involved in various legal proceedings from time to time in the ordinary course of our business. However, we are not currently involved in any legal proceedings that we believe are likely to have a material adverse effect on our operations or financial condition.

82


Table of Contents


MANAGEMENT

Directors and Executive Officers

        The following persons serve as our directors and executive officers:

Name
  Age*   Position

Michael J. Doss

    44   Chief Executive Officer**

Buddy Petersen

    51   Chief Operating Officer

Lance Turner

    37   Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

Karen D. Thornton

    47   Chief Administrative Officer

Jennifer L. Keefe

    44   Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Chief Compliance Officer

Perry A. Harris

    59   Senior Vice President, Commercial

Goh Yong Siang

    65   Chairman

Domenic J. Dell'Osso, Jr. 

    40   Director

Bryan J. Lemmerman

    42   Director

Ong Tiong Sin

    52   Director

Boon Sim

    54   Director

*
Ages are as of May 1, 2017

**
Michael J. Doss will become a member of our board of directors immediately following effectiveness of this registration statement

         Michael J. Doss has served as our Chief Executive Officer since October 2015. He joined our Company in January 2014 as Senior Vice President—Finance and Treasurer and was named Chief Financial Officer in December 2014. From July 2008 until joining our Company, Mr. Doss served as Vice President of Finance of Energy Transfer Partners, L.P., or ETP, a master limited partnership that owns and operates a portfolio of energy assets in the United States and then as Vice President of Strategic Planning for its affiliate Energy Transfer Equity, L.P. Prior to ETP, he was a Senior Credit Officer at Moody's Investors Service, a provider of credit ratings, research and risk analysis, covering a diverse portfolio of oil and natural gas issuers. Prior to that, Mr. Doss spent more than seven years of his career in public accounting at Ernst & Young LLP serving clients in the oil and natural gas industry. He earned a Bachelor of Business Administration and Master of Professional Accounting from the University of Texas at Austin. Mr. Doss also earned a Master of Business Administration from Columbia Business School.

         Buddy Petersen has served as our Chief Operating Officer, or COO, since October 2015. He joined our Company in June 2015 as Senior Vice President, Continuous Improvement and was named Senior Vice President of Operations and Wireline in August 2015. He has over 24 years of experience in the oil and natural gas industry. Prior to joining our Company, Mr. Petersen was COO of GoFrac LLC, an oil and natural gas stimulation company from October 2014 to June 2015, Vice President of Sales for Frac-Chem Inc., an oilfield chemical manufacturer and supplier and an affiliate of Koch Industries, from August 2013 to October 2014, President and COO of Compass Well Services LLC, a hydraulic fracturing and cementing services company from October 2010 to August 2013, and COO of Allied Cementing Co., a company providing cementing and acidizing services to the oil and natural gas industry from October 2007 to October 2010. Mr. Petersen spent 14 years working in various roles of increasing responsibility with Halliburton Energy Services, or Halliburton, an oilfield services and products company. In April 2017, Mr. Petersen joined the board of directors of L.O. Transport, Inc., a company that provides transportation services to oil and gas producers. He earned a bachelor's degree in civil engineering from New Mexico State University.

83


Table of Contents

         Lance Turner has served as our Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer since October 2015. He joined our Company in April 2014 as Director of Finance and was promoted to Vice President of Finance in January 2015. Prior to joining our Company, Mr. Turner spent approximately 11 years with Ernst & Young LLP, with the majority of that time in their transaction services group coordinating and advising clients on buy side and sell side transactions in various industries. He earned a Bachelor of Business Administration and Master of Professional Accounting from the University of Texas at Austin and is a Certified Public Accountant in the state of Texas.

         Karen D. Thornton has served as our Chief Administrative Officer since March 2017. Ms. Thornton previously served as our Vice President of Human Resources from the time she joined our Company in March 2014. Prior to joining our Company, she was an independent consultant at Alkat Consulting and served as the Strategic Human Capital Management Lead focusing on human resources and payroll application implementations for Darling Ingredients Inc., an Irving, Texas company providing a global growth platform for the development and production of sustainable natural ingredients, from June 2013 to March 2014. Prior to Alkat Consulting, Ms. Thornton served in various leadership positions, including the Vice President, Human Resources & Management Services for the Emergency Medical Services Corporation in Dallas, Texas, from 2001 to 2012. Ms. Thornton received her Bachelor of Science Industrial Management from Purdue University and her Master of Business Administration from The University of Texas at Austin's Red McCombs School of Business.

         Jennifer L. Keefe has served as our Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Chief Compliance Officer since March 2017. Ms. Keefe previously served as our Deputy General Counsel managing our Commercial Litigation, Employment Compliance and Risk Departments from the time she joined our Company in September 2014. Prior to joining our Company, she was a Partner in the Dallas, Texas office of the international law firm of Squire Patton Boggs, where she joined in February 1997. Ms. Keefe received her Bachelor of Arts in Political Science and Spanish from Vanderbilt University and her Juris Doctor from Southern Methodist University Dedman School of Law. She is licensed to practice law in the state of Texas.

         Perry A. Harris has served as our Senior Vice President, Commercial since July 2015. Mr. Harris joined our Company as Senior Vice President of Wireline Operations in December 2014 upon our acquisition of J-W Wireline Company, a case-hole wireline company. Prior to the acquisition, Mr. Harris was President of J-W Wireline Company from February 2012 to December 2014. He has more than 35 years of experience in the oil and natural gas industry, including over 24 years at Halliburton. At Halliburton, Mr. Harris held various leadership positions, including Northeast U.S. Area Operations Manager, Northeast U.S. Senior District Manager and Wireline Global Business Development, Marketing & Technology Manager. He earned a bachelor's degree in mining engineering from West Virginia University.

         Goh Yong Siang has served as a director of our Company since May 2011 and currently is Chairman of the board of directors. Mr. Goh is a board designee of Maju, an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of Temasek, an investment company based in Singapore and our largest stockholder. From July 2011 until his retirement in 2013, Mr. Goh served as the Head of Australia & New Zealand for Temasek. He served as Co-Head, Organization & Leadership for Temasek from April 2010 to July 2011 and Head of Strategic Relations for Temasek from August 2006 to April 2010. Prior to joining Temasek, Mr. Goh served as President of ST Engineering (USA). Mr. Goh provides significant insight to our board of directors, particularly as it relates to financial matters and business knowledge, from his many years of experience at Temasek and other private equity firms. Mr. Goh's international expertise is also beneficial to our board of directors.

         Domenic J. Dell'Osso, Jr. has served as a director of our Company since May 2011. He is a board designee of Chesapeake, an oil and natural gas producing company, and one of our largest stockholders. Currently, Mr. Dell'Osso is Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of

84


Table of Contents

Chesapeake Parent, one of our customers, a position he has held since November 2010. Mr. Dell'Osso served as Vice President—Finance of Chesapeake Parent and Chief Financial Officer of Chesapeake Parent's wholly owned subsidiary, Chesapeake Midstream Development, L.P., from August 2008 to November 2010. Prior to joining Chesapeake Parent, Mr. Dell'Osso was an energy investment banker with Jefferies & Co. from April 2006 to August 2008 and Banc of America Securities from 2004 to April 2006. Mr. Dell'Osso has served as a director of Sundrop Fuels, Inc. since 2011 and previously served as a director of the general partner of Chesapeake Midstream Partners from 2011 to 2014 and as a director of Chaparral Energy, Inc. from 2013 to 2014. Mr. Dell'Osso brings extensive financial and business expertise, as well as in-depth energy industry knowledge, to our board of directors from his service as Chief Financial Officer of Chesapeake Parent and from his background in investment banking.

         Bryan J. Lemmerman has served as a director of our Company since February 2013. He is a board designee of Chesapeake. He is currently Vice President—Business Development at Chesapeake Parent, a position he has held since June 2015. He served as Vice President—Marketing at Chesapeake Parent from October 2014 to June 2015, Vice President—Strategic Planning at Chesapeake Parent from October 2013 to October 2014, Vice President—Finance at Chesapeake Parent from January 2012 to September 2013 and Director—Finance at Chesapeake Parent from May 2010 to December 2011. Mr. Lemmerman has served as a director of Sundrop Fuels, Inc. since 2012. Prior to joining Chesapeake Parent, Mr. Lemmerman served as a consultant to various oil and natural gas companies and private equity firms. Mr. Lemmerman was also a portfolio manager at hedge funds Highview Capital Management and Ritchie Capital Management. Mr. Lemmerman provides extensive energy industry and business development insight to our board of directors from his service at Chesapeake Parent and from his background as a consultant to hedge funds, family offices and private equity firms.

         Ong Tiong Sin has served as a director of our Company since May 2011. Mr. Ong is a board designee of Senja, an investment company affiliated with RRJ and one of our largest stockholders. Mr. Ong is the founder, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of RRJ, the general partner of RRJ Capital Master Fund I, L.P., a private equity fund established in March 2011 which focuses on private equity investments in China and Southeast Asia. From January 2008 to March 2011, Mr. Ong was Chief Executive Officer of Hopu Fund, a China-focused private equity fund. Previously, Mr. Ong had a 15-year career with Goldman, Sachs & Co., an investment banking, securities and investment management firm. Based in Beijing, he was a co-head of Goldman Sachs Asian Ex-Japan Investment Banking Division. Mr. Ong became a managing director in the corporate finance department of a subsidiary of Goldman Sachs in 1996 and a partner in 2000. Prior to his transfer to Beijing, Mr. Ong was the co-president of Goldman Sachs Singapore and had previously worked in investment banking divisions in Hong Kong and New York. Mr. Ong brings extensive financial and banking expertise to our board of directors. His in-depth experience in private equity provides a great deal of knowledge with respect to investment in and operations of companies. He earned a Bachelor of Science from Cornell University and a Master of Business Administration from the University of Chicago.

         Boon Sim has served as a director of our Company since June 2013. Mr. Sim is a board designee of Maju. He is currently Senior Advisory Director of Temasek. He was previously Head, Markets Group; President, Americas and Head, Credit Portfolio at Temasek from June 2012 to April 2016. Prior to joining Temasek, Mr. Sim was the Global Head of Mergers & Acquisitions, or M&A, at Credit Suisse, an investment banking, securities and investment management firm based in New York and a member of Credit Suisse Investment Bank's Operating Committee. During a 20 year career at Credit Suisse, Mr. Sim had held various management positions including Head of M&A Americas and Co-head of Technology Group. Prior to joining The First Boston Corporation, a predecessor company of Credit Suisse, Mr. Sim was a design engineer at Texas Instruments Inc., a semiconductor design and manufacturing company, focusing on semiconductor design. Mr. Sim provides significant insight to our

85


Table of Contents

board of directors, particularly as it relates to financial matters and business knowledge, from his many years of experience at Temasek and Credit Suisse.

Board of Directors

        Our board of directors currently consists of five directors, all of whom were elected as directors pursuant to our amended and restated stockholders agreement. Upon completion of this offering, we will terminate the amended and restated stockholders agreement. See "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Stockholders Agreement."

        Immediately following effectiveness of this registration statement, the size of our board of directors will be increased to six directors, and each of Goh Yong Siang, Domenic J. Dell'Osso, Jr., Bryan J. Lemmerman, Ong Tiong Sin, Boon Sim and Michael J. Doss will be elected as directors. A plurality of all the votes cast at a meeting of stockholders duly called and at which a quorum is present is sufficient to elect a director.

        Prior to completion of this offering, we will enter into an investors' rights agreement with Maju and Chesapeake, pursuant to which, each of Maju and Chesapeake will have the right to nominate (1) two directors so long as it beneficially owns at least 15% of our then-outstanding shares of capital stock or (2) one director so long as it beneficially owns at least 5% but less than 15% of our then-outstanding shares of capital stock.

        Prior to completion of this offering, we will also enter into an investors' rights agreement with Senja and Hampton, pursuant to which, Senja and Hampton will have the right to collectively nominate one director so long as it beneficially owns at least 5% of our then-outstanding shares of capital stock.

        Prior to this offering, our certificate of incorporation and bylaws will be amended and restated to provide that the authorized number of directors may be changed only by resolution of the board of directors. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will also provide that directors may only be removed for cause. To remove a director not appointed by Maju, Chesapeake or Senja for cause, 66 2 / 3 % of the voting power of the outstanding voting stock must vote as a single class to remove the director at an annual or special meeting. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will also provide that, if a director is removed or if a vacancy occurs due to either an increase in the size of the board or the death, resignation, disability, disqualification or other cause, the vacancy will be filled solely by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors then in office, even if less than a quorum remain, or by a sole remaining director and shall not be filled by the stockholders. However, at any time Maju, Chesapeake, Senja and Hampton have the right to nominate a director under their respective investors' rights agreement, any vacancy resulting from the death, resignation, disability, disqualification or other cause, of a director nominated by these stockholders will be filled by the applicable nominating stockholder.

        The ability of stockholders to remove directors only for cause and the inability of stockholders to call special meetings, may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change in control or management. See "Description of Capital Stock—Anti-Takeover Effects of Provisions in our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws" for a discussion of other anti-takeover provisions found in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws.

Classified Board of Directors

        Upon filing, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that our board of directors will be divided into three classes with staggered three-year terms. Only one class of directors

86


Table of Contents

will be elected at each annual meeting of stockholders, with the other classes continuing for the remainder of their respective three-year terms. Our board of directors will be designated as follows:

        Messrs. Sim and Lemmerman will be Class I directors, and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2018;

        Messrs. Ong and Doss will be Class II directors, and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2019; and

        Messrs. Goh and Dell'Osso will be Class III directors, and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2020.

        Any additional directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one-third of our directors.

        The division of our board of directors into three classes with staggered three-year terms may delay or prevent a change of our management or a change in control. See "Description of Capital Stock—Anti-takeover Effects of Provisions in our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws" for a discussion of other anti-takeover provisions found in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation.

Director Independence

        Upon the completion of this offering, our board of directors will review at least annually the independence of each director. During these reviews, the board will consider transactions and relationships between each director (and his or her immediate family and affiliates) and our Company and its management to determine whether any such transactions or relationships are inconsistent with a determination that the director is independent. This review will be based primarily on responses of the directors to questions in a directors' and officers' questionnaire regarding employment, business, familial, compensation and other relationships with the Company and our management. Our board has determined that all of our directors, except Mr. Doss, are independent under NYSE listing standards for the board of directors. As required by the NYSE, we anticipate that our independent directors will meet in regularly scheduled executive sessions at which only non-management directors are present. We intend to comply with future governance requirements to the extent they become applicable to us.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

        Prior to the completion of this offering, we will adopt an amended and restated code of business conduct and ethics that is applicable to all of our employees, officers, and directors, including our chief executive and chief financial officer. The code of business conduct and ethics will be available on our website at www.ftsi.com prior to completion of this offering. We expect that any amendment to the code, or any waivers of its requirements, will be disclosed on our website. The inclusion of our website in this prospectus does not include or incorporate by reference the information on our website into this prospectus.

Board Leadership Structure

        Upon completion of this offering, our board of directors will be led by Goh Yong Siang as Chairman. The Chairman will oversee the planning of the annual board of directors calendar and, in consultation with the other directors, will schedule and set the agenda for meetings of the board of directors. In addition, the Chairman will provide guidance and oversight to members of management and act as the board of directors' liaison to management. In this capacity, the Chairman will be actively engaged on significant matters affecting us. The Chairman may also lead our annual meetings of

87


Table of Contents

stockholders and perform such other functions and responsibilities as requested by the board of directors from time to time.

Committees of the Board of Directors

        Our board of directors has established an audit committee and a compensation committee, and has and may establish such other committees as it shall determine from time to time. Prior to the completion of this offering, our board of directors will adopt amended and restated charters for the audit and compensation committees and establish a nominating and corporate governance committee. The charters for each of our committees will be available on our website upon completion of this offering. Each of the standing committees of the board of directors has the responsibilities described below.

Audit Committee

        Prior to completion of this offering, our audit committee is expected to consist of Ong Tiong Sin, Boon Sim, and Bryan J. Lemmerman, with Mr. Ong serving as chair of the committee. Our board of directors has determined that Mr. Ong is independent under the NYSE listing standards and Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act and all the committee members will be independent under such provisions within one year of the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. Each of the committee members is financially literate within the requirements of the NYSE listing standards and our board of directors has determined that Mr. Lemmerman qualifies as an "audit committee financial expert" as that term is defined by the applicable SEC regulations and NYSE corporate governance listing standards. We intend to comply with the independence requirements for all members of the audit committee within the time periods required under the NYSE listing rules and Exchange Act.

        Our audit committee will oversee our accounting and financial reporting process and the audit of our financial statements and assist our board of directors in monitoring our financial systems and legal and regulatory compliance. Our audit committee will be responsible for, among other things:

    appointing, approving the compensation of and assessing the independence of our independent registered public accounting firm;

    pre-approving audit and permissible non-audit services, and the terms of such services, to be provided by our independent registered public accounting firm;

    reviewing annually a report by our independent registered public accounting firm regarding the independent registered public accounting firm's internal quality control procedures and various issues relating thereto;

    coordinating the oversight and reviewing the adequacy of our internal control over financial reporting with both management and our independent registered public accounting firm;

    reviewing and discussing with management and our independent registered public accounting firm our annual and quarterly financial statements and related disclosures;

    periodically reviewing legal compliance matters, periodically reviewing significant accounting and other financial risks or exposures to our company and reviewing and, if appropriate, approving all transactions between our company or its subsidiaries and any related party (as described in Item 404 of Regulation S-K);

    periodically reviewing our code of business conduct and ethics;

    establishing policies for the hiring of employees and former employees of our independent registered public accounting firm; and

88


Table of Contents

    reviewing the audit committee report required by SEC regulations to be included in our annual proxy statement.

        The audit committee will have the power to investigate any matter brought to its attention within the scope of its duties and the authority to retain counsel and advisors at our expense to fulfill its responsibilities and duties.

Compensation Committee

        Prior to completion of this offering, our compensation committee is expected to consist of Goh Yong Siang, Ong Tiong Sin, and Domenic J. Dell'Osso, Jr., with Mr. Goh serving as chair of the committee. Our board of directors has determined that each of Messrs. Goh, Ong, and Dell'Osso are independent under the NYSE listing standards and Rule 10C-1 of the Exchange Act and that each of Messrs. Goh and Ong qualifies as a "non-employee director" within the meaning of Rule 16b-3(d)(3) under the Exchange Act and as "outside directors" within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code.

        Our compensation committee will be responsible for developing and maintaining our compensation strategies and policies. Our compensation committee will be responsible for, among other things:

    reviewing and approving our overall executive and director compensation philosophy to support our overall business strategy and objectives;

    reviewing and approving, or as appropriate, recommending to our board of directors for approval, base salary, cash incentive compensation, equity compensation, and severance rights for our executive officers, including our CEO;

    administering our broad-based equity incentive plans, including the granting of stock awards;

    preparing any report on executive compensation required by the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and other regulatory bodies;

    managing such other matters that are specifically delegated to our compensation committee by applicable law or by the board of directors from time to time; and

    retaining and terminating compensation consultants to assist in the evaluation of our compensation and approving the fees and other retention terms of such compensation consultants.

        The compensation committee will also have the power to investigate any matter brought to its attention within the scope of its duties and authority to retain counsel and advisors at our expense to fulfill its responsibilities and duties.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

        Prior to completion of this offering, our nominating and corporate governance committee is expected to consist of Domenic J. Dell'Osso, Jr., Ong Tiong Sin, and Boon Sim, with Mr. Dell'Osso serving as chair of the committee. Our board of directors has determined that each of Messrs. Dell'Osso, Ong, and Sim is independent as defined by NYSE rules.

        Our nominating and corporate governance committee will oversee and assist our board of directors in reviewing and recommending corporate governance policies and nominees for election to our board of directors and its committees. The nominating and corporate governance committee will be responsible for, among other things:

    assessing, developing, and communicating with our board of directors concerning the appropriate criteria for nominating and appointing directors, including the size and composition of the board

89


Table of Contents

      of directors, corporate governance policies, applicable listing standards, laws, rules and regulations, and other factors considered appropriate by our board of directors;

    identifying and recommending to our board of directors the director nominees for meetings of our stockholders, or to fill a vacancy on the board of directors, except as set forth in the investors' rights agreements;

    having sole authority to retain any search firm used to identify director candidates and approve the search firm's fees and other retention terms;

    assessing and recommending to the board of directors the composition of each of its committees;

    reviewing, as necessary, any executive officer's request to accept a directorship position with another company;

    developing, assessing and making recommendations to our board of directors concerning corporate governance matters, including appropriate revisions to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, amended and restated bylaws, corporate governance guidelines and committee charters;

    overseeing the management continuity and succession planning process with respect to our officers;

    overseeing an annual evaluation of our board of directors, its committees, and each director;

    developing with management and monitoring the process of orienting new directors and continuing education for all directors; and

    regularly reporting its activities and any recommendations to our board of directors.

        The nominating and corporate governance committee will also have the power to investigate any matter brought to its attention within the scope of its duties. It will also have the authority to retain counsel and advisors at our expense for any matters related to the fulfillment of its responsibilities and duties.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

        None of our executive officers currently serves, or in the past year has served, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee (or other board committee performing equivalent functions) of any entity that has one or more of its executive officers serving on our board of directors or compensation committee.

Limitations of Liability and Indemnification of Directors and Officers

        We are incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware. Section 145 of the DGCL provides that a Delaware corporation may indemnify any persons who are, or are threatened to be made, parties to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of such corporation), by reason of the fact that such person was an officer, director, employee, or agent of such corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such corporation as an officer, director, employee, or agent of another corporation or enterprise. The indemnity may include expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines, and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit, or proceeding, provided that such person acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the corporation's best interests and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was illegal. A Delaware corporation may indemnify any persons who are, or are threatened to be made, a

90


Table of Contents

party to any threatened, pending, or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation by reason of the fact that such person was a director, officer, employee, or agent of such corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such corporation as a director, officer, employee, or agent of another corporation or enterprise. The indemnity may include expenses (including attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit provided such person acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the corporation's best interests except that no indemnification is permitted without judicial approval if the officer or director is adjudged to be liable to the corporation. Where an officer or director is successful on the merits or otherwise in the defense of any action referred to above, the corporation must indemnify him or her against the expenses that such officer or director has actually and reasonably incurred. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will provide for the indemnification of our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted under the DGCL.

        Section 102(b)(7) of the DGCL permits a corporation to provide in its certificate of incorporation that a director of the corporation shall not be personally liable to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duties as a director, except for liability for any:

    transaction from which the director derives an improper personal benefit;

    act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

    unlawful payment of dividends or redemption of shares; or

    breach of a director's duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders.

        Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will include such a provision. Expenses incurred by any director in defending any such action, suit or proceeding in advance of its final disposition shall be paid by us, provided such director must repay amounts in excess of the indemnification such director is ultimately entitled to.

        Section 174 of the DGCL provides, among other things, that a director who willfully or negligently approves of an unlawful payment of dividends or an unlawful stock purchase or redemption may be held liable for such actions. A director who was either absent when the unlawful actions were approved, or dissented at the time, may avoid liability by causing his or her dissent to such actions to be entered in the books containing minutes of the meetings of the board of directors at the time such action occurred or immediately after such absent director receives notice of the unlawful acts.

Indemnification Agreements

        We intend to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our current directors and executive officers. These agreements will require us to indemnify these individuals to the fullest extent permitted under Delaware law against liabilities that may arise by reason of their service to us, and to advance expenses incurred as a result of any proceeding against them as to which they could be indemnified. We also intend to enter into indemnification agreements with our future directors and executive officers.

Corporate Governance Guidelines

        Our board of directors will adopt corporate governance guidelines in accordance with the rules of the NYSE.

91


Table of Contents

Director Compensation

        The following table provides information regarding the compensation of our directors for the year ended December 31, 2016.

Name
  Fees Earned or
Paid in Cash
  Total  

Goh Yong Siang

         

Domenic J. Dell'Osso, Jr. 

         

Bryan J. Lemmerman

         

Ong Tiong Sin

         

Boon Sim

         

Tom Bates(1)

  $ 169,000   $ 169,000  

(1)
Mr. Bates served as an independent director of our board of directors until September 2016.

        We do not pay any compensation to our directors designated by our stockholders pursuant to our amended and restated stockholders agreement. We do reimburse our directors for reasonable out-of-pocket expenses that they incur in connection with their service as directors, in accordance with our general expense reimbursement policies. The cash fees Mr. Bates received in 2016 included: $110,000 for his service on the board of directors, $6,000 for his service on the audit committee and $3,000 for service on the strategy committee. In addition, Mr. Bates received $50,000 in recognition of his service to the Company during the industry downturn.

        We believe that attracting and retaining qualified non-employee directors will be critical to our future growth. Upon completion of this offering, our independent directors are expected to receive compensation that is comparable to the compensation that is offered to directors of companies that are similar to ours, including equity-based compensation. We expect to reimburse our independent directors for reasonable out-of-pocket expenses that they incur in connection with their service as directors, in accordance with our general expense reimbursement policies.

92


Table of Contents


EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Summary Compensation Table

        The following table summarizes the compensation of our chief executive officer and our two other most highly compensated officers, or the named executive officers, during the year ended December 31, 2016.

Name and Principal
Position
  Year   Salary   Bonus(1)   Stock
Awards
  Option
Awards
  Non-Equity
Incentive
Plan
Compensation
  Nonqualified
Deferred
Compensation
Earnings
  All Other
Compensation
  Total  

Michael J. Doss
Chief Executive Officer

    2016   $ 500,000   $ 60,000   $   $   $   $   $   $ 560,000  

Buddy Petersen
Chief Operating Officer

   
2016
 
$

350,000
 
$

40,000
 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$

390,000
 

Perry A. Harris
Senior Vice President, Commercial

   
2016
 
$

320,000
 
$

79,000

(2)

$

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$

399,000
 

(1)
Our board of directors approved a cash bonus pool amount to be paid as discretionary bonuses. Our board of directors delegated authority to allocate the bonus pool to our chief executive officer in his sole discretion. These discretionary bonuses were paid in recognition of each of the named executive officers' contributions to the Company's cost reduction initiatives.

(2)
Includes retention bonus payments of 20% of his base salary to be paid to Mr. Harris in 2017 for his 2016 service pursuant to the terms of his employment agreement.

Employment Agreements

        We have not entered into employment agreements with any of our executive officers, other than Perry Harris. We entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Harris in December 2014 in connection with our acquisition of the assets of J-W Wireline Company.

        Our agreement with Mr. Harris has a term of three years and provides for a base salary of not less than $320,000 per year. Mr. Harris is also eligible to participate in any short-term incentive plan and in any long-term incentive plan with an annual target award percentage under each plan equal to or exceeding 40% of his base salary. Mr. Harris is also subject to non-solicitation, confidentiality and non-compete provisions.

        Mr. Harris is also entitled to retention bonuses equal to 10%, 20% and 40% of his annual base salary set forth in the employment agreement upon his completion of one, two and three years of service, respectively, with the Company and subject to meeting certain performance criteria. Each retention bonus is payable in installments in the calendar year following the applicable service anniversary.

        Additionally, if Mr. Harris' employment is terminated before the end of the term:

    due to death or disability, he will receive any earned but unpaid compensation, any unpaid short-term incentive plan compensation for the calendar year ending before his termination, a prorated amount of his target short-term incentive plan compensation for the portion of the year he was employed and any earned but unpaid retention bonus;

    by us without cause or by him for good reason (each as defined in his employment agreement), he will receive any earned but unpaid compensation, his base salary through the one-year

93


Table of Contents

      anniversary of the termination and the average of his short-term incentive plan compensation paid or payable for the prior three years or the average of his short-term incentive plan compensation for the number of years during which he was eligible to participate in the short-term incentive plan if less than three and any earned but unpaid retention bonus;

    by us for cause or by him without good reason, he will receive any earned but unpaid compensation and if the termination is by him without good reason and occurs after the third anniversary of the date of the agreement, he will receive any earned but unpaid retention bonus; and

    by us without cause or by him for good reason within two years after a change of control (as defined in his employment agreement) has occurred, he will receive any earned but unpaid compensation and a lump sum cash payment equal to the sum of (1) his base salary at the highest annual rate in effect on or before his termination and (2) an amount equal to the greater of (a) the average of his short-term incentive compensation paid or payable had he remained employed for the prior three full fiscal years ending before the date of termination, or the average of his short-term incentive plan compensation for the number of years during which he was eligible to participate in the short-term incentive plan if less than three; (b) the short-term incentive plan compensation paid to him for the last full fiscal year of his employment; and (c) his target short-term incentive plan compensation for the fiscal year that includes the date of termination.

        All of the severance payments described above are subject to Mr. Harris' execution of a release of claims and compliance with the non-solicitation, confidentiality and non-compete provisions of the agreement.

Severance Agreements

        We have entered into severance agreements with Messrs. Doss and Petersen that provide for payments to be made to the respective named executive officer in connection with a termination of employment. These agreements have a one-year term expiring in May 2017. Prior to completion of this offering, the compensation committee is expected to extend the term of these agreements to May 2018. Each of Messrs. Doss and Petersen is eligible to receive a lump sum equal to 1.5 times his then-current annual base salary as severance following his termination of employment by us without cause (as defined in the agreement), or by the executive for good reason (as defined in the agreement), subject to his execution of a release of claims and compliance with the non-solicitation, confidentiality and non-compete provisions of the agreement.

        Mr. Harris' employment agreement provides for payment to be made to him in connection with a termination of his employment. For a discussion of the terms of the severance payments, see "—Employment Agreements."

94


Table of Contents

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End

        The following table contains information regarding outstanding equity awards issued under our 2014 LTIP, before adjusting for our         :        reverse stock split, held by each of our named executive officers as of December 31, 2016.

Name
  Number of
Shares or Units of Stock
That Have Not Vested (#)
  Market Value of Shares or
Units of Stock That Have
Not Vested ($)(1)(2)
 

Michael J. Doss

    880,207   $    

Buddy Petersen

         

Perry A. Harris

    133,332   $    

(1)
The market value is based upon the assumed initial public offering price of $            per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

(2)
The restricted stock units will vest immediately before effectiveness of this registration statement and will be settled in cash.

2014 Long-Term Incentive Plan

        In March 2014, our board of directors adopted, and our stockholders approved, the 2014 LTIP. The purposes of the 2014 LTIP are to provide an additional incentive to selected employees whose contributions are essential to the growth and success of our business in order to strengthen the commitment of employees to us, motivate employees to faithfully and diligently perform their responsibilities, and attract and retain competent and dedicated persons whose efforts will result in our long-term growth and profitability. The 2014 LTIP provides for grants of restricted stock units, and restricted stock under a CEO discretionary pool, to employee participants.

        Shares Available.     The maximum number of shares of our common stock that may be issued under the 2014 LTIP, before adjusting for our        :         reverse stock split, is 55,025,000. Under the 2014 LTIP, 55,000,000 shares were available for issuance as restricted stock units and 25,000 were available for issuance as restricted stock or restricted stock units at the discretion of the CEO. The shares under the 2014 LTIP are subject to adjustment in the event of, among other things, a merger, recapitalization, reorganization, spin-off, spin-out, special dividend, stock split, combination or exchange of shares or other change in corporate structure affecting our common stock.

        Eligibility.     Any employee of the Company or its affiliates selected by the administrator in his or its sole discretion is eligible to participate in the 2014 LTIP.

        Administration.     The Compensation Committee administers the 2014 LTIP, except that the CEO administers the 2014 LTIP with respect to awards granted under the CEO discretionary pool. The administrator has broad discretion to administer the 2014 LTIP, including the power to determine to whom and when awards will be granted, to determine the amount of awards, to determine the terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of the 2014 LTIP of each award granted, to determine the effect, if any of employment, severance and other agreements on the awards, to determine fair market value of the awards, to adopt, alter and repeal administrative practices governing the 2014 LTIP, to construe and interpret the terms and provisions of the 2014 LTIP and to execute all other responsibilities permitted or required under the 2014 LTIP. The 2014 LTIP will be administered in accordance with, to the extent applicable, Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act.

        Restricted Stock Awards.     A restricted stock award is a grant of shares of common stock subject to a risk of forfeiture, restrictions on transferability and any other restrictions determined by the administrator. Except as otherwise provided under the terms of the 2014 LTIP or an award agreement,

95


Table of Contents

the holder of a restricted stock award under the 2014 LTIP will generally have rights as a stockholder, including the right to vote or to receive dividends. Unless otherwise determined by the administrator, a restricted stock award will be forfeited and reacquired by us upon termination of employment. Common stock distributed in connection with a stock split or stock dividend, and other property distributed as a dividend, may be subject to the same restrictions and risk of forfeiture as the restricted stock with respect to which the distribution was made.

        Restricted Stock Units.     Restricted stock units are rights to receive common stock, cash or a combination of common stock and cash at the end of a specified period as determined by the administrator. Restricted stock units may be subject to restrictions, including a risk of forfeiture and conditions, as determined by the administrator. Unless otherwise determined by the administrator, restricted stock units will be forfeited upon termination of a participant's employment. The holder of a restricted stock unit award under the 2014 LTIP does not have rights as a stockholder.

        Immediately before effectiveness of this registration statement, the restricted stock units will vest and will be subsequently settled in cash. Upon completion of this offering, the 2014 LTIP will be terminated and no further awards will be made under the 2014 LTIP.

2016 Short-Term Incentive Plan

        In December 2015, the board of directors approved our 2016 short-term incentive plan, or STIP, to motivate employees to drive outstanding company performance, provide flexibility given the uncertain business environment and enhance employee retention. The named executive officers were eligible to participate.

        The 2016 incentives were based on the achievement of:

    Financial targets for Adjusted EBITDA less capital expenditures;

    Safety performance as measured by our total recordable incident rate, or TRIR; and

    Department key performance indicators, or KPIs, and individual performance.

        Each named executive officer had a target award calculated as a percentage of his base salary, depending on his position. The payout under the STIP was based 65% on the financial target, 10% on the safety target and 25% on KPI and individual performance. The Compensation Committee set the financial and KPI targets for the first quarter of 2016. The incentives were contingent upon the minimum financial targets being achieved. The Company did not achieve the minimum financial target in the first quarter of 2016. As a result, no payouts were made for the first quarter of 2016. After the first quarter of 2016, the Compensation Committee did not set financial and KPI targets and no one was eligible to receive an award under the STIP.

2017 Equity and Incentive Compensation Plan.

        Prior to the completion of this offering, our board of directors and stockholders will adopt the 2017 Plan. The material terms of the 2017 Plan are as follows:

        Purpose.     The purpose of the 2017 Plan is to attract and retain officers, employees, directors, consultants and other key personnel and to provide those persons incentives and awards for performance.

        Administration; Effectiveness.     The 2017 Plan will generally be administered by the compensation committee of our board of directors. The compensation committee has the authority to determine eligible participants in the 2017 Plan, and to interpret and make determinations under the 2017 Plan. Any interpretation or determination by the compensation committee under the 2017 Plan will be final and conclusive. The compensation committee may delegate all or any part of its authority under the

96


Table of Contents

2017 Plan to any subcommittee thereof, and may delegate its administrative duties or powers to one or more of our officers, agents or advisors. The 2017 Plan will be effective prior to the completion of this offering.

        Shares Available for Awards under the 2017 Plan.     Subject to adjustment as described in the 2017 Plan, the number of shares of our common stock available for awards under the 2017 Plan shall be,        % of the aggregate value of our common stock and convertible preferred stock immediately prior to this offering, plus any shares of our common stock that become available under the 2017 Plan as a result of forfeiture, cancellation, expiration, or cash settlement of awards, or the Available Shares, with such shares subject to adjustment to reflect any split or combination of our common stock. The Available Shares may be shares of original issuance, treasury shares or a combination of the foregoing.

        The 2017 Plan also contains the following customary limits: (1) calendar year limits relating to the grant of stock options and stock appreciation rights and for restricted stock, restricted stock units, performance shares and/or other stock-based awards that are performance-based awards intended to satisfy the requirements for "qualified performance-based compensation" under Section 162(m) of the Code, or Qualified Performance-Based Awards and; (2) limits on the aggregate maximum value that a participant may receive in respect of an award of performance units and/or other awards payable in cash that are Qualified Performance-Based Awards, or a cash incentive award that is a Qualified Performance-Based Award in any calendar year.

        Share Counting.     The aggregate number of shares of our common stock available for award under the 2017 Plan will be reduced by one share of our common stock for every one share of our common stock subject to an award granted under the 2017 Plan.

        The following shares of our common stock will be added (or added back, as applicable) to the aggregate number of shares of our common stock available under the 2017 Plan: (1) shares subject to an award that is cancelled or forfeited, expires or is settled for cash (in whole or in part); (2) shares of our common stock withheld by us in payment of the exercise price of a stock option granted under the 2017 Plan; (3) shares of our common stock tendered or otherwise used in payment of the exercise price of a stock option granted under the 2017 Plan; (4) shares of our common stock withheld by us or tendered or otherwise used to satisfy a tax withholding obligation; provided , however , that with respect to restricted stock, this provision will only be in effect until the ten-year anniversary of the date the 2017 Plan is approved by our stockholders, and (5) shares of our common stock subject to an appreciation right granted under the 2017 Plan that are not actually issued in connection with the settlement of such appreciation right. In addition, if under the 2017 Plan a participant has elected to give up the right to receive compensation in exchange for shares of our common stock based on fair market value, such shares of our common stock will not count against the aggregate number of shares of our common stock available under the 2017 Plan.

        Shares of our common stock issued or transferred pursuant to awards granted under the 2017 Plan in substitution for or in conversion of, or in connection with the assumption of, awards held by awardees of an entity engaging in a corporate acquisition or merger with us or any of our subsidiaries, or substitute awards, will not count against, nor otherwise be taken into account in respect of, the share limits under the 2017 Plan. Additionally, shares of common stock available under certain plans that we or our subsidiaries may assume in connection with corporate transactions from another entity may be available for certain awards under the 2017 Plan, but will not count against, nor otherwise be taken into account in respect of, the share limits under the 2017 Plan.

        Types of Awards Under the 2017 Plan.     Pursuant to the 2017 Plan, we may grant restricted stock units, restricted stock, stock options (including incentive stock options as defined in Section 422 of the Code, or Incentive Stock Options), appreciation rights, cash incentive awards, performance shares, performance units, and certain other awards based on or related to shares of our common stock.

97


Table of Contents

        Each grant of an award under the 2017 Plan will be evidenced by an award agreement or agreements, which will contain such terms and provisions as the compensation committee may determine, consistent with the 2017 Plan. Those terms and provisions include the number of our shares of our common stock subject to each award, vesting terms and provisions that apply upon events such as retirement, death or disability of the participant or in the event of a change in control. A brief description of the types of awards which may be granted under the 2017 Plan is set forth below.

        Restricted Stock Units.     Restricted stock units awarded under the 2017 Plan constitute an agreement by us to deliver shares of our common stock, cash, or a combination thereof, to the participant in the future in consideration of the performance of services, but subject to the fulfillment of such conditions (which may include the achievement of management objectives) during the restriction period as the compensation committee may specify. Each grant or sale of restricted stock units may be made without additional consideration or in consideration of a payment by the participant that is less than the fair market value of shares of our common stock on the date of grant. During the restriction period applicable to restricted stock units, the participant will have no right to transfer any rights under the award and will have no rights of ownership in the shares of our common stock underlying the restricted stock units and no right to vote them. Rights to dividend equivalents may be extended to and made part of any restricted stock unit award at the discretion of and on the terms determined by the compensation committee. Each grant of restricted stock units will specify that the amount payable with respect to such restricted stock units will be paid in cash, shares of our common stock, or a combination of the two.

        Restricted Stock.     Restricted stock constitutes an immediate transfer of the ownership of shares of our common stock to the participant in consideration of the performance of services, entitling such participant to dividend, voting and other ownership rights, subject to the substantial risk of forfeiture and restrictions on transfer determined by the compensation committee for a period of time determined by the compensation committee or until certain management objectives specified by the compensation committee are achieved. Each such grant or sale of restricted stock may be made without additional consideration or in consideration of a payment by the participant that is less than the fair market value per share of our common stock on the date of grant.

        Any grant of restricted stock may specify the treatment of dividends or distributions paid on restricted stock that remains subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture.

        Stock Options.     Stock options granted under the 2017 Plan may be either Incentive Stock Option or non-qualified stock options Incentive Stock Options. Except with respect to substitute awards, Incentive Stock Options and non-qualified stock options must have an exercise price per share that is not less than the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the date of grant. The term of a stock option may not extend more than ten years after the date of grant.

        Each grant will specify the form of consideration to be paid in satisfaction of the exercise price.

        Appreciation Rights.     The 2017 Plan provides for the grant of appreciation rights. An appreciation right is a right to receive from us an amount equal to 100%, or such lesser percentage as the compensation committee may determine, of the spread between the base price and the value of shares of our common stock on the date of exercise.

        An appreciation right may be paid in cash, shares of our common stock or any combination thereof. Except with respect to substitute awards, the base price of an appreciation right may not be less than the fair market value of a common share on the date of grant. The term of an appreciation right may not extend more than ten years from the date of grant.

        Cash Incentive Awards, Performance Shares, and Performance Units.     Performance shares, performance units and cash incentive awards may also be granted to participants under the 2017 Plan.

98


Table of Contents

A performance share is a bookkeeping entry that records the equivalent of one share of our common stock, and a performance unit is a bookkeeping entry that records a unit equivalent to $1.00 or such other value as determined by the compensation committee. Each grant will specify the number or amount of performance shares or performance units, or the amount payable with respect to cash incentive awards, being awarded, which number or amount may be subject to adjustment to reflect changes in compensation or other factors.

        These awards, when granted under the 2017 Plan, become payable to participants upon of the achievement of specified management objectives and upon such terms and conditions as the compensation committee determines at the time of grant. Each grant may specify with respect to the management objectives a minimum acceptable level of achievement and may set forth a formula for determining the number of performance shares or performance units, or the amount payable with respect to cash incentive awards, that will be earned if performance is at or above the minimum or threshold level, or is at or above the target level but falls short of maximum achievement. Each grant will specify the time and manner of payment of cash incentive awards, performance shares or performance units that have been earned, and any grant may further specify that any such amount may be paid or settled in cash, shares of our common stock, restricted stock, restricted stock units or any combination thereof. Any grant of performance shares may provide for the payment of dividend equivalents in cash or in additional shares of our common stock.

        Other Awards.     The compensation committee may grant such other awards that may be denominated or payable in, valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on, or related to, shares of our common stock or factors that may influence the value of such shares of our common stock, including, without limitation, convertible or exchangeable debt securities, other rights convertible or exchangeable into shares of our common stock, purchase rights for shares of our common stock, awards with value and payment contingent upon our performance of specified subsidiaries, affiliates or other business units or any other factors designated by the compensation committee, and awards valued by reference to the book value of the shares of our common stock or the value of securities of, or the performance of our subsidiaries, affiliates or other business units.

        Adjustments; Corporate Transactions.     The compensation committee will make or provide for such adjustments in the: (1) number of shares of our common stock covered by outstanding stock options, appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units, performance shares and performance units granted under the 2017 Plan; (2) if applicable, number of shares of our common stock covered by other awards granted pursuant to the 2017 Plan; (3) exercise price or base price provided in outstanding stock options and appreciation rights; (4) kind of shares covered thereby; (5) cash incentive awards; and (6) other award terms, as the compensation committee determines to be equitably required in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the rights of participants that otherwise would result from (a) any stock dividend, stock split, combination of shares, recapitalization or other change in our capital structure, (b) any merger, consolidation, spin-off, spin-out, split-off, split-up, reorganization, partial or complete liquidation or other distribution of assets, issuance of rights or warrants to purchase securities or (c) any other corporate transaction or event having an effect similar to any of the foregoing.

        In the event of any such transaction or event, or in the event of a change in control (as defined in the 2017 Plan), the compensation committee may provide in substitution for any or all outstanding awards under the 2017 Plan such alternative consideration (including cash), if any, as it may in good faith determine to be equitable under the circumstances and will require in connection therewith the surrender of all awards so replaced in a manner that complies with Section 409A of the Code. In addition, for each stock option or appreciation right with an exercise price greater than the consideration offered in connection with any such transaction or event or change in control, the compensation committee may in its discretion elect to cancel such stock option or appreciation right without any payment to the person holding such stock option or appreciation right. The compensation committee will make or provide for such adjustments to the numbers and kind of shares available for

99


Table of Contents

issuance under the 2017 Plan and the share limits of the 2017 Plan as the compensation committee in its sole discretion may in good faith determine to be appropriate in connection with such transaction or event. However, any adjustment to the limit on the number of shares of our common stock that may be issued upon exercise of Incentive Stock Options will be made only if, and to the extent, such adjustment would not cause any option intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option to fail to so qualify.

        Transferability of Award.     Except as otherwise provided by the compensation committee, no stock option, appreciation right, restricted share, restricted stock unit, performance share, performance unit, cash incentive award, other award or dividend equivalents paid with respect to awards made under the 2017 Plan may be transferred by a participant.

        Amendment and Termination of the 2017 Plan.     Our board of directors generally may amend the 2017 Plan from time to time, in whole or in part. However, if any amendment (1) would materially increase the benefits accruing to participants under the 2017 Plan, (2) would materially increase the number of shares of our common stock which may be issued under the 2017 Plan, (3) would materially modify the requirements for participation in the 2017 Plan, or (4) must otherwise be approved by our stockholders in order to comply with applicable law or the rules of the NYSE, then such amendment will be subject to stockholder approval and will not be effective unless and until such approval has been obtained.

        Our board of directors may, in its discretion, terminate the 2017 Plan at any time. Termination of the 2017 Plan will not affect the rights of participants or their successors under any awards outstanding and not exercised in full on the date of termination. No grant will be made under the 2017 Plan more than ten years after the effective date of the 2017 Plan, but all grants made on or prior to such date shall continue in effect thereafter subject to the terms of the 2017 Plan.

        Grants of Awards.     Upon the completion of this offering, our board of directors will grant restricted stock units equal to            of the shares reserved for issuance under the 2017 Plan to our employees. Of the restricted stock units granted upon completion of this offering, our named executive officers will receive the following:

Name
  Percent of
Shares to be
Granted Upon
IPO
  Number of
Restricted
Stock Units
 

Michael J. Doss

                 %      

Buddy Petersen

                 %      

Perry A. Harris

                 %      

        The restricted stock units will be settled in shares of our common stock subject to the discretion of the compensation committee to settle the restricted stock units in cash.

100


Table of Contents


CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

        The following is a summary of transactions that occurred on or were in effect after January 1, 2014 that we have been a party and which the amount involved exceeded $120,000 and in which any of our executive officers, directors or beneficial holders of more than 5% of our capital stock had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.

Convertible Preferred Stock Conversion

        Our stockholders have agreed that upon filing our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that each share of our convertible preferred stock will convert into a number of shares of common stock equal to its accreted value, which at March 31, 2017 was $2,735 per share, divided by the initial public offering price per share, subject to adjustment based on the aggregate value of our common stock and convertible preferred stock prior to this offering. Assuming an initial public offering price of $        per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, our convertible preferred stock will convert into        shares of our common stock. Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the public offering price would increase (decrease) the number of shares of our common stock that our convertible preferred stock will convert into by      %. For additional information regarding the conversion of our convertible preferred stock, see "Description of Capital Stock."

Transactions with Chesapeake

        Chesapeake is one of our largest stockholders and is a wholly owned subsidiary of one of our customers, Chesapeake Parent. We recognized revenue from Chesapeake Parent for well-completion services in the amount of $32.1 million and $2.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016, respectively, and $21.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2017.

        We are party to a master service agreement dated July 9, 2012, and a master commercial agreement dated December 24, 2016, with subsidiaries of Chesapeake Parent. These agreements govern the performance of services and the supply of materials or equipment to Chesapeake Parent, the specific terms of which are addressed in subsequent written purchase or work orders. These agreements contain standard terms and provisions, including insurance requirements and confidentiality obligations and allocates certain operational risks through indemnity provisions.

Stockholders Agreement

        In September 2012, we entered into an amended and restated stockholders agreement with Maju, Senja, Chesapeake, and other stockholders party thereto, as amended in November 2012, April 2014, June 2015, November 2015 and September 2016. The amended and restated stockholders agreement contains agreements among our stockholders regarding, among other things, transfer restrictions, tag along rights, drag along rights, right of first offer, preemptive rights and director nomination and information rights. Prior to completion of this offering, we will terminate the amended and restated stockholders agreement.

Investors' Rights Agreements

        Prior to completion of this offering, we will enter into an investors' rights agreement with Maju and Chesapeake, pursuant to which we will be required to take all necessary action for individuals designated by Maju and Chesapeake to be included in the slate of nominees recommended by the board of directors for election by our stockholders. Under the investors' rights agreement, each of Maju and Chesapeake will have the right to nominate (1) two directors so long as it beneficially owns at least 15% of our then-outstanding shares of capital stock or (2) one director so long as it beneficially owns at least 5% but less than 15% of our then-outstanding shares of capital stock. The investors' rights agreement will also provide that so long as Maju or Chesapeake beneficially owns at least 5% of

101


Table of Contents

our then-outstanding shares of capital stock, it may elect to designate one non-voting observer to attend all meetings of the board of directors and committees of the board of directors. The investors' rights agreement also provides Maju or Chesapeake with certain information rights for so long as it beneficially owns at least 5% of our then-outstanding shares of common stock. Each of Maju and Chesapeake have agreed to take all reasonable actions, including voting or providing a consent or proxy, to ensure the election of their respective nominees and other terms of the investors' rights agreement.

        Under the investors' rights agreement, Maju and Chesapeake may designate its nominee director to be a member of each committee, subject to compliance with applicable stock exchange requirements. The investors' rights agreement restricts our ability to adopt a shareholder rights plan and similar arrangements or to become subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the DGCL without the consent of Maju and Chesapeake. The agreement also grants other consent rights to Maju and Chesapeake, including for charter and bylaw provisions inconsistent with the investors' rights agreement.

        The investors' rights agreement with Maju and Chesapeake will provide that (1) we renounce any interest in any business opportunities of Chesapeake and Maju, their affiliates and directors nominated by them, and that none of the foregoing have any obligation to offer or present us those opportunities or any related information or to use any information regarding other or competing business for us, (2) we acknowledge our prior and future agreements and transactions with Chesapeake and its affiliates and (3) we waive any claims or recourse relating to the foregoing matters.

        Prior to completion of this offering, we will also enter into an investors' rights agreement with Senja and Hampton, pursuant to which, we will be required to take all necessary action for the individual collectively designated by Senja and Hampton to be included in the slate of nominees recommended by the board of directors for election by our stockholders. Under the investors' rights agreement, Senja and Hampton will have the right to nominate one director so long as they collectively with their affiliates own at least 5% of our then-outstanding shares of capital stock. The investors' rights agreement will also provide that so long as Senja and Hampton collectively with their affiliates own at least 5% of our then-outstanding shares of capital stock, they may elect to designate one non-voting observer to attend all meetings of the board of directors and committees of the board of directors. The investors' rights agreement also provides Senja and Hampton with certain information rights for so long as they collectively with their affiliates own at least 5% of our then-outstanding shares of capital stock. The agreement will also grant other rights to Senja and Hampton, including consent rights for charter and bylaw provisions inconsistent with the investors' rights agreement.

        The investors' rights agreement with Senja and Hampton will provide that (1) we renounce any interest in any business opportunities of Senja and Hampton, their affiliates and directors nominated by them, and that none of the foregoing have any obligation to offer or present us those opportunities or any related information or to use any information regarding other or competing business for us and (2) we waive any claims or recourse relating to the foregoing matters.

        Senja is wholly owned by RRJ Capital Master Fund I, L.P. RRJ is the general partner of RRJ Capital Master Fund I, L.P. RRJ's board of directors, which consists of Ong Tiong Sin, Ong Tiong Boon, Eddie Teh Ewe Guan, Rizal Bin Ishak and Kim Young So, exercises voting and investment power over our shares held by Senja. Further, Mr. Ong, Senja's board designee on our board of directors is also the sole shareholder and sole director of Hampton. See "Principal and Selling Stockholders" for details of Maju, Chesapeake, Senja and Hampton.

Registration Rights Agreement

        Prior to completion of this offering, we will enter into a registration rights agreement with Maju, Chesapeake, Senja and Hampton. Under the terms of the registration rights agreement, the parties may request registration, or a demand registration, of all or a portion of their common stock, or Registrable

102


Table of Contents

Shares, under the Securities Act. We will not be obligated to effectuate more than four demand registrations for each of Maju and Chesapeake, and more than two demand registrations for Senja and Hampton collectively. Any demand registration must be for an anticipated aggregate offering price of at least $50.0 million. In addition, in the event we register additional shares of common stock for sale to the public following the completion of this offering, we will be required to give notice of the registration to the parties to the registration rights agreement and, subject to certain limitations, include shares of common stock held by them in the registration. The agreement includes customary indemnification and contribution provisions in favor of the parties to the agreement against certain losses and liabilities arising out of or based upon any filing or other disclosure made by us under securities laws relating to such registration. In addition, each stockholder that has registration rights pursuant to this agreement will agree not to sell, otherwise dispose of any securities, or exercise registration rights without the prior written consent of the underwriters for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to certain terms and conditions. We will generally pay all registration expenses in connection with our registration obligations. See "Underwriting (Conflicts of Interest)" for additional information regarding such restrictions.

Procedures for Approval of Related Party Transactions

        Following the completion of this offering, pursuant to our amended and restated audit committee charter, our audit committee will have the primary responsibility for reviewing and approving or disapproving "related-party transactions," which are transactions between us and related persons in which the aggregate amount involved exceeds or may be expected to exceed $120,000 and in which a related person has or will have a direct or indirect material interest. Upon the completion of this offering, our policy regarding transactions between us and related persons will provide that the definition of a related person will include, among others, a director, executive officer, nominee for director or greater than 5% beneficial owner of our common stock, in each case since the beginning of the most recently completed fiscal year, and any of their immediate family members.

103


Table of Contents


PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

        The following table sets forth the beneficial ownership of our shares of common stock as of             by:

    the selling stockholders;

    each person known to us to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of our shares of common stock;

    each of our named executive officers;

    each of our directors; and

    all of our executive officers and directors as a group.

        We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with the rules of the SEC and the information is not necessarily indicative of beneficial ownership for any other purpose. Unless otherwise indicated below, to our knowledge, the persons and entities named in the table have sole voting and sole investment power with respect to all shares that they beneficially own, subject to community property laws where applicable.

        We have based percentage ownership of our common stock prior to this offering on            shares of our common stock outstanding as of              after giving effect to a           :          reverse stock split, assuming an initial public offering price of $      per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. Upon filing our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, each           shares of common stock will be combined into and represent one share of common stock. Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the public offering price would increase (decrease) the number of shares of our common stock that will be combined into one share of common stock by      %. Additionally, before this offering our convertible preferred stock will be converted into an aggregate of          issued and outstanding shares of common stock based on a fixed exchange ratio of          :          , assuming an initial public offering price of $      per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the public offering price would increase (decrease) the number of shares of our common stock that our convertible preferred stock will convert into by      %. Upon filing our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, each share of convertible preferred stock will convert into a number of shares of common stock equal to its accreted value, which at March 31, 2017 was $2,735 per share, divided by the initial public offering price per share, subject to adjustment based on the aggregate value of our common stock and convertible preferred stock prior to this offering. For additional information regarding the conversion of our convertible preferred stock, see "Description of Capital Stock." Percentage ownership of our common stock after this offering assumes the sale by us of            shares of common stock in this offering. Percent ownership after this offering if the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full assumes the sales by us of            shares of our common stock.

        Unless otherwise noted, the address of each beneficial owner listed on the table below is c/o FTS International, Inc. 777 Main Street, Suite 2900, Fort Worth, Texas 76102. Beneficial ownership representing less than 1% is denoted with an asterisk (*). The statements concerning voting and

104


Table of Contents

investment power included in the footnotes to this table shall not be construed as admissions that such persons are the beneficial owners of such shares of common stock.

 
  Shares
Beneficially
Owned Prior to
this Offering
  Shares
Beneficially
Owned After this
Offering
  Shares
Beneficially
Owned After this
Offering if the
Underwriters'
Option to
Purchase
Additional
Shares is
Exercised
in Full
Name of Beneficial Owner
  Number   %   Number   %   Number   %

Selling Stockholders and other 5% Stockholders:

                       

Maju Investments (Mauritius) Pte Ltd(1)(2)

 

        

 

        

 

        

 

        

 

 

 

 

CHK Energy Holdings, Inc.(2)(3)

                                                   

Senja Capital Ltd(4)(5)(6)

                                                   

Hampton Asset Holding Ltd.(5)(7)(8)

                                                   

Korea Investment Corporation(9)

                                                   

Named Executive Officer and Directors:

                       

Michael J. Doss

 

        

 

        

 

        

 

        

 

 

 

 

Buddy Petersen

                                                   

Perry A. Harris

                                                   

Goh Yong Siang

                                                   

Domenic J. Dell'Osso, Jr.(10)

                                                   

Bryan J. Lemmerman(10)

                                                   

Ong Tiong Sin(11)

                                                   

Boon Sim(12)

                                                   

All executive officers and current directors as a group (11 persons)

                                                   

*
Less than 1%

(1)
Maju Investments (Mauritius) Pte Ltd is indirectly wholly owned by Temasek. The business address of Maju Investments (Mauritius) Pte Ltd is Les Cascades, Edith Cavell Street, Port Louis, Republic of Mauritius.

(2)
Prior to completion of this offering, we will enter into an investors' rights agreement with Maju and Chesapeake. Pursuant to the investors' rights agreement, Maju and Chesapeake may be deemed to have formed a group pursuant to Rule 13d-5(b)(1) of the Exchange Act. Such group could be deemed to have beneficial ownership, for purposes of Sections 13(d) and 13(g) of the Exchange Act, of all equity securities of the Company beneficially owned by such parties. Such parties would, as of                        , 2017 be deemed to beneficially own an aggregate of            shares (      %) of our capital stock. Each stockholder party to the investors' rights agreement disclaims beneficial ownership of any shares of our common stock owned by the other stockholder party to the agreement.

(3)
CHK Energy Holdings, Inc. is a subsidiary of Chesapeake Energy Corporation. The business address of CHK Energy Holdings, Inc. is 6100 N. Western Avenue, Oklahoma City, Oklahoma 73118.

(4)
Senja Capital Ltd is wholly owned by RRJ Capital Master Fund I, L.P., the general partner of which is RRJ Capital Limited. The business address of Senja Capital Ltd is CCS Trustees Limited, 263 Main Street, P.O. Box 2196, Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands.

(5)
Prior to completion of this offering, we will enter into an investors' rights agreement with Senja and Hampton. Pursuant to the investors' rights agreement, Senja and Hampton may be deemed to have formed a group pursuant to Rule 13d-5(b)(1) of the Exchange Act. Such group could be

105


Table of Contents

    deemed to have beneficial ownership, for purposes of Sections 13(d) and 13(g) of the Exchange Act, of all equity securities of the Company beneficially owned by such parties. Such parties would, as of                    , 2017 be deemed to beneficially own an aggregate of shares (            %) of our capital stock. Each stockholder party to the investors' rights agreement disclaims beneficial ownership of any shares of our common stock owned by the other stockholder party to the agreement.

(6)
RRJ Capital Limited's board of directors, consisting of Ong Tiong Sin, Ong Tiong Boon, Eddie Teh Ewe Guan, Rizal Bin Ishak and Kim Young So, exercises voting and investment power over these shares.

(7)
Hampton Asset Holding Ltd. is wholly owned by Ong Tiong Sin. The business address of Hampton Asset Holding Ltd. is CCC Trustees Limited, 263 Main Street, P.O. Box 2196, Road Town, Tortola British Virgin Islands.

(8)
Ong Tiong Sin, sole shareholder and sole director of Hampton Asset Holding Ltd., has sole voting and investment power over these shares.

(9)
The business address of Korea Investment Corporation is Cricket Square, Hutchins Drive, Grand Cayman, KY1-1111, Cayman Islands.

(10)
Mr. Dell'Osso is the Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Chesapeake Parent, and Mr. Lemmerman is the the Vice President—Business Development at Chesapeake Parent.

(11)
Mr. Ong is the founder and Chief Executive Officer of RRJ Capital Limited, and sole shareholder and sole director of Hampton Asset Holding Ltd., and disclaims beneficial ownership of any shares owned directly or indirectly by Senja Capital Ltd, except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein.

(12)
Mr. Sim is currently the Senior Advisory Director of Temasek, which indirectly wholly owns Maju. Mr. Sim disclaims beneficial ownership of any shares owned directly or indirectly by Maju.

        Each of the selling stockholders in this offering is deemed to be an underwriter within the meaning of Section 2(a)(11) of the Securities Act.

106


Table of Contents


DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

        The following description summarizes certain important terms of our capital stock, as they are expected to be in effect prior to the completion of this offering. We will adopt an amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws that will become effective prior to the completion of this offering, and this description summarizes the provisions that are included in such documents. Because it is only a summary, it does not contain all the information that may be important to you. For a complete description of the matters set forth in this section, you should refer to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, our amended and restated bylaws, the registration rights agreement and investors' rights agreements, which are included as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, and to the applicable provisions of Delaware law.

Convertible Preferred Stock Conversion

        Conversion Rate.     Upon filing our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, each share of convertible preferred stock will convert into a number of shares of common stock equal to its accreted value, which at March 31, 2017 was $2,735 per share, divided by the initial public offering price per share, or the conversion rate, subject to adjustment as provided below based on the aggregate value of our common stock and convertible preferred stock prior to this offering. Assuming an initial public offering price of $        per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, our convertible preferred stock will convert into        shares of our common stock. Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the public offering price would increase (decrease) the number of shares of our common stock that our convertible preferred stock will convert into by      %.

        Adjustment to Conversion Rate.     If the value of the common stock and convertible preferred stock prior to this offering is greater than the accreted value of the convertible preferred stock, the conversion rate may be reduced. In this case, the conversion rate will be reduced, to the extent necessary, so that prior to this offering and after giving effect to the conversion, our common stockholders that did not own our convertible preferred stock will own not less than 3.75% of our common stock prior to this offering. The conversion rate will not be adjusted in connection with the adoption of our 2017 Plan or the reservation of shares available for issuance under the 2017 Plan.

Post-Offering Capital Structure

        Immediately following the completion of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of            shares, $            par value per share, of which:

                shares are designated as common stock; and

                shares are designated as preferred stock.

        Our board of directors is authorized to issue additional shares of our capital stock without stockholder approval, except as required by the NYSE listing standards.

Common Stock

        Voting Rights.     The holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote per share on any matter to be voted upon by stockholders. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will not provide for cumulative voting in connection with the election of directors and, accordingly, holders of more than 50% of the shares voting will be able to elect all of the directors. The holders of a majority of the shares of common stock issued and outstanding constitute a quorum at all meetings of stockholders for the transaction of business.

107


Table of Contents

        Dividends.     The holders of our common stock are entitled to dividends if, as and when declared by our board of directors, from legally available funds, subject to certain contractual limitations on our ability to declare and pay dividends. See "Dividend Policy."

        Other Rights.     Upon the consummation of this offering, no holder of our common stock will have any preemptive right to subscribe for any shares of our capital stock issued in the future.

        Upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of our affairs, the holders of our common stock are entitled to share ratably in all assets remaining after payment of creditors and subject to prior distribution rights of our preferred stock, if any.

Preferred Stock

        Upon completion of this offering, our board of directors will be authorized, subject to limitations prescribed by Delaware law, to issue preferred stock in one or more series, to establish from time to time the number of shares to be included in each series, and to fix the designation, powers, preferences, and rights of the shares of each series and any of its qualifications, limitations, or restrictions, in each case without further vote or action by our stockholders. Our board of directors can also increase or decrease the number of shares of any series of preferred stock, but not below the number of shares of that series then-outstanding, without any further vote or action by our stockholders. Our board of directors may authorize the issuance of preferred stock with voting or conversion rights that could adversely affect the voting power or other rights of the holders of our common stock. The issuance of preferred stock, while providing flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions and other corporate purposes, could, among other things, have the effect of delaying, deferring, or preventing a change in our control and might adversely affect the market price of our common stock and the voting and other rights of the holders of our common stock. We have no current plan to issue any shares of preferred stock.

Registration Rights

        Prior to completion of this offering, we will enter into a registration rights agreement with Maju, Chesapeake, Senja and Hampton. Under the terms of the registration rights agreement, the parties may demand registration of their Registrable Shares under the Securities Act. We will not be obligated to effectuate more than four demand registrations for each of Maju and Chesapeake, and two demand registrations for Senja and Hampton collectively. Any demand registration must be for an anticipated aggregate offering price of at least $50.0 million. In addition, in the event we register additional shares of common stock for sale to the public following the completion of this offering, we will be required to give notice of the registration to the parties to the registration rights agreement and, subject to certain limitations, include shares of common stock held by them in the registration. The agreement includes customary indemnification and contribution provisions in favor of the parties to the agreement against certain losses and liabilities arising out of or based upon any filing or other disclosure made by us under securities laws relating to such registration. In addition, each stockholder that has registration rights pursuant to this agreement will agree not to sell, otherwise dispose of any securities, or exercise registration rights without the prior written consent of the underwriters for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to certain terms and conditions. We will generally pay all registration expenses in connection with our registration obligations. See "Shares Eligible for Future Sale—Registration Rights" for additional information regarding such restrictions. All of our existing convertible preferred stock will be converted into shares of our common stock prior to the closing of this offering. For additional information regarding the conversion of our convertible preferred stock, see "—Convertible Preferred Stock Conversion."

108


Table of Contents

Anti-takeover Effects of Provisions in our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws

        Upon filing, provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws may delay or discourage transactions involving an actual or potential change in our control or change in our management, including transactions in which stockholders might otherwise receive a premium for their shares, or transactions that our stockholders might otherwise deem to be in their best interests. Therefore, these provisions could adversely affect the price of our common stock. Among other things, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will:

    provide that our board of directors is classified into three classes of directors;

    provide that stockholders may, except as set forth in the investors' rights agreements, which we will enter into with Maju, Chesapeake, Senja and Hampton prior to the completion of this offering, remove directors only for cause and only with the approval of holders of at least 66 2 / 3 % of our then-outstanding capital stock;

    provide that the authorized number of directors may be changed only by resolution of the board of directors;

    provide that all vacancies, including newly created directorships, may be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of directors then in office, even if less than a quorum, except, at any time Maju, Chesapeake, Senja and Hampton have the right to nominate a director under their respective investors' rights agreement, any vacancy resulting from the death, disability, retirement, resignation, or removal, of a director nominated by these stockholders will be filled by the applicable nominating stockholder;

    provide that our stockholders may not take action by written consent, and may only take action at annual or special meetings of our stockholders;

    provide that stockholders, other than Maju, Chesapeake, Senja and Hampton, seeking to present proposals before a meeting of stockholders or to nominate candidates for election as directors at a meeting of stockholders must provide notice in writing in a timely manner, and also specify requirements as to the form and content of a stockholder's notice;

    restrict the forum for certain litigation against us to Delaware;

    not provide for cumulative voting rights (therefore allowing the holders of a majority of the shares of common stock entitled to vote in any election of directors to elect all of the directors standing for election);

    provide that special meetings of our stockholders may be called only by (1) the Chairman of the board of directors, (2) our CEO, (3) the board of directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of authorized directors or (4) stockholders with at least 25% of our then-outstanding capital stock;

    provide that, except as set forth in the investors' rights agreements, stockholders will be permitted to amend our amended and restated bylaws only upon receiving at least 66 2 / 3 % of the votes entitled to be cast by holders of all outstanding shares then entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class; and

    provide that, except as set forth in the investors' rights agreements, certain provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation may only be amended upon receiving at least 66 2 / 3 % of the votes entitled to be cast by holders of all outstanding shares then entitled to vote, voting together as a single class.

109


Table of Contents

        Further, we intend to opt out of Section 203 of the DGCL. However, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will contain similar provisions providing that we may not engage in certain "business combinations" with any "interested stockholder" for a three-year period following the time that the stockholder became an interested stockholder, unless:

    prior to such time, our board of directors approved either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;

    upon consummation of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of our voting stock outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding certain shares; or

    at or subsequent to that time, the business combination is approved by our board of directors and by the affirmative vote of holders of at least 66 2 / 3 of our outstanding voting stock that is not owned by the interested stockholder.

        Generally, a "business combination" includes a merger, asset, or stock sale or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder. Subject to certain exceptions, an "interested stockholder" is a person who, together with that person's affiliates and associates, owns, or within the previous three years owned, 15% or more of our outstanding voting stock. For purposes of this section only, "voting stock" has the meaning given to it in Section 203 of the DGCL. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that Maju and Chesapeake and their affiliates and any of their direct or indirect transferees and any group as to which such persons are a party, do not constitute "interested stockholders" for purposes of this provision.

        Under certain circumstances, this provision will make it more difficult for a person who would be an "interested stockholder" to effect various business combinations with the Company for a three-year period. This provision may encourage companies interested in acquiring the Company to negotiate in advance with our board of directors because the stockholder approval requirement would be avoided if our board of directors approves either the business combination or the transaction which results in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder. These provisions also may have the effect of preventing changes in our board of directors and may make it more difficult to accomplish transactions which stockholders may otherwise deem to be in their best interests.

Choice of Forum

        Unless we consent to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the sole and exclusive forum for any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf; any action asserting a claim of breach of fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors, officers or other employees to us or to our stockholders; any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to the DGCL or our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or our amended and restated bylaws or as to which the DGCL confers jurisdiction on the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware; or any action asserting a claim against us that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

        The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock will be American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC.

Listing

        We intend to list our common stock on the NYSE under the symbol "FTSI."

110


Table of Contents


DESCRIPTION OF INDEBTEDNESS

        A description of our Term Loan, 2022 Notes and 2020 Notes is set forth below.

Term Loan

        In April 2014, we entered into a Term Loan in the initial principal amount of $550,000,000 and related security agreements with a syndicate of financial institutions as lenders and Wells Fargo, as administrative agent. Borrowings under our Term Loan will mature on April 16, 2021. The Term Loan also permits, upon terms and subject to conditions set forth therein, the incurrence of additional term loans on an uncommitted basis in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed the sum of $300 million plus an unlimited amount of term loans that would not cause the pro forma senior secured net leverage ratio (as defined therein) to exceed 4.00 to 1.00.

        The Term Loan is guaranteed, subject to certain exceptions, by our current and future wholly owned domestic restricted subsidiaries (other than foreign subsidiary holding companies), and by any restricted subsidiary of ours that is not already a guarantor that guarantees or becomes an obligor on any other indebtedness of ours or a guarantor in an amount exceeding $5 million.

        Our obligations under our Term Loan are secured by (a) a first priority security interest in and lien in 100% of the existing and after acquired stock of our domestic subsidiaries (other than foreign subsidiary holding companies) and 65% of the existing and after acquired voting stock and 100% of the existing and acquired non-voting stock of our first-tier foreign subsidiaries and foreign subsidiary holding companies, or the Term Loan/2022 Notes Collateral, and (b) a second priority security interest in the 2020 Notes Collateral, as described below, in each case subject to permitted liens and certain exceptions. The security interests securing the Term Loan rank pari passu with the security interests securing the 2022 Notes. The Term Loan is effectively senior in right of payment to our existing and future indebtedness, including the 2020 Notes, that is secured by a lower priority lien on the Term Loan/2022 Notes Collateral securing the Term Loan, to the extent of the value of such assets, and equal in right of payment thereafter and effectively junior in right of payment to our existing and future indebtedness, including the 2020 Notes, that is secured by a higher priority lien on the 2020 Notes Collateral securing the 2020 Notes or by a lien on assets not constituting collateral for the Term Loan, to the extent of the value of such assets, and equal in right of payment thereafter.

        Our Term Loan bears interest at a rate per annum equal to either a base rate or LIBOR, at our option, plus, in each case, an applicable margin. Loans under the Term Loan amortize in equal quarterly installments in an annual amount of 1% of the original principal amount, with the balance due upon final maturity.

        Our Term Loan contains a number of covenants that, among other things, restrict our ability and the ability of our restricted subsidiaries to grant liens, engage in mergers, sell assets, incur debt, make restricted payments and undertake transactions with affiliates.

2022 Notes

        In April 2014, we issued $500,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of 6.250% senior secured notes pursuant to an indenture between the Company, the guarantors thereto and US Bank National Association, as trustee. The 2022 Notes mature on May 1, 2022.

        Our 2022 Notes are guaranteed, subject to certain exceptions, by our current and future wholly owned domestic restricted subsidiaries (other than foreign subsidiary holding companies), and by any restricted subsidiary of ours that is not already a guarantor that guarantees or becomes an obligor on any other indebtedness of ours or a guarantor in an amount exceeding $5 million.

111


Table of Contents

        The 2022 Notes are secured by (a) a first priority security interest in the Term Loan/2022 Notes Collateral and (b) a second priority security interest in the 2020 Notes Collateral, in each case subject to permitted liens and certain exceptions. The security interests securing the 2022 Notes rank pari passu with the security interests securing our Term Loan. The 2022 Notes are effectively senior in right of payment to our existing and future indebtedness, including the 2020 Notes, that is secured by a lower priority lien on the Term Loan/2022 Notes Collateral securing the 2022 Notes, to the extent of the value of such assets, and equal in right of payment thereafter and effectively junior in right of payment to our existing and future indebtedness, including the 2020 Notes, that is secured by a higher priority lien on the 2020 Notes Collateral securing the 2020 Notes or by a lien on assets not constituting collateral for the 2022 Notes, to the extent of the value of such assets, and equal in right of payment thereafter.

        Interest on the 2022 Notes accrues at a rate of 6.250% per annum. Interest on the 2022 Notes is payable semi annually in cash in arrears on May 1 and November 1 of each year.

        The indenture governing our 2022 Notes contains a number of covenants that, among other things, restrict our ability and the ability of our restricted subsidiaries to grant liens, engage in mergers, sell assets, incur debt, make restricted payments and undertake transactions with affiliates.

2020 Notes

        In June 2015, we issued $350,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of senior secured floating rate notes pursuant to an indenture between the Company, the guarantors thereto and US Bank National Association, as trustee. The 2020 Notes mature on June 15, 2020.

        Our 2020 Notes are guaranteed, subject to certain exceptions, by our current and future wholly owned domestic restricted subsidiaries (other than foreign subsidiary holding companies), and by any restricted subsidiary of ours that is not already a guarantor that guarantees or becomes an obligor on any other indebtedness of ours or a guarantor in an amount exceeding $5 million.

        The 2020 Notes are secured by (a) a first priority security interest in our and our guarantors' accounts receivable, inventory, deposit accounts, cash and related assets and fracturing, fleet and certain other equipment, or the 2020 Notes Collateral and (b) a second priority security interest in the Term Loan/2022 Notes Collateral, in each case subject to permitted liens and certain exceptions. The 2020 Notes are effectively senior in right of payment to our existing and future indebtedness, including the Term Loan and 2022 Notes, that is secured by a lower priority lien on the 2020 Notes Collateral securing the 2020 Notes, to the extent of the value of such assets, and equal in right of payment thereafter and effectively junior in right of payment to our existing and future indebtedness, including the Term Loan and 2022 Notes, that is secured by a higher priority lien on the Term Loan/2022 Notes Collateral securing the Term Loan and 2022 Notes or by a lien on assets not constituting collateral for the 2020 Notes, to the extent of the value of such assets, and equal in right of payment thereafter.

        Interest on the 2020 Notes accrues at a rate of LIBOR plus a margin of 7.500% per annum. Interest on the 2020 Notes is payable quarterly, in cash in arrears, on March 15, June 15, September 15 and December 15 of each year.

        The indenture governing our 2020 Notes contains a number of covenants that, among other things, restrict our ability and the ability of our restricted subsidiaries to grant liens, engage in mergers, sell assets, incur debt, make restricted payments and undertake transactions with affiliates.

        Subject to completion of the initial public offering, we have provided notice to the holders for redemption of all of our outstanding 2020 Notes at a redemption price of 103.000% of the principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but not including the redemption date. We expect the redemption date to be the closing date of this offering.

112


Table of Contents

Intercreditor Agreements

        The collateral agent under the Term Loan and the collateral agent under the indenture governing the 2022 Notes entered into a pari passu intercreditor agreement as to the relative priorities of their respective security interests in the assets securing the Term Loan and the 2022 Notes, and certain future secured indebtedness and certain other matters relating to the administration of their respective security interests, including in the event of a bankruptcy.

        The collateral agent under the Term Loan, the collateral agent under the indenture governing the 2022 Notes and the collateral agent under the indenture governing the 2020 Notes are parties to a junior intercreditor agreement as to the relative priorities of their respective security interests in the assets securing the 2022 Notes, the Term Loan and the 2020 Notes and certain future secured indebtedness and certain other matters relating to the administration of their respective security interests, including in the event of a bankruptcy.

113


Table of Contents


SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

        Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. Future sales of substantial amounts of common stock in the public market could adversely affect prevailing market prices. Furthermore, since only a limited number of shares will be available for sale shortly after this offering because of contractual and legal restrictions on resale described below, sales of substantial amounts of shares of common stock in the public market after the restrictions lapse could adversely affect the prevailing market price for our shares of common stock as well as our ability to raise equity capital in the future.

Sales of Restricted Shares

        Upon completion of this offering, our        :        reserve stock split and the conversion of our convertible preferred stock, we will have issued and outstanding an aggregate of        shares of common stock, assuming no exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares, and no exercise of options after such date. For additional information regarding the conversion of our convertible preferred stock, see "Description of Capital Stock." Only the        shares sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, except for any such shares purchased by our "affiliate," as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. Except as set forth below, the remaining        shares of common stock outstanding after this offering will be "restricted securities" as such term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act and may be subject to lock-up agreements. These remaining shares will generally become available for sale in the public market as follows:

    no restricted shares will be eligible for immediate sale upon the closing of this offering;

                shares will be eligible for sale upon expiration of the lock-up agreements 181 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to any volume and other limitations applicable to the holders of such shares; and

                shares registered in accordance with the terms of the registration rights agreement. See "—Registration Rights Agreement" below.

Rule 144

        In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, a person or persons who is an affiliate, or whose shares are aggregated and who owns shares of common stock that were acquired from us or our affiliate at least six months ago, would be entitled to sell, within any three-month period, a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of (1) 1% of our then-outstanding shares of common stock, which would be approximately        shares of common stock immediately after this offering, or (2) an amount equal to the average weekly reported volume of trading in our shares of common stock on all national securities exchanges or reported through the automated quotation system of registered securities associations during the four calendar weeks preceding the date on which notice of the sale is filed with the SEC. Sales in reliance on Rule 144 are also subject to other requirements regarding the manner of sale, notice and availability of current public information about us.

        A person or persons whose shares of common stock are aggregated, and who is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates at any time during the 90 days immediately preceding the sale, may sell restricted securities in reliance on Rule 144(b)(1) without regard to the limitations described above, subject to our compliance with Exchange Act reporting obligations for at least three months before the sale, and provided that six months have expired since the date on which the same restricted securities were acquired from us or one of our affiliates, and provided further that such sales comply with the current public information provision of Rule 144 (until the securities have been held for one year). As

114


Table of Contents

defined in Rule 144, an "affiliate" of an issuer is a person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, that same issuer.

Rule 701

        Subject to certain limitations on the aggregate offering price of a transaction and other conditions, Rule 701 under the Securities Act, as in effect on the date of this prospectus, permits resales of shares in reliance upon Rule 144 but without compliance with certain restrictions of Rule 144, including the holding period requirement. Employees or directors who purchased or received shares under a written compensatory plan or contract may be entitled to rely on the resale provisions of Rule 701, but all holders of Rule 701 shares are required to wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus before selling their shares.

Lock-up Agreements

        We, our executive officers and directors and our other existing security holders have agreed not to sell or transfer any common stock or securities convertible into, exchangeable for, exercisable for, or repayable with common stock, for 180 days after the date of this prospectus without first obtaining the written consent of Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC. Specifically, we and these other persons have agreed, with certain limited exceptions, not to directly or indirectly

    offer, pledge, sell, or contract to sell any common stock;

    sell any contract to purchase any common stock;

    purchase any contract to sell any common stock;

    grant any option, right, or warrant for the sale of any common stock;

    lend or otherwise dispose of or transfer any common stock;

    request or demand that we file a registration statement related to the common stock; or

    enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, the economic consequence of ownership of any common stock whether any such swap or transaction is to be settled by delivery of shares or other securities, in cash or otherwise.

        This lock-up provision also applies to common stock and to securities convertible into or exchangeable for or repayable with common stock owned now or acquired later by the person executing the agreement or for which the person executing the agreement later acquires the power of disposition. Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC may release the common stock and other securities subject to the lock-up agreements described above, in whole or in part, at any time.

Registration Rights Agreement

        Prior to completion of this offering, we will enter a registration rights agreement with Maju, Chesapeake, Senja and Hampton. Under the terms of the registration rights agreement, the parties may demand registration of their Registrable Shares under the Securities Act, subject to the lock-up agreement described above. Registration of the Registrable Shares under the Securities Act would result in them becoming freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act immediately upon the effectiveness of the registration. Any sales of securities by these stockholders could adversely affect the trading price of our shares of common stock. See "Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights."

115


Table of Contents

Registration Statement on Form S-8

        After the completion of this offering, we intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register the offer and sale of        shares of our common stock under the 2017 Plan. This registration statement on Form S-8 will become effective immediately upon filing, and shares of our common stock covered by the registration statement may then be publicly resold without restriction, subject to the Rule 144 limitations applicable to affiliates and the applicable lock-up agreements. See "Executive Compensation" for a description of our 2017 Plan.

116


Table of Contents


MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS

        The following is a summary of material U.S. federal income tax considerations relevant to the ownership and disposition of our common stock by non-U.S. holders (as defined below), but does not purport to be a complete analysis of all the potential tax considerations relating thereto. This summary is based upon the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), Treasury regulations promulgated or proposed thereunder, administrative rulings and judicial decisions, all as of the date hereof. These authorities may be changed, possibly with retroactive effect, so as to result in U.S. federal income tax consequences different from those set forth below.

        This summary is limited to non-U.S. holders who purchase our common stock pursuant to this offering and who hold shares of our common stock as capital assets within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code (generally, non-U.S. holders who hold for investment purposes). This summary does not address the tax considerations arising under the laws of any non-U.S. jurisdiction or any U.S. state or local jurisdiction or under U.S. federal gift and estate tax laws. In addition, this discussion does not address tax considerations applicable to an investor's particular circumstances or to investors that may be subject to special tax rules, including, without limitation:

    banks, insurance companies or other financial institutions;

    persons subject to the alternative minimum tax;

    tax-exempt organizations;

    controlled foreign corporations, passive foreign investment companies;

    brokers or dealers in securities or currencies;

    traders in securities that elect to use a mark-to-market method of accounting;

    persons that own, or are deemed to own, more than five percent of our capital stock (except to the extent specifically set forth below);

    certain former citizens or former long-term residents of the United States;

    persons who hold our common stock as a position in a hedging transaction, "straddle," "conversion transaction" or other risk-reduction transaction; or

    persons deemed to sell our common stock under the constructive sale provisions of the Code.

        YOU ARE URGED TO CONSULT YOUR TAX ADVISOR WITH RESPECT TO THE APPLICATION OF THE UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX LAWS TO YOUR PARTICULAR SITUATION, AS WELL AS ANY TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE PURCHASE, OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF OUR COMMON STOCK ARISING UNDER THE UNITED STATES FEDERAL ESTATE OR GIFT TAX RULES, UNITED STATES ALTERNATIVE MINIMUM TAX RULES OR UNDER THE LAWS OF ANY NON-U.S. JURISDICTION OR ANY U.S. STATE OR LOCAL TAXING JURISDICTION OR UNDER ANY APPLICABLE TAX TREATY.

Non-U.S. Holder Defined

        For purposes of this discussion, you are a non-U.S. holder if you are any holder that is not:

    a citizen or individual resident of the United States;

    a corporation or other entity taxable as a corporation created or organized in the United States or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;

    an estate whose income is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source;

117


Table of Contents

    a trust (x) whose administration is subject to the primary supervision of a U.S. court and which has one or more "U.S. persons" who have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (y) which has made an election under applicable Treasury regulations to be treated as a U.S. person; or

    an entity or arrangement that is treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

        If a partnership (including an entity or arrangement classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) holds our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner generally will depend on the status of the partner and upon the activities of the partnership. Accordingly, partnerships that hold our common stock, and partners in such partnerships, should consult their tax advisors as to their status as non-U.S. holders.

Distributions

        Other than as described in this prospectus, we have not made any distributions on our common stock, and we do not expect to make any distributions for the foreseeable future. However, if we do make distributions on our common stock, other than certain pro rata distributions of common stock, those payments will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes only to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. To the extent distributions exceed both our current and our accumulated earnings and profits, they will constitute a return of capital and first will reduce your basis in our common stock, but not below zero, and then will be treated as capital gain from the sale of stock, subject to the tax treatment described below in "—Gain on Sale or Other Taxable Disposition of Common Stock."

        Subject to the discussion of backup withholding and FATCA below, any dividend (as determined under the above rules) paid to you generally will be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax at a rate of 30% of the gross amount of the dividend, or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty, except to the extent that the dividends are "effectively connected" dividends, as described below. In order to be eligible for a reduced treaty rate, you must provide us with a properly completed Internal Revenue Service, or IRS, Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E (or other appropriate version of IRS Form W-8) certifying qualification for the reduced rate. If you are a non-U.S. holder of shares of our common stock who is eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. federal withholding tax pursuant to an income tax treaty, you may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS. If you are a non-U.S. holder who holds your stock through a financial institution or other agent acting on your behalf, you will be required to provide appropriate documentation to the agent, which then will be required to provide certification to us or our paying agent, either directly or through other intermediaries.

        Dividends received by you that are effectively connected with your conduct of a U.S. trade or business (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, is attributable to a permanent establishment or fixed base maintained by you in the United States) are exempt from such withholding tax. In order to obtain this exemption, you must provide us with an IRS Form W-8ECI (or successor form) properly certifying such exemption. Such effectively-connected dividends, although not subject to U.S. federal withholding tax, are generally taxed at the same graduated rates applicable to U.S. persons, net of applicable deductions and credits. In addition, if you are a corporate non-U.S. holder, dividends you receive that are effectively connected with your conduct of a U.S. trade or business may also be subject to "branch profits tax" at a rate of 30% or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty.

118


Table of Contents

Gain on Sale or Other Taxable Disposition of Common Stock

        Subject to the discussion of backup withholding and FATCA below, you generally will not be required to pay U.S. federal income tax on any gain realized upon the sale or other taxable disposition of our common stock unless:

    the gain is effectively connected with your conduct of a U.S. trade or business (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, the gain is attributable to a permanent establishment or fixed base maintained by you in the United States);

    you are an individual who is present in the United States for a period or periods aggregating 183 days or more during the calendar year in which the sale or disposition occurs and certain other conditions are met; or

    our common stock constitutes a U.S. real property interest by reason of our status as a "United States real property holding corporation" for U.S. federal income tax purposes, or a USRPHC, at any time within the shorter of the five-year period preceding the disposition or your holding period for our common stock.

        In general, we would be a USRPHC if our "U.S. real property interests" comprised at least 50% of the sum of the fair market value of our worldwide real property interests plus our other assets used or held in our trade or business. We believe that we are not currently a USRPHC and, based upon our projections as to our business, we do not expect to become a USRPHC. However, because the determination of whether we are a USRPHC depends on the fair market value of our U.S. real property relative to the fair market value of our other business assets, there can be no assurance that we will not become a USRPHC in the future. Even if we become a USRPHC, however, as long as our common stock is regularly traded on an established securities market (within the meaning of applicable Treasury regulations), such common stock will be treated as a U.S. real property interest only if you actually or constructively hold more than five percent of such regularly traded common stock at any time during the applicable period described above.

        If you are a non-U.S. holder described in the first bullet above, you generally will be required to pay tax on the gain derived from the sale (net of applicable deductions or credits) under regular graduated U.S. federal income tax rates generally applicable to U.S. persons, and corporate non-U.S. holders described in the first bullet above also may be subject to branch profits tax at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. If you are an individual non-U.S. holder described in the second bullet above, you will be required to pay a flat 30% tax on the gain derived from the sale, which tax may be offset by U.S. source capital losses for that year (even though you are not considered a resident of the United States for tax purposes), provided that the non-U.S. holder has timely filed U.S. federal income tax returns with respect to such losses. Applicable U.S. income tax or other treaties may provide for different rules. You should consult your U.S. tax advisor as to the application of any such treaties in your own situation.

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

        Generally, we must report annually to the IRS the amount of dividends paid to you, your name and address, and the amount of tax withheld, if any. A similar report will be sent to you. Pursuant to applicable tax treaties or other agreements, the IRS may make these reports available to tax authorities in your country of residence.

        Payments of dividends or of proceeds on the disposition of stock made to you may be subject to additional information reporting and backup withholding at a current rate of 28% unless you establish an exemption, for example by properly certifying to your non-U.S. status on a Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E (or another appropriate version of IRS Form W-8). Notwithstanding the foregoing, backup withholding and information reporting may apply if either we or our paying agent has actual

119


Table of Contents

knowledge, or reason to know, that you are a U.S. person or that the conditions of any other exemption are not, in fact, satisfied.

        Backup withholding is not an additional tax; rather, the U.S. federal income tax liability of persons subject to backup withholding will be reduced by the amount of tax withheld. If withholding results in an overpayment of taxes, a refund may generally be obtained from the IRS, provided that the required information is furnished to the IRS in a timely manner.

FATCA

        The Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act provisions of the Code, commonly referred to as "FATCA" and treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, generally impose a 30% U.S. federal withholding tax on certain U.S. source payments made to certain "foreign financial institutions" (which term includes most foreign hedge funds, private equity funds, mutual funds, securitization vehicles and other foreign investment vehicles) and "non-financial foreign entities" (as defined in the Code) that fail to comply with information reporting rules with respect to their U.S. account holders and investors. Under applicable Treasury Regulations, a foreign financial institution or non-financial foreign entity will generally be subject to a 30% U.S. federal withholding tax with respect to any "withholdable payments," unless (1) the foreign financial institution undertakes certain diligence and reporting obligations, (2) the non-financial foreign entity either certifies that it does not have any "substantial United States owners" (as defined in the Code) or furnishes identifying information regarding each substantial United States owner, or (3) the foreign financial institution or non-financial foreign entity otherwise qualifies for an exemption from these rules. If the payee is a foreign financial institution and is subject to the diligence and reporting requirements described in (1) above, it must generally enter into an agreement with the Treasury requiring, among other things, that it undertake to indentify accounts held by certain "specified United States persons" or "United States-owned foreign entities" (each as defined in the Code), annually report certain information about such accounts, and withhold 30% on certain payments to non-compliant account holders. For this purpose, "withholdable payments" generally include U.S.-source dividends (which would include dividends on our common stock) and the entire gross proceeds from the sale of any property producing such U.S.-source dividends (such as shares of our common stock). Treasury guidance defers this withholding obligation with respect to gross proceeds from dispositions of stock until January 1, 2019. Foreign financial institutions located in jurisdictions that have an intergovernmental agreement with the United States governing FATCA may be subject to different rules. More than 100 foreign jurisdictions have such an intergovernmental agreement with the United States. The rules under FATCA are complex. All non-U.S. holders, and particularly investors that hold notes through a non-U.S. intermediary, are encouraged to consult their own tax advisors regarding the implications of FATCA for an investment in shares of our common stock.

        THE PRECEDING DISCUSSION OF UNITED STATES FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS IS FOR GENERAL INFORMATION ONLY. THIS DISCUSSION IS NOT TAX ADVICE. EACH PROSPECTIVE INVESTOR SHOULD CONSULT ITS OWN TAX ADVISOR REGARDING THE PARTICULAR UNITED STATES FEDERAL, STATE AND LOCAL AND NON-U.S. TAX CONSEQUENCES OF PURCHASING, HOLDING AND DISPOSING OF OUR COMMON STOCK, INCLUDING THE CONSEQUENCES OF ANY PROPOSED CHANGE IN APPLICABLE LAWS.

120


Table of Contents


UNDERWRITING (CONFLICTS OF INTEREST)

        Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC are acting as representatives of each of the underwriters named below. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in an underwriting agreement among us, the selling stockholders and the underwriters, we have agreed to sell to the underwriters, and each of the underwriters has agreed, severally and not jointly, to purchase from us the number of shares of common stock set forth opposite its name below.

Underwriter
  Number of
Shares

Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

   

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

   

Barclays Capital Inc. 

   

Citigroup Global Markets Inc. 

   

Wells Fargo Securities, LLC

   

Evercore Group L.L.C. 

   

Cowen and Company, LLC

   

Guggenheim Securities, LLC

   

Tudor, Pickering, Holt & Co. Securities, Inc. 

   

Total

   

        Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the underwriting agreement, the underwriters have agreed, severally and not jointly, to purchase all of the shares sold under the underwriting agreement if any of these shares are purchased. If an underwriter defaults, the underwriting agreement provides that the purchase commitments of the nondefaulting underwriters may be increased or the underwriting agreement may be terminated.

        We and the selling stockholders have agreed to indemnify the several underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, or to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make in respect of those liabilities.

        The underwriters are offering the shares, subject to prior sale, when, as and if issued to and accepted by them, subject to approval of legal matters by their counsel, including the validity of the shares, and other conditions contained in the underwriting agreement, such as the receipt by the underwriters of officer's certificates and legal opinions. The underwriters reserve the right to withdraw, cancel or modify offers to the public and to reject orders in whole or in part.

Option to Purchase Additional Shares

        We and the selling stockholders have granted an option to the underwriters, exercisable for 30 days after the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to                additional shares from the Company and                additional shares from the selling stockholders at the public offering price, less the underwriting discount and commissions. The underwriters may exercise this option solely to cover any over-allotments. If the underwriters exercise this option, each will be obligated, subject to conditions contained in the underwriting agreement, to purchase a number of additional shares proportionate to that underwriter's initial amount reflected in the above table.

Commissions and Discounts

        The representatives have advised us that the underwriters propose initially to offer the shares to the public at the public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to dealers at that price less a concession not in excess of $            per share. The underwriters may allow a discount not in excess of $            per share to other dealers. After the initial offering, the public offering price, concession or any other term of this offering may be changed.

121


Table of Contents

        The following table shows the public offering price, underwriting discount and commissions and proceeds before expenses to us. The information assumes either no exercise or full exercise by the underwriters of their over-allotment option.

 
  Per Share   Without
Option
  With
Option
 

Public offering price

  $     $     $    

Underwriting discount and commissions paid by us

  $     $     $    

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

  $     $     $    

Underwriting discounts and commissions paid by the selling stockholders

  $     $     $    

Proceeds to selling stockholders

  $     $     $    

        The expenses of this offering, not including the underwriting discount and commissions, are estimated at $            and are payable by us. We will also pay other expenses related to this offering, including legal fees and other expenses. We have agreed to reimburse the underwriters for certain expenses relating to clearing this offering with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority in an amount up to $50,000. The selling stockholders will not bear any portion of these expenses.

No Sales of Similar Securities

        We, our executive officers and directors, the selling stockholders and certain of our other existing security holders have agreed not to sell or transfer any common stock or securities convertible into, exchangeable for, exercisable for, or repayable with common stock, for 180 days after the date of this prospectus without first obtaining the written consent of Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC. Specifically, we and these other persons have agreed, with certain limited exceptions, not to directly or indirectly:

    offer, pledge, sell or contract to sell any common stock,

    sell any option or contract to purchase any common stock,

    purchase any option or contract to sell any common stock,

    grant any option, right or warrant for the sale of any common stock,

    lend or otherwise dispose of or transfer any common stock,

    request or demand that we file a registration statement related to the common stock, or

    enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, the economic consequence of ownership of any common stock whether any such swap or transaction is to be settled by delivery of shares or other securities, in cash or otherwise.

        This lock-up provision applies to common stock and to securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for or repayable with common stock. It also applies to common stock owned now or acquired later by the person executing the agreement or for which the person executing the agreement later acquires the power of disposition.

Listing

        We intend to list the shares on NYSE under the symbol "FTSI." In order to meet the requirements for listing on that exchange, the underwriters have undertaken to sell a minimum number of shares to a minimum number of beneficial owners as required by that exchange.

        Before this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price will be determined through negotiations among us and the representatives. In addition to

122


Table of Contents

prevailing market conditions, the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price are:

    the valuation multiples of publicly traded companies that the representatives believe to be comparable to us,

    our financial information,

    the history of, and the prospects for, our company and the industry in which we compete,

    an assessment of our management, its past and present operations, and the prospects for, and timing of, our future revenues,

    the present state of our development, and

    the above factors in relation to market values and various valuation measures of other companies engaged in activities similar to ours.

        An active trading market for the shares may not develop. It is also possible that after this offering the shares will not trade in the public market at or above the initial public offering price.

        The underwriters do not expect to sell more than 5% of the shares in the aggregate to accounts over which they exercise discretionary authority.

Stabilization

        The underwriters have advised us that, pursuant to Regulation M under the Exchange Act, as amended, certain persons participating in this offering may engage in transactions, including overallotment, stabilizing bids, syndicate covering transactions or the imposition of penalty bids, which may have the effect of stabilizing or maintaining the market price of our common stock at a level above that which might otherwise prevail in the open market. Overallotment involves syndicate sales in excess of the offering size, which creates a syndicate short position. Establishing short sales positions may involve either "covered" short sales or "naked" short sales.

        "Covered" short sales are sales made in an amount not greater than the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares of our common stock in this offering. The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional shares of our common stock or purchasing shares of our common stock in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market, as compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through the option to purchase additional shares.

        "Naked" short sales are sales in excess of the option to purchase additional shares of our common stock. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the shares of our common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering.

        A stabilizing bid is a bid for the purchase of common stock on behalf of the underwriters for the purpose of fixing or maintaining the price of our common stock. A syndicate covering transaction is the bid for or the purchase of common stock on behalf of the underwriters to reduce a short position incurred by the underwriters in connection with this offering. Similar to other purchase transactions, the underwriter's purchases to cover the syndicate short sales may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our common stock. As a result, the price of our common stock may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market. A penalty bid is an arrangement permitting the underwriters to reclaim the selling concession otherwise accruing to a syndicate member in connection

123


Table of Contents

with this offering if the common stock originally sold by such syndicate member are purchased in a syndicate covering transaction and therefore have not been effectively placed by such syndicate member.

        Neither we nor any of the underwriters makes any representation or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of our common stock. The underwriters are not obligated to engage in these activities and, if commenced, any of the activities may be discontinued at any time.

Electronic Distribution

        A prospectus in electronic format may be made available by e-mail or on the web sites or through online services maintained by one or more of the underwriters or their affiliates. In those cases, prospective investors may view offering terms online and may be allowed to place orders online. The underwriters may agree with us to allocate a specific number of shares for sale to online brokerage account holders. Any such allocation for online distributions will be made by the underwriters on the same basis as other allocations. Other than the prospectus in electronic format, the information on the underwriters' web sites and any information contained in any other web site maintained by any of the underwriters is not part of this prospectus, has not been approved and/or endorsed by us or the underwriters and should not be relied upon by investors.

Affiliations/Conflicts of Interest

        The underwriters and certain of their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, financing and brokerage activities. The underwriters and certain of their respective affiliates have, from time to time, performed, and may in the future perform, various financial advisory and investment banking services for the issuer, for which they received or will receive customary cash fees and expenses.

        As described in "Use of Proceeds," we intend to use the net proceeds from this offering for general corporate purposes, which will include repaying indebtedness under our 2020 Notes or our Term Loan. Affiliates of Guggenheim Securities, LLC hold positions in the 2020 Notes. Because Guggenheim Securities, LLC is expected to directly or indirectly receive 5% or more of the net proceeds of this offering, not including underwriting compensation, Guggenheim Securities, LLC is deemed to have a "conflict of interest" within the meaning of Rule 5121 of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. or Rule 5121. Accordingly, this offering will be made in compliance with the applicable provisions of Rule 5121. Guggenheim Securities, LLC will not confirm sales to discretionary accounts without the prior written approval of the customer.

        In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and certain of their respective affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers, and such investment and securities activities may involve securities and/or instruments of the Company. The underwriters and certain of their respective affiliates may also make investment recommendations and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in such securities and instruments.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the European Economic Area

        In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive, or a Relevant Member State, with effect from and including the date on which

124


Table of Contents

the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that Relevant Member State, or the Relevant Implementation Date, no offer of shares may be made to the public in that Relevant Member State other than:

    to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Directive;

    to fewer than 100 or, if the Relevant Member State has implemented the relevant provision of the 2010 PD Amending Directive, 150, natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive), as permitted under the Prospectus Directive, subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives; or

    in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive,

    provided that no such offer of shares shall require us or the representatives to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 16 of the Prospectus Directive.

        Each person in a Relevant Member State (other than a Relevant Member State where there is a Permitted Public Offer) who initially acquires any shares or to whom any offer is made will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed that (A) it is a "qualified investor" within the meaning of the law in that Relevant Member State implementing Article 2(1)(e) of the Prospectus Directive, and (B) in the case of any shares acquired by it as a financial intermediary, as that term is used in Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, the shares acquired by it in this offering have not been acquired on behalf of, nor have they been acquired with a view to their offer or resale to, persons in any Relevant Member State other than "qualified investors" as defined in the Prospectus Directive, or in circumstances in which the prior consent of the Subscribers has been given to the offer or resale. In the case of any shares being offered to a financial intermediary as that term is used in Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, each such financial intermediary will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed that the shares acquired by it in the offer have not been acquired on a non-discretionary basis on behalf of, nor have they been acquired with a view to their offer or resale to, persons in circumstances which may give rise to an offer of any shares to the public other than their offer or resale in a Relevant Member State to qualified investors as so defined or in circumstances in which the prior consent of the representatives has been obtained to each such proposed offer or resale.

        We, the representatives and their affiliates will rely upon the truth and accuracy of the foregoing representation, acknowledgement and agreement.

        This prospectus has been prepared on the basis that any offer of shares in any Relevant Member State will be made pursuant to an exemption under the Prospectus Directive from the requirement to publish a prospectus for offers of shares. Accordingly any person making or intending to make an offer in that Relevant Member State of shares which are the subject of the offering contemplated in this prospectus may only do so in circumstances in which no obligation arises for us or any of the underwriters to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive in relation to such offer. Neither we nor the underwriters have authorized, nor do they authorize, the making of any offer of shares in circumstances in which an obligation arises for us or the underwriters to publish a prospectus for such offer.

        For the purpose of the above provisions, the expression "an offer to the public" in relation to any shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe the shares, as the same may be varied in the Relevant Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in the Relevant Member State and the expression "Prospectus Directive" means Directive 2003/71/EC (including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member States) and includes any relevant

125


Table of Contents

implementing measure in the Relevant Member State and the expression "2010 PD Amending Directive" means Directive 2010/73/EU.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the United Kingdom

        In addition, in the United Kingdom, this document is being distributed only to, and is directed only at, and any offer subsequently made may only be directed at persons who are "qualified investors" (as defined in the Prospectus Directive) (i) who have professional experience in matters relating to investments falling within Article 19 (5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005, as amended, or the Order, and/or (ii) who are high net worth companies (or persons to whom it may otherwise be lawfully communicated) falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (all such persons together being referred to as "relevant persons"). This document must not be acted on or relied on in the United Kingdom by persons who are not relevant persons. In the United Kingdom, any investment or investment activity to which this document relates is only available to, and will be engaged in with, relevant persons.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Hong Kong

        This prospectus has not been approved by or registered with the Securities and Futures Commission of Hong Kong or the Registrar of Companies of Hong Kong. The shares will not be offered or sold in Hong Kong other than (a) to "professional investors" as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571) of Hong Kong and any rules made under that Ordinance; or (b) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a "prospectus" as defined in the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32) of Hong Kong or which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of that Ordinance. No advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public of Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the securities laws of Hong Kong) has been issued or will be issued in Hong Kong or elsewhere other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to "professional investors" as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance and any rules made under that Ordinance.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Japan

        The shares have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan (Law No. 25 of 1948, as amended) and, accordingly, will not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in Japan, or for the benefit of any Japanese Person or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to any Japanese Person, except in compliance with all applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines promulgated by relevant Japanese governmental or regulatory authorities in effect at the relevant time. For the purposes of this paragraph, "Japanese Person" shall mean any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Singapore

        This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act (Chapter 289); or the SFA, (ii) to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA. Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275

126


Table of Contents

by a relevant person which is: (a) a corporation (which is not an accredited investor) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or (b) a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary is an accredited investor, then shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or the beneficiaries' rights and interest in that trust shall not be transferable for 6 months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the securities under Section 275 except: (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA; (ii) where no consideration is given for the transfer; or (iii) by operation of law.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Switzerland

        The shares may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange, or the SIX, or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This document has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the shares or this offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.

        Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to this offering, us, the shares have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this document will not be filed with, and the offer of shares will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority FINMA, or FINMA, and the offer of shares has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes, or CISA. The investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under the CISA does not extend to acquirers of shares.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the Dubai International Financial Centre

        This prospectus supplement relates to an Exempt Offer in accordance with the Offered Securities Rules of the Dubai Financial Services Authority, or DFSA. This prospectus supplement is intended for distribution only to persons of a type specified in the Offered Securities Rules of the DFSA. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The DFSA has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with Exempt Offers. The DFSA has not approved this prospectus supplement nor taken steps to verify the information set forth herein and has no responsibility for the prospectus supplement. The shares to which this prospectus supplement relates may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the shares offered should conduct their own due diligence on the shares. If you do not understand the contents of this prospectus supplement you should consult an authorized financial advisor.

127


Table of Contents


LEGAL MATTERS

        The validity of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus will be passed upon for FTS International, Inc. and the selling stockholders by Jones Day, Dallas, Texas. Certain legal matters in connection with this offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by Shearman & Sterling LLP, New York, New York.


EXPERTS

        The audited consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus and elsewhere in this registration statement have been so included in reliance upon the report of Grant Thornton LLP, independent registered public accountants, upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.


WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

        We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 (including the exhibits, schedules and amendments thereto) under the Securities Act, with respect to the shares of our common stock offered hereby. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules thereto. Some items are omitted in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC. For further information with respect to us and the common stock offered hereby, we refer you to the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules filed therewith. Statements contained in this prospectus as to the contents of any contract, agreement or any other document are summaries of the material terms of that contract, agreement or other document. With respect to each of these contracts, agreements or other documents filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, reference is made to the exhibits for a more complete description of the matter involved. A copy of the filed registration statement, and the exhibits and schedules thereto, may be inspected without charge at the public reference facilities maintained by the SEC at 100 F Street NE, Washington, D.C. 20549. Copies of these materials may be obtained, upon payment of a duplicating fee, from the Public Reference Section of the SEC at 100 F Street NE, Washington, D.C. 20549. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the operation of the public reference facility. The SEC maintains a website that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the SEC. The address of the SEC's website is http://www.sec.gov.

        After we have completed this offering, we will file annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC pursuant to the Exchange Act. After completion of this offering, we expect to make our periodic reports and other information filed with or furnished to the SEC available, free of charge, through our website, http://www.ftsi.com, as soon as reasonably practicable after those reports and other information are electronically filed with or furnished to the SEC. Information on our website or any other website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus and does not constitute a part of this prospectus.

128


Table of Contents


FTS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 
  Page

Audited Consolidated Financial Statements as of and for the Periods Ended December 31, 2015 and 2016

   

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

  F-2

Consolidated Statements of Operations

  F-3

Consolidated Balance Sheets

  F-4

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

  F-5

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity (Deficit)

  F-6

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

  F-7

Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements as of and for the Periods Ended March 31, 2016 and 2017

 
 

Unaudited Consolidated Statements of Operations

  F-33

Unaudited Consolidated Balance Sheets

  F-34

Unaudited Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

  F-35

Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

  F-36

F-1


Table of Contents


REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

Board of Directors and Shareholders
FTS International, Inc.

        We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of FTS International, Inc. (a Delaware corporation) and subsidiaries (the "Company") as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, and the related consolidated statements of operations, cash flows, and stockholders' equity (deficit), for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2016. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

        We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

        In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of FTS International, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2016 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

/s/ GRANT THORNTON LLP

Dallas, Texas
February 27, 2017

F-2


Table of Contents


FTS INTERNATIONAL, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
 
(In millions, except per share amounts)
  2015   2016  

Revenue

             

Revenue

  $ 1,331.8   $ 529.5  

Revenue from related parties

    43.5     2.7  

Total revenue

    1,375.3     532.2  

Operating expenses

             

Costs of revenue (excluding depreciation of $152.3 and $98.9, respectively, included in depreciation and amortization below)

    1,257.9     510.5  

Selling, general and administrative

    154.7     64.4  

Depreciation and amortization

    272.4     112.6  

Impairments and other charges

    619.9     12.3  

Loss on disposal of assets, net

    5.9     1.0  

Gain on insurance recoveries

        (15.1 )

Total operating expenses

    2,310.8     685.7  

Operating loss

    (935.5 )   (153.5 )

Interest expense, net

   
(77.2

)
 
(87.5

)

(Loss) gain on extinguishment of debt, net

    (0.6 )   53.7  

Equity in net loss of joint venture affiliate

    (1.4 )   (2.8 )

Loss before income taxes

    (1,014.7 )   (190.1 )

Income tax benefit

    (1.5 )   (1.6 )

Net loss

  $ (1,013.2 ) $ (188.5 )

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

  $ (1,158.1 ) $ (370.1 )

Basic and diluted earnings (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders

  $ (0.32 ) $ (0.10 )

Shares used in computing basic and diluted earnings (loss) per share

    3,589.7     3,586.5  

Pro forma basic and diluted earnings (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders (unaudited)

        $    

Shares used in computing pro forma basic and diluted earnings (loss) per share (unaudited)

             

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-3


Table of Contents


FTS INTERNATIONAL, INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

 
  December 31,  
(In millions, except share amounts)
  2015   2016  

ASSETS

             

Current assets

             

Cash

  $ 264.6   $ 160.3  

Accounts receivable, net

    101.0     76.5  

Accounts receivable from related parties

    3.5     0.1  

Inventories

    31.5     24.8  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    22.0     17.7  

Total current assets

    422.6     279.4  

Property, plant, and equipment, net

    430.6     284.3  

Intangible assets, net

    29.5     29.5  

Investment in joint venture affiliate

    23.2     21.6  

Other assets

    1.5     2.0  

Total assets

  $ 907.4   $ 616.8  

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT

             

Current liabilities

             

Accounts payable

  $ 56.0   $ 60.8  

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

    52.0     34.8  

Total current liabilities

    108.0     95.6  

Long-term debt

    1,276.2     1,188.7  

Other liabilities

    3.9     1.7  

Total liabilities

    1,388.1     1,286.0  

Commitments and contingencies (Note 14)

             

Series A convertible preferred stock, $0.01 par value, 350,000 shares authorized, issued and outstanding at December 31, 2015 and 2016, respectively (aggregate amount of liquidation preference of $906.1 million at December 31, 2016)

    349.8     349.8  

Stockholders' deficit

             

Common stock, $0.01 par value, 5,000,000,000 shares authorized, 3,586,503,220 and 3,586,408,881 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2015 and 2016, respectively

    35.9     35.9  

Additional paid-in capital

    3,712.1     3,712.1  

Accumulated deficit

    (4,578.5 )   (4,767.0 )

Total stockholders' deficit

    (830.5 )   (1,019.0 )

Total liabilities and stockholders' deficit

  $ 907.4   $ 616.8  

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-4


Table of Contents


FTS INTERNATIONAL, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
 
(In millions)
  2015   2016  

Cash flows from operating activities

             

Net loss

  $ (1,013.2 ) $ (188.5 )

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

             

Depreciation and amortization

    272.4     112.6  

Amortization of debt discounts and issuance costs

    3.2     3.8  

Impairment of assets and goodwill

    572.9     7.0  

Loss on disposal of assets, net

    5.9     1.0  

Loss (gain) on extinguishment of debt, net

    0.6     (53.7 )

Gain on insurance recoveries

        (15.1 )

Inventory write-down

    24.5      

Acquisition earn-out adjustments

    (3.4 )    

Other non-cash items

    3.8     2.0  

Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of acquisitions:

             

Accounts receivable

    373.2     24.0  

Accounts receivable from related parties

    33.5     3.4  

Inventories

    37.9     5.3  

Prepaid expenses and other assets

    2.0     2.6  

Accounts payable

    (210.4 )   2.8  

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

    (52.3 )   (17.0 )

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

    50.6     (109.8 )

Cash flows from investing activities

             

Capital expenditures

    (79.1 )   (10.3 )

Cash paid for acquisitions

    (1.7 )    

Investment in joint venture affiliate

    (14.8 )    

Proceeds from disposal of assets

    9.7     31.5  

Proceeds from insurance recoveries

        19.0  

Net change in restricted cash

    (12.0 )   2.9  

Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities

    (97.9 )   43.1  

Cash flows from financing activities

             

Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt

    366.5      

Payments of debt issuance costs

    (6.0 )    

Repayments of long-term debt

    (58.9 )   (37.6 )

Other

    (0.2 )    

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

    301.4     (37.6 )

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

    254.1     (104.3 )

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period

    10.5     264.6  

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

  $ 264.6   $ 160.3  

Supplemental cash flow information

             

Interest paid

  $ 74.3   $ 84.2  

Income tax payments, net

  $ 2.0   $  

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-5


Table of Contents


FTS INTERNATIONAL, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)

 
  Common Stock    
   
   
 
 
  Additional
Paid-in
Capital
  Accumulated
Deficit
  Total
Stockholders'
Equity (Deficit)
 
(In millions)
  Shares   Amount  

Balance at January 1, 2015

    3,590.6   $ 35.9   $ 3,710.4   $ (3,565.3 ) $ 181.0  

Net loss

   
   
   
   
(1,013.2

)
 
(1,013.2

)

Activity related to stock plans

    (4.1 )       1.7         1.7  

Balance at December 31, 2015

    3,586.5     35.9     3,712.1     (4,578.5 )   (830.5 )

Net loss

                (188.5 )   (188.5 )

Activity related to stock plans

    (0.1 )                

Balance at December 31, 2016

    3,586.4   $ 35.9   $ 3,712.1   $ (4,767.0 ) $ (1,019.0 )

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-6


Table of Contents


FTS INTERNATIONAL, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1—DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS

        Throughout the notes to these consolidated financial statements, the terms "FTSI," "we," "us," "our" or "ours" refer to FTS International, Inc., together with its consolidated subsidiaries. We are a leading independent provider of well completion services. Our services and products are designed to enhance the recovery rates of our customers from wells drilled in shale and other unconventional formations. We provide these services through one of North America's largest fleets of hydraulic fracturing equipment. In addition, we use our experience and operational capabilities to provide other value-added services to our customers, including wireline and pressure control services. We also have proprietary design and manufacturing capabilities that allow us to build and service our equipment. Substantially all of our business activities support our well completion services. We manage our business, allocate resources, and assess our financial performance on a consolidated basis; therefore we do not have separate operating segments.

        We operate primarily in the most active unconventional oil and natural gas basins in the United States, including the Eagle Ford Shale, the Marcellus/Utica Shale, the Haynesville Shale, the Permian Basin, and the Oklahoma and north Texas areas of the Mid-Continent region.

    Concentrations of Risk

        Our business activities are concentrated in the well completion services segment of the oilfield services industry in the United States. The market for these services is cyclical, and we depend on the willingness of our customers to make operating and capital expenditures to explore for, develop, and produce oil and natural gas in the United States. The willingness of our customers to undertake these activities depends largely upon prevailing industry conditions that are predominantly influenced by current and expected prices for oil and natural gas.

        Low commodity prices have caused our customers to significantly reduce their hydraulic fracturing activities, which has contributed to a lower pricing environment for our services in 2016. We continue to aggressively manage all operating costs and capital expenditures during this period of reduced activity and lower pricing. While we expect to have sufficient liquidity to fund our operations and capital expenditures over the next 12 months, we will continue to explore opportunities to further improve our liquidity and capital structure based on current and evolving business conditions.

        Our customer base is concentrated. Our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected if one or more of our significant customers ceases to engage us for our services on favorable terms, or at all, or fails to pay, or delays in paying, us significant amounts of our outstanding receivables. The following table shows the customers who represented more than 10% of our total revenue in any one of the periods indicated below:

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2015   2016  

Newfield Exploration

    8 %   18 %

EQT Production Company

    12 %   12 %

EP Energy Corporation

    6 %   11 %

Vine Oil and Gas, L.P. 

    2 %   10 %

Murphy Oil Corporation

    11 %   2 %

Range Resources Corporation

    13 %   1 %

F-7


Table of Contents


FTS INTERNATIONAL, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 1—DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS (Continued)

        In 2015 we began experiencing increased turnover in our customer base as certain customers reduced their activity levels or became more focused on selecting the lowest cost service provider during the industry downturn.

    Related Parties

        We have historically provided services and sold equipment to Chesapeake Energy Corporation ("Chesapeake") and its affiliates, which beneficially own approximately 30% of our outstanding common stock and has the right to designate two individuals to serve on our board of directors. Revenue earned from Chesapeake was $32.1 million and $2.4 million in 2015 and 2016, respectively. All revenue earned from Chesapeake is based on the prevailing market prices for our services at the time the work is performed. At December 31, 2015 and 2016, we had no accounts receivable from Chesapeake.

        We sold equipment to our Chinese joint venture for $11.4 million and $0.3 million in 2015 and 2016, respectively. At December 31, 2015 and 2016, we had accounts receivable balances of $3.5 million and $0.1 million, respectively, from this related party.

NOTE 2—SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

    Basis of Presentation

        We prepared the consolidated financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America ("GAAP"). The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of FTSI and all majority-owned domestic and foreign subsidiaries. Investments over which we have the ability to exercise significant influence over operating and financial policies, but do not hold a controlling interest, are accounted for using the equity method of accounting. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. There were no items of other comprehensive income in the periods presented. We evaluated subsequent events through February 27, 2017, which is the date at which the financial statements were available to be issued, and determined that there were no additional items to disclose.

    Use of Estimates

        The preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, related revenues and expenses, and the disclosure of gain and loss contingencies at the date of the financial statements and during the periods presented. We base these estimates on historical results and various other assumptions believed to be reasonable, all of which form the basis for making estimates concerning the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily available from other sources. Actual results could differ materially from those estimates.

    Cash and Cash Equivalents

        Cash equivalents include only investments with an original maturity of three months or less. We occasionally hold cash deposits in financial institutions that exceed federally insured limits. We monitor the credit ratings and our concentration of risk with these financial institutions on a continuing basis to safeguard our cash deposits.

F-8


Table of Contents


FTS INTERNATIONAL, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 2—SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

    Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

        We establish an allowance for doubtful accounts based on a number of factors, including the length of time that accounts receivable are past due, our previous loss history, and the customer's creditworthiness. The provision for doubtful accounts was not significant for any period presented in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

    Inventories

        Inventories consist of proppants and chemicals that are used to provide hydraulic fracturing services, maintenance parts that are used to service our hydraulic fracturing equipment, and explosives and perforating guns that are used to provide our wireline services. Proppants generally consist of raw sand, resin-coated sand or ceramic particles. Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market value. The cost basis of our inventories is based on the average cost method and includes in-bound freight costs.

        As necessary, we record an adjustment to decrease the value of slow moving and obsolete inventory to its net realizable value. To determine the adjustment amount, we regularly review inventory quantities on hand and compare them to estimates of future product demand, market conditions, production requirements and technological developments.

    Restricted Cash

        We have pledged cash as collateral for letters of credit issued to our casualty and general liability insurance provider. Restricted cash totaled $12.0 million and $9.1 million at December 31, 2015 and 2016, respectively, and is included in prepaid expenses and other current assets in our Consolidated Balance Sheets.

    Property, Plant, and Equipment

        Property, plant, and equipment is stated at cost less accumulated depreciation, which is generally provided by using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the individual assets. We manufacture our hydraulic fracturing units and the cost of this equipment, which includes direct and indirect manufacturing costs, is capitalized and carried in construction-in-progress until it is completed. Expenditures for renewals and betterments that extend the lives of our service equipment, which includes the replacement of significant components of service equipment, are capitalized and depreciated. Other repairs and maintenance costs are expensed as incurred.

        We capitalize qualifying costs related to the acquisition or development of internal-use software. Capitalization of costs begins after the conceptual formulation stage has been completed. Capitalized costs are amortized over the estimated useful life of the software, which ranges between three and five years. The unamortized balance of capitalized software costs at December 31, 2015 and 2016, was $17.6 million and $12.6 million, respectively. Amortization of computer software was $5.4 million and $5.7 million in 2015 and 2016, respectively.

    Goodwill and Intangible Assets

        Goodwill is the amount by which the consideration transferred to acquire a business exceeds the fair value of the underlying individual assets and liabilities of that business. Goodwill and intangible

F-9


Table of Contents


FTS INTERNATIONAL, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 2—SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

assets with indefinite lives are not amortized. At December 31, 2015 and 2016, the amount of goodwill recorded in our Consolidated Balance Sheets was zero. Intangible assets with definite lives are amortized on a basis that reflects the pattern in which the economic benefits of the intangible assets are realized, which is generally on a straight-line basis over the asset's estimated useful life. At December 31, 2015 and 2016, the amount of intangible assets with definite lives recorded in our Consolidated Balance Sheets was zero after giving effect to an impairment of $475.5 million during the year ended December 31, 2015.

    Impairment of Long-Lived Assets, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

        Long-lived assets, such as property, plant, equipment and definite-lived intangible assets, are reviewed for impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of the asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability is assessed based on the undiscounted future cash flows generated by the asset. If the carrying amount of an asset is not recoverable, we recognize an impairment loss equal to the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds fair value. We estimate fair value based on the income, market, or cost valuation techniques.

        Goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives are reviewed at least annually for impairment, and in interim periods if certain events occur indicating that the carrying value of goodwill or intangible assets may be impaired. We estimate fair values utilizing valuation methods such as discounted cash flows and comparable market valuations. We have elected the beginning of the fourth quarter to complete our annual impairment tests.

    Equity Method Investments

        Investments in which we have the ability to exercise significant influence but not control are accounted for pursuant to the equity method of accounting. We recognize our proportionate share of earnings or losses of our affiliates three months after they occur. When events and circumstances warrant, investments accounted for under the equity method of accounting are evaluated for impairment. An impairment charge is recorded whenever a decline in value of an investment below its carrying amount is determined to be other-than-temporary.

    Income Taxes

        Income taxes are accounted for using the asset and liability method. Deferred taxes are recognized for the tax consequences of temporary differences by applying enacted statutory tax rates applicable to future years to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and the tax bases of existing assets and liabilities. The effect on deferred taxes of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. We recognize future tax benefits to the extent that such benefits are more likely than not to be realized.

        We record a valuation allowance to reduce a deferred tax asset if based on the consideration of all available evidence, it is more likely than not that all or some portion of the deferred tax asset will not be realized. Significant weight is given to evidence that can be objectively verified. We evaluate our deferred income taxes quarterly to determine if a valuation allowance is required by considering all available evidence, including historical and projected taxable income and tax planning strategies. Any deferred tax asset subject to a valuation allowance is still available to us to offset future taxable income, subject to annual limitations in the event of an "ownership change" under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code. We will adjust a previously established valuation allowance if we change our assessment of the amount of deferred income tax asset that is more likely than not to be realized.

F-10


Table of Contents


FTS INTERNATIONAL, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 2—SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

    Revenue Recognition

        We recognize revenue upon the completion of a stage. We typically complete one or more stages per day. A stage is considered complete when we have met the specifications set forth by the customer, at which time the customer is obligated to pay us for the services rendered. The price for our services is agreed to with our customer for each stage completed. The price for our services typically includes an equipment charge and product charges for proppant, chemicals and other products actually consumed during the course of providing our services. The amount invoiced to our customer for a completed stage is not dependent upon the completion of any other stages.

    Unconditional Purchase Obligations

        We have historically entered into supply arrangements with our vendors that contain unconditional purchase obligations. These represent obligations to transfer funds in the future for fixed or minimum quantities of goods or services at fixed or minimum prices, such as "take-or-pay" contracts. We enter into these unconditional purchase obligation arrangements in the normal course of business to ensure that adequate levels of sourced product are available to us. To account for these arrangements, we must monitor whether we may be required to make a minimum payment to a vendor in a future period because our projected inventory purchases may not satisfy our minimum commitments. If we conclude that it is probable that we will make a minimum payment under these arrangements, we will record an estimated loss for these commitments in the current period.

    Stock-Based Compensation

        We measure all employee stock-based compensation awards using a fair value method and record this cost in the consolidated financial statements. Our stock-based compensation relates to restricted stock awards or restricted stock units issued to our employees. On the date that an equity-classified award is granted, we determine the fair value of the award and recognize the compensation cost over the requisite service period, which typically is the period over which the award vests. For liability-classified awards, we determine the fair value of the award at each reporting date and recognize a portion of the fair value equal to the amount of time that has passed in the requisite service period. For stock-based awards with graded vesting based solely on the satisfaction of a service condition, we recognize compensation cost as a single award on a straight-line basis. For stock-based awards with performance conditions that affect vesting, we only recognize compensation cost when it is probable that the performance conditions will be met.

        Because our stock is not publicly traded, we must estimate the fair value of our common stock for purposes of determining the fair value of our awards. Determining the fair value of stock-based awards requires judgment. The fair value of the common stock underlying our stock-based awards is determined using third-party valuations. These valuations utilize the income and market approaches to determine the fair value of our common stock.

    Fair Value Measurements

        Fair value is defined as the price that would be received from selling an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at a measurement date. We apply the following fair value hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used to measure fair value into three levels

F-11


Table of Contents


FTS INTERNATIONAL, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 2—SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

and bases the categorization within the hierarchy upon the lowest level of input that is available and significant to the fair value measurement:

    Level One: The use of quoted prices in active markets for identical financial instruments.

    Level Two: The use of quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets or quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active or other inputs that are observable in the market or can be corroborated by observable market data.

    Level Three: The use of significantly unobservable inputs that typically require the use of management's estimates of assumptions that market participants would use in pricing.

    New Accounting Standards Updates

        In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued Accounting Standards Update ("ASU") 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers . The FASB has subsequently issued a number of additional ASUs to update this guidance. This guidance will supersede substantially all existing accounting guidance related to the accounting for revenue transactions. This guidance establishes a core principle that an entity should record revenue when it transfers control of goods or services to customers at an amount that reflects the consideration to which it expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. This guidance is scheduled to be effective for our financial statements beginning on January 1, 2018. We intend to adopt this guidance using the modified retrospective method; however, we have not completed an evaluation of the effect that this standard will have on our financial statements.

        In April 2015, FASB issued ASU 2015-17, Balance Sheet Classification of Deferred Taxes . The purpose of this standard is to simplify the presentation of deferred income taxes by requiring that deferred tax liabilities and assets be classified as noncurrent in a classified balance sheet. This guidance may be applied on a prospective or retrospective basis. This standard is scheduled to be effective for our financial statements beginning on January 1, 2017. Early adoption is permitted and we adopted this standard on December 31, 2015.

        In August 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-15, Disclosure of Uncertainties about an Entity's Ability to Continue as a Going Concern . This standard requires management to evaluate whether there is substantial doubt about an entity's ability to continue as a going concern within one year after the date that the financial statements are issued. Substantial doubt about an entity's ability to continue as a going concern exists when relevant conditions and events indicate that it is probable that the entity will be unable to meet its obligations as they become due. This standard requires certain disclosures in the financial statements depending on the results of management's evaluation. This standard was effective for our financial statements as of December 31, 2016. We have prepared these consolidated financial statements in accordance with this new guidance.

        In April 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-03, Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs . Under this new standard, debt issuance costs reported on the Consolidated Balance Sheets are reflected as a direct deduction from the related debt liability rather than as an asset. Retrospective application to prior periods is required. This standard was scheduled to be effective for our financial statements beginning on January 1, 2016. Early adoption was permitted and we adopted this standard on December 31, 2015.

F-12


Table of Contents


FTS INTERNATIONAL, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 2—SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

        In April 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-11, Simplifying the Measurement of Inventory . This standard was issued to simplify the measurement of inventory as the lower of its cost basis or its net realizable value. This standard is scheduled to be effective for our financial statements beginning on January 1, 2017. Early adoption is permitted. We elected to adopt this standard on January 1, 2016, and it did not have a significant effect on our financial statements.

        In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases . This standard was issued to increase transparency and comparability among organizations by requiring most leases be included on the balance sheet and by expanding disclosure requirements. This standard is scheduled to be effective for our financial statements beginning on January 1, 2019. Early adoption is permitted. We have not completed an evaluation of the effect that this standard will have on our financial statements.

        In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-15, Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments . This standard was issued to reduce the diversity in practice in how certain cash receipts and cash payments are presented and classified in the statement of cash flows. This standard is scheduled to be effective for our financial statements beginning on January 1, 2018. Early adoption is permitted. We have not completed an evaluation of the effect that this standard will have on our financial statements.

        In November 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-18, Restricted Cash . This standard was issued to change the presentation of amounts generally described as restricted cash and restricted cash equivalents to be included with cash and cash equivalents when reconciling the beginning-of-period and end-of-period total amounts shown on the statement of cash flows. This standard is scheduled to be effective for our financial statements beginning on January 1, 2018. Early adoption is permitted. We have not completed an evaluation of the effect that this standard will have on our financial statements.

NOTE 3—SUPPLEMENTAL BALANCE SHEET INFORMATION

    Accounts Receivable

        The following table summarizes our accounts receivable balance:

 
  December 31,  
(In millions)
  2015   2016  

Trade accounts receivable

  $ 102.7   $ 78.8  

Allowance for doubtful accounts

    (1.7 )   (2.3 )

Accounts receivable, net

  $ 101.0   $ 76.5  

        The change in allowance for doubtful accounts is as follows:

(In millions)
  2015   2016  

Balance at beginning of year

  $ 2.4   $ 1.7  

Provision for bad debts, net included in selling, general, and administrative expense

    0.7     1.3  

Uncollectable receivables written off

    (1.4 )   (0.7 )

Balance at end of year

  $ 1.7   $ 2.3  

F-13


Table of Contents


FTS INTERNATIONAL, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 3—SUPPLEMENTAL BALANCE SHEET INFORMATION (Continued)

    Inventories

        The following table summarizes our inventories:

 
  December 31,  
(In millions)
  2015   2016  

Maintenance parts

  $ 21.3   $ 18.1  

Proppants and chemicals

    8.4     5.0  

Other

    1.8     1.7  

Total inventories

  $ 31.5   $ 24.8  

    Prepaid Expenses and Other Current Assets

        The following table summarizes our prepaid expenses and other current assets:

 
  December 31,  
(In millions)
  2015   2016  

Restricted cash

  $ 12.0   $ 9.1  

Prepaid expenses

    10.0     6.2  

Assets held for sale

        0.8  

Other

        1.6  

Total prepaid expenses and other current assets

  $ 22.0   $ 17.7  

    Property, Plant, and Equipment, net

        The following table summarizes our property, plant, and equipment:

 
  December 31,    
 
  Estimated
Useful Life
(In years)
(Dollars in millions)
  2015   2016

Service equipment

  $ 843.1   $ 763.4   2.5 - 10

Buildings and improvements

    78.7     63.5   15 - 39

Office, software, and other equipment

    46.7     45.2   3 - 7

Vehicles and transportation equipment

    13.3     5.5   5 - 20

Land

    10.8     8.0   N/A

Construction-in-process and other

    26.2     18.6   N/A

Total property, plant, and equipment

    1,018.8     904.2    

Accumulated depreciation and amortization

    (588.2 )   (619.9 )  

Total property, plant, and equipment, net

  $ 430.6   $ 284.3    

        We capitalize an allocated amount of interest on borrowings for self-constructed assets and equipment during their construction period. We capitalized interest of $0.5 million and zero in 2015 and 2016, respectively. Depreciation expense was $169.9 million and $112.6 million in 2015 and 2016, respectively.

F-14


Table of Contents


FTS INTERNATIONAL, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 3—SUPPLEMENTAL BALANCE SHEET INFORMATION (Continued)

    Accrued Expenses a nd Other Current Liabilities

        The following table summarizes our accrued liabilities:

 
  December 31,  
(In millions)
  2015   2016  

Sales, use and property taxes

  $ 23.0   $ 17.7  

Employee compensation and benefits

    8.2     5.6  

Interest

    6.3     6.0  

Insurance

    5.7     4.2  

Other

    8.8     1.3  

Total accrued expenses and other current liabilities

  $ 52.0   $ 34.8  

NOTE 4—ACQUISITIONS AND INVESTMENTS

    Acquisition of Assets from J-W Wireline Company

        On October 31, 2014, we entered into a definitive agreement to acquire substantially all of the assets and certain liabilities of J-W Wireline Company ("J-W Wireline"), a subsidiary of J-W Energy Company. This transaction closed on December 5, 2014. J-W Wireline specialized in deep high-pressure perforating, multiple-zone completions, comprehensive cased-hole logging, and pipe recovery.

        At closing, we paid $50 million plus an estimated $24.1 million for working capital in cash. We also agreed to pay up to $12.5 million of contingent cash consideration in each of 2015 and 2016 based on the achievement of earnings targets for the 12 month periods ended October 31, 2015 and 2016. During the second quarter of 2015, we finalized the working capital payment, the estimated fair value of the contingent consideration, and the fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of the acquisition date. The following table summarizes the final purchase price as of the acquisition date:

(In millions)
  Final
Allocation
 

Cash consideration

  $ 75.8  

Fair value of contingent consideration

    3.4  

Total purchase price

  $ 79.2  

F-15


Table of Contents


FTS INTERNATIONAL, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 4—ACQUISITIONS AND INVESTMENTS (Continued)

        The following table summarizes the final recording of assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of the acquisition date:

(In millions)
  Final
Allocation
 

Accounts receivable

  $ 23.2  

Inventories

    3.3  

Property, plant, and equipment

    39.8  

Intangible assets

    10.0  

Goodwill

    3.8  

Total assets

    80.1  

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

    (0.9 )

Total purchase price

  $ 79.2  

        We estimated the fair value of the contingent consideration and the assets and liabilities acquired as of the December 5, 2014, acquisition date using an in-use model, which reflects the value of the acquired assets through their use in combination with other assets as a group. The premium we paid in excess of the fair value of the net assets acquired was based on the established business of J-W Wireline and our ability to expand our offering of wireline services to our full customer base.

    Investment in SinoFTS Joint Venture

        In 2014, we entered into a 15-year joint venture agreement with the Sinopec Group ("Sinopec"). This joint venture collaboration offers hydraulic stimulation services in China. The joint venture company, SinoFTS Petroleum Services Ltd. ("SinoFTS"), is owned 55% by Sinopec and 45% by us. SinoFTS will serve both Sinopec and other exploration and production companies throughout China. We contributed $9.9 million, $14.8 million and zero to SinoFTS in 2014, 2015 and 2016, respectively. SinoFTS began performing hydraulic fracturing services in China in 2016.

NOTE 5—GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS

    Goodwill

        The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill were as follows for the year ended December 31, 2015. There was no activity during 2016.

(In millions)
  Goodwill   Accumulated
Impairment
Losses
  Net  

Balance at January 1, 2015

  $ 7.1   $   $ 7.1  

Goodwill impairment

        (7.1 )   (7.1 )

Balance at December 31, 2015

  $ 7.1   $ (7.1 ) $  

        In connection with our wireline acquisition, we agreed to pay up to $12.5 million of contingent cash consideration in each of 2015 and 2016 based on the achievement of earnings targets. The final fair value of this contingent consideration at the acquisition date was $3.4 million. We were required to

F-16


Table of Contents


FTS INTERNATIONAL, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 5—GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS (Continued)

measure the fair value of the contingent consideration at each reporting date. The fair value of the contingent consideration was zero at both December 31, 2015 and 2016. The decrease in the fair value of the contingent consideration was due to reduced actual and forecasted cash flows for this reporting unit during the earn-out periods. These fair values were based on the use of unobservable inputs and are classified as Level 3 in the FASB's fair value hierarchy.

        The reduced actual and forecasted cash flows at June 30, 2015, were an indicator that we should conduct an interim goodwill impairment test for our wireline reporting unit in the second quarter of 2015. As a result of this test, we recorded a non-cash impairment of $7.1 million in the second quarter of 2015. We estimated the fair value using the income approach. The significant inputs employed in determining fair value included, but were not limited to, projected financial information, growth rates, terminal value, and discount rates. This fair value was based on the use of unobservable inputs and is classified as Level 3 in the FASB's fair value hierarchy.

    Other Intangible Assets

        The following table summarizes our other intangible assets and accumulated amortization:

(In millions)
  Gross
Carrying
Value
  Accumulated
Amortization
  Impairments   Net  

At December 31, 2015

                         

Customer relationships

  $ 873.8   $ (403.3 ) $ (470.5 ) $  

Tradename

    59.7         (30.2 )   29.5  

Proprietary chemical blends

    73.5     (68.5 )   (5.0 )    

Total

  $ 1,007.0   $ (471.8 ) $ (505.7 ) $ 29.5  

At December 31, 2016

                         

Tradename

    59.7         (30.2 )   29.5  

        Our tradename has an indefinite life and, therefore, is not amortized. For our definite-lived intangible assets, the weighted-average amortization periods prior to the impairments in 2015 were ten years for customer relationships and five years for proprietary chemical blends. In the fourth quarter of 2015 we impaired all of our customer relationships and proprietary chemical blends. See Note 10—"Impairments and Other Charges" for more discussion of our 2015 impairments.

        Amortization for definite-lived intangible assets was $102.5 million in 2015. Estimated amortization expense, excluding any future acquisitions, for each of the next five years is zero due to the impairments recorded in 2015.

F-17


Table of Contents


FTS INTERNATIONAL, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 6—DEBT

        The following table summarizes our long-term debt:

 
  December 31,  
 
  2015   2016  

Senior floating rate notes due June 2020

  $ 350.0   $ 350.0  

Term loan due April 2021

    480.0     431.0  

Senior notes due May 2022

    470.0     426.3  

Total principal amount

    1,300.0     1,207.3  

Less unamortized discount and debt issuance costs

    (23.8 )   (18.6 )

Total long-term debt

  $ 1,276.2   $ 1,188.7  

Estimated fair value of long term debt

  $ 508.4   $ 1,060.7  

        Estimated fair values for our term loan and senior notes were determined using recent trading activity and/or bid-ask spreads and are classified as Level 2 in the FASB's fair value hierarchy.

    2020 Senior Floating Rate Notes

        On June 1, 2015, we completed an offering of $350 million of senior secured floating rate notes due June 15, 2020, in a private offering to qualified institutional buyers ("2020 Senior Notes"). The 2020 Senior Notes bear interest at a three-month London Interbank Offered Rate ("LIBOR") plus a margin of 7.5% per annum. Interest is payable quarterly, in arrears, on March 15, June 15, September 15 and December 15.

        The 2020 Senior Notes were issued at a discount of $3.5 million for aggregate consideration of $346.5 million and resulted in net proceeds to the Company of $340.5 million after debt issuance costs of $6.0 million.

        The obligation to pay principal and interest on the 2020 Senior Notes is jointly and severally guaranteed on a full and unconditional basis by all of our wholly owned domestic subsidiaries. The 2020 Senior Notes are secured on a first priority basis by our accounts receivable, inventory, deposit accounts, and certain hydraulic fracturing and other equipment. The 2020 Senior Notes are secured on a second priority basis by 100% of the equity interests of our existing and future domestic subsidiaries and 65% of the voting equity interests of our existing and future foreign subsidiaries.

        The 2020 Senior Notes are redeemable, at our option, beginning on June 15, 2016, at a premium of 3%. The redemption premium then declines each year until June 15, 2018, at which time we may redeem the notes at par value.

        The 2020 Senior Notes contain covenants that could, in certain circumstances, limit our ability to issue additional debt, repurchase or pay dividends on our common or preferred stock, sell substantially all of our assets, make certain investments, or enter into certain other transactions.

        We were in compliance with all of the covenants in the indenture governing our 2020 Senior Notes at December 31, 2015 and 2016.

F-18


Table of Contents


FTS INTERNATIONAL, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 6—DEBT (Continued)

    2022 Senior Notes

        On April 16, 2014, we completed an offering of $500 million of 6.25% senior secured notes due May 1, 2022, in a private offering to qualified institutional buyers ("2022 Senior Notes"). Interest is payable semiannually, in arrears, on May 1 and November 1. The Company received net proceeds of $489.7 million after debt issuance costs of $10.3 million.

        The obligation to pay principal and interest on the 2022 Senior Notes is jointly and severally guaranteed on a full and unconditional basis by all of our wholly owned domestic subsidiaries. The 2022 Senior Notes are secured on a first priority basis by 100% of the equity interests of our existing and future domestic subsidiaries and 65% of the voting equity interests of our existing and future foreign subsidiaries. The 2022 Senior Notes are secured on a second priority basis by our accounts receivable, inventory, and deposit accounts, which also secure our 2020 Senior Notes as discussed above. All security requirements for the 2022 Senior Notes will cease upon the full repayment of our $550 million term loan discussed below.

        The 2022 Senior Notes are redeemable, at our option, beginning on May 1, 2017, at a premium of approximately 4.7%. The redemption premium then declines each year until May 1, 2020, at which time we may redeem the notes at par value.

        The 2022 Senior Notes contain covenants that could, in certain circumstances, limit our ability to issue additional debt, repurchase or pay dividends on our common or preferred stock, sell substantially all of our assets, make certain investments, or enter into certain other transactions.

        In 2016, we repurchased $43.7 million of aggregate principal amount of 2022 Senior Notes. We recognized a gain on debt extinguishment of $25.4 million. In 2015, we repurchased $5.0 million of aggregate principal amount of 2022 Senior Notes. We recognized a gain on debt extinguishment of $1.1 million.

        We were in compliance with all of the covenants in the indenture governing our 2022 Senior Notes at December 31, 2015 and 2016.

    Term Loan

        On April 16, 2014, we entered into a $550 million term loan, which matures on April 16, 2021, ("Term Loan") with a group of lenders with Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as administrative agent. The Term Loan bears interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 4.75% per annum, with a 1.00% LIBOR floor. Interest is payable on interest rate reset dates, which generally will be on a three-month basis.

        The Term Loan was issued at a discount of $2.7 million for aggregate consideration of $547.3 million and resulted in net proceeds to the Company of $540.0 million after debt issuance costs of $7.3 million.

        The obligation to pay principal and interest on the Term Loan is jointly and severally guaranteed on a full and unconditional basis by all of our wholly owned domestic subsidiaries. The Term Loan is secured on the same basis as the 2022 Senior Notes as discussed above.

F-19


Table of Contents


FTS INTERNATIONAL, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 6—DEBT (Continued)

        The Term Loan contains substantially the same covenants as the 2022 Senior Notes and the 2020 Senior Notes. None of the Term Loan, the 2022 Senior Notes, or the 2020 Senior Notes contain maintenance financial covenants.

        In 2016, we repaid $49.0 million of aggregate principal amount of Term Loan. We recognized a gain on debt extinguishment of $28.3 million.

        We were in compliance with all of the covenants in the Term Loan at December 31, 2015 and 2016.

    Revolving Credit Facility

        On April 16, 2014, we entered into a five-year, $200 million revolving credit facility with a group of lenders and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as administrative agent. In connection with the issuance of the 2020 Senior Notes, we repaid all amounts outstanding under, and terminated, this revolving credit facility in 2015. We incurred a loss of $1.7 million, which primarily related to the write-off of deferred issuance costs, in connection with the termination of the revolving credit facility. This amount is classified as "Gain or loss on extinguishment of debt, net" on our Consolidated Statements of Operations.

        The following table summarizes the maturities of our long-term debt at December 31, 2016:

(In millions)
   
 

2017

  $  

2018

     

2019

     

2020

    350.0  

2021

    431.0  

2022 and thereafter

    426.3  

Total principal amount of long-term debt

  $ 1,207.3  

NOTE 7—CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK

        In September 2012, we issued and sold 350,000 shares of Series A convertible preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share (the "Preferred Stock"), to certain of our then existing common stockholders. The Preferred Stock was sold for aggregate consideration of $350 million, and resulted in net proceeds to the Company of $349.8 million after the payment of $0.2 million in issuance costs.

        Each share of Preferred Stock is convertible into 2,573 shares of our common stock, subject to adjustment upon the occurrence of specified events set forth under terms of the Preferred Stock.

        The Preferred Stock is redeemable at the Company's option at any time after all of our debt has been repaid. The redemption price per share is an amount in cash equal to the original price per share of the Preferred Stock, plus such additional amount as would give the holder an after-tax internal rate of return for investment in the Preferred Stock of 25% per annum (the "Accreted Amount"). At December 31, 2016, the Accreted Amount of the Preferred Stock was estimated to be $906.1 million.

F-20


Table of Contents


FTS INTERNATIONAL, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 7—CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK (Continued)

        The Preferred Stock is mandatorily convertible into shares of our common stock in connection with an initial public offering of our common stock if both of the following conditions are met (a "Qualified IPO"):

    Aggregate proceeds to the Company are at least $250 million; and

    The split-adjusted initial offering price to the public is not less than $1.50 per share.

        In connection with a Qualified IPO, each share of Preferred Stock is convertible into the number of shares of common stock that has a market value (based on the initial offering price to the public) equal to the Accreted Amount.

        The Preferred Stock is mandatorily redeemable for cash upon a change of control, provided that all of our debt has been repaid. Each share of Preferred Stock will be redeemed for an amount in cash equal to the higher of:

    The Accreted Amount or

    The original purchase price of the Preferred Stock plus an amount equal to 20% of the then outstanding equity value of the Company divided by the number of Preferred Stock shares then outstanding.

        The Preferred Stock ranks senior to our common stock with respect to dividend rights and distribution rights in the event of any liquidation, winding-up or dissolution of the Company. The amount that each share of Preferred Stock is entitled to in liquidation is equal to the Accreted Amount.

        The holders of the Preferred Stock are also common stockholders of the Company and collectively control 100% of our board of director seats. Therefore, the Preferred Stock holders can direct the Company to redeem the Preferred Stock at any time after all of our debt has been repaid; however, we did not consider this to be probable for the periods presented due to the amount of debt outstanding. Therefore, we have classified the Preferred Stock as temporary equity on our Consolidated Balance Sheets but have not recorded any accretion of the Preferred Stock in our consolidated financial statements.

NOTE 8—STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION

    Restricted Stock Awards

        Historically, certain members of our executive team were granted restricted stock awards. These awards vest at various points in time over vesting periods of up to four years. The most current fair value of one share of our common stock is utilized to determine the fair value of the award on the

F-21


Table of Contents


FTS INTERNATIONAL, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 8—STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION (Continued)

grant date. The following table summarizes our transactions related to restricted stock awards in 2015. There were no transactions in 2016.

 
  Number of
Units
(in thousands)
  Weighted-
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
 

Unvested balance at January 1, 2015

    4,133   $ 0.61  

Granted

         

Vested or released(1)

    (3,967 )   0.60  

Forfeited

    (166 )   0.75  

Unvested balance at December 31, 2015

      $  

(1)
Certain granted but unvested shares are released for tax withholdings on the participant's behalf.

        The total fair value of restricted stock vested in 2015 was $2.4 million. At December 31, 2015 and 2016, there were no unvested restricted stock awards.

    Restricted Stock Units

        In 2014, our stockholders approved the 2014 Long-Term Incentive Plan ("2014 LTIP"). The 2014 LTIP authorizes the grant of up to 55 million restricted stock units ("RSU") to salaried employees of the Company, as determined by the compensation committee of the board of directors. This plan expires on March 3, 2024. The 2014 LTIP allows for the grant of stock-settled and cash-settled RSUs. The Company may elect, at its sole discretion, to settle any or all of the stock-settled RSUs wholly or partly in cash.

        The awards that were granted in 2014 have three vesting conditions: a performance condition based on Company goals, a performance condition based on the occurrence of a qualifying liquidity event such as an initial public offering of our common stock, and a service-period condition. The performance condition was based on Company goals that provided for an upward or downward adjustment to the RSUs granted based on Company performance. The service-period condition provides that 50% of the number of adjusted RSUs vest on each of December 31, 2015, and December 31, 2016.

F-22


Table of Contents


FTS INTERNATIONAL, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 8—STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION (Continued)

        The following table summarizes our transactions related to the stock-settled RSUs:

 
  Number of
Units
(in thousands)
  Weighted-
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
 

Unvested balance at January 1, 2015

    40,215   $ 0.22  

Granted

         

Vested

         

Forfeited

    (23,697 )   0.22  

Unvested balance at December 31, 2015

    16,518   $ 0.22  

Granted

         

Vested

         

Forfeited

    (5,527 )   0.22  

Unvested balance at December 31, 2016

    10,991   $ 0.22  

        Under generally accepted accounting principles for stock-based compensation, a performance condition that affects vesting and is based on a corporate liquidity event such as an initial public offering of common stock precludes the recognition of compensation expense related to the awards until this performance condition has been met. Therefore, no compensation expense for these awards will be recognized until this performance condition has been met. At December 31, 2016, there was $2.4 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested stock-settled RSUs.

        The compensation cost charged against income for all stock-based compensation was $1.8 million and zero in 2015 and 2016, respectively. The total income tax benefit for all stock-based compensation was $0.2 million in 2015; however, such benefit was offset by the valuation allowance against our deferred tax assets.

NOTE 9—RETIREMENT PLAN

        We offer a 401(k) defined contribution retirement plan ("401(k) Plan"), which allows a participant to defer, by payroll deductions, from 0% to 100% of the participant's annual compensation, limited to certain annual maximums set by the Internal Revenue Code. The 401(k) Plan has historically provided a discretionary matching contribution to each participant's account. Company matching contributions to the 401(k) Plan are made in cash and were $5.5 million in 2015. The Company suspended matching contributions in July 2015.

F-23


Table of Contents


FTS INTERNATIONAL, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 10—IMPAIRMENTS AND OTHER CHARGES

        The following table summarizes our impairments and other charges:

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
 
(In millions)
  2015   2016  

Impairment of assets and goodwill

  $ 572.9   $ 7.0  

Supply commitment charges

    11.0     2.5  

Lease abandonment charges

    1.8     2.0  

Employee severance costs

    13.1     0.8  

Inventory write-down

    24.5      

Acquisition earn-out adjustments

    (3.4 )    

Total impairments and other charges

  $ 619.9   $ 12.3  

    Impairment of Assets and Goodwill

        During 2016, we recorded asset impairments of $7.0 million related to service equipment and real property that we no longer use and identified to sell. During the first nine months of 2015, we recorded a non-cash goodwill impairment of $7.1 million for our wireline reporting unit and an asset impairment of $0.5 million related to real property that we no longer use.

        In the fourth quarter of 2015, we concluded that the persistent low commodity price environment and its effect on our current and forecasted cash flows required us to perform multiple asset impairment tests. As a result, we recorded a number of asset impairments in the fourth quarter of 2015.

    We evaluated the long-lived assets of our pressure pumping asset group for impairment and concluded that the fair value of this asset group was lower than the carrying value of the assets in the asset group. We recognized a total impairment for this asset group of $487.0 million. Of this amount, $461.4 million was attributable to our customer relationships, $20.6 million was attributable to certain equipment, and $5.0 million was attributable to our proprietary chemical blends.

    We evaluated the long-lived assets of our wireline asset group for impairment and concluded that the fair value of this asset group was lower than the carrying value of the assets in the asset group. We recognized a total impairment for this asset group of $33.3 million. Of this amount $24.2 million was attributable to certain equipment and $9.1 million was attributable to our customer relationships.

    We evaluated our tradename intangible asset for impairment and concluded that the fair value of this asset was lower than its carrying value, which resulted in an impairment of $30.2 million.

    We recorded $14.8 million of impairments for certain land and buildings that we no longer use.

        We are closely monitoring current industry conditions and future expectations. Our current forecast anticipates improving industry conditions in 2017; however, if the industry conditions from the past two years continue for a prolonged period or worsen, we may be subject to additional impairments of long-lived assets or intangible assets in future periods. See Note 15—"Nonrecurring Fair Value Measurements" for more information on these impairments.

F-24


Table of Contents


FTS INTERNATIONAL, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 10—IMPAIRMENTS AND OTHER CHARGES (Continued)

    Supply Commitment Charges

        We have recorded supply commitment charges related to contractual inventory purchase commitments to certain proppant suppliers. In 2015 and 2016, we recorded charges under these supply arrangements of $11.0 million and $2.5 million, respectively. These charges were attributable to our decreased volume of purchases from these suppliers due to our lower activity levels in both periods. Additionally, in 2016, our decreased purchases were also due to certain customers procuring their own proppants.

        While we have successfully worked with our vendors to minimize charges related to these purchase commitments, if industry conditions do not improve or if we are unable to work with our vendors in the future, we may incur supply commitment charges in future periods.

    Lease Abandonment Charges

        During 2015 and 2016 we vacated certain leased facilities to consolidate our operations. In 2015 and 2016, we recognized expense of $1.8 million and $2.0 million, respectively, in connection with these actions.

    Employee Severance Costs

        During 2015 and 2016, we incurred employee severance costs of $13.1 million and $0.8 million, respectively, in connection with our corporate and operating restructuring initiatives. At December 31, 2015 and 2016, we had paid substantially all severance payments owed to former employees.

    Inventory Write-down

        During 2015, we made improvements to our supply chain that reduced our inventory requirements. In connection with this initiative we executed a program to liquidate excess inventory. We recorded a $24.5 million inventory write-down charge in connection with this liquidation program.

    Acquisition earn-out adjustments

        See Note 5—"Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets" for discussion of our acquisition earn-out adjustments.

NOTE 11—ASSET DISPOSALS

        We sold substantially all of our remaining sand transportation equipment and related inventory in February 2016. We received $8.0 million of proceeds and recognized a $0.3 million gain on this sale. During 2016, we sold a number of other surplus pieces of property and equipment. We received $23.5 million of proceeds and recognized a $1.3 million net loss on the sale of these assets.

NOTE 12—GAIN ON INSURANCE RECOVERIES

        In January 2016, a fire at one of our job sites in Oklahoma destroyed substantially all of the equipment in one of our fleets. These assets were insured at values greater than their carrying values. We received $19.0 million of insurance recovery proceeds for these assets, which exceeded their carrying values by $15.1 million.

F-25


Table of Contents


FTS INTERNATIONAL, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 13—INCOME TAXES

        The following table summarizes the components of income tax expense (benefit):

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
 
(In millions)
  2015   2016  

Current:

             

Federal

  $   $  

State

    (1.5 )   (1.6 )

Total current

    (1.5 )   (1.6 )

Total deferred

         

Income tax benefit

  $ (1.5 ) $ (1.6 )

        Actual income tax expense (benefit) differed from the amount computed by applying the statutory federal income tax rate to income (loss) before income taxes as follows:

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
 
(In millions)
  2015   2016  

Loss before income taxes

  $ (1,014.7 ) $ (190.1 )

Statutory federal income tax rate

    35.0 %   35.0 %

Federal income tax benefit at statutory rate

    (355.1 )   (66.5 )

Change in valuation allowance

    380.0     65.1  

State income taxes, net of federal effect

    (26.8 )   (0.3 )

Other non-deductible expenses

    0.4     0.1  

Income tax benefit

  $ (1.5 ) $ (1.6 )

Effective tax rate

    0.1 %   0.8 %

F-26


Table of Contents


FTS INTERNATIONAL, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 13—INCOME TAXES (Continued)

        The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities are presented below:

 
  December 31,  
(In millions)
  2015   2016  

Deferred tax assets:

             

Goodwill and intangible assets

  $ 725.4   $ 655.7  

Federal net operating loss carryforwards

    433.2     564.9  

State net operating loss carryforwards, net of federal benefit

    24.9     28.3  

Accrued expenses

    12.8     7.9  

Other

    17.4     3.7  

Gross deferred tax assets

    1,213.7     1,260.5  

Valuation allowance

    (1,175.1 )   (1,240.2 )

Total deferred tax assets

    38.6     20.3  

Deferred tax liabilities:

             

Property, plant, and equipment

    38.6     20.3  

Total deferred tax liabilities

    38.6     20.3  

Net deferred tax assets

  $   $  

        Because of our valuation allowance, no deferred tax assets or liabilities are included in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

        At December 31, 2016, our gross federal net operating loss carryforwards were $1.6 billion, which will expire on various dates between 2032 and 2036. At December 31, 2016, our gross state net operating loss carryforwards were $628.0 million, which will expire on various dates between 2017 and 2036.

        A reconciliation of the valuation allowance for deferred tax assets from January 1, 2015 to December 31, 2016 is as follows:

(In millions)
  2015   2016  

Balance at January 1

  $ 795.1   $ 1,175.1  

Additions, charged to expense

    380.0     65.1  

Deductions

         

Balance at December 31

  $ 1,175.1   $ 1,240.2  

        In 2012, we established a full valuation allowance with respect to our U.S. federal net deferred tax assets and state net deferred tax assets. We considered all available positive and negative evidence in evaluating whether these deferred tax assets were more likely than not to be realized. The significant negative evidence of our loss generated before income taxes in 2012 could not be overcome by considering other sources of taxable income, which included the reversal of taxable temporary differences and tax-planning strategies. A significant piece of negative evidence that we consider is cumulative losses (generally defined as losses before income taxes) incurred over the most recent three-year period. Such evidence limits our ability to consider other subjective evidence such as our

F-27


Table of Contents


FTS INTERNATIONAL, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 13—INCOME TAXES (Continued)

projections for future growth. At December 31, 2015 and 2016, we had incurred cumulative losses over the applicable three-year period.

        We continue to provide a valuation allowance against our net U.S. federal and state deferred tax assets. Deferred tax assets related to our U.S. federal and state operating losses are still available to us to offset future taxable income, subject to limitations in the event of a change of control under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code. At December 31, 2016, we had not incurred such an ownership change. We will adjust this valuation allowance as we change our assessment of the amount of deferred income tax assets that are more likely than not to be realized.

        A reconciliation of the liability for gross unrecognized income tax benefits (excluding interest) from January 1, 2015 to December 31, 2016 is as follows:

(In millions)
  2015   2016  

Balance at January 1

  $ 2.5   $ 1.4  

Lapse in applicable statute of limitations

    (1.1 )   (1.4 )

Balance at December 31

  $ 1.4   $  

        The amount of unrecognized tax benefits that, if recognized, would affect the effective tax rate was $1.6 million and zero at December 31, 2015 and 2016, respectively.

        We recognize accrued interest and penalties related to any uncertain tax positions as part of the tax provision. At December 31, 2015 and 2016, we had $0.2 million and zero, respectively, of accrued interest expense associated with unrecognized tax benefits. Interest expense associated with unrecognized tax benefits was $0.1 million in 2015.

        FTS International, Inc. and its U.S. subsidiaries join in the filing of a U.S. federal consolidated income tax return. We do not currently have significant operations or undistributed earnings in foreign jurisdictions. Our tax returns are currently subject to examination in various federal and state jurisdictions for tax years from 2012 through 2016.

NOTE 14—COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

    Operating Leases

        We lease certain administrative and sales offices, operational facilities and office equipment in various cities. We also lease some service equipment and light duty vehicles. Some of our lease agreements include renewal or purchase options that we may choose to exercise at the end of the lease term. Total rental expense under our operating leases was $31.7 and $19.6 million in 2015 and 2016, respectively.

        At December 31, 2016, our future minimum rental commitments due under non-cancellable operating leases is summarized below:

(In millions)
  2017   2018   2019   2020   2021   Thereafter  

Operating leases

  $ 20.8   $ 8.8   $ 4.2   $ 2.4   $ 1.9   $ 0.7  

F-28


Table of Contents


FTS INTERNATIONAL, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 14—COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Continued)

    Purchase Obligations

        We have purchase commitments with certain vendors to supply a significant portion of the proppant used in our operations. These agreements have remaining terms ranging from two to eight years. Some of these agreements are take-or-pay agreements with minimum unconditional purchase obligations. These minimum purchase obligations could change based upon the vendors ability to supply a minimum requirement. Total purchases made under these agreements were $49.7 million and $20.9 million in 2015 and 2016, respectively. At December 31, 2016, our future minimum purchase commitments due under these agreements is summarized below:

(In millions)
  2017   2018   2019   2020   2021   Thereafter  

Purchase obligations

  $ 52.1   $ 59.1   $ 51.9   $ 49.5   $ 48.2   $ 140.4  

    Litigation

        In the ordinary course of business, we are subject to various legal proceedings and claims, some of which may not be covered by insurance. Many of these legal proceedings and claims are in early stages, and many of them seek an indeterminate amount of damages. We estimate and provide for potential losses that may arise out of legal proceedings and claims to the extent that such losses are probable and can be reasonably estimated. Significant judgment is required in making these estimates and our final liabilities may ultimately be materially different from these estimates. When preparing our estimates, we consider, among other factors, the progress of each legal proceeding and claim, our experience and the experience of others in similar legal proceedings and claims, and the opinions and views of legal counsel.

        In 2012, Continental Industries Group, Inc. ("Continental") filed two lawsuits against FTS International, Inc. and FTS International Services, LLC in the United States District Court, Southern District of New York that were combined into one action entitled Continental Industries Group, Inc. v. FTS International, Inc. and FTS International Services, LLC. In its suit, Continental claimed that FTSI (a) wrongfully terminated a supply agreement entered into by the parties in 2011, and (b) wrongfully cancelled two alleged purchase orders for the procurement of guar gum, a key component of certain chemicals we utilize in performing our services for customers. Pursuant to the supply agreement, Continental had agreed to enter into a joint venture with a Company in India to arrange for the construction of a guar gum-processing factory that would produce a five year supply of guar for FTSI. FTSI terminated the supply agreement in mid-2012 before the factory was complete. With respect to the purchase order claim, FTSI had expressed interest in purchasing guar gum from Continental in transactions separate from the supply agreement. FTSI did not purchase the guar gum. Continental claimed that valid purchase orders had been formed and that FTSI wrongfully terminated the purchase orders when it decided not to purchase the guar gum. Continental sought damages of approximately $58.0 million related to the supply agreement claim and approximately $4.5 million related to the purchase order claim. FTSI filed counterclaims against Continental seeking damages in excess of $69.0 million representing the difference between the price it paid for guar gum in the spot market and the price it would have paid under the supply agreement. A jury trial for this case was held and, on November 3, 2015, the jury returned verdicts in favor of Continental for both claims. The jury awarded damages to Continental in the aggregate amount of $5.3 million, of which $2.1 million related to the supply agreement case and $3.2 million related to the purchase order case. In January 2016, we settled

F-29


Table of Contents


FTS INTERNATIONAL, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 14—COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Continued)

this lawsuit with Continental for a confidential amount and the financial effects of this matter have been included in our consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2015.

        We believe that costs associated with other legal matters will not have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial statements.

NOTE 15—NONRECURRING FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

        The following table represents the placement in the fair value hierarchy of assets that were measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis. See Note 10—"Impairments and Other Charges" for further discussion.

 
   
   
  Fair value
measurements using
 
 
  Previous
Carrying
Values(1)
  Total
Fair
Value(1)
 
 
  Level 1   Level 2   Level 3  

During 2015

                               

Pressure pumping asset group (2)

                               

Customer relationships(3)

  $ 461.4   $   $   $   $  

Equipment(4)

    424.0     403.4             403.4  

Proprietary chemical blends(3)

    5.0                  

  $ 890.4   $ 403.4   $   $   $ 403.4  

Wireline asset group (2)

                               

Property and equipment(4)(5)

  $ 39.2   $ 15.0   $   $   $ 15.0  

Customer relationships(3)

    9.1                  

Goodwill

    7.1                  

  $ 55.4   $ 15.0   $   $   $ 15.0  

Tradename(3)

  $ 59.7   $ 29.5   $   $   $ 29.5  

Property no longer used(5)

  $ 22.8   $ 7.5   $   $   $ 7.5  

During 2016

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Property no longer used

  $ 1.0   $   $   $   $  

Long-lived assets held for sale(6)

    12.4     6.4             6.4  

  $ 13.4   $ 6.4   $   $   $ 6.4  

(1)
Represents the value on the date of the fair value measurement.

(2)
Valued using the income approach and the market approach valuation techniques.

(3)
Valued using the income approach.

(4)
Equipment valued using the cost approach, which is a valuation technique that estimates the amount that would be currently required to replace an asset's service capacity.

(5)
Property valued using the market approach based on the sales prices of comparable properties and/or estimates obtained from commercial brokers.

(6)
Equipment value based on pending contract price. Assets held for sale are classified as "Prepaid expenses and other current assets" on our Consolidated Balance Sheets.

F-30


Table of Contents


FTS INTERNATIONAL, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 16—EARNINGS (LOSS) PER SHARE

        The numerators and denominators of the basic and diluted earnings (loss) per share ("EPS") computations for our common stock are calculated as follows:

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
 
(In millions, except per share amounts)
  2015   2016  

Numerator:

             

Net loss

  $ (1,013.2 ) $ (188.5 )

Convertible preferred stock accretion

    (144.9 )   (181.6 )

Net loss attributable to common stockholders used for basic EPS computation

    (1,158.1 )   (370.1 )

Add back the effect of dilutive securities:

   
 
   
 
 

Convertible preferred stock accretion(1)

         

Net loss attributable to common stockholders used for diluted EPS computation

  $ (1,158.1 ) $ (370.1 )

Denominator:

             

Weighted average shares used for basic EPS computation

    3,589.7     3,586.5  

Effect of dilutive securities:

   
 
   
 
 

Convertible preferred stock(1)

         

Restricted stock units(2)

         

Dilutive potential common shares

         

Number of shares used for diluted EPS computation

    3,589.7     3,586.5  

Basic and diluted EPS

  $ (0.32 ) $ (0.10 )

(1)
Dilutive securities in our diluted EPS calculation do not include the effects of converting the convertible preferred stock because the effect would be antidilutive. The number of common stock equivalents attributable to convertible preferred stock was 901 million shares for all periods presented.

(2)
Dilutive securities in our diluted EPS calculation do not include RSUs granted under our 2014 LTIP. Vesting of these RSUs is dependent upon the satisfaction of both a service condition and a corporate liquidity event such as an initial public offering of our common stock. As of December 31, 2016, a corporate liquidity event had not occurred and until it occurs, the holders of these RSUs have no rights in our undistributed earnings. Therefore, they are excluded from the effect of dilutive securities. The number of common stock equivalents attributable to the RSUs were 16.5 million shares and 11.0 million shares for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016, respectively.

F-31


Table of Contents


FTS INTERNATIONAL, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 17—UNAUDITED PRO FORMA INFORMATION

        The following unaudited calculation of the numerators and denominators of pro forma basic and diluted EPS gives effect to the following as of the beginning of the period:

    (1)
    our            :            reverse stock split; and

    (2)
    The conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock (using the as if-converted method) into common stock at a fixed exchange ratio of             common shares for each share of convertible preferred stock.

        The numerators and denominators of the pro forma basic and diluted EPS computations for our common stock are calculated as follows:

(In millions, except per share amounts)
  Year Ended
December 31,
2016
 
 
  (unaudited)
 

Numerator:

       

Net loss attributable to common stockholders used for basic EPS computation as reported

  $    

Pro forma adjustment to add back convertible preferred stock accretion

       

Pro forma net loss attributable to common stockholders used for pro forma basic and diluted EPS computations

  $    

Denominator:

       

Weighted average shares used for basic EPS computation as reported

       

Pro forma adjustment to reflect reverse stock split

       

Pro forma adjustment to reflect conversion of preferred stock to common stock

       

Number of shares used for pro forma basic EPS computation

       

Effect of dilutive securities:

   
 
 

Dilutive securities

       

Number of shares used for pro forma diluted EPS computation

       

Pro forma basic and diluted EPS

  $    

F-32


Table of Contents


FTS INTERNATIONAL, INC.

UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

 
  Three Months
Ended
March 31,
 
(In millions, except per share amounts)
  2016   2017  

Revenue

             

Revenue

  $ 147.6   $ 191.9  

Revenue from related parties

    1.1     21.6  

Total revenue

    148.7     213.5  

Operating expenses

             

Costs of revenue (excluding depreciation of $26.3 and $18.8, respectively, included in depreciation and amortization below)

    141.2     174.8  

Selling, general and administrative

    20.2     19.5  

Depreciation and amortization

    30.1     21.8  

Impairments and other charges

    1.6     0.1  

Loss (gain) on disposal of assets, net

    2.8     (0.4 )

Gain on insurance recoveries

    (12.5 )   (2.6 )

Total operating expenses

    183.4     213.2  

Operating (loss) income

    (34.7 )   0.3  

Interest expense, net

   
(22.3

)
 
(21.2

)

Equity in net (loss) income of joint venture affiliate

    (1.0 )   0.9  

Loss before income taxes

    (58.0 )   (20.0 )

Income tax expense

        0.1  

Net loss

  $ (58.0 ) $ (20.1 )

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

  $ (99.4 ) $ (71.4 )

Basic and diluted earnings (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders

  $ (0.03 ) $ (0.02 )

Shares used in computing basic and diluted earnings (loss) per share

    3,586.5     3,586.4  

Pro forma basic and diluted earnings (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders

        $             

Shares used in computing pro forma basic and diluted earnings (loss) per share

                      

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated financial statements.

F-33


Table of Contents


FTS INTERNATIONAL, INC.

UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(In millions, except share amounts)
  December 31,
2016
  March 31,
2017
  Pro Forma
March 31,
2017
 

ASSETS

                   

Current assets

                   

Cash

  $ 160.3   $ 126.7        

Accounts receivable, net

    76.5     104.7        

Accounts receivable from related parties

    0.1     23.2        

Inventories

    24.8     33.3        

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    17.7     17.3        

Total current assets

    279.4     305.2        

Property, plant, and equipment, net

   
284.3
   
270.8
       

Intangible assets, net

    29.5     29.5        

Investment in joint venture affiliate

    21.6     22.8        

Other assets

    2.0     1.8        

Total assets

  $ 616.8   $ 630.1        

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT

                   

Current liabilities

                   

Accounts payable

  $ 60.8   $ 81.1        

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

    34.8     47.2        

Total current liabilities

    95.6     128.3        

Long-term debt

   
1,188.7
   
1,189.6
       

Other liabilities

    1.7     1.5        

Total liabilities

    1,286.0     1,319.4        

Commitments and contingencies (Note 8)

                   

Series A convertible preferred stock, $0.01 par value, 350,000 shares authorized, issued and outstanding at December 31, 2016 and March 31, 2017, respectively; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, pro forma

    349.8     349.8        

Stockholders' deficit

                   

Common stock, $0.01 par value, 5,000,000,000 shares authorized, 3,586,408,881 shares issued and outstanding at both December 31, 2016 and March 31, 2017; [        ] shares issued and outstanding, pro forma

    35.9     35.9        

Additional paid-in capital

    3,712.1     3,712.1        

Accumulated deficit

    (4,767.0 )   (4,787.1 )      

Total stockholders' deficit

    (1,019.0 )   (1,039.1 )      

Total liabilities and stockholders' deficit

  $ 616.8   $ 630.1        

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated financial statements.

F-34


Table of Contents


FTS INTERNATIONAL, INC.

UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 
  Three Months
Ended
March 31,
 
(In millions)
  2016   2017  

Cash flows from operating activities

             

Net loss

  $ (58.0 ) $ (20.1 )

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

             

Depreciation and amortization

    30.1     21.8  

Amortization of debt discounts and issuance costs

    0.9     0.9  

Impairment of assets

    0.6      

Loss (gain) on disposal of assets, net

    2.8     (0.4 )

Gain on insurance recoveries

    (12.5 )   (2.6 )

Other non-cash items

    1.7     (0.7 )

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

             

Accounts receivable

    31.4     (28.2 )

Accounts receivable from related parties

    2.5     (23.1 )

Inventories

    (0.1 )   (9.7 )

Prepaid expenses and other assets

    2.5     0.5  

Accounts payable

    (5.5 )   18.1  

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

    (7.1 )   12.2  

Net cash used in operating activities

    (10.7 )   (31.3 )

Cash flows from investing activities

             

Capital expenditures

    (1.8 )   (6.7 )

Proceeds from disposal of assets

    12.4     0.6  

Proceeds from insurance recoveries

    16.4     3.8  

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

    27.0     (2.3 )

Net increase (decrease) in cash

    16.3     (33.6 )

Cash, beginning of period

    264.6     160.3  

Cash, end of period

  $ 280.9   $ 126.7  

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated financial statements.

F-35


Table of Contents


FTS INTERNATIONAL, INC.

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1—BASIS OF PRESENTATION

        Throughout the notes to these condensed consolidated financial statements, the terms "FTSI," "Company", "we," "us," "our" or "ours" refer to FTS International, Inc., together with its consolidated subsidiaries. The unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America ("GAAP") for interim financial reporting. Accordingly, certain information and disclosures normally included in our annual consolidated financial statements have been condensed or omitted. These unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with our audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2016, included elsewhere in this registration statement. In our opinion, the condensed consolidated financial statements included herein contain all adjustments of a normal recurring nature considered necessary for a fair presentation of the interim periods. The results of operations of the interim periods are not necessarily indicative of the results of operations to be expected for the full year. There were no items of other comprehensive income in the periods presented. We evaluated subsequent events through May 5, 2017, which is the date at which the financial statements were available to be issued, and determined that there were no additional items to disclose.

    New Accounting Standards Updates

        In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, issued Accounting Standards Update, or ASU, 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers . The FASB has subsequently issued a number of additional ASUs to update this guidance. This guidance will supersede substantially all existing accounting guidance related to the accounting for revenue transactions. This guidance establishes a core principle that an entity should record revenue when it transfers control of goods or services to customers at an amount that reflects the consideration to which it expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. This guidance is scheduled to be effective for our financial statements beginning on January 1, 2018. We have not completed an evaluation of the effect that this standard will have on our financial statements.

        In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases . This standard was issued to increase transparency and comparability among organizations by requiring most leases be included on the balance sheet and by expanding disclosure requirements. This standard is scheduled to be effective for our financial statements beginning on January 1, 2019. Early adoption is permitted. We have not completed an evaluation of the effect that this standard will have on our financial statements.

        In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-15, Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments . This standard was issued to reduce the diversity in practice in how certain cash receipts and cash payments are presented and classified in the statement of cash flows. This standard is scheduled to be effective for our financial statements beginning on January 1, 2018. Early adoption is permitted. We have not completed an evaluation of the effect that this standard will have on our financial statements.

        In November 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-18, Restricted Cash . This standard was issued to change the presentation of amounts generally described as restricted cash and restricted cash equivalents to be included with cash and cash equivalents when reconciling the beginning-of-period and end-of-period total amounts shown on the statement of cash flows. This standard is scheduled to be effective for our financial statements beginning on January 1, 2018. Early adoption is permitted. We have not completed an evaluation of the effect that this standard will have on our financial statements.

F-36


Table of Contents


FTS INTERNATIONAL, INC.

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 2—CONCENTRATIONS OF RISK

        Our business activities are concentrated in the well completion services segment of the oilfield services industry in the United States. The market for these services is cyclical, and we depend on the willingness of our customers to make operating and capital expenditures to explore for, develop, and produce oil and natural gas in the United States. The willingness of our customers to undertake these activities depends largely upon prevailing industry conditions that are predominantly influenced by current and expected prices for oil and natural gas.

        Low commodity prices caused our customers to significantly reduce their hydraulic fracturing activities in 2015 and 2016, which contributed to a lower pricing environment for our services during these periods. During the first quarter of 2017, commodity prices and customer activity levels improved, which could help improve our results in future periods. While we expect to have sufficient liquidity to fund our operations and capital expenditures over the next 12 months, we continue to explore opportunities to further improve our liquidity and capital structure.

        Our customer base is concentrated. Our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected if one or more of our significant customers ceases to engage us for our services on favorable terms, or at all, or fails to pay, or delays in paying, us significant amounts of our outstanding receivables.

NOTE 3—DEBT

        The following table summarizes our long-term debt:

(In millions)
  December 31,
2016
  March 31,
2017
 

Senior floating rate notes due June 2020

  $ 350.0   $ 350.0  

Term loan due April 2021

    431.0     431.0  

Senior notes due May 2022

    426.3     426.3  

Total principal amount

    1,207.3     1,207.3  

Less unamortized discounts and debt issuance costs

    (18.6 )   (17.7 )

Total long-term debt

  $ 1,188.7   $ 1,189.6  

Estimated fair value of long-term debt

  $ 1,060.7   $ 1,082.2  

        Estimated fair values for our term loan and senior notes were determined using recent trading activity and/or bid-ask spreads and are classified as Level 2 in the FASB's fair value hierarchy.

F-37


Table of Contents


FTS INTERNATIONAL, INC.

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 4—IMPAIRMENTS AND OTHER CHARGES

        The following table summarizes our impairments and other charges:

 
  Three
Months
Ended
March 31,
 
(In millions)
  2016   2017  

Employee severance costs

  $ 0.8   $  

Impairment of assets

    0.6      

Lease abandonment charges

    0.2     0.1  

Total impairments and other charges

  $ 1.6   $ 0.1  

        We incurred employee severance costs of $0.8 million in the first quarter of 2016. These costs were incurred in connection with our corporate and operating restructuring initiatives. As of December 31, 2016, we had paid all severance payments owed to former employees.

        We recorded an asset impairment of $0.6 million in the first quarter of 2016 related to certain property that we no longer use and had identified to sell. The fair value of these assets was based on a pending sale price of $2.4 million and is classified as Level 3 in the FASB's fair value hierarchy.

        During 2015 and 2016 we vacated certain leased facilities to consolidate our operations. During the first quarter of 2016 and 2017, we recognized expense of $0.2 million and $0.1 million, respectively, in connection with these actions.

NOTE 5—ASSET DISPOSALS

        We sold substantially all of our sand transportation equipment and related inventory in February 2016. We received $8.0 million of proceeds and recognized a $0.3 million gain on this sale. In the first quarter of 2016 and 2017, we sold a number of other surplus pieces of equipment. In the first quarter of 2016, we received $4.4 million of proceeds and recognized a $3.1 million loss on the sale of these assets. In the first quarter of 2017, we received $0.6 million of proceeds and recognized a $0.4 million gain on the sale of these assets.

NOTE 6—GAIN ON INSURANCE RECOVERIES

        In January 2016, a fire destroyed substantially all of the equipment in one of our fleets. These assets were insured at values greater than their carrying values. In the first quarter of 2016, we received $16.4 million of insurance recovery proceeds for these assets, which exceeded their carrying values by $12.5 million.

        In January 2017, a fire destroyed certain equipment in one of our fleets. These assets were insured at values greater than their carrying values. We received $3.8 million of insurance recovery proceeds for these assets, which exceeded their carrying values by $2.6 million.

NOTE 7—INCOME TAXES

        In 2012, we recorded a valuation allowance to reduce our net deferred tax assets to zero. We continue to provide a valuation allowance against all deferred tax assets in excess of our deferred tax liabilities. As a result, we did not record any U.S. federal or state income tax benefit related to our

F-38


Table of Contents


FTS INTERNATIONAL, INC.

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 7—INCOME TAXES (Continued)

losses for the first quarter of 2016 or 2017. Please see Note 13—"Income Taxes" in Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in our Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended December 31, 2016, included elsewhere in this registration statement for more information regarding our income taxes and valuation allowance. Deferred tax assets related to our U.S. federal and state operating losses are still available to us to offset future taxable income.

NOTE 8—COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

    Litigation

        In the ordinary course of business, we are subject to various legal proceedings and claims, some of which may not be covered by insurance. Many of these legal proceedings and claims are in early stages, and many of them seek an indeterminate amount of damages. We estimate and provide for potential losses that may arise out of legal proceedings and claims to the extent that such losses are probable and can be reasonably estimated. Significant judgment is required in making these estimates and our final liabilities may ultimately be materially different from these estimates. When preparing our estimates, we consider, among other factors, the progress of each legal proceeding and claim, our experience and the experience of others in similar legal proceedings and claims, and the opinions and views of legal counsel. We believe that costs associated with our legal matters will not have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial statements.

F-39


Table of Contents


FTS INTERNATIONAL, INC.

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 9—EARNINGS (LOSS) PER SHARE

        The numerators and denominators of the basic and diluted earnings (loss) per share ("EPS") computations for our common stock are calculated as follows:

 
  Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
(In millions, except per share amounts)
  2016   2017  

Numerator:

             

Net loss

  $ (58.0 ) $ (20.1 )

Convertible preferred stock accretion

    (41.4 )   (51.3 )

Net loss attributable to common stockholders used for basic EPS computation

    (99.4 )   (71.4 )

Add back the effect of dilutive securities:

   
 
   
 
 

Convertible preferred stock accretion(1)

         

Net loss attributable to common stockholders used for diluted EPS computation

  $ (99.4 ) $ (71.4 )

Denominator:

             

Weighted average shares used for basic EPS computation

    3,586.5     3,586.4  

Effect of dilutive securities:

             

Convertible preferred stock(1)

         

Restricted stock units(2)

         

Dilutive potential common shares

         

Number of shares used for diluted EPS computation

    3,586.5     3,586.4  

Basic and diluted EPS

  $ (0.03 ) $ (0.02 )

(1)
Dilutive securities in our diluted EPS calculation do not include the effects of converting the convertible preferred stock because the effect would be antidilutive. The number of common stock equivalents attributable to convertible preferred stock was 901 million shares for all periods presented.

(2)
Dilutive securities in our diluted EPS calculation do not include restricted stock units, or RSUs, granted under our 2014 LTIP. Vesting of these RSUs is dependent upon the satisfaction of both a service condition and a corporate liquidity event such as an initial public offering of our common stock. As of March 31, 2017, a corporate liquidity event had not occurred and until it occurs, the holders of these RSUs have no rights in our undistributed earnings. Therefore, they are excluded from the effect of dilutive securities. The number of common stock equivalents attributable to the RSUs were 13.4 million shares and 9.0 million shares for the three month periods ended March 31, 2016 and 2017, respectively.

NOTE 10—PRO FORMA INFORMATION

    Pro Forma Balance Sheet Information

        We have prepared an unaudited balance sheet as of March 31, 2017, to give effect to the following transactions that will occur in connection with our initial public offering:

    A                    to 1 reverse stock split; and

F-40


Table of Contents


FTS INTERNATIONAL, INC.

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 10—PRO FORMA INFORMATION (Continued)

    The conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock (using the as if-converted method) into common stock at a fixed exchange ratio of            common shares for each share of convertible preferred stock.

    Pro Forma Earnings (Loss) Per Share Information

        The following unaudited calculation of the numerators and denominators of pro forma basic and diluted EPS gives effect to the following transactions that will occur in connection with our initial public offering as of the beginning of the period:

    A                    to 1 reverse stock split; and

    The conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock (using the as if-converted method) into common stock at a fixed exchange ratio of            common shares for each share of convertible preferred stock.

        The numerators and denominators of the pro forma basic and diluted EPS computations for our common stock are calculated as follows:

(In millions, except per share amounts)
  Three Months
Ended
March 31,
2017
 

Numerator:

       

Net loss attributable to common stockholders used for basic EPS computation as reported

  $ (             )

Pro forma adjustment to add back convertible preferred stock accretion

                  

Pro forma net loss attributable to common stockholders used for pro forma basic and diluted EPS computations

  $ (             )

Denominator:

       

Weighted average shares used for basic EPS computation as reported

                  

Pro forma adjustment to reflect reverse stock split

    (             )

Pro forma adjustment to reflect conversion of preferred stock to common stock

                  

Number of shares used for pro forma basic EPS computation

                  

Effect of dilutive securities:

       

Dilutive securities

     

Number of shares used for pro forma diluted EPS computation

                  

Pro forma basic and diluted EPS

  $ (             )

F-41


Table of Contents

 

        Through and including                           , 2017 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that effect transactions in our common stock, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealer's obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.

                      Shares

LOGO

FTS International, Inc.

Common Stock



PROSPECTUS



                           , 2017

   


Table of Contents


PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

ITEM 13.    Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution

        The following table sets forth an itemized statement of the amounts of all expenses (excluding underwriting discounts and commissions) payable by us in connection with the registration of the common stock offered hereby. With the exception of the filing and listing fees payable to the SEC, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc., or FINRA, and stock exchange listing fee, the amounts set forth below are estimates.

SEC registration fee

  $              *

FINRA filing fee

                 *

NYSE Listing fee

                 *

Accounting fees and expenses

                 *

Legal fees and expenses

                 *

Printing and engraving expenses

                 *

Transfer agent and registrar fees

                 *

Miscellaneous

                 *

Total

  $              *

*
To be completed by amendment

ITEM 14.    Indemnification of Directors and Officers

        We are incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware. Section 145 of the DGCL provides that a Delaware corporation may indemnify any persons who are, or are threatened to be made, parties to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of such corporation), by reason of the fact that such person was an officer, director, employee or agent of such corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such corporation as an officer, director, employee or agent of another corporation or enterprise. The indemnity may include expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, provided that such person acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the corporation's best interests and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was illegal. A Delaware corporation may indemnify any persons who are, or are threatened to be made, a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation by reason of the fact that such person was a director, officer, employee, or agent of such corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such corporation as a director, officer, employee, or agent of another corporation or enterprise. The indemnity may include expenses (including attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit provided such person acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the corporation's best interests except that no indemnification is permitted without judicial approval if the officer or director is adjudged to be liable to the corporation. Where an officer or director is successful on the merits or otherwise in the defense of any action referred to above, the corporation must indemnify him or her against the expenses that such officer or director has actually and reasonably incurred. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will become effective upon effectiveness of this registration statement, will provide for the indemnification of our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted under the DGCL.

II-1


Table of Contents

        Section 102(b)(7) of the DGCL permits a corporation to provide in its certificate of incorporation that a director of the corporation shall not be personally liable to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duties as a director, except for liability for any:

    transaction from which the director derives an improper personal benefit;

    act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

    unlawful payment of dividends, unlawful stock purchase or redemption of shares; or

    breach of a director's duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders.

        Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will include such a provision. Expenses incurred by any officer or director in defending any such action, suit or proceeding in advance of its final disposition shall be paid by us, provided such director must repay amounts in excess of the indemnification such director is entitled to.

        Section 174 of the DGCL provides, among other things, that a director who willfully or negligently approves of an unlawful payment of dividends or an unlawful stock purchase or redemption may be held liable for such actions. A director who was either absent when the unlawful actions were approved, or dissented at the time, may avoid liability by causing his or her dissent to such actions to be entered in the books containing minutes of the meetings of the board of directors at the time such action occurred or immediately after such absent director receives notice of the unlawful acts.

        We intend to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our current directors and excecutive officers. These agreements require us to indemnify these individuals to the fullest extent permitted under Delaware law against liabilities that may arise by reason of their service to us, and to advance expenses incurred as a result of any proceeding against them as to which they could be indemnified. We also intend to enter into indemnification agreements with our future directors and executive officers.

        At present, there is no pending litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors or officers as to which indemnification is required or permitted, and we are not aware of any threatened litigation or proceeding that may result in a claim for indemnification.

        We have an insurance policy covering our officers and directors with respect to certain liabilities, including liabilities arising under the Securities Act or otherwise.

        We plan to enter into an underwriting agreement that provides that the underwriters are obligated, under some circumstances, to indemnify our directors, officers and controlling persons against specified liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

        Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling our company pursuant to the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that, in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

ITEM 15.    Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

        Except as set forth below, in the three years preceding the filing of this registration statement, we have not issued any securities that were not registered under the Securities Act.

        On March 31, 2014, we made awards of restricted shares of common stock to three now former employees pursuant to their employment agreements. Mr. James Coy Randle, Jr. was awarded 2,000,000 shares of common stock, which were subject to vesting in four equal installments on July 15, 2014, July 15, 2015, June 29, 2016 and June 29, 2017. Mr. Kevin Krebs was awarded 1,600,000 shares of

II-2


Table of Contents

common stock, which were subject to vesting in three equal installments on October 26, 2014, October 26, 2015 and October 26, 2016. Mr. Mahmoud Asadi was awarded 333,333 shares of common stock, which were subject to vesting in four equal installments on May 16, 2014, May 16, 2015, May 16, 2016 and May 16, 2017. None of these awards are currently outstanding.

        On April 16, 2014, we completed an offering of $500 million in principal amount of our 2022 Notes. The initial purchasers of the 2022 Notes were Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, UBS Securities LLC and Barclays Capital Inc. Pursuant to a purchase agreement among us and the initial purchasers, we sold the 2022 Notes to the initial purchasers at a discount of 1.75%, or $491.25 million, and the initial purchasers resold the 2022 Notes at par to qualified institutional buyers under Rule 144A under the Securities Act and to certain persons in offshore transactions in reliance on Regulation S under the Securities Act.

        On June 1, 2015, we completed a private offering of $350.0 million in principal amount of our 2020 Notes. The initial purchaser of the 2020 Notes was Wells Fargo Securities, LLC. Pursuant to a purchase agreement between us and the initial purchaser, we sold the 2020 Notes to the initial purchaser at a discount of 1.0%, or $346.5 million, and the initial purchaser resold the 2020 Notes at par to qualified institutional buyers under Rule 144A under the Securities Act and to certain persons in offshore transactions in reliance on Regulation S under the Securities Act.

        On August 28, 2015, we issued 94,339 shares of common stock to Tom Bates, a former independent director of our Company, for his services as an independent director.

        The issuances of the 2022 Notes, the 2020 Notes and the issuance to Mr. Bates were exempt from registration under Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act. The issuance of the restricted stock awarded to Messrs. Randle, Krebs and Asadi were exempt from registration under Rule 701 under the Securities Act as transactions pursuant to compensatory benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation.

        Since the adoption of our 2014 LTIP, we have granted 46,380,671 stock-settled restricted stock units under the 2014 LTIP. During this period, no restricted stock units have vested. As of December 31, 2016, 10,990,573 stock-settled restricted stock units remained outstanding. The restricted stock units will vest immediately before the effectiveness of this registration statement and will be settled in cash.

II-3


Table of Contents

ITEM 16.    Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

    (a)
    Exhibits

        The exhibits and financial statement schedules filed as part of this registration statement are as follows:

Exhibit
Number
  Description
  1.1 ** Form of Underwriting Agreement
        
  3.1 * Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, to be in effect prior to completion of this offering
        
  3.2 * Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company, to be in effect prior to completion of this offering
        
  4.1 *** Indenture, dated as of April 16, 2014, among FTS International, Inc., as issuer, the guarantors named therein and U.S. Bank National Association, as collateral agent and trustee
        
  4.2 *** Indenture, dated as of June 1, 2015, among FTS International, Inc., as issuer, the guarantors named therein and U.S. Bank National Association, as collateral agent and trustee
        
  4.3 * Form of Registration Rights Agreement
        
  4.4 * Form of Investors' Rights Agreement by and among FTS International, Inc., Maju Investments (Mauritius) Pte Ltd and CHK Energy Holdings, Inc.
        
  4.5 * Form of Investors' Rights Agreement by and among FTS International, Inc., Senja Capital Ltd and Hampton Asset Holding Ltd.
        
  5.1 ** Opinion of Jones Day as to the legality of the securities being registered
        
  10.1 *** Term Loan Agreement, dated as of April 16, 2014, among FTS International, Inc., Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as administrative agent, and other lenders party thereto
        
  10.2 ***† Employment Agreement dated December 6, 2014, between FTS International, Inc. and Perry Harris
        
  10.3 ***† Severance Agreement dated May 3, 2016, between FTS International, Inc. and Michael J. Doss
        
  10.4 ***† Severance Agreement dated May 3, 2016, between FTS International, Inc. and Buddy Petersen
        
  10.5 ***† Severance Agreement dated May 3, 2016, between FTS International, Inc. and Lance Turner
        
  10.6 ***† Letter Agreement dated August 5, 2015, between FTS International, Inc. and Lance Turner
        
  10.7 *† Letter Agreement dated March 29, 2017, between FTS International, Inc. and Karen D. Thornton
        
  10.8 *† Letter Agreement dated March 29, 2017, between FTS International, Inc. and Jennifer L. Keefe
        
  10.9 ***† FTS International, Inc. 2014 Long-Term Incentive Plan
        

II-4


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number
  Description
  10.10 ***† Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (Stock Settled) under the 2014 Long-Term Incentive Plan
        
  10.11 *† Description of 2016 Short-Term Incentive Plan
        
  10.12 *† Description of 2017 Short-Term Incentive Plan
        
  10.13 *† Form of Indemnification Agreement between FTS International, Inc. and each of its directors and executive officers
        
  10.14 *** Master Service Agreement, by and between Chesapeake Operating, Inc. and FTS International Services, LLC, dated July 9, 2012
        
  10.15 *** Master Commercial Agreement, by and between Chesapeake Operating, LLC and FTS International Services, LLC, dated December 24, 2016
        
  10.16 *** Security Agreement dated as of April 16, 2014, by and among FTS International, Inc., FTS International Services, LLC, FTS International Manufacturing, LLC and U.S. Bank National Association, as collateral agent
        
  10.17 *** Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement dated as of April 16, 2014, among FTS International, Inc., FTS International Services, LLC, FTS International Manufacturing, LLC and U.S. Bank National Association, as collateral agent and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, in its capacity as administrative agent for the Term Secured Parties (as defined therein)
        
  10.18 *** Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement dated as of April 16, 2014, among FTS International, Inc., FTS International Services, LLC, FTS International Manufacturing, LLC, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association in its capacity as administrative agent under the Term Loan Agreement, US Bank National Association, as collateral agent and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, in its capacity as administrative agent for the ABL Secured Parties (as defined therein)
        
  10.19 *** Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement Joinder dated as of June 1, 2015, among FTS International, Inc., FTS International Services, LLC, FTS International Manufacturing, LLC, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association in its capacity as administrative agent under the Term Loan Agreement, US Bank National Association, as collateral agent and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, in its capacity as administrative agent for the ABL Secured Parties (as defined in the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement)
        
  10.20 *** Guaranty and Security Agreement dated as of April 16, 2014, from FTS International, Inc., FTS International Services, LLC and FTS International Manufacturing, LLC to Wells Fargo Bank, National Association
        
  10.21 *** Amended and Restated Trademark Security Agreement, dated as of June 22, 2015, from FTS International Services, LLC to Wells Fargo Bank, National Association pursuant to the Term Loan Agreement dated April 16, 2014
        
  10.22 *** Amended and Restated Trademark Security Agreement, dated as of June 22, 2015, from FTS International Services, LLC to U.S. Bank National Association pursuant to the Indenture dated April 16, 2014
        
  10.23 *** Amended and Restated Trademark Security Agreement, dated as of June 22, 2015, from FTS International Services, LLC to U.S. Bank National Association pursuant to the Indenture dated June 1, 2015

II-5


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number
  Description
  10.24 *† FTS International, Inc. 2017 Equity and Incentive Compensation Plan
        
  10.25 **† Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement under the 2017 Equity and Incentive Compensation Plan
        
  16.1 *** Letter from Ernst & Young LLP, dated February 10, 2017, regarding changes in accountant
        
  21.1 *** List of Subsidiaries
        
  23.1 * Consent of Grant Thornton LLP
        
  23.2 ** Consent of Jones Day (included as part of Exhibit 5.1 hereto)
        
  24.1 *** Power of Attorney

*
Filed herewith

**
To be filed by amendment

***
Previously filed

Management contract, compensatory plan or arrangement
    (b)
    Financial Statement Schedule

        See the index to the financial statements included on page F-1 for a list of the financial statements included in this registration statement.

ITEM 17.    Undertakings

        The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

        Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers, and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer, or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit, or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

        The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

            (1)   For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

            (2)   For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

II-6


Table of Contents


SIGNATURES

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement on Form S-1 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized in the City of Fort Worth, State of Texas, on May 5, 2017.

  FTS INTERNATIONAL, INC.

 

By:

 

/s/ MICHAEL J. DOSS


      Name:   Michael J. Doss

      Title:   Chief Executive Officer

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement on Form S-1 has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated on May 5, 2017. This document may be executed by the signatories hereto on any number of counterparts, all of which constitute one and the same instrument.

Signature
 
Title

 

 

 

 

 
/s/ MICHAEL J. DOSS

Michael J. Doss
  Chief Executive Officer
(principal executive officer)

*

Lance Turner

 

Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
(principal financial officer and accounting officer)

*

Goh Yong Siang

 

Chairman

*

Domenic J. Dell'Osso, Jr.

 

Director

*

Bryan J. Lemmerman

 

Director

*

Ong Tiong Sin

 

Director

*

Boon Sim

 

Director

*By:

 

/s/ MICHAEL J. DOSS

Michael J. Doss
(Michael J. Doss, as Attorney-in-Fact)

 

 

II-7


Table of Contents


INDEX TO EXHIBITS

Exhibit
Number
  Description
  1.1 ** Form of Underwriting Agreement
 
   
  3.1 * Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, to be in effect prior to completion of this offering
 
   
  3.2 * Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company, to be in effect prior to completion of this offering
 
   
  4.1 *** Indenture, dated as of April 16, 2014, among FTS International, Inc., as issuer, the guarantors named therein and U.S. Bank National Association, as collateral agent and trustee
 
   
  4.2 *** Indenture, dated as of June 1, 2015, among FTS International, Inc., as issuer, the guarantors named therein and U.S. Bank National Association, as collateral agent and trustee
 
   
  4.3 * Form of Registration Rights Agreement
 
   
  4.4 * Form of Investors' Rights Agreement by and among FTS International, Inc., Maju Investments (Mauritius) Pte Ltd and CHK Energy Holdings, Inc.
        
  4.5 * Form of Investors' Rights Agreement by and among FTS International, Inc., Senja Capital Ltd and Hampton Asset Holding Ltd.
 
   
  5.1 ** Opinion of Jones Day as to the legality of the securities being registered
 
   
  10.1 *** Term Loan Agreement, dated as of April 16, 2014, among FTS International, Inc., Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as administrative agent, and other lenders party thereto
 
   
  10.2 ***† Employment Agreement dated December 6, 2014, between FTS International, Inc. and Perry Harris
 
   
  10.3 ***† Severance Agreement dated May 3, 2016, between FTS International, Inc. and Michael J. Doss
 
   
  10.4 ***† Severance Agreement dated May 3, 2016, between FTS International, Inc. and Buddy Petersen
 
   
  10.5 ***† Severance Agreement dated May 3, 2016, between FTS International, Inc. and Lance Turner
 
   
  10.6 ***† Letter Agreement dated August 5, 2015, between FTS International, Inc. and Lance Turner
 
   
  10.7 *† Letter Agreement dated March 29, 2017, between FTS International, Inc. and Karen D. Thornton
 
   
  10.8 *† Letter Agreement dated March 29, 2017, between FTS International, Inc. and Jennifer L. Keefe
 
   
  10.9 ***† FTS International, Inc. 2014 Long-Term Incentive Plan
 
   
  10.10 ***† Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (Stock Settled) under the 2014 Long-Term Incentive Plan
 
   
  10.11 *† Description of 2016 Short-Term Incentive Plan
 
   
  10.12 *† Description of 2017 Short-Term Incentive Plan
 
   
  10.13 *† Form of Indemnification Agreement between FTS International, Inc. and each of its directors and executive officers
 
   
  10.14 *** Master Service Agreement, by and between Chesapeake Operating, Inc. and FTS International Services, LLC, dated July 9, 2012
 
   

II-8


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number
  Description
  10.15 *** Master Commercial Agreement, by and between Chesapeake Operating, LLC and FTS International Services, LLC, dated December 24, 2016
 
   
  10.16 *** Security Agreement dated as of April 16, 2014, by and among FTS International, Inc., FTS International Services, LLC, FTS International Manufacturing, LLC and U.S. Bank National Association, as collateral agent
 
   
  10.17 *** Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement dated as of April 16, 2014, among FTS International, Inc., FTS International Services, LLC, FTS International Manufacturing, LLC and U.S. Bank National Association, as collateral agent and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, in its capacity as administrative agent for the Term Secured Parties (as defined therein)
 
   
  10.18 *** Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement dated as of April 16, 2014, among FTS International, Inc., FTS International Services, LLC, FTS International Manufacturing, LLC, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association in its capacity as administrative agent under the Term Loan Agreement, US Bank National Association, as collateral agent and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, in its capacity as administrative agent for the ABL Secured Parties (as defined therein)
 
   
  10.19 *** Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement Joinder dated as of June 1, 2015, among FTS International, Inc., FTS International Services, LLC, FTS International Manufacturing, LLC, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association in its capacity as administrative agent under the Term Loan Agreement, US Bank National Association, as collateral agent and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, in its capacity as administrative agent for the ABL Secured Parties (as defined in the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement)
 
   
  10.20 *** Guaranty and Security Agreement dated as of April 16, 2014, from FTS International, Inc., FTS International Services, LLC and FTS International Manufacturing, LLC to Wells Fargo Bank, National Association
 
   
  10.21 *** Amended and Restated Trademark Security Agreement, dated as of June 22, 2015, from FTS International Services, LLC to Wells Fargo Bank, National Association pursuant to the Term Loan Agreement dated April 16, 2014
 
   
  10.22 *** Amended and Restated Trademark Security Agreement, dated as of June 22, 2015, from FTS International Services, LLC to U.S. Bank National Association pursuant to the Indenture dated April 16, 2014
 
   
  10.23 *** Amended and Restated Trademark Security Agreement, dated as of June 22, 2015, from FTS International Services, LLC to U.S. Bank National Association pursuant to the Indenture dated June 1, 2015
 
   
  10.24 *† FTS International, Inc. 2017 Equity and Incentive Compensation Plan
 
   
  10.25 **† Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement under the 2017 Equity and Incentive Compensation Plan
 
   
  16.1 *** Letter from Ernst & Young LLP, dated February 10, 2017, regarding changes in accountant
 
   
  21.1 *** List of Subsidiaries
 
   
  23.1 * Consent of Grant Thornton LLP
 
   
  23.2 ** Consent of Jones Day (included as part of Exhibit 5.1 hereto)
 
   
  24.1 *** Power of Attorney

*
Filed herewith
**
To be filed by amendment
***
Previously filed
Management contract, compensatory plan or arrangement

II-9




Exhibit 3.1

 

FORM OF AMENDED AND RESTATED
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF
FTS INTERNATIONAL, INC.

 

FTS International, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware or any applicable successor act thereto, as the same may be amended from time to time (the “ DGCL ”), hereby certifies as follows:

 

1.               The name of the corporation is FTS International, Inc. The date of the filing of its original certificate of incorporation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware was December 28, 2011.

 

2.               This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, which restates, integrates and amends the certificate of incorporation of the corporation, has been duly adopted by the corporation in accordance with Sections 242 and 245 of the DGCL and has been adopted by the requisite vote of the stockholders of the corporation, acting by written consent in lieu of a meeting in accordance with Section 228 of the DGCL.

 

3.               The certificate of incorporation is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

 

ARTICLE I

 

The name of the corporation is “FTS International, Inc.” (hereinafter called the “ Corporation ”).

 

ARTICLE II

 

The address of the Corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is 1675 South State Street, Suite B, City of Dover, County of Kent, 19901. The name of its registered agent at such address is Capitol Services, Inc.

 

ARTICLE III

 

The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the DGCL.

 

ARTICLE IV

 

A.                                     Classes of Stock .  The total number of shares of all classes of capital stock that the Corporation is authorized to issue is [•] shares which shall be divided into two classes of stock to be designated “Common Stock” and “Preferred Stock”.  The total number of shares of Common Stock that the Corporation is authorized to issue is [•] shares, par value $0.01 per share. The total number of shares of Preferred Stock that the Corporation is authorized to issue is

 



 

[•] shares, par value $0.01 per share. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, the number of authorized shares of either the Common Stock or Preferred Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority in voting power of the stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the DGCL, and no vote of the holders of either the Common Stock or Preferred Stock voting separately as a class shall be required therefor.

 

B.                                     Common Stock .  The powers, preferences and relative participating, optional or other special rights, and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions of the Common Stock are as follows:

 

1.                                       Ranking .  The voting, dividend and liquidation rights of the holders of the Common Stock are subject to and qualified by the rights of the holders of the Preferred Stock of any series as may be designated by the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “ Board ”) upon any issuance of the Preferred Stock of any series.

 

2.                                       Voting .  Except as otherwise provided by law or by the resolution or resolutions providing for the issue of any series of Preferred Stock, the holders of outstanding shares of Common Stock shall have the exclusive right to vote for the election of directors and for all other purposes. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (as the same may be amended and/or restated from time to time, including the terms of any Preferred Stock Designation (as defined below), this “ Certificate of Incorporation ”) to the contrary, the holders of Common Stock shall not be entitled to vote on any amendment to this Certificate of Incorporation (including any Preferred Stock Designation) that relates solely to the terms of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected series are entitled, either separately or together as a class with the holders of one or more other such series, to vote thereon pursuant to this Certificate of Incorporation (including any Preferred Stock Designation) or the DGCL.

 

3.                                       Dividends .  Subject to the rights of the holders of Preferred Stock, holders of shares of Common Stock shall be entitled to receive such dividends and distributions and other distributions in cash, stock or property of the Corporation when, as and if declared thereon by the Board from time to time out of assets or funds of the Corporation legally available therefor.

 

4.                                       Liquidation .  Subject to the rights of the holders of Preferred Stock, shares of Common Stock shall be entitled to receive the assets and funds of the Corporation available for distribution in the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary. A liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation, as such terms are used in this Section B.4., shall not be deemed to be occasioned by or to include any consolidation or merger of the Corporation with or into any other person or a sale, lease, exchange or conveyance of all or a part of its assets.

 

2



 

C.                                     Preferred Stock .

 

Shares of Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time in one or more series. The Board is hereby authorized to provide by resolution or resolutions from time to time for the issuance, out of the unissued shares of Preferred Stock, of one or more series of Preferred Stock, without stockholder approval, by filing a certificate pursuant to the applicable law of the State of Delaware (the “ Preferred Stock Designation ”), setting forth such resolution and, with respect to each such series, establishing the number of shares to be included in such series, and fixing the voting powers, full or limited, or no voting power of the shares of such series, and the designation, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights, if any, of the shares of each such series and any qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof.  The powers, designation, preferences and relative, participating, optional and other special rights of each series of Preferred Stock, and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof, if any, may differ from those of any and all other series at any time outstanding.  The authority of the Board with respect to each series of Preferred Stock shall include, but not be limited to, the determination of the following:

 

1.                                       the designation of the series, which may be by distinguishing number, letter or title;

 

2.                                       the number of shares of the series, which number the Board may thereafter (except where otherwise provided in the Preferred Stock Designation) increase or decrease (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding);

 

3.                                       the rights in respect of any dividends (or methods of determining the dividends), if any, payable to the holders of the shares of such series, any conditions upon which such dividends shall be paid, the amounts or rates at which dividends will be payable on, and the preferences, if any, of shares of the series in respect of dividends, and whether such dividends, if any, shall be cumulative or noncumulative;

 

4.                                       the dates on which dividends, if any, shall be payable;

 

5.                                       the redemption rights and price or prices, if any, for shares of the series (which may be cash, property or rights, including securities of the Corporation or another corporation or entity) for which, the period or periods within which and the other terms and conditions upon which the shares of such series may be redeemed, in whole or in part, at the option of the Corporation or at the option of the holder or holders thereof or upon the happening of a specified event or events, if any, including the obligation, if any, of the Corporation to purchase or redeem shares of such series pursuant to a sinking fund or otherwise;

 

6.                                       the terms and amount of any sinking fund, if any, provided for the purchase or redemption of shares of the series;

 

7.                                       the amounts payable on, and the preferences, if any, of, shares of the series in the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation;

 

3



 

8.                                       whether the shares of the series shall be convertible into or exchangeable for, shares of any other class or series, or any other security, of the Corporation or any other corporation, and, if so, the specification of such other class or series or such other security, the conversion or exchange price or prices or rate or rates, any adjustments thereof, the date or dates at which such shares shall be convertible or exchangeable and all other terms and conditions upon which such conversion or exchange may be made;

 

9.                                       restrictions on the issuance of shares of the same series or any other class or series;

 

10.                                the voting rights, if any, of the holders of shares of the series generally or upon specified events; and

 

11.                                any other powers, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each series of Preferred Stock, and any qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such shares, all as may be determined from time to time by the Board and stated in the resolution or resolutions providing for the issuance of such Preferred Stock.

 

Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the resolutions providing for issuance of any series of Preferred Stock may provide that such series shall be superior or rank equally or be junior to any other series of Preferred Stock to the extent permitted by law.

 

ARTICLE V

 

A.                                     General Powers .  The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board, except as otherwise provided by law.

 

B.                                     Number of Directors .  Subject to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect directors, the number of the directors of the Corporation shall be fixed from time to time by resolution of the Board.

 

C.                                     Classes of Directors .  Subject to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect directors, the Board shall be and is divided into three classes, designated Class I, Class II and Class III. Each class shall consist, as nearly as may be possible, of one third of the total number of directors constituting the entire Board.

 

D.                                     Terms of Office .  Subject to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect directors, each director shall serve for a term ending on the date of the third annual meeting of stockholders following the annual meeting of stockholders at which such director was elected; provided that each director initially elected to Class I shall serve for a term expiring at the Corporation’s first annual meeting of stockholders held after the effectiveness of this Certificate of Incorporation; each director initially elected to Class II shall serve for a term expiring at the Corporation’s second annual meeting of stockholders held after the effectiveness of this Certificate of Incorporation; and each director initially elected to Class III shall serve for a term expiring at the Corporation’s third annual meeting of stockholders held after the effectiveness of this Certificate of Incorporation; provided, further, that the term of each director

 

4



 

shall continue until the election and qualification of his or her successor and be subject to his or her earlier death, disqualification, resignation or removal.

 

E.                                      Vacancies .  Subject to the (i) rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock and (ii) the provisions of the Investors’ Rights Agreement by and among the Corporation, Maju Investments (Mauritius) Pte Ltd (“ Maju ”) and CHK Energy Holdings, Inc. (“ CHK ”), dated [ · ], 2017 (the “ Maju and CHK Investors’ Rights Agreement ”), and the Investors’ Rights Agreement by and among the Corporation, Senja Capital Ltd and Hampton Asset Holding Ltd. (collectively, “ Senja ”), dated [ · ], 2017 (the “ Senja Investors’ Rights Agreement ” and together with the Maju and CHK Investors’ Rights Agreement, the “ Investors’ Rights Agreements ”), any newly created directorship that results from an increase in the number of directors or any vacancy on the Board that results from the death, disability, resignation, disqualification or removal of any director or from any other cause shall be filled solely by the affirmative vote of a majority of the total number of directors then in office, even if less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director and shall not be filled by the stockholders. Any director elected to fill a vacancy not resulting from an increase in the number of directors shall hold office for the remaining term of his or her predecessor.

 

F.                                       Removal .  Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, any director or the entire Board may be removed from office at any time, but only for cause by the affirmative vote of holders of at least 66 2/3% of the then-outstanding voting stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon. However, at any time Maju, CHK or Senja (each a “ Nominating Stockholder ”) have the contractual right under the Investors’ Rights Agreements to nominate a director for election to the Board (the “ Nominated Director ”), such Nominated Director if elected may, to the fullest extent permitted by law, only be removed from office by the applicable Nominating Stockholder.

 

G.                                     Committees .  Pursuant to the Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Corporation (as the same may be amended and/or restated from time to time, the “ Bylaws ”), the Board may establish one or more committees to which may be delegated any or all of the powers and duties of the Board to the fullest extent permitted by law.

 

H.                                    Stockholder Nominations and Introduction of Business .  Subject to the provisions of the Investors’ Rights Agreements, advance notice of stockholder nominations for election of directors and other business to be brought by stockholders before a meeting of stockholders shall be given in the manner provided by the Bylaws.

 

ARTICLE VI

 

Unless and except to the extent that the Bylaws shall so require, the election of directors of the Corporation need not be by written ballot.

 

5



 

ARTICLE VII

 

To the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as the same exists or as may hereafter be amended, a director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director. No repeal or modification of this Article VII shall apply to or have any adverse effect on any right or protection of, or any limitation of the liability of, a director of the Corporation existing at the time of such repeal or modification with respect to acts or omissions occurring prior to such repeal or modification.

 

ARTICLE VIII

 

The Corporation may indemnify, and advance expenses to, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any person who was or is a party to or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative by reason of the fact that the person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise.

 

ARTICLE IX

 

Subject to the terms of any series of Preferred Stock, any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the Corporation must be effected at an annual or special meeting of the stockholders and may not be effected by written consent in lieu of a meeting.

 

ARTICLE X

 

Special meetings of stockholders for any purpose or purposes may be called at any time by (A) the Board (by resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of authorized directors), the Chief Executive Officer or the Chair of the Board or (B) the Secretary of the Corporation upon the written request of holders owning at least 25% of the issued and outstanding Common Stock, and may not be called by any other person or persons. Business transacted at any special meeting of stockholders shall be limited to matters relating to the purpose or purposes stated in the notice of meeting.

 

ARTICLE XI

 

If any provision or provisions (or any part thereof) of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable as applied to any circumstance for any reason whatsoever: (i) the validity, legality and enforceability of such provisions in any other circumstance and of the remaining provisions of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including, without limitation, each portion of any paragraph of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation containing any such

 

6



 

provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable that is not itself held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and (ii) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including, without limitation, each such portion of any paragraph of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to permit the Corporation to protect its directors, officers, employees and agents from personal liability in respect of their good faith service or for the benefit of the Corporation to the fullest extent permitted by law.

 

ARTICLE XII

 

A.                                     Business Combinations; Section 203 .  The Corporation hereby expressly elects not to be governed by Section 203 of the DGCL.

 

B.                                     Restrictions; Exceptions .  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Corporation shall not engage in any business combination (as defined below), at any point in time at which the Common Stock is registered under Section 12(b) or 12(g) of the Exchange Act, with any interested stockholder (as defined below) for a period of three years following the time that such stockholder became an interested stockholder, unless:

 

1.                                       prior to such time, the Board approved either the business combination or the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder; or

 

2.                                       upon consummation of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock (as defined below) of the Corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of determining the voting stock outstanding (but not the outstanding voting stock owned by the interested stockholder) those shares owned by (i) persons who are directors and also officers and (ii) employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or

 

3.                                       at or subsequent to such time, the business combination is approved by the Board and authorized at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least 66 2/3% of the then-outstanding voting stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon and that is not owned by the interested stockholder.

 

C.                                     Definitions .  For purposes of this Article XII, references to:

 

1.                                       affiliate ” means a person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, another person.

 

2.                                       associate ,” when used to indicate a relationship with any person, means: (i) any corporation, partnership, unincorporated association or other entity of which such person is a director, officer or partner or is, directly or indirectly, the owner of 20% or more of any class of voting stock; (ii) any trust or other estate in which such person has at least a 20% beneficial interest or as to which such person serves as trustee or in a similar fiduciary capacity; and (iii)

 

7



 

any relative or spouse of such person, or any relative of such spouse, who has the same residence as such person.

 

3.                                       business combination ,” when used in reference to the Corporation and any interested stockholder of the Corporation, means:

 

i.                                           any merger or consolidation of the Corporation or any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation (a) with the interested stockholder or (b) with any other corporation, partnership, unincorporated association or other entity if the merger or consolidation is caused by the interested stockholder and as a result of such merger or consolidation Section B. of this Article XII is not applicable to the surviving entity;

 

ii.                                        any sale, lease, exchange, mortgage, pledge, transfer or other disposition (in one transaction or a series of transactions), except proportionately as a stockholder of the Corporation, to or with the interested stockholder, whether as part of a dissolution or otherwise, of assets of the Corporation or of any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation, which assets have an aggregate market value equal to 10% or more of either the aggregate market value of all the assets of the Corporation determined on a consolidated basis or the aggregate market value of all the outstanding stock of the Corporation;

 

iii.                                     any transaction that results in the issuance or transfer by the Corporation or by any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation of any stock of the Corporation or of such subsidiary to the interested stockholder, except: (a) pursuant to the exercise, exchange or conversion of securities exercisable for, exchangeable for or convertible into stock of the Corporation or any such subsidiary, which securities were outstanding prior to the time that the interested stockholder became such; (b) pursuant to a merger under Section 251(g) of the DGCL; (c) pursuant to a dividend or distribution paid or made, or the exercise, exchange or conversion of securities exercisable for, exchangeable for or convertible into stock of the Corporation or any such subsidiary, which security is distributed, pro rata, to all holders of a class or series of stock of the Corporation subsequent to the time the interested stockholder became such; (d) pursuant to an exchange offer by the Corporation to purchase stock made on the same terms to all holders of said stock; or (e) any issuance or transfer of stock by the Corporation; provided, however, that in no case under clauses (c)-(e) of this subsection iii. shall there be an increase in the interested stockholder’s proportionate share of the stock of any class or series of the Corporation or of the voting stock of the Corporation (except as a result of immaterial changes due to fractional share adjustments);

 

iv.                                    any transaction involving the Corporation or any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation that has the effect, directly or indirectly, of increasing the proportionate share of the stock of any class or series, or securities convertible into the stock of any class or series, of the Corporation or of any such subsidiary that is owned by the interested stockholder, except as a

 

8



 

result of immaterial changes due to fractional share adjustments or as a result of any purchase or redemption of any shares of stock not caused, directly or indirectly, by the interested stockholder; or

 

v.                                       any receipt by the interested stockholder of the benefit, directly or indirectly (except proportionately as a stockholder of the Corporation), of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges, or other financial benefits (other than those expressly permitted in subsections i.-iv. above) provided by or through the Corporation or any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary.

 

4.                                       control ,” including the terms “ controlling ,” “ controlled by ” and “ under common control with ,” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a person, whether through the ownership of voting stock, by contract, or otherwise. A person who is the owner of 20% or more of the outstanding voting stock of any corporation, partnership, unincorporated association or other entity shall be presumed to have control of such entity, in the absence of proof by a preponderance of the evidence to the contrary. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a presumption of control shall not apply where such person holds voting stock, in good faith and not for the purpose of circumventing this Article XII, as an agent, bank, broker, nominee, custodian or trustee for one or more owners who do not individually or as a group have control of such entity.

 

5.                                       Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

 

6.                                       Maju Direct Transferee ” means any person that acquires (other than through a registered public offering or through a broker’s transaction executed on any securities exchange or other over-the-counter market) directly from Maju or any of its affiliates or successors or a “group,” or any member of any such group, of which such persons are a party under Rule 13d-5 of the Exchange Act, beneficial ownership of 5% or more of the then-outstanding voting stock of the Corporation; provided that such person was not an “interested stockholder” prior to such acquisition.

 

7.                                       Maju Indirect Transferee ” means any person that acquires (other than through a registered public offering or through a broker’s transaction executed on any securities exchange or other over-the-counter market) directly from any Maju Direct Transferee or any other Maju Indirect Transferee beneficial ownership of 5% or more of the then-outstanding voting stock of the Corporation; provided that such person was not an “interested stockholder” prior to such acquisition.

 

8.                                       CHK Direct Transferee ” means any person that acquires (other than through a registered public offering or through a broker’s transaction executed on any securities exchange or other over-the-counter market) directly from CHK or any of its affiliates or successors or any “group,” or any member of any such group, of which such persons are a party under Rule 13d-5 of the Exchange Act, beneficial ownership of 5% or more of the then-outstanding voting stock of the Corporation; provided that such person was not an “interested stockholder” prior to such acquisition.

 

9



 

9.                                       CHK Indirect Transferee ” means any person that acquires (other than through a registered public offering or through a broker’s transaction executed on any securities exchange or other over-the-counter market) directly from any CHK Direct Transferee or any other CHK Indirect Transferee beneficial ownership of 5% or more of the then-outstanding voting stock of the Corporation; provided that such person was not an “interested stockholder” prior to such acquisition.

 

10.                                interested stockholder ” means any person (other than the Corporation or any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation) that (i) is the owner of 15% or more of the then-outstanding shares of voting stock of the Corporation, or (ii) is an affiliate or associate of the Corporation and was the owner of 15% or more of the then-outstanding shares of voting stock of the Corporation at any time within the three-year period immediately prior to the date on which it is sought to be determined whether such person is an interested stockholder; and the affiliates and associates of such person; provided, however, that “interested stockholder” shall not include (a) Maju, any Maju Direct Transferee, any Maju Indirect Transferee, CHK, any CHK Direct Transferee, any CHK Indirect Transferee or any of their respective affiliates or successors or any “group,” or any member of any such group, to which such persons are a party under Rule 13d-5 of the Exchange Act, or (b) any person whose ownership of shares in excess of the 15% limitation set forth herein is the result of any action taken solely by the Corporation, provided, further, that in the case of clause (b) such person shall be an interested stockholder if thereafter such person acquires additional shares of voting stock of the Corporation, except as a result of further corporate action not caused, directly or indirectly, by such person. For the purpose of determining whether a person is an interested stockholder, the voting stock of the Corporation deemed to be outstanding shall include stock deemed to be owned by the person through application of the definition of “owner” below but shall not include any other unissued stock of the Corporation that may be issuable pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding, or upon exercise of conversion rights, warrants or options, or otherwise.

 

11.                                owner ,” including the terms “ own ” and “ owned ,” when used with respect to any stock, means a person that individually or with or through any of its affiliates or associates:

 

i.                                           beneficially owns such stock, directly or indirectly; or

 

ii.                                        has (a) the right to acquire such stock (whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time) pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding, or upon the exercise of conversion rights, exchange rights, warrants or options, or otherwise; provided, however, that a person shall not be deemed the owner of stock tendered pursuant to a tender or exchange offer made by such person or any of such person’s affiliates or associates until such tendered stock is accepted for purchase or exchange; or (b) the right to vote such stock pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding; provided, however, that a person shall not be deemed the owner of any stock because of such person’s right to vote such stock if the agreement, arrangement or understanding to vote such stock arises solely from a revocable

 

10



 

proxy or consent given in response to a proxy or consent solicitation made to ten or more persons; or

 

iii.                                     has any agreement, arrangement or understanding for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting (except voting pursuant to a revocable proxy or consent as described in clause (b) of subsection (ii) above), or disposing of such stock with any other person that beneficially owns, or whose affiliates or associates beneficially own, directly or indirectly, such stock.

 

12.                                person ” means any individual, corporation, partnership, unincorporated association or other entity.

 

13.                                stock ” means, with respect to any corporation, capital stock and, with respect to any other entity, any equity interest.

 

14.                                voting stock ” means stock of any class or series entitled to vote generally in the election of directors.

 

ARTICLE XIII

 

Subject to the provisions of the Investors’ Rights Agreements, the Corporation reserves the right at any time from time to time to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation, and any other provisions authorized by the DGCL may be added or inserted, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by law; and all rights, preferences and privileges of whatsoever nature conferred upon stockholders, directors or any other persons whomsoever by and pursuant to this Certificate of Incorporation in its present form or as hereafter amended are granted subject to the right reserved in this Article XIII. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Certificate of Incorporation or any provision of law that might otherwise permit a lesser vote or no vote and except to the extent the consent of the Nominating Stockholder is also required for such amendment, but in addition to any affirmative vote of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock required by law, by this Certificate of Incorporation or by any Preferred Stock Designation, the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority in voting power of the then-outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon shall be required to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision of this Certificate of Incorporation, or to adopt any new provision of this Certificate of Incorporation; provided, however, that the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66 2/3% in voting power of the then-outstanding voting stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon shall be required to amend, alter, change or repeal, or adopt any provision inconsistent with, any of Article IV, Article V, Article VII, Article VIII, Article IX, Article X, Article XI, Article XII, Article XIV, Article XV and this sentence of this Certificate of Incorporation, or in each case, the definition of any capitalized terms used therein or any successor provision (including, without limitation, any such article or section as renumbered as a result of any amendment, alteration, change, repeal or adoption of any other provision of this Certificate of Incorporation). Any amendment, repeal or modification of any of Article VII, Article VIII, Article XII and this sentence shall not adversely affect any right or protection of any person existing thereunder with respect to any act or omission occurring prior to such repeal or modification.

 

11



 

ARTICLE XIV

 

Subject to the provisions of the Investors’ Rights Agreements, in furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred upon it by law, the Board is expressly authorized and empowered to adopt, amend and repeal the Bylaws by the affirmative vote of a majority of the total number of directors present at a regular or special meeting of the Board at which there is a quorum or by written consent. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Certificate of Incorporation or any provision of law that might otherwise permit a lesser vote or no vote, but in addition to any affirmative vote of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock required by law, by this Certificate of Incorporation or by any Preferred Stock Designation, the Bylaws may also be amended, altered or repealed and new Bylaws may be adopted by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of the then-outstanding voting power of the stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon except to the extent the consent of the Nominating Stockholder is also required for such amendment.

 

ARTICLE XV

 

Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the sole and exclusive forum for (A) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Corporation, (B) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer or other employee of the Corporation to the Corporation or the Corporation’s stockholders, (C) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL, or this Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws (as either may be amended and/or restated from time to time) or as to which the DGCL confers jurisdiction on the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware, or (D) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine.  Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring or holding any interest in shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the provisions of this Article XV.

 

12



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been executed this [•] day of, 2017.

 

 

FTS INTERNATIONAL, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name: Michael J. Doss

 

 

Title: Chief Executive Officer

 

13




Exhibit 3.2

 

FORM OF AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS

 

OF

 

FTS INTERNATIONAL, INC.

 



 

Table of Contents

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE I

 

STOCKHOLDERS

1

 

 

 

 

1.1

 

Place of Meetings

1

1.2

 

Annual Meeting

1

1.3

 

Special Meetings

1

1.4

 

Notice of Meetings

1

1.5

 

Voting List

2

1.6

 

Quorum

2

1.7

 

Adjournments

2

1.8

 

Proxies

3

1.9

 

Action at Meeting

3

1.10

 

Notice of Stockholder Business and Nominations

3

1.11

 

Conduct of Meetings

7

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE II

 

DIRECTORS

8

 

 

 

 

2.1

 

General Powers

8

2.2

 

Number, Election and Qualification

8

2.3

 

Chair of the Board; Vice Chair of the Board

8

2.4

 

Classes of Directors

9

2.5

 

Terms of Office

9

2.6

 

Quorum

9

2.7

 

Action at Meeting

9

2.8

 

Removal

9

2.9

 

Vacancies

10

2.10

 

Resignation

10

2.11

 

Regular Meetings

10

2.12

 

Special Meetings

10

2.13

 

Notice of Special Meetings

10

2.14

 

Meetings by Conference Communications Equipment

10

2.15

 

Action by Consent

10

2.16

 

Committees

11

2.17

 

Compensation of Directors

11

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE III

 

OFFICERS

11

 

 

 

 

3.1

 

Titles

11

3.2

 

Election

11

3.3

 

Qualification

12

 

i



 

Table of Contents

(continued)

 

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

 

3.4

 

Tenure

12

3.5

 

Resignation and Removal

12

3.6

 

Vacancies

12

3.7

 

Chief Executive Officer; President

12

3.8

 

Vice Presidents

12

3.9

 

Secretary and Assistant Secretaries

12

3.10

 

Treasurer and Assistant Treasurers

13

3.11

 

Salaries

13

3.12

 

Delegation of Authority

13

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE IV

 

CAPITAL STOCK

13

 

 

 

 

4.1

 

Issuance of Stock

13

4.2

 

Uncertificated Shares; Stock Certificates

14

4.3

 

Transfers

14

4.4

 

Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates

15

4.5

 

Record Date

15

4.6

 

Regulations

15

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE V

 

GENERAL PROVISIONS

16

 

 

 

 

5.1

 

Fiscal Year

16

5.2

 

Waiver of Notice

16

5.3

 

Voting of Securities

16

5.4

 

Evidence of Authority

16

5.5

 

Certificate of Incorporation

16

5.6

 

Severability

16

5.7

 

Pronouns

16

5.8

 

Electronic Transmission

16

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE VI

 

AMENDMENTS

17

 

ii



 

ARTICLE I

 

STOCKHOLDERS

 

1.1                                Place of Meetings .  All meetings of stockholders shall be held at such place, if any, as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors (the “ Board ”) of FTS International, Inc. (the “ Corporation ”), the Chief Executive Officer or the Chair of the Board or, if not so designated, at the principal office of the Corporation.  The Board may, in its sole discretion, determine that a meeting shall not be held at any place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication in accordance with Section 211(a) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ DGCL ”).

 

1.2                                Annual Meeting .  The annual meeting of stockholders for the election of directors to succeed those whose terms expire and for the transaction of such other business as may properly be brought before the meeting shall be held on a date and at a time designated by the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or the Chair of the Board (which date shall not be a legal holiday in the place, if any, where the meeting is to be held).  The Board, the Chief Executive Officer or the Chair of the Board may postpone, reschedule or cancel any previously scheduled annual meeting of stockholders.

 

1.3                                Special Meetings .  Special meetings of stockholders for any purpose or purposes may be called at any time by (a) the Board (by resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of authorized directors), the Chief Executive Officer or the Chair of the Board or (b) the Secretary of the Corporation upon the written request of holders owning at least 25% of the issued and outstanding common stock of the Corporation, and may not be called by any other person or persons.  The Board, the Chief Executive Officer or the Chair of the Board may postpone, reschedule or cancel any previously scheduled special meeting of stockholders.  Business transacted at any special meeting of stockholders shall be limited to matters relating to the purpose or purposes stated in the notice of meeting.

 

1.4                                Notice of Meetings .  Except as otherwise provided by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, notice of each meeting of stockholders, whether annual or special, shall be given not less than ten nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting as of the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting.  Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given to stockholders, any notice shall be effective if given by a form of electronic transmission consented to (in a manner consistent with the DGCL) by the stockholder to whom the notice is given.  The notices of all meetings shall state the place, if any, date and time of the meeting, the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, and the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting (if such date is different from the record date for stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting).  The notice of a special meeting shall state, in addition, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called.  If notice is given by mail, such notice shall be deemed given when deposited in the U.S. mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at such stockholder’s address as it appears on the records of the Corporation.  If notice is given by electronic transmission, such notice shall be deemed given at the time specified in Section 232 of the DGCL.

 



 

1.5                                Voting List .  The Secretary shall prepare, at least ten days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting (provided, however, if the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote is less than ten days before the date of the meeting, the list shall reflect the stockholders entitled to vote as of the tenth day before the meeting date), showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder.  Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, for a period of at least ten days prior to the meeting: (a) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, or (b) during ordinary business hours, at the principal place of business of the Corporation.  If the meeting is to be held at a place, then the list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present.  If the meeting is to be held solely by means of remote communication, then the list shall also be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic network, and the information required to access such list shall be provided with the notice of the meeting.  Except as otherwise provided by law, the list shall presumptively determine the identity of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting and the number of shares held by each of them.

 

1.6                                Quorum .  Except as otherwise provided by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, the holders of a majority in voting power of the shares of the capital stock of the Corporation issued and outstanding and entitled to vote at the meeting, present in person, present by means of remote communication in a manner, if any, authorized by the Board in its sole discretion, or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business; provided, however, that where a separate vote by a class or classes or series of capital stock is required by law or the Certificate of Incorporation, the holders of a majority in voting power of the shares of such class or classes or series of the capital stock of the Corporation issued and outstanding and entitled to vote on such matter, present in person, present by means of remote communication in a manner, if any, authorized by the Board in its sole discretion, or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum entitled to take action with respect to such matter.  A quorum, once established at a meeting, shall not be broken by the withdrawal of enough votes to leave less than a quorum.

 

1.7                                Adjournments .  Any meeting of stockholders, annual or special, may be adjourned from time to time to any other time and to any other place at which a meeting of stockholders may be held under these Bylaws by the chair of the meeting or, if directed to be voted on by the chair of the meeting, by the stockholders having a majority in voting power of the shares of stock of the Corporation present or represented at the meeting and entitled to vote thereon, although less than a quorum.  If a quorum is present at the original duly organized meeting of stockholders, it shall also be deemed present at an adjourned or recessed session of such meeting.  If the adjournment is for more than 30 days, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.  If after the adjournment a new record date for determination of stockholders entitled to vote is fixed for the adjourned meeting, the Board shall fix as the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of such adjourned meeting the same or an earlier date as that fixed for determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting, and shall give notice of the adjourned meeting to each stockholder of record as of the record date so fixed for notice of such adjourned meeting. At the

 

2



 

adjourned meeting, the Corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting.

 

1.8                                Proxies .  Each stockholder of record entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders may vote in person (including by means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting) or may authorize another person or persons to vote for such stockholder by a proxy executed or transmitted in a manner permitted by applicable law.  No such proxy shall be voted upon after three years from the date of its execution, unless the proxy expressly provides for a longer period.

 

1.9                                Action at Meeting .  When a quorum is present at any meeting, any matter other than the election of directors to be voted upon by the stockholders at such meeting shall be decided by the vote of the holders of shares of stock having a majority in voting power of the votes cast by the holders of all of the shares of stock present or represented at the meeting and voting affirmatively or negatively on such matter (or if there are two or more classes or series of stock entitled to vote as separate classes, then in the case of each such class or series, the holders of a majority in voting power of the shares of stock of that class or series present or represented at the meeting and voting affirmatively or negatively on such matter), except when a different vote is required by applicable law, regulation applicable to the Corporation or its securities, the rules or regulations of any stock exchange applicable to the Corporation, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws.  Voting at meetings of stockholders need not be by written ballot.  At all meetings of stockholders for the election of directors at which a quorum is present a plurality of the votes cast shall be sufficient to elect directors.

 

1.10                         Notice of Stockholder Business and Nominations .

 

(A)                                Annual Meetings of Stockholders .  (1) Nominations of persons for election to the Board and the proposal of other business to be considered by the stockholders may be made at an annual meeting of stockholders only (a) pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto), (b) by or at the direction of the Board or any committee thereof or (c) by any stockholder of the Corporation who was a stockholder of record of the Corporation at the time the notice provided for in this Section 1.10 is delivered to the Secretary of the Corporation, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 1.10.

 

(2)                                  For any nominations or other business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder pursuant to clause (c) of paragraph (A)(1) of this Section 1.10, the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation and any such proposed business (other than the nominations of persons for election to the Board) must constitute a proper matter for stockholder action.  To be timely, a stockholder’s notice shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the 90 th  day, nor earlier than the close of business on the 120 th  day, prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting (provided, however, that (a) in the case of the annual meeting of stockholders of the Corporation to be held in 2018, or (b) in the event that the date of the annual meeting is more than 30 days before or more than 70 days after such anniversary date, notice by the stockholder must be so delivered not earlier than the close of business on the 120 th  day prior to such annual meeting and

 

3



 

not later than the close of business on the later of the 90 th  day prior to such annual meeting or the tenth day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made by the Corporation).  In no event shall the public announcement of an adjournment or postponement of an annual meeting commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above.  Such stockholder’s notice shall include:

 

(a)                                  as to each person whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election as a director (i) all information relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for election of directors in an election contest, or is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to and in accordance with Section 14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”), and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder; (ii) all information that would be required to be disclosed pursuant to Items 403 and 404 under Regulation S-K if the stockholder giving the notice or the beneficial owner on whose behalf the notice is made were the “registrant” for purposes of such rule and such person were a director or executive officer of the “registrant;” (iii)  a written questionnaire with respect to the identity, background and qualification of such person and the background of any other person or entity on whose behalf the nomination is being made (which questionnaire will be provided by the Secretary upon written request); (iv) all information with respect to such person that would be required to be set forth in a stockholder’s notice pursuant to Section 1.10(A)(2)(c) if such person were the stockholder giving the notice; and (v) such person’s written consent to being named in the proxy statement as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected;

 

(b)                                  as to any other business that the stockholder proposes to bring before the meeting, a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the meeting, the text of the proposal or business (including the text of any resolutions proposed for consideration and in the event that such business includes a proposal to amend the Bylaws of the Corporation, the language of the proposed amendment), the reasons for conducting such business at the meeting and any material interest in such business of such stockholder and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made; and

 

(c)                                   as to the stockholder giving the notice and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made (i) the name and address of such stockholder, as they appear on the Corporation’s books, and of such beneficial owner, (ii) the class or series and number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation which are owned beneficially and of record by such stockholder and such beneficial owner, (iii) a description of any agreement, arrangement or understanding with respect to the nomination or proposal between or among such stockholder and/or such beneficial owner, any of their respective affiliates or associates, and any others acting in concert with any of the foregoing, including, in the case of a nomination, the nominee, (iv) a description of any agreement, arrangement or understanding (including any derivative or short positions, profit interests, options, warrants, convertible securities, stock appreciation or similar rights, hedging transactions, and borrowed or loaned shares) that has been entered into as of the date of the stockholder’s notice by, or on behalf of, such stockholder and such beneficial owners, whether or not such instrument or right shall be subject to settlement in underlying shares of capital stock of the Corporation, the effect or intent of which is to mitigate loss to, manage risk or benefit of share price changes for, or increase or decrease the voting power of, such stockholder or such beneficial owner, with respect to securities of the Corporation, (v) a representation that the stockholder is a holder of record of

 

4



 

stock of the Corporation entitled to vote at such meeting and intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to propose such business or nomination, (vi) a representation whether the stockholder or the beneficial owner, if any, intends or is part of a group which intends (1) to deliver a proxy statement and/or form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the Corporation’s outstanding capital stock required to approve or adopt the proposal or elect the nominee and/or (2) otherwise to solicit proxies or votes from stockholders in support of such proposal or nomination, and (vii) any other information relating to such stockholder and beneficial owner, if any, required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for, as applicable, the proposal and/or for the election of directors in an election contest pursuant to and in accordance with Section 14(a) of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.  The foregoing notice requirements of this paragraph (A) of this Section 1.10 shall be deemed satisfied by a stockholder with respect to business other than a nomination if the stockholder has notified the Corporation of his, her or its intention to present a proposal at an annual meeting in compliance with applicable rules and regulations promulgated under the Exchange Act and such stockholder’s proposal has been included in a proxy statement that has been prepared by the Corporation to solicit proxies for such annual meeting.  The Corporation may require any proposed nominee to furnish such other information as the Corporation may reasonably require to determine the eligibility of such proposed nominee to serve as a director of the Corporation.

 

(3)                                  Notwithstanding anything in the second sentence of paragraph (A)(2) of this Section 1.10 to the contrary, in the event that the number of directors to be elected to the Board at the annual meeting is increased effective after the time period for which nominations would otherwise be due under paragraph (A)(2) of this Section 1.10 and there is no public announcement by the Corporation naming the nominees for the additional directorships at least 100 days prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting, a stockholder’s notice required by this Section 1.10 shall also be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for the additional directorships, if it shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the tenth day following the day on which such public announcement is first made by the Corporation.

 

(B)                                Special Meetings of Stockholders .  Only such business shall be conducted at a special meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting.  Nominations of persons for election to the Board may be made at a special meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting (1) by or at the direction of the Board or any committee thereof or (2) provided that the Board has determined that directors shall be elected at such meeting, by any stockholder of the Corporation who is a stockholder of record at the time the notice provided for in this Section 1.10 is delivered to the Secretary of the Corporation, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and upon such election and who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 1.10.  In the event the Corporation calls a special meeting of stockholders for the purpose of electing one or more directors to the Board, any such stockholder entitled to vote in such election of directors may nominate a person or persons (as the case may be) for election to such position(s) as specified in the Corporation’s notice of meeting, if the stockholder’s notice required by paragraph (A)(2) of this Section 1.10 shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not earlier than the close of business on the 120 th  day prior to such special meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the 90 th

 

5



 

day prior to such special meeting or the tenth day following the day on which public announcement is first made of the date of the special meeting and of the nominees proposed by the Board to be elected at such meeting.  In no event shall the public announcement of an adjournment or postponement of a special meeting commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above.

 

(C)                                General .  (1) Except as otherwise expressly provided in any applicable rule or regulation promulgated under the Exchange Act, only such persons who are nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 1.10 shall be eligible to be elected at an annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation to serve as directors and only such business shall be conducted at a meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 1.10.  Except as otherwise provided by law, the chair of the meeting shall have the power and duty (a) to determine whether a nomination or any business proposed to be brought before the meeting was made or proposed, as the case may be, in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 1.10 (including whether the stockholder or beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made, solicited (or is part of a group which solicited) or did not so solicit, as the case may be, proxies or votes in support of such stockholder’s nominee or proposal in compliance with such stockholder’s representation as required by clause (A)(2)(c)(vi) of this Section 1.10) and (b) if any proposed nomination or business was not made or proposed in compliance with this Section 1.10, to declare that such nomination shall be disregarded or that such proposed business shall not be transacted.  Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 1.10, unless otherwise required by law, if the stockholder (or a qualified representative of the stockholder) does not appear at the annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation to present a nomination or proposed business, such nomination shall be disregarded and such proposed business shall not be transacted, notwithstanding that proxies in respect of such vote may have been received by the Corporation.  For purposes of this Section 1.10, to be considered a qualified representative of the stockholder, a person must be (a) if the stockholder is a corporation, any duly authorized officer of such corporation, (b) if the stockholder is a limited liability company, any duly authorized member, manager or officer of such limited liability company, (c) if the stockholder is a partnership, any general partner or person who functions as general partner for such partnership, (d) if the stockholder is a trust, the trustee of such trust, (e) if the stockholder is an entity other than the foregoing, the persons acting in such similar capacities as the foregoing with respect to such entity, or (f) authorized by a writing executed by such stockholder or an electronic transmission delivered by such stockholder to act for such stockholder as proxy at the meeting of stockholders and such person must produce such writing or electronic transmission, or a reliable reproduction of the writing or electronic transmission, at the meeting of stockholders.

 

(2)                                  For purposes of this Section 1.10, “public announcement” shall include disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press or other national news service or in a document publicly filed by the Corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

(3)                                  Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 1.10, a stockholder shall also comply with all applicable requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules

 

6



 

and regulations promulgated thereunder with respect to the matters set forth in this Section 1.10; provided however, that any references in these Bylaws to the Exchange Act or the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder are not intended to and shall not limit any requirements applicable to nominations or proposals as to any other business to be considered pursuant to this Section 1.10 (including paragraphs (A)(1)(c) and (B) hereof), and compliance with paragraphs (A)(1)(c) and (B) of this Section 1.10 shall be the exclusive means for a stockholder to make nominations or submit other business (other than, as provided in the penultimate sentence of (A)(2), business other than nominations brought properly under and in compliance with Rule 14a-8 of the Exchange Act).  Nothing in this Section 1.10 shall be deemed to affect any rights (a) of stockholders to request inclusion of proposals or nominations in the Corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to applicable rules and regulations promulgated under the Exchange Act or (b) of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect directors pursuant to any applicable provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation.

 

(D)                                Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, none of the requirements or obligations of Section 1.10 shall apply to any Investor (as such term is defined in the Investors’ Rights Agreement by and among the Corporation, Maju Investments (Mauritius) Pte Ltd and CHK Energy Holdings, Inc., dated [•], 2017 (the “ Maju and CHK Investors’ Rights Agreement ”), or the Investors’ Rights Agreement by and among the Corporation, Senja Capital Ltd and Hampton Asset Holding Ltd., dated [•], 2017 (the “ Senja Investors’ Rights Agreement ” and together with the Maju and CHK Investors’ Rights Agreement, the “ Investors’ Rights Agreements ”)) or its permitted successors and assigns.  This Section is subject in all respects to the Investors’ Rights Agreements.

 

1.11                         Conduct of Meetings .

 

(A)                                Meetings of stockholders shall be presided over by the Chair of the Board, if any, or in the Chair’s absence by the Vice Chair of the Board, if any, or in the Vice Chair’s absence by the Chief Executive Officer, or in the Chief Executive Officer’s absence, by the President, or in the President’s absence by a Vice President, or in the absence of all of the foregoing persons by a chair designated by the Board.  The Secretary shall act as secretary of the meeting, but in the Secretary’s absence the chair of the meeting may appoint any person to act as secretary of the meeting.

 

(B)                                The Board may adopt by resolution such rules, regulations and procedures for the conduct of any meeting of stockholders of the Corporation as it shall deem appropriate including, without limitation, such guidelines and procedures as it may deem appropriate regarding the participation by means of remote communication of stockholders and proxyholders not physically present at a meeting.  Except to the extent inconsistent with such rules, regulations and procedures as adopted by the Board, the chair of any meeting of stockholders shall have the right and authority to convene and (for any or no reason) to recess and/or adjourn the meeting, to prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures and to do all such acts as, in the judgment of such chair, are appropriate for the proper conduct of the meeting.  Such rules, regulations or procedures, whether adopted by the Board or prescribed by the chair of the meeting, may include, without limitation, the following: (1) the establishment of an agenda or order of business for the meeting; (2) rules and procedures for maintaining order at the meeting and the safety of those present; (3) limitations on attendance at or participation in the meeting to stockholders of

 

7



 

record of the Corporation, their duly authorized and constituted proxies or such other persons as shall be determined; (4) restrictions on entry to the meeting after the time fixed for the commencement thereof; and (5) limitations on the time allotted to questions or comments by participants. The chair of any meeting, in addition to making any other determinations that may be appropriate to the conduct of the meeting, shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare to the meeting that a matter or business was not properly brought before the meeting and if the chair should so determine, the chair shall so declare to the meeting and any such matter or business not properly brought before the meeting shall not be transacted or considered.  Unless and to the extent determined by the Board or the chair of the meeting, meetings of stockholders shall not be required to be held in accordance with the rules of parliamentary procedure.

 

(C)                                The chair of the meeting shall announce at the meeting when the polls for each matter to be voted upon at the meeting will be opened and closed.  After the polls close, no ballots, proxies or votes or any revocations or changes thereto may be accepted.

 

(D)                                In advance of any meeting of stockholders, the Board, the Chair of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or the President shall appoint one or more inspectors of election to act at the meeting or any adjournment thereof and make a written report thereof.  One or more other persons may be designated as alternate inspectors to replace any inspector who fails to act.  If no inspector or alternate is present, ready and willing to act at a meeting of stockholders, the chair of the meeting shall appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting.  Unless otherwise required by law, inspectors may be officers, employees or agents of the Corporation.  No person who is a candidate for an office at an election may serve as an inspector at such election.  Each inspector, before entering upon the discharge of such inspector’s duties, shall take and sign an oath faithfully to execute the duties of inspector with strict impartiality and according to the best of such inspector’s ability.  The inspector shall have the duties prescribed by law and, when the vote is completed, shall make a certificate of the result of the vote taken and of such other facts as may be required by law.  Every vote taken by ballots shall be counted by a duly appointed inspector or duly appointed inspectors.

 

ARTICLE II

 

DIRECTORS

 

2.1                                General Powers .  The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of a Board, who may exercise all of the powers of the Corporation except as otherwise provided by law or the Certificate of Incorporation.

 

2.2                                Number, Election and Qualification .  The total number of directors constituting the Board shall be as fixed in, or in the manner provided by, the Certificate of Incorporation.  Election of directors need not be by written ballot.  Directors need not be stockholders of the Corporation.

 

2.3                                Chair of the Board; Vice Chair of the Board .  The Board may appoint from its members a Chair of the Board and a Vice Chair of the Board, neither of whom need be an employee or officer of the Corporation.  If the Board appoints a Chair of the Board, such Chair shall perform such duties and possess such powers as are assigned by the Board and, if the Chair

 

8



 

of the Board is also designated as the Corporation’s Chief Executive Officer, shall have the powers and duties of the Chief Executive Officer prescribed in Section 3.7 of these Bylaws.  If the Board appoints a Vice Chair of the Board, such Vice Chair shall perform such duties and possess such powers as are assigned by the Board.  The Chair of the Board shall preside at all meetings of the Board at which he or she is present. If the Chair of the Board is not present at a meeting of the Board, the Vice Chair of the Board, if any, shall preside at such meeting, and, if the Vice Chair is not present at such meeting (or if the Board does not have a Vice Chair), the Chief Executive Officer shall preside at such meeting unless a majority of the directors present at such meeting shall elect one of their other members to preside.

 

2.4                                Classes of Directors . Subject to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect directors, the Board shall be and is divided into three classes, designated Class I, Class II and Class III.  Each class shall consist, as nearly as may be possible, of one-third of the total number of directors constituting the entire Board. If the number of such directors is changed, any increase or decrease shall be apportioned among the classes so as to maintain the number of directors in each class as nearly equal as possible, and any such additional director of any class elected to fill a newly created directorship resulting from an increase in such class shall hold office for a term that shall coincide with the remaining term of that class, but in no case shall a decrease in the number of directors remove or shorten the term of any incumbent director.

 

2.5                                Terms of Office .  Subject to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect directors, each director shall serve for a term ending on the date of the third annual meeting of stockholders following the annual meeting of stockholders at which such director was elected; provided that each director initially assigned to Class I shall serve for a term expiring at the Corporation’s first annual meeting of stockholders held after the effectiveness of the Certificate of Incorporation; each director initially assigned to Class II shall serve for a term expiring at the Corporation’s second annual meeting of stockholders held after the effectiveness of the Certificate of Incorporation; and each director initially assigned to Class III shall serve for a term expiring at the Corporation’s third annual meeting of stockholders held after the effectiveness of the Certificate of Incorporation; provided, further, that the term of each director shall continue until the election and qualification of his or her successor, subject to his or her earlier death, disability, disqualification, resignation or removal.

 

2.6                                Quorum .  A majority of the directors of the then-existing members Board shall constitute a quorum of the Board.  If at any meeting of the Board there shall be less than a quorum, a majority of the directors present may adjourn the meeting from time to time without further notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.

 

2.7                                Action at Meeting .  Every act or decision done or made by a majority of the directors present at a meeting duly held at which a quorum is present shall be regarded as the act of the Board, unless a greater number is required by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation.

 

2.8                                Removal .  Subject to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock, directors of the Corporation may be removed only as expressly provided in the Certificate of Incorporation.

 

9


 

2.9                                Vacancies .  Subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock, any newly created directorship that results from an increase in the number of directors or any vacancy on the Board that results from the death, disability, resignation, disqualification or removal of any director or from any other cause shall be filled solely by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office, even if less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director and shall not be filled by the stockholders. Any director elected to fill a vacancy not resulting from an increase in the number of directors shall hold office for the remaining term of his or her predecessor.

 

2.10                         Resignation .  Any director may resign by delivering a resignation in writing or by electronic transmission to the Corporation at its principal office or to the Chair of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or the Secretary.  Such resignation shall be effective upon delivery unless it is specified to be effective at some later time or upon the happening of some later event.

 

2.11                         Regular Meetings .  Regular meetings of the Board may be held without notice at such time and place as shall be determined from time to time by the Board; provided that any director who is absent when such a determination is made shall be given notice of the determination.  A regular meeting of the Board may be held without notice immediately after and at the same place as the annual meeting of stockholders.

 

2.12                         Special Meetings .  Special meetings of the Board may be called by the Chair of the Board, the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office, or by one director in the event that there is only a single director in office.

 

2.13                         Notice of Special Meetings .  Notice of the date, place and time of any special meeting of the Board shall be given to each director by the Secretary or by the person or persons calling the meeting.  Notice shall be duly given to each director (a) in person or by telephone at least 24 hours in advance of the meeting, (b) by sending written notice by reputable overnight courier, facsimile or other means of electronic transmission, or delivering written notice by hand, to such director’s last known business, home or means of electronic transmission address at least 24 hours in advance of the meeting, or (c) by sending written notice by first-class mail to such director’s last known business or home address at least 72 hours in advance of the meeting.  A notice or waiver of notice of a meeting of the Board need not specify the purposes of the meeting.

 

2.14                         Meetings by Conference Communications Equipment .  Directors may participate in meetings of the Board or any committee thereof by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation by such means shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

 

2.15                         Action by Consent .  Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent to the action in writing or by electronic transmission, and the writing or writings or electronic transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee thereof.  Such filing shall be in paper

 

10



 

form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

 

2.16                         Committees .  The Board may designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the Corporation with such lawfully delegable powers and duties as the Board thereby confers, to serve at the pleasure of the Board.  The Board may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee.  In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members of the committee present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.  Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board and subject to the provisions of law, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers that may require it; but no committee shall have the power or authority in reference to the following matters: (a) approving or adopting, or recommending to the stockholders any action or matter (other than election or removal of directors) expressly required by the DGCL to be submitted to stockholders for approval or (b) adopting, amending or repealing any provision of these Bylaws.  Each such committee shall keep minutes and make such reports as the Board may from time to time request.  Except as the Board may otherwise determine, any committee may make rules for the conduct of its business, but unless otherwise provided by the directors or in such rules, its business shall be conducted as nearly as possible in the same manner as is provided in these Bylaws for the Board.  Except as otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, these Bylaws, or the resolution of the Board designating the committee, a committee may create one or more subcommittees, each subcommittee to consist of one or more members of the committee, and delegate to a subcommittee any or all of the powers and authority of the committee.

 

2.17                         Compensation of Directors .  Directors may be paid such compensation for their services and such reimbursement for expenses of attendance at meetings of the Board or any committee thereof as the Board may from time to time determine.  No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the Corporation or any of its parent or subsidiary entities in any other capacity and receiving compensation for such service.

 

ARTICLE III

 

OFFICERS

 

3.1                                Titles .  The officers of the Corporation may consist of a Chief Executive Officer, a President, a Chief Financial Officer, a Secretary and a Treasurer and such other officers with such other titles as the Board shall from time to time determine.  The Board may appoint such other officers, including one or more Vice Presidents and one or more Assistant Secretaries or Assistant Treasurers, as it may deem appropriate from time to time.

 

3.2                                Election .  The officers of the Corporation shall be elected annually by the Board.

 

11



 

3.3                                Qualification .  No officer need be a stockholder.  Any two or more offices may be held by the same person.

 

3.4                                Tenure .  Except as otherwise provided by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these Bylaws, each officer shall hold office until such officer’s successor is duly elected and qualified, unless a different term is specified in the resolution electing or appointing such officer, or until such officer’s earlier death, resignation, disqualification or removal.

 

3.5                                Resignation and Removal .  Any officer may resign by delivering a written resignation to the Corporation at its principal office or to the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or the Secretary.  Such resignation shall be effective upon receipt unless it is specified to be effective at some later time or upon the happening of some later event.  Any officer may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office at any meeting of the Board at which a quorum is present.  Except as the Board may otherwise determine, no officer who resigns or is removed shall have any right to any compensation as an officer for any period following such officer’s resignation or removal, or any right to damages on account of such removal, whether such officer’s compensation be by the month or by the year or otherwise, unless such compensation is expressly provided for in a duly authorized written agreement with the Corporation.

 

3.6                                Vacancies .  The Board may fill any vacancy occurring in any office for any reason and may, in its discretion, leave unfilled, for such period as it may determine, any offices.  Each such successor shall hold office for the unexpired term of such officer’s predecessor and until a successor is duly elected and qualified, or until such officer’s earlier death, resignation, disqualification or removal.

 

3.7                                Chief Executive Officer; President .  Unless the Board has designated another person as the Corporation’s President, the Chief Executive Officer shall be the President of the Corporation.  The Chief Executive Officer shall have general charge and supervision of the business of the Corporation subject to the direction of the Board, and shall perform all duties and have all powers that are commonly incident to the office of chief executive or that are delegated to such officer by the Board.  The President shall perform such other duties and shall have such other powers as the Board or the Chief Executive Officer (if the Chief Executive Officer is not the President) may from time to time prescribe.  In the event of the absence, inability or refusal to act of the Chief Executive Officer or the President (if the Chief Executive Officer is not the President), the Vice President (or if there shall be more than one, the Vice Presidents in the order determined by the Board) shall perform the duties of the Chief Executive Officer and when so performing such duties shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the Chief Executive Officer.

 

3.8                                Vice Presidents .  Each Vice President shall perform such duties and possess such powers as the Board or the Chief Executive Officer may from time to time prescribe.  The Board may assign to any Vice President the title of Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President, Chief or any other similar title selected by the Board.

 

3.9                                Secretary and Assistant Secretaries .  The Secretary shall perform such duties and shall have such powers as the Board or the Chief Executive Officer may from time to time

 

12



 

prescribe.  In addition, the Secretary shall perform such duties and have such powers as are incident to the office of the Secretary, including without limitation the duty and power to give notices of all meetings of stockholders and special meetings of the Board, to attend all meetings of stockholders and the Board and keep a record of the proceedings, to maintain a stock ledger and prepare lists of stockholders and their addresses as required, to be custodian of corporate records and the corporate seal and to affix and attest to the same on documents.

 

Any Assistant Secretary, or any other similar title selected by the Board, shall perform such duties and possess such powers as the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or the Secretary may from time to time prescribe.  In the event of the absence, inability or refusal to act of the Secretary, the Assistant Secretary (or if there shall be more than one, the Assistant Secretaries in the order determined by the Board) shall perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary.

 

The chair of any meeting of the Board or of stockholders may designate a temporary secretary to keep a record of any meeting.

 

3.10                         Treasurer and Assistant Treasurers .  The Treasurer shall perform such duties and shall have such powers as may from time to time be assigned by the Board or the Chief Executive Officer.  In addition, the Treasurer shall perform such duties and have such powers as are incident to the office of treasurer, including without limitation the duty and power to keep and be responsible for all funds and securities of the Corporation, to deposit funds of the Corporation in depositories selected in accordance with these Bylaws, to disburse such funds as ordered by the Board, to make proper accounts of such funds, and to render as required by the Board statements of all such transactions and of the financial condition of the Corporation.

 

The Assistant Treasurers, or any other similar title selected by the Board, shall perform such duties and possess such powers as the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or the Treasurer may from time to time prescribe.  In the event of the absence, inability or refusal to act of the Treasurer, the Assistant Treasurer (or if there shall be more than one, the Assistant Treasurers in the order determined by the Board) shall perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Treasurer.

 

3.11                         Salaries .  Officers (as defined under Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) of the Corporation shall be entitled to such salaries, compensation or reimbursement as shall be fixed or allowed from time to time by the Board or by a committee of the Board.  The Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation shall have the authority to fix the salaries, compensation or reimbursements of all other officers of the Corporation.

 

3.12                         Delegation of Authority .  The Board may from time to time delegate the powers or duties of any officer to any other officer or agent, notwithstanding any provision hereof.

 

ARTICLE IV

 

CAPITAL STOCK

 

4.1                                Issuance of Stock .  Subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, the whole or any part of any unissued balance of the authorized capital stock of the Corporation

 

13



 

or the whole or any part of any shares of the authorized capital stock of the Corporation held in the Corporation’s treasury may be issued, sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of by vote of the Board in such manner, for such lawful consideration and on such terms as the Board may determine.

 

4.2                                Uncertificated Shares; Stock Certificates .  Except as otherwise provided in a resolution approved by the Board, all shares of capital stock of the Corporation issued after the date hereof shall be uncertificated.  In the event the Board elects to provide in a resolution that certificates shall be issued to represent some or all shares of any or all classes or series of capital stock of the Corporation, every holder of such shares shall be entitled to have a certificate, in such form as may be prescribed by law and by the Board, representing the number of shares held by such holder registered in certificate form.  Each such certificate shall be signed in a manner that complies with Section 158 of the DGCL.

 

Each certificate for shares of stock that are subject to any restriction on transfer pursuant to the Certificate of Incorporation, these Bylaws, applicable securities laws or any agreement among any number of stockholders or among such holders and the Corporation shall have conspicuously noted on the face or back of the certificate either the full text of the restriction or a statement of the existence of such restriction.

 

If the Corporation shall be authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class, the powers, designations, preferences and relative participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights shall be set forth in full or summarized on the face or back of each certificate representing shares of such class or series of stock, provided that in lieu of the foregoing requirements there may be set forth on the face or back of each certificate representing shares of such class or series of stock a statement that the Corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights.

 

Within a reasonable time after the issuance or transfer of uncertificated shares, the Corporation shall send to the registered owner thereof a written notice containing the information required to be set forth or stated on certificates pursuant to Sections 151, 156, 202(a) or 218(a) of the DGCL or, with respect to Section 151 of DGCL, a statement that the Corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights.

 

4.3                                Transfers .  Shares of stock of the Corporation shall be transferable in the manner prescribed by law, the Certificate of Incorporation and in these Bylaws.  Transfers of shares of stock of the Corporation shall be made only on the books of the Corporation or by transfer agents designated to transfer shares of stock of the Corporation.  Subject to applicable law, shares of stock represented by certificates shall be transferred only on the books of the Corporation by the surrender to the Corporation or its transfer agent of the certificate representing such shares properly endorsed or accompanied by a written assignment or power of attorney properly executed, and with such proof of authority or the authenticity of signature as the Corporation or its transfer agent may reasonably require.  Except as may be otherwise required by law, by the

 

14



 

Certificate of Incorporation or by these Bylaws, the Corporation shall be entitled to treat the record holder of stock as shown on its books as the owner of such stock for all purposes, including the payment of dividends and the right to vote with respect to such stock, regardless of any transfer, pledge or other disposition of such stock until the shares have been transferred on the books of the Corporation in accordance with the requirements of these Bylaws.

 

4.4                                Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates .  The Corporation may issue a new certificate or uncertificated shares in place of any previously issued certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, upon such terms and conditions as the Board may prescribe, including the presentation of reasonable evidence of such loss, theft or destruction and the giving of such indemnity and posting of such bond as the Board may require for the protection of the Corporation or any transfer agent or registrar.

 

4.5                                Record Date .  In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board, and which record date shall, unless otherwise required by law, not less than ten nor more than 60 days before the date of such meeting.  If the Board so fixes a date, such date shall also be the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting unless the Board determines, at the time it fixes such record date, that a later date on or before the date of the meeting shall be the date for making such determination.  If no record date is fixed by the Board, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held.  A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board may fix a new record date for determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting, and in such case shall also fix as the record date for stockholders entitled to notice of such adjourned meeting the same or an earlier date as that fixed for determination of stockholders entitled to vote in accordance herewith at the adjourned meeting.

 

In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which shall not be more than 60 days prior to such action.  If no such record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board adopts the resolution relating thereto.

 

4.6                                Regulations .  The issuance and registration of shares of stock of the Corporation shall be governed by such other regulations as the Board may establish.

 

15



 

ARTICLE V

 

GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

5.1                                Fiscal Year .  Except as from time to time otherwise designated by the Board, the fiscal year of the Corporation shall begin on the first day of January of each year and end on the last day of December in each year.

 

5.2                                Waiver of Notice .  Whenever notice is required to be given by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these Bylaws, a written waiver signed by the person entitled to notice, or a waiver by electronic transmission by the person entitled to notice, whether before, at or after the time of the event for which notice is to be given, shall be deemed equivalent to notice required to be given to such person.  Neither the business nor the purpose of any meeting need be specified in any such waiver.  Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

 

5.3                                Voting of Securities .  Except as the Board may otherwise designate, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Financial Officer or the Treasurer may waive notice, vote, consent, or appoint any person or persons to waive notice, vote or consent, on behalf of the Corporation, and act as, or appoint any person or persons to act as, proxy or attorney-in-fact for this Corporation (with or without power of substitution), with respect to the securities of any other entity which may be held by this Corporation.

 

5.4                                Evidence of Authority .  A certificate by the Secretary, or an Assistant Secretary, or a temporary secretary, as to any action taken by the stockholders, directors, a committee or any officer or representative of the Corporation shall as to all persons who rely on the certificate in good faith be conclusive evidence of such action.

 

5.5                                Certificate of Incorporation .  All references in these Bylaws to the Certificate of Incorporation shall be deemed to refer to the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, as amended and/or restated and in effect from time to time.

 

5.6                                Severability .  Any determination that any provision of these Bylaws is for any reason inapplicable, illegal or ineffective shall not affect or invalidate any other provision of these Bylaws.

 

5.7                                Pronouns .  All pronouns used in these Bylaws shall be deemed to refer to the masculine, feminine or neuter, singular or plural, as the identity of the person or persons may require.

 

5.8                                Electronic Transmission .  For purposes of these Bylaws, “electronic transmission” means any form of communication, not directly involving the physical transmission of paper, that creates a record that may be retained, retrieved, and reviewed by a recipient thereof, and that may be directly reproduced in paper form by such a recipient through an automated process.

 

16



 

ARTICLE VI

 

AMENDMENTS

 

These Bylaws may be altered, amended or repealed, in whole or in part, or new Bylaws may be adopted by the Board or by the stockholders as expressly provided in the Certificate of Incorporation.

 

17




Exhibit 4.3

 

FORM OF REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

This Registration Rights Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of [ ] , 2017, by and among FTS International, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), Maju Investments (Mauritius) Pte Ltd ( “ Maju ”), CHK Energy Holdings, Inc. (“ Chesapeake ”), Senja Capital Ltd (“ Senja ”), and Hampton Asset Holding Ltd. (“ Hampton ” and together with Maju, Chesapeake and Senja, the “ Initial Holders ”).

 

In consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements set forth herein and for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged by each party hereto, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

Section 1.  Definitions .  As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the following meanings:

 

Affiliate ” has the meaning set forth in Rule 12b-2 promulgated under the Exchange Act, as in effect on the date hereof.  For the avoidance of doubt, neither the Company nor any Person controlled by the Company shall be deemed to be an Affiliate of any Holder or of any Affiliate of any Holder.

 

Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

 

Alternative Transaction ” means the sale of Registrable Securities to one or more purchasers in a registered transaction without a prior marketing process by means of (a) a bought deal, (b) a block trade, (c) a direct sale or (d) any other transaction that is registered pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement that is not a firm commitment underwritten offering.

 

Automatic Shelf Registration Statement ” means an “automatic shelf registration statement” as defined in Rule 405.

 

Business Day ” means any day that is not a Saturday, a Sunday or other day on which banks are required or authorized by law to be closed in New York, New York.

 

Certificate of Incorporation ” means the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company as amended from time to time.

 

Chesapeake ”  has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

 

Commission ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission or any other federal agency then administering the Securities Act or Exchange Act.

 

Common Stock Equivalents ” means all options, warrants and other securities that at such time are convertible into, or exchangeable or exercisable for, shares of Company Common Stock (including, without limitation, any note or debt security convertible into or exchangeable for shares of Company Common Stock).

 

Company ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

 



 

Company Common Stock ” means the shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company.

 

Demand Eligible Holder ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(i) .

 

Demand Eligible Holder Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(i) .

 

Demand Eligible Holder Request ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(i) .

 

Demand Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(i) .

 

Demand Registration ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(i) .

 

Demand Registration Statement ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(i) .

 

Effectiveness Period ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(iii) .

 

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

Family Member ” shall mean, with respect to any natural Person, such Person’s parents, spouse (but not including a former spouse or a spouse from whom such Person is legally separated) and descendants (whether or not adopted) and any trust, family limited partnership or limited liability company that is and remains solely for the benefit of such Person’s spouse (but not including a former spouse or a spouse from whom such Person is legally separated) and/or descendants.

 

FINRA ” means the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority.

 

Holder ” means (i) the Initial Holders or (ii) any Permitted Transferee. A Person shall cease to be a Holder hereunder at such time as it ceases to hold any Registrable Securities.

 

Holders of a Majority of Included Registrable Securities ” means Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities included in the Registration Statement.

 

Indemnified Persons ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6(a) .

 

Initial Holders ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

 

Initiating Holder ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(i) .

 

IPO ” means the underwritten initial public offering of Common Stock by the Company pursuant to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-215998).

 

Issuer Free Writing Prospectus ” means an issuer free writing prospectus, as defined in Rule 433, relating to an offer of the Registrable Securities.

 

Lock-Up Party ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4(u) .

 

Losses ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6(a) .

 

2



 

Maju ”  has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

 

Maximum Offering Size ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(iv) .

 

Other Registrable Securities ” means (a) Company Common Stock (including any Company Common Stock issued upon the conversion or exercise of any Common Stock Equivalents), (b) any securities issued or issuable directly or indirectly with respect to, on account of or in exchange for Company Common Stock, whether by stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or other reorganization, charter amendment or otherwise and (c) any options, warrants or other rights to acquire, and any securities received as a dividend or distribution in respect of, any of the securities described in clauses (a) and (b) above, in each case held by any Person who has rights to participate in any offering of securities by the Company pursuant to a registration rights agreement or other similar arrangement with the Company relating to the Company Common Stock or Common Stock Equivalents (other than this Agreement).

 

Permitted Transferee ” means a transferee to whom a Holder transfers shares of Company Common Stock and related rights under this Agreement in accordance with Section 7 .

 

Person ” means any individual, corporation, limited liability company, private limited company, public limited company, limited or general partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, governmental entity or agency or other entity of any kind or nature.

 

Piggyback Eligible Holders ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(b)(i) .

 

Piggyback Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(b)(i) .

 

Piggyback Registration ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(b)(i) .

 

Piggyback Registration Statement ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(b)(i) .

 

Piggyback Request ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(b)(i) .

 

Price Range ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(v) .

 

Proceeding ” means any action, claim, suit, proceeding or investigation (including a preliminary investigation or partial proceeding, such as a deposition) pending or known to the Company to be threatened.

 

Prospectus ” means the prospectus included in a Registration Statement (including a prospectus that includes any information previously omitted from a prospectus filed as part of an effective Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A promulgated under the Securities Act), all amendments and supplements to the Prospectus, including post-effective amendments, all material incorporated by reference or deemed to be incorporated by reference in such Prospectus and any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus.

 

3



 

Public Offering means any sale of shares of Company Common Stock to the public pursuant to a public offering registered (other than a registration effected solely to implement an employee benefit plan or a transaction to which Rule 145 is applicable) under the Securities Act.

 

Registrable Securities ” means (a) any shares of Company Common Stock (including those held as a result of, or issuable upon, the conversion or exercise of Common Stock Equivalents), (b) any securities issued or issuable, directly or indirectly, with respect to, on account of or in exchange for Company Common Stock, whether by stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or other reorganization, charter amendment or otherwise and (c) any options, warrants or other rights to acquire, and any securities received as a dividend or distribution in respect of, any of the securities described in clauses (a) and (b) above, in each case that are held by the Holders and their Affiliates , all of which securities are subject to the rights provided herein until such rights terminate pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement.  As to any particular Registrable Securities, such securities shall not be Registrable Securities when (i) a Registration Statement registering such Registrable Securities under the Securities Act has been declared effective and such Registrable Securities have been sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of by the Holder thereof pursuant to such effective Registration Statement, (ii) such Registrable Securities are sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of pursuant to Rule 144, (iii) such securities cease to be outstanding, or (iv) the entire amount of such Holder’s Registrable Securities, together with the Registrable Securities of its Affiliates, constitute less than 1% of the then-outstanding shares of Company Common Stock.  For the avoidance of doubt, once a Holder and its Affiliates cease to hold Registrable Securities because their holdings fall below the 1% threshold referenced above, such Holder and its Affiliates will not thereafter hold Registrable Securities as a result of their holdings thereafter exceeding such 1% threshold.

 

Registration Expenses ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5 .

 

Registration Statement ” means a registration statement of the Company filed with or to be filed with the Commission under the Securities Act and other applicable law, including an Automatic Shelf Registration Statement, and including any Prospectus, amendments and supplements to each such registration statement or Prospectus, including pre- and post-effective amendments, all exhibits thereto, and all material incorporated by reference or deemed to be incorporated by reference in such registration statement.

 

Related Party ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8(p) .

 

Rule 144 ” means Rule 144 promulgated by the Commission pursuant to the Securities Act, or any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the Commission having substantially the same effect as such Rule.

 

Rule 145 ” means Rule 145 promulgated by the Commission pursuant to the Securities Act, or any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the Commission having substantially the same effect as such Rule.

 

Rule 158 ” means Rule 158 promulgated by the Commission pursuant to the Securities Act, or any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the Commission having substantially the same effect as such Rule.

 

4



 

Rule 405 ” means Rule 405 promulgated by the Commission pursuant to the Securities Act, or any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the Commission having substantially the same effect as such Rule.

 

Rule 424 ” means Rule 424 promulgated by the Commission pursuant to the Securities Act, or any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the Commission having substantially the same effect as such Rule.

 

Rule 433 ” means Rule 433 promulgated by the Commission pursuant to the Securities Act, or any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the Commission having substantially the same effect as such Rule.

 

Seasoned Issuer ” means an issuer eligible to use a registration statement on Form S-3 under the Securities Act and who is not an “ineligible issuer” as defined in Rule 405.

 

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

Selling Expenses ” means all underwriting fees, discounts, selling commissions and stock transfer taxes applicable to the sale of Registrable Securities and related legal and other fees of a Holder not included within the definition of Registration Expenses.

 

Shelf Registration Statement ” means a shelf registration statement under Rule 415 of the Securities Act.

 

Skipped Block Sale ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4(u) .

 

Stand-Off Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4(u) .

 

Subsidiary ” means, when used with respect to any Person, any corporation or other entity, whether incorporated or unincorporated, (a) of which such Person or any other Subsidiary of such Person is a general partner (excluding partnerships, the general partnership interests of which held by such Person or any Subsidiary of such Person do not have a majority of the voting interests in or otherwise control such partnership) or (b) at least a majority of the securities or other interests of which having by their terms ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the board of directors or others performing similar functions with respect to such corporation or other entity is directly or indirectly owned or controlled by such Person or by any one or more of its Subsidiaries, or by such Person and one or more of its Subsidiaries.

 

Suspension Period ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(d) .

 

Trading Market ” means the principal national securities exchange in the United States on which Registrable Securities are listed.

 

underwritten offering ” includes, without limitation, any offering effected as a “bought deal” or through an auction to dealers.

 

WKSI ” means a “well known seasoned issuer” as defined under Rule 405 and which (i) is a “well-known seasoned issuer” under paragraph (1)(i)(A) of such definition or (ii) is

 

5



 

a “well-known seasoned issuer” under paragraph (1)(i)(B) of such definition and is also a Seasoned Issuer.

 

Section 2.  Registration .

 

(a)           Demand Registration .

 

(i)            Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including Section 2(a)(ii)  below, at any time and from time to time after the expiration of the lock-up period applicable to the IPO, each Holder (any such requesting Holder, the “ Initiating Holder ”) shall have the right to require the Company to file one or more registration statements under the Securities Act covering all or any part of their Registrable Securities upon written notice to the Company (a “ Demand Notice ”).  The registration so requested is referred to herein as a “ Demand Registration .”  The Company shall promptly (but in any event, not later than ten Business Days following the Company’s receipt of a Demand Notice) give written notice (“ Demand Eligible Holder Notice ”) of the receipt of such Demand Notice to all Holders (other than the Initiating Holder) that, to its knowledge, hold Registrable Securities (each a “ Demand Eligible Holder ”).  The Company shall promptly (but in any event, not later than 60 days following the Company’s receipt of a Demand Notice) file the appropriate Registration Statement (the “ Demand Registration Statement ”) and use its commercially reasonable efforts to effect, at the earliest practicable date, the registration under the Securities Act and under applicable state securities laws of (A) the Registrable Securities which the Company has been so requested to register by the Initiating Holder in the Demand Notice, (B) all other Registrable Securities of the same class or series as those requested to be registered in the Demand Notice which the Company has been requested to register by the Demand Eligible Holders by written request (the “ Demand Eligible Holder Request ”) given to the Company within ten Business Days after the giving of the Demand Eligible Holder Notice, and (C) any Registrable Securities to be offered and sold by the Company, in each case subject to Section 2(a)(ii) , all to the extent required to permit the disposition (in accordance with the intended methods of disposition) of the Registrable Securities to be so registered. The Company shall effect any requested Demand Registration using a registration statement on Form S-3 whenever the Company is a Seasoned Issuer or a WKSI, and shall use an Automatic Shelf Registration Statement if it is a WKSI.

 

(ii)           Limitations on Demand Registration .  The Demand Registration rights granted in Section 2(a)(i)  are subject to the following limitations: (A) the Company shall not be required to effect more than four Demand Registrations by each of Maju and Chesapeake and two Demand Registration collectively by Senja and Hampton (including in each case, such Party’s respective Affiliates) pursuant to Section 2(a)(i) ; and (B) each registration in respect of a Demand Notice must include, in the aggregate (based solely on the Company Common Stock requested to be included in such registration by the Initiating Holder(s) making the Demand Notice), shares of Company Common Stock having an aggregate market value of at least $50 million.

 

(iii)          Effectiveness of Demand Registration Statement .  The Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to have the Demand Registration Statement declared effective by the Commission and keep the Demand Registration Statement continuously effective under the Securities Act for the period of time necessary for the underwriters or

 

6



 

Holders to sell all the Registrable Securities covered by such Demand Registration Statement or such shorter period which will terminate when all Registrable Securities covered by such Demand Registration Statement have been sold pursuant thereto (including, if necessary, by filing with the Commission a post-effective amendment or a supplement to the Demand Registration Statement or the related Prospectus or any document incorporated therein by reference or by filing any other required document or otherwise supplementing or amending the Demand Registration Statement, if required by the rules, regulations or instructions applicable to the registration form used by the Company for such Demand Registration Statement or by the Securities Act, any state securities or “blue sky” laws, or any other rules and regulations thereunder) (the “ Effectiveness Period ”). A Demand Registration requested pursuant to this Section 2(a)  shall not be deemed to have been effected (A) if the Registration Statement is withdrawn without becoming effective, (B) if the Registration Statement does not remain effective in compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act and the laws of any state or other jurisdiction applicable to the disposition of the Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement for the Effectiveness Period, (C) if, after it has become effective, such Registration Statement is subject to any stop order, injunction or other order or requirement of the Commission or other governmental or regulatory agency or court for any reason other than a violation of applicable law solely by any selling Holder and has not thereafter become effective, (D) in the event of an underwritten offering, if the conditions to closing specified in the underwriting agreement entered into in connection with such registration are not satisfied or waived, or (E) if the Company does not include in the applicable Registration Statement any Registrable Securities held by a Holder that are required by the terms hereof to be included in such Registration Statement.

 

(iv)          Priority of Registration .  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 2(a) , if (A) the Registrable Securities covered by a Demand Registration are intended to be distributed by means of an underwritten offering and (B) the managing underwriters advise the Company that, in their reasonable view, the number of Registrable Securities proposed to be included in such offering (including Registrable Securities requested by Holders to be included in such offering and any securities that the Company proposes to be included in such offering) exceeds the number of Registrable Securities which can be sold in an orderly manner in such offering within a price range acceptable to the Initiating Holders (the “ Maximum Offering Size ”), then the Company shall so advise the Holders with Registrable Securities proposed to be included in such underwritten offering, and shall include in such offering the number of Registrable Securities which can be so sold in the following order of priority, up to the Maximum Offering Size:  (1)  first , the Registrable Securities requested to be included in such underwritten offering not to exceed the Maximum Offering Size by the Initiating Holder, (2)  second , and only if all the securities referred to in clause (1) have been included in the registration, to any other Demand Eligible Holders, allocated, if necessary for the offering not to exceed the Maximum Offering Size, pro rata among the Demand Eligible Holders on the basis of the number of Registrable Securities requested to be included therein by each such Holder and (3)  third , and only if all the securities referred to in clauses (1) and (2) have been included in such registration, any securities proposed to be registered by the Company.

 

(v)           Underwritten Demand Registration .  The determination of whether any offering of Registrable Securities pursuant to a Demand Registration will be an underwritten offering shall be made in the sole discretion of the Initiating Holders included in such

 

7



 

underwritten offering.  The Initiating Holders included in such underwritten offering shall also have the right to (A) determine the plan of distribution, including the price at which the Registrable Securities are to be sold and the underwriting commissions, discounts and fees, and (B) select the investment banker(s) and manager(s) to administer the offering (which shall consist of one (1) or more reputable nationally recognized investment banks, subject to the Company’s approval (which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed)) and one firm of legal counsel to represent all of the Holders (along with any reasonably necessary local counsel), in connection with such Demand Registration.  Promptly (and in any event within one Business Day) following receipt of notification to the Company from the managing underwriter(s) of a range of prices at which such Registrable Securities are likely to be sold (the “ Price Range ”), the Company shall so advise each Holder requesting participation in such offering of such Price Range.

 

(vi)          Withdrawal of Registrable Securities . In the event of an underwritten offering of Registrable Securities pursuant to a Demand Registration, any such Holder whose Registrable Securities were to be included in any such underwritten offering may elect to withdraw any or all of its Registrable Securities therefrom by written notice to the Company and the managing underwriter(s) delivered on or prior to the earlier of (A) one Business Day following being advised of the Price Range, (B) execution of the underwriting agreement with respect to such underwritten offering, or (C) execution of the custody agreement with respect to such underwritten offering. If a Holder elects to withdraw any or all of its Registrable Securities based on the procedure set forth above prior to the effectiveness of the Demand Registration Statement, the Registrable Securities withdrawn from such underwritten offering shall be excluded and withdrawn from the registration.  Any Holder whose Registrable Securities were to be included in any such registration pursuant to Section 2(a) , other than pursuant to an underwritten offering, may elect to withdraw any or all of its Registrable Securities therefrom, without prejudice to the rights of any such Holder to include Registrable Securities in any future registration (or registrations), by written notice to the Company delivered on or prior to the effective date of the relevant Demand Registration Statement.

 

(b)           Piggyback Registration .

 

(i)            Registration Statement on behalf of the Company .  If at any time the Company proposes to register any of its equity securities or Common Stock Equivalents for its own account or for the account of any other stockholder, other than pursuant to a Demand Registration under Section 2(a) , under the Securities Act (excluding an offering relating solely to an employee benefit plan, an offering relating to a transaction on Form S-4, a rights offering or an offering on any form of Registration Statement that does not permit secondary sales) (a “ Piggyback Registration Statement ”), the Company shall give prompt written notice (the “ Piggyback Notice ”) to all Holders that, to its knowledge, hold Registrable Securities (collectively, the “ Piggyback Eligible Holders ”) of the Company’s intention to file a Piggyback Registration Statement reasonably in advance of (and in any event at least ten Business Days before) the anticipated filing date of such Piggyback Registration Statement. The Piggyback Notice shall offer the Piggyback Eligible Holders the opportunity to include for registration in such Piggyback Registration Statement the number of Registrable Securities of the same class and series as those proposed to be registered as they may request, subject to Section 2(b)(ii)  (a “ Piggyback Registration ”).  Subject to Section 2(b)(ii) , the Company shall use its commercially

 

8



 

reasonable efforts to include in each such Piggyback Registration such Registrable Securities for which the Company has received written requests ( each, a “ Piggyback Request ”) from Piggyback Eligible Holders within five Business Days after giving the Piggyback Notice.  If a Piggyback Eligible Holder decides not to include all of its Registrable Securities in any Piggyback Registration Statement thereafter filed by the Company, such Piggyback Eligible Holder shall nevertheless continue to have the right to include any Registrable Securities in any subsequent Piggyback Registration Statements or Registration Statements as may be filed by the Company with respect to offerings of Registrable Securities, all upon the terms and conditions set forth herein.  The Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to effect the registration under the Securities Act of all Registrable Securities which the Company has been so requested to register pursuant to the Piggyback Requests, to the extent required to permit the disposition of the Registrable Securities so requested to be registered.

 

(ii)           Priority of Registration .  If the Piggyback Registration under which the Company gives notice pursuant to Section 2(b)(i)  is an underwritten offering, and the managing underwriter or managing underwriters of such offering advise the Company and the Piggyback Eligible Holders that, in their reasonable view, the amount of securities requested to be included in such registration (including Registrable Securities requested by the Piggyback Eligible Holders to be included in such offering and any securities that the Company or any other Person proposes to be included that are not Registrable Securities) exceeds the Maximum Offering Size (which, for the purposes of a Piggyback Registration shall be within a price range acceptable to the Company), then the Company shall so advise all Piggyback Eligible Holders with Registrable Securities proposed to be included in such Piggyback Registration, and shall include in such offering the number which can be so sold in the following order of priority, up to the Maximum Offering Size: (A)  first , the securities that the Company proposes to sell up to the Maximum Offering Size, (B)  second , the Registrable Securities requested to be included in such Piggyback Registration, allocated, if necessary for the offering not to exceed the Maximum Offering Size, pro rata among the Piggyback Eligible Holders on the basis of the number of Registrable Securities requested to be included therein by each Piggyback Eligible Holder and (C)  third , Other Registrable Securities requested to be included in such Piggyback Registration, allocated, if necessary for the offering not to exceed the Maximum Offering Size, pro rata among the holders thereof on the basis of the number of securities requested to be included therein by each such holder.  All Piggyback Eligible Holders requesting to be included in the Piggyback Registration must sell their Registrable Securities to the underwriters selected as provided in Section 2(b)(iv)  on the same terms and conditions as apply to the Company.  Promptly (and in any event within one Business Day) following receipt of notification by the Company from the managing underwriter of the Price Range, the Company shall so advise each Piggyback Eligible Holder requesting registration in such offering of such Price Range.  If any Piggyback Eligible Holder disapproves of the terms of any such underwritten offering (including the Price Range), such Piggyback Eligible Holder may elect to withdraw any or all of its Registrable Securities therefrom by written notice to the Company and the managing underwriter(s) delivered prior to the earlier of (A) one Business Day following being advised of the Price Range, (B) execution of the underwriting agreement with respect to such underwritten offering, or (C) execution of the custody agreement with respect to such underwritten offering. If a Piggyback Eligible Holder elects to withdraw any or all of its Registrable Securities based on the procedure set forth above prior to the effectiveness of the Piggyback Registration Statement, the Registrable Securities withdrawn from such underwritten offering shall be excluded and withdrawn from the

 

9


 

registration.  For any Piggyback Eligible Holder that is a partnership, limited liability company, corporation or other entity, the partners, members, stockholders, Subsidiaries, parents and Affiliates of such Piggyback Eligible Holder, or the estates and Family Members of any such partners/members and retired partners/members and any trusts for the benefit of any of the foregoing Persons, shall be deemed to be a single “Piggyback Eligible Holder,” and any pro rata reduction with respect to such “Piggyback Eligible Holder” shall be based upon the aggregate amount of securities carrying registration rights owned by all entities and individuals included in such “Piggyback Eligible Holder,” as defined in this sentence.

 

(iii)          Withdrawal from Registration .  The Company shall have the right to terminate or withdraw any registration initiated by it under this Section 2(b)  prior to the effective date of such Registration Statement, whether or not any Piggyback Eligible Holder has elected to include Registrable Securities in such Registration Statement, without prejudice, however, to the right of the Holders immediately to request that such registration be effected as a registration under Section 2(a)  to the extent permitted thereunder and subject to the terms set forth therein.  The Registration Expenses of such withdrawn registration shall be borne by the Company in accordance with Section 5 hereof.

 

(iv)          Selection of Bankers and Counsel .  If a Piggyback Registration pursuant to this Section 2(b)  involves an underwritten offering, the Company shall have the right, in consultation with the Holders of a Majority of Included Registrable Securities included in such underwritten offering, to (A) determine the plan of distribution, including the price at which the Registrable Securities are to be sold and the underwriting commissions, discounts and fees and (B) select the investment banker or bankers and managers to administer the offering, including the lead managing underwriter or underwriters.

 

(v)           Effect of Piggyback Registration .  No registration effected under this Section 2(b)  shall relieve the Company of its obligations to effect any registration of the offer and sale of Registrable Securities upon request under Section 2(a)  hereof and no registration effected pursuant to this Section 2(b)  shall be deemed to have been effected pursuant to Section 2(a)  hereof.

 

(c)           Notice Requirements .  Any Demand Notice, Demand Eligible Holder Request or Piggyback Request shall (i) specify the maximum number and class or series of Registrable Securities intended to be offered and sold by the Holder making the request, (ii) express such Holder’s bona fide intent to offer up to such maximum number of Registrable Securities for distribution, (iii) describe the nature or method of the proposed offer and sale of Registrable Securities (to the extent applicable), and (iv) contain the undertaking of such Holder to provide all such information and materials and take all action as may reasonably be required in order to permit the Company to comply with all applicable requirements in connection with the registration of such Registrable Securities.

 

(d)           Suspension Period .  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 2 , the Company shall have the right but not the obligation to defer the filing of (but not the preparation of), or suspend the use by the Holders of, any Registration Statement or Prospectus for a period of up to 60 days if continued use of the Registration Statement or Prospectus would require the Company to make a public disclosure of material nonpublic information that, in its good faith

 

10



 

judgment, after consultation with independent outside counsel to the Company, would be required to be made in any Registration Statement filed with the SEC by the Company so that such Registration Statement would not be materially misleading and would not be required to be made at such time but for the filing of such Registration Statement, but which information the Company has a bona fide business purpose for not disclosing publicly; provided that this exception shall continue to apply only (i) during the time that such material nonpublic information has not been disclosed and remains material; or (ii) if the Company is pursuing a primary underwritten offering of Company Common Stock pursuant to a registration statement; provided that the Holders shall have Piggyback Registration rights with respect to such primary underwritten offering in accordance with and subject to the restrictions set forth in Section 2(b) (any such period, a “ Suspension Period ”); provided , however , that in such event, the Initiating Holder will be entitled to withdraw any request for a Demand Registration and, if such request is withdrawn, such Demand Registration will not count as a Demand Registration and the Company will pay all Registration Expenses in connection with such registration; and provided   further , that in no event shall the Company declare a Suspension Period more than twice in any 12-month period or for more than an aggregate of 90 days in any 12-month period. The Company shall give prompt written notice to the Holders of its declaration of a Suspension Period and of the expiration of the relevant Suspension Period.  If the filing of any Demand Registration is suspended pursuant to this Section 2(d) , once the Suspension Period ends, the Initiating Holder or any other Holder may request a new Demand Registration.

 

(e)           Required Information .  The Company may require each Holder of Registrable Securities as to which any Registration Statement is being filed or sale is being effected to furnish to the Company such information regarding the distribution of such securities and such other information relating to such Holder and its ownership of Registrable Securities as the Company may from time to time reasonably request in writing ( provided that such information shall be used only in connection with such registration) and the Company may exclude from such registration or sale the Registrable Securities of any such Holder who fails to furnish such information within a reasonable time after receiving such request. Each Holder agrees to furnish such information to the Company and to cooperate with the Company as reasonably necessary to enable the Company to comply with the provisions of this Agreement.

 

(f)            Other Registration Rights Agreements .  The Company has not entered into and, unless agreed in writing by each Holder on or after the date of this Agreement, will not enter into, any agreement that (i) is inconsistent with the rights granted to the Holders with respect to Registrable Securities in this Agreement or otherwise conflicts with the provisions hereof in any material respect or (ii) other than as set forth in this Agreement, would allow any holder of Company Common Stock to include Company Common Stock in any Registration Statement filed by the Company on a basis that is more favorable in any material respect to the rights granted to the Holders hereunder.

 

(g)           Cessation of Registration Rights .  All registration rights granted under this Section 2 shall continue to be applicable with respect to any Holder until such Holder no longer holds any Registrable Securities.

 

Section 3.  Alternative Transactions .  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein other than as provided in this Section 3 , (A) no Holder shall be entitled to any piggyback

 

11



 

right or to participate as a Demand Eligible Holder under Section 2 in the event of an Alternative Transaction (including Alternative Transactions under a Shelf Registration Statement or an Automatic Shelf Registration Statement, or in connection with the registration of Registrable Securities under an Automatic Shelf Registration Statement for purposes of effectuating an Alternative Transaction), (B) no Holder, other than Maju, Chesapeake, Senja or Hampton and their respective Affiliates, shall be permitted to request or participate in an underwritten offering that is an Alternative Transaction and (C) an Initiating Holder effecting an underwritten offering that is an Alternative Transaction shall provide prompt notice (but in no event later than three Business Days prior to such Alternative Transaction) to the Company and any other Initial Holders setting forth the proposed timeline for such offering to permit participation by such other Initial Holders in such offering, (which, for the avoidance of doubt shall be subject to the priority provisions of Section 2(a)(iv)) and such other Initial Holder shall be entitled to participate in such offering so long as the participation of such other Initial Holder does not delay the proposed timeline of such Alternative Transaction specified in the notice. With respect to Maju or Chesapeake only, any registration with respect to an Alternative Transaction shall not constitute a Demand Registration for purposes of determining the number of Demand Registrations effected by the Company under Section 2(a)(ii)).

 

Section 4.  Registration Procedures .  The procedures to be followed by the Company and each participating Holder to register the sale of Registrable Securities pursuant to a Registration Statement in accordance with this Agreement, and the respective rights and obligations of the Company and such Holders with respect to the preparation, filing and effectiveness of such Registration Statement, are as follows:

 

(a)           The Company will (i) prepare and file a Registration Statement or a prospectus supplement, as applicable, with the Commission (within the time period specified in Section 2(a) , in the case of a Demand Registration) which Registration Statement (A) subject to the requirements of Section 2(a)(i) , shall be on a form selected by the Company for which the Company qualifies, (B) shall be available for the sale or exchange of the Registrable Securities in accordance with the intended method or methods of distribution, and (C) shall comply as to form in all material respects with the requirements of the applicable form and include and/or incorporate by reference all financial statements required by the Commission to be filed therewith, (ii) use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause such Registration Statement to become effective and remain effective for the periods provided under Section 2(a)  in the case of a Demand Registration Statement, (iii) use its commercially reasonable efforts to prevent the occurrence of any event that would cause a Registration Statement to contain a material misstatement or omission or to be not effective and usable for resale of the Registrable Securities registered pursuant thereto (during the period that such Registration Statement is required to be effective as provided under Section 2(a) ), and (iv) cause each Registration Statement and the related Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto, as of the effective date of such Registration Statement, amendment or supplement (x) to comply in all material respects with any requirements of the Securities Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission and (y) not to contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading. The Company will, (1) at least ten Business Days prior to the anticipated filing of a Registration Statement or any related Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto (including any documents incorporated by reference therein), or before using any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, furnish to

 

12



 

such Holders, the Holders’ counsel and the managing underwriter or underwriters of an underwritten offering of Registrable Securities, if applicable, copies of all such documents proposed to be filed, (2) use its commercially reasonable efforts to address in each such document prior to being so filed with the Commission such comments as such Holder, its counsel or underwriter reasonably shall propose within three Business Days of receipt of such copies by the Holders and (3) not file any Registration Statement or any related Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto containing information regarding a participating Holder to which a participating Holder objects.

 

(b)           The Company will as promptly as reasonably practicable (i) prepare and file with the Commission such amendments, including post-effective amendments, and supplements to each Registration Statement and the Prospectus used in connection therewith as (A) may be reasonably requested by any Holder of Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement necessary to permit such Holder to sell in accordance with its intended method of distribution or (B) may be necessary under applicable law to keep such Registration Statement continuously effective with respect to the disposition of all Registrable Securities covered thereby for the periods provided under Section 2(a)  in accordance with the intended method of distribution and, subject to the limitations contained in this Agreement, prepare and file with the Commission such additional Registration Statements in order to register for resale under the Securities Act all of the Registrable Securities held by the Holders, (ii) cause the related Prospectus to be amended or supplemented by any required prospectus supplement, and as so supplemented or amended, to be filed pursuant to Rule 424, (iii) respond to any comments received from the Commission with respect to each Registration Statement or Prospectus or any amendment thereto, and (iv) as promptly as reasonably practicable, provide such Holders true and complete copies of all correspondence from and to the Commission relating to such Registration Statement or Prospectus other than any comments that the Company determines in good faith would result in the disclosure to such Holders of material non-public information concerning the Company that is not already in the possession of such Holder.

 

(c)           The Company will comply in all material respects with the provisions of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act (including Regulation M under the Exchange Act) with respect to each Registration Statement and the disposition of all Registrable Securities covered by each Registration Statement.

 

(d)           The Company will notify such Holders that, to its knowledge, hold Registrable Securities and the managing underwriter or underwriters of an underwritten offering of Registrable Securities, if applicable, as promptly as reasonably practicable: (i)(A) when a Registration Statement, any pre-effective amendment, any Prospectus or any prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment to a Registration Statement or any free writing prospectus is proposed to be filed; (B) when the Commission notifies the Company whether there will be a “review” of such Registration Statement and whenever the Commission comments on such Registration Statement (in which case the Company shall provide true and complete copies thereof and all written responses thereto to each Holder, its counsel and each underwriter, if applicable, other than information which the Company determines in good faith would constitute material non-public information that is not already in the possession of such Holder); and (C) with respect to each Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto, when the same has been declared effective; (ii) of any request by the Commission or any

 

13



 

other federal or state governmental or regulatory authority for amendments or supplements to a Registration Statement or Prospectus or for additional information (whether before or after the effective date of the Registration Statement) or any other correspondence with the Commission or any such authority relating to, or which may affect, the Registration Statement; (iii) of the issuance by the Commission or any other governmental or regulatory authority of any stop order, injunction or other order or requirement suspending the effectiveness of a Registration Statement covering any or all of the Registrable Securities or the initiation of any proceedings for that purpose; (iv) of the receipt by the Company of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification or exemption from qualification of any of the Registrable Securities for sale in any jurisdiction, or the initiation or threatening of any Proceeding for such purpose; (v) if the representations and warranties of the Company in any applicable underwriting agreement or similar agreement cease to be true and correct in all material respects as of the date such representations and warranties are made; or (vi) of the occurrence of any event that makes any statement made in such Registration Statement or Prospectus or any document incorporated or deemed to be incorporated therein by reference untrue in any material respect or if, as a result of such event or the passage of time, such Registration Statement, Prospectus or other documents requires revisions so that, in the case of such Registration Statement or the Prospectus, as the case may be, it will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein (in the case of the Prospectus, in light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading, or when any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus includes information that may conflict with the information contained in the Registration Statement or Prospectus, or if, for any other reason, it shall be necessary during such time period to amend or supplement such Registration Statement or Prospectus in order to comply with the Securities Act, which shall correct such misstatement or omission or effect such compliance.

 

(e)           The Company will use its best reasonable efforts to avoid the issuance of, or, if issued, obtain the withdrawal of (i) any stop order or other order suspending the effectiveness of a Registration Statement or the use of any Prospectus or (ii) any suspension of the qualification (or exemption from qualification) of any of the Registrable Securities for sale in any jurisdiction, at the earliest practicable moment.

 

(f)            During the Effectiveness Period, the Company will furnish to each selling Holder and the managing underwriter or underwriters of an underwritten offering of Registrable Securities, if applicable, upon their request, without charge, at least one conformed copy of each Registration Statement and each amendment thereto and all exhibits to the extent requested by such selling Holder or underwriter (including those incorporated by reference) promptly after the filing of such documents with the Commission.

 

(g)           The Company will promptly deliver to each selling Holder and the managing underwriter or underwriters of an underwritten offering of Registrable Securities, if applicable, without charge, as many copies of each Prospectus or Prospectuses (including each form of prospectus) and each amendment or supplement thereto as such selling Holder or underwriter may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of the Registrable Securities by such selling Holder or underwriter.  The Company consents to the use of such Prospectus and each amendment or supplement thereto by each of the selling Holders and any applicable underwriter

 

14



 

in connection with the offering and sale of the Registrable Securities covered by such Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto.

 

(h)           The Company will use its commercially reasonable efforts to (i) register or qualify the Registrable Securities covered by a Registration Statement, no later than the time such Registration Statement is declared effective by the Commission, under all applicable securities laws (including the “blue sky” laws) of such jurisdictions each underwriter, if any, or any selling Holder shall reasonably request; (ii) keep each such registration or qualification effective during the period such Registration Statement is required to be kept effective under the terms of this Agreement and (iii) do any and all other acts and things which may be reasonably necessary or advisable to enable such underwriter, if any, and each selling Holder to consummate the disposition in each such jurisdiction of the Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement; provided , however , that the Company will not be required to (x) qualify generally to do business in any jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be required to qualify but for this subparagraph, (y) subject itself to taxation in any such jurisdiction or (z) consent to general service of process (other than service of process in connection with such registration or qualification or any sale of Registrable Securities in connection therewith) in any such jurisdiction.

 

(i)            The Company will cooperate with the Holders and the managing underwriter, if any, to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates or book-entry statements representing Registrable Securities to be sold, which certificates or book-entry statements shall be free, to the extent permitted by the underwriting agreement or purchase agreement, if applicable, and under law, of all restrictive legends, and to enable such Registrable Securities to be in such denominations and registered in such names as any such Holders or managing underwriter, as applicable, may reasonably request and instruct any transfer agent and registrar of Registrable Securities to release any stop transfer orders in respect thereof.  At the request of any Holder or the managing underwriter, if any, the Company will deliver or cause to be delivered an opinion of counsel, certification or instructions to the transfer agent in order to allow the Registrable Securities to be sold from time to time free of all restrictive legends.

 

(j)            Upon the occurrence of any event contemplated by Section 2(d) or 4(d)(vi) , as promptly as reasonably practicable, the Company will prepare a supplement or amendment, including a post-effective amendment, if required by applicable law, to the affected Registration Statement or a supplement to the related Prospectus or any document incorporated or deemed to be incorporated therein by reference or to the applicable Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, and file any other required document so that, as thereafter delivered, no Registration Statement nor any Prospectus will contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein (in the case of a Prospectus, in light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading and no Issuer Free Writing Prospectus will include information that conflicts with information contained in the Registration Statement or Prospectus, such that each selling Holder can resume disposition of such Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement or Prospectus.

 

(k)           Selling Holders may distribute the Registrable Securities by means of an underwritten offering; provided that (i) such Holders provide to the Company a Demand Notice of their intention to distribute Registrable Securities by means of an underwritten offering,

 

15



 

(ii) the right of any Holder to include such Holder’s Registrable Securities in such registration shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting to the extent provided herein, (iii) each Holder participating in such underwritten offering agrees to enter into customary agreements, including an underwriting agreement in customary form, and sell such Holder’s Registrable Securities on the basis provided in any underwriting arrangements approved by the Holders entitled to select the managing underwriter or managing underwriters hereunder ( provided that any such Holder shall not be required to make any representations or warranties to or agreements with the Company or the underwriters other than representations, warranties, agreements and indemnities regarding such Holder, such Holder’s title to the Registrable Securities, such Holder’s intended method of distribution, the accuracy of information concerning such Holder as provided by or on behalf of such Holder, and any other representations required to be made by the Holder under applicable law, and the aggregate amount of the liability of such Holder in connection with such offering shall not exceed such Holder’s net proceeds from the disposition of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in such offering) and (iv) each Holder participating in such underwritten offering completes and executes all questionnaires, powers of attorney, custody agreements and other documents reasonably required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements. The Company hereby agrees with each Holder that, in connection with any underwritten offering in accordance with the terms hereof, it will negotiate in good faith and execute all indemnities, underwriting agreements and other documents reasonably required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements, and will procure auditor “comfort” letters addressed to the underwriters in the offering from the Company’s independent certified public accountants or independent auditors (and, if necessary, any other independent certified public accountants or independent auditors of any Subsidiary of the Company or any business acquired by the Company for which financial statements and financial data are, or are required to be, included in the Registration Statement) in customary form and covering such matters of the type customarily covered by comfort letters as the underwriters reasonably request, dated the date of execution of the underwriting agreement and brought down to the closing under the underwriting agreement.

 

(l)            The Company will obtain for delivery to the underwriter or underwriters of an underwritten offering of Registrable Securities an opinion or opinions from counsel for the Company (including any local counsel reasonably requested by the underwriters) dated the most recent effective date of the Registration Statement or, in the event of an underwritten offering, the date of the closing under the underwriting agreement, in customary form, scope and substance, covering the matters customarily covered in opinions requested in sales of securities or underwritten offerings, which opinions shall be reasonably satisfactory to such underwriters and their counsel.

 

(m)          For a reasonable period prior to the filing of any Registration Statement and throughout the Effectiveness Period, the Company will make available upon reasonable notice at the Company’s principal place of business or such other reasonable place for inspection by a representative appointed by the Holders of a Majority of Included Registrable Securities covered by the applicable Registration Statement, by any managing underwriter or managing underwriters selected in accordance with this Agreement and by any attorney, accountant or other agent retained by such Holders or underwriter, such financial and other information and books and records of the Company, and cause the officers, employees, counsel and independent

 

16



 

certified public accountants of the Company to respond to such inquiries, as shall be reasonably necessary (and in the case of counsel, not violate an attorney-client privilege in such counsel’s reasonable belief) to conduct a reasonable investigation within the meaning of Section 11 of the Securities Act.

 

(n)           The Company will (i) provide and cause to be maintained a transfer agent and registrar for all Registrable Securities covered by the applicable Registration Statement from and after a date not later than the effective date of such Registration Statement and provide and enter into any reasonable agreements with a custodian for the Registrable Securities and (ii) not later than the effective date of the applicable Registration Statement, provide a CUSIP number for all Registrable Securities.

 

(o)           The Company will cooperate with each Holder of Registrable Securities and each underwriter or agent participating in the disposition of Registrable Securities and their respective counsel in connection with any filings required to be made with FINRA and in performance of any due diligence investigations by any underwriter.

 

(p)           The Company will use its commercially reasonable efforts to comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the Commission, the Trading Market, FINRA and any state securities authority, and make available to each Holder, as soon as reasonably practicable after the effective date of the Registration Statement, an earnings statement covering at least 12 months which shall satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and Rule 158.

 

(q)           The Company will use its commercially reasonable efforts to ensure that any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus utilized in connection with any Prospectus complies in all material respects with the Securities Act, is filed in accordance with the Securities Act to the extent required thereby, is retained in accordance with the Securities Act to the extent required thereby and, when taken together with the related Prospectus, will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

 

(r)            In connection with any registration of Registrable Securities pursuant to this Agreement, the Company will take all commercially reasonable actions as are necessary or advisable in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of Registrable Securities by such Holders, including using commercially reasonable efforts to cause appropriate officers and employees to be available, on a customary basis and upon reasonable advance notice, to meet with prospective investors in presentations, meetings and road shows; provided , however that the Company shall not be required to participate in any marketing effort that is longer than three business days or requires face to face meetings with investors more than once every 90 days and no more than three times in a 12-month period.

 

(s)            The Company shall promptly cause all Registrable Securities being sold to be qualified for inclusion in or listed on any securities exchange on which shares of Company Common Stock are then so qualified or listed if so requested by the Holders, or if so requested by the managing underwriter(s) of an underwritten offering, if any.

 

17



 

(t)            The Company shall, if such registration for an underwritten offering is pursuant to a Registration Statement on Form S-3 or any similar short-form registration, include in such Registration Statement such additional information for marketing purposes as the managing underwriter(s) reasonably request(s).

 

(u)           In connection with an underwritten offering of Common Stock, if requested by the managing underwriter for such offering, each Holder (the “ Lock-Up Party ”), hereby agrees to enter into a lock-up agreement (a “ Stand-Off Agreement ”) containing customary restrictions on transfers of equity securities of the Company held by such Holder (other than those included in such offering) for a period specified by the managing underwriter beginning ten days prior to the execution of the related underwriting agreement and not to exceed 60 days in connection with the first underwritten offering that is an Alternative Transaction, 45 days in connection with any subsequent underwritten offering that is an Alternative Transaction and 90 days following the offering date of the offering of equity securities of the Company in the case of all other offerings (the “ Stand-Off Period ”); provided that all sellers in the offering (including, if applicable, the Company) and all executive officers and directors of the Company shall enter into agreements containing substantially similar or no more favorable terms and only if such Persons remain subject thereto (and are not released from such agreement) for such Stand-Off Period. Any discretionary waiver or termination of the Stand-Off Period applicable to any such Person by the Company or the managing underwriter shall apply to all similarly situated persons subject to the Stand-Off Agreement on a pro rata basis.  Each Initial Holder agrees to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company or the underwriter that are consistent with the foregoing or which are necessary to give further effect thereto.  The obligations described in this Section shall not apply to a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans on Form S-1 or Form S-8 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future, or a registration relating solely to a transaction on Form S-4 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to Common Stock (or other securities) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of the Stand-Off Period. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Agreement, (i) nothing herein shall prevent any Initial Holder from participating in such offering, if otherwise permitted pursuant to this Agreement and (ii) no Initial Holder shall be required to be a Lock-Up Party in connection with an underwritten offering that is an Alternative Transaction in which such Initial Holder does not participate (a “ Skipped Block Sale ”) if, during the preceding twelve month period, such Initial Holder has been a Lock-Up Party in connection with Skipped Block Sales either (a) at least twice or (b) for at least an aggregate of 90 days.

 

(v)           The Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to cooperate in a timely manner with any reasonable and customary request of the Holders in respect of any Alternative Transaction, including entering into customary agreements with respect to such Alternative Transactions (and providing customary representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities in such agreements) as well as providing other reasonable assistance in respect of such Alternative Transactions of the type applicable to a Public Offering subject to this Section 4 , to the extent customary for such transactions.

 

Section 5.  Registration Expenses.   The Company shall bear all reasonable Registration Expenses incident to the parties’ performance of or compliance with their respective obligations under this Agreement or otherwise in connection with any Demand Registration or Piggyback

 

18



 

Registration (excluding any Selling Expenses), whether or not any Registrable Securities are sold pursuant to a Registration Statement.

 

Registration Expenses ” shall include, without limitation, (i) all registration, qualification and filing fees and expenses (including fees and expenses (A) of the Commission or FINRA, (B) incurred in connection with the listing of the Registrable Securities on the Trading Market, and (C) in compliance with applicable state securities or “Blue Sky” laws (including reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the underwriters in connection with blue sky qualifications of the Registrable Securities)); (ii) printing expenses (including expenses of printing certificates for the Company’s shares and of printing prospectuses); (iii) analyst or investor presentation or road show expenses of the Company and the underwriters, if any; (iv) messenger, telephone and delivery expenses; (v) reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel (including any local counsel), auditors and accountants for the Company (including the expenses incurred in connection with “comfort letters” required by or incident to such performance and compliance); (vi) the reasonable fees and disbursements of underwriters to the extent customarily paid by issuers or sellers of securities (including, if applicable, the fees and expenses of any “qualified independent underwriter” (and its counsel) that is required to be retained in accordance with the rules and regulations of FINRA and the other reasonable fees and disbursements of underwriters (including reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the underwriters) in connection with any FINRA qualification; (vii) fees and expenses of any special experts retained by the Company; (viii) Securities Act liability insurance, if the Company so desires such insurance; (ix) reasonable fees and disbursements of one counsel (along with any reasonably necessary local counsel) representing all Holders mutually agreed by Holders of a Majority of Included Registrable Securities participating in the related registration; and (x) fees and expenses payable in connection with any ratings of the Registrable Securities, including expenses relating to any presentations to rating agencies.  In addition, the Company shall be responsible for all of its expenses incurred in connection with the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (including expenses payable to third parties and including all salaries and expenses of the Company’s officers and employees performing legal or accounting duties), the expense of any annual audit and any underwriting fees, discounts, selling commissions and stock transfer taxes and related legal and other fees applicable to securities sold by the Company and in respect of which proceeds are received by the Company. Each Holder shall pay any Selling Expenses applicable to the sale or disposition of such Holder’s Registrable Securities pursuant to any Demand Registration Statement or Piggyback Registration Statement, or pursuant to any Automatic Shelf Registration Statement or Shelf Registration Statement under which such selling Holder’s Registrable Securities were sold, in proportion to the amount of such selling Holder’s shares of Registrable Securities sold in any offering under such Demand Registration Statement, Piggyback Registration Statement, Automatic Shelf Registration Statement or Shelf Registration Statement.

 

Section 6.  Indemnification .

 

(a)           If requested by a participating Holder, the Company shall indemnify and hold harmless each underwriter, if any, engaged in connection with any registration referred to in Section 2 and provide representations, covenants, opinions and other assurances to such underwriter in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to such underwriter and the Company, all to be set forth in an underwriting agreement in customary form.  Further, the Company shall

 

19


 

indemnify and hold harmless each Holder, its stockholders, equityholders, general partners, limited partners, managers, members, and Affiliates and each of their respective officers and directors and any Person who controls any such Holder (within the meaning of the Securities Act) and any employee, attorney or Representative thereof (collectively, “ Indemnified Persons ”), to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, joint or several, costs (including reasonable costs of preparation and reasonable attorneys’, accountants’ and experts’ fees) and expenses, judgments, fines, penalties, interest, settlements or other amounts arising from any and all proceedings, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, in which any Indemnified Person may be involved, or is threatened to be involved, as a party or otherwise, under the Securities Act or otherwise (collectively, “ Losses ”), as incurred, arising out of, based upon, resulting from or relating to (i) any untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Registration Statement under which any Registrable Securities were registered, Prospectus (including in any preliminary prospectus (if used prior to the effective date of such Registration Statement)), or in any summary or final prospectus or free writing prospectus or in any amendment or supplement thereto or in any documents incorporated by reference in any of the foregoing or (ii) the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements made therein not misleading, or (iii) any violation or alleged violation by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries of any federal, state or common law rule or regulation relating to action or inaction in connection with any Company provided information in such registration, disclosure document or related document or report, and the Company will reimburse such Indemnified Person for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by it in connection with investigating or defending any such Proceeding; provided , however , that the Company shall not be liable to any Indemnified Person to the extent that any such Losses arise out of, are based upon or results from an untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in such Registration Statement, such preliminary, summary or final prospectus or free writing prospectus or such amendment or supplement, in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by or on behalf of such Indemnified Person specifically for use in the preparation thereof.

 

(b)           In connection with any Registration Statement filed by the Company pursuant to Section 2 hereof in which a Holder has registered for sale its Registrable Securities, each such selling Holder agrees (severally and not jointly) to indemnify and hold harmless, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the Company, its directors and officers, Affiliates, employees, agents and each Person who controls the Company (within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act) from and against any Losses resulting from (i) any untrue statement of a material fact in any Registration Statement under which such Registrable Securities were registered or sold under the Securities Act (including any final, preliminary or summary Prospectus contained therein or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto or any documents incorporated by reference therein) or (ii) any omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein  not misleading, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement or omission is contained in any information furnished in writing by or on behalf of such selling Holder to the Company specifically for inclusion in such Registration Statement or Prospectus, has not been corrected in a subsequent writing prior to the sale of the Registrable Securities to the Company or the Indemnified Person asserting the claim and the Losses resulted from the Company’s reliance on such written information from the selling Holder. In no event shall the liability of any selling Holder hereunder be greater in

 

20



 

amount than the dollar amount of the net proceeds received by such Holder under the sale of Registrable Securities giving rise to such indemnification obligation less any amounts paid by such Holder in connection with such sale.

 

(c)           Any indemnified person shall (i) give prompt written notice to the indemnifying party of any claim with respect to which it seeks indemnification ( provided that any delay or failure to so notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve the indemnifying party of its obligations hereunder except to the extent, if at all, that it is actually and materially prejudiced by reason of such delay or failure) and (ii) permit such indemnifying party to assume the defense of such claim with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party; provided , however , that any indemnified person shall have the right to select and employ separate counsel and to participate in the defense of such claim, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such indemnified person unless (A) the indemnifying party has agreed in writing to pay such fees or expenses, (B) the indemnifying party shall have failed to assume the defense of such claim within a reasonable time after receipt of notice of such claim from the indemnified person and employ counsel reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified person, (C) the indemnified party has reasonably concluded (based upon advice of its counsel) that there may be legal defenses available to it or other indemnified persons that are different from or in addition to those available to the indemnifying party, or (D) in the reasonable judgment of any such indemnified person (based upon advice of its counsel) a conflict of interest may exist between such indemnified person and the indemnifying party with respect to such claims (in which case, if the indemnified person notifies the indemnifying party in writing that such indemnified person elects to employ separate counsel at the expense of the indemnifying party, the indemnifying party shall not have the right to assume the defense of such claim on behalf of such indemnified person).  No action may be settled without the consent of the indemnifying party, provided that the consent of the indemnified party shall not be required if (A) such settlement includes an unconditional release of such indemnified party in form and substance satisfactory to such indemnified party from all liability on the claims that are the subject matter of such settlement; (B) such settlement provides for the payment by the indemnifying party of money as the sole relief for such action and (C) such settlement does not include any statement or any admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any indemnified party.  It is understood that the indemnifying party or parties shall not, except as specifically set forth in this Section 6(c) , in connection with any Proceeding or related proceedings in the same jurisdiction, be liable for the reasonable fees, disbursements or other charges of more than one separate firm admitted to practice in such jurisdiction at any one time.

 

(d)           If for any reason the foregoing indemnity is unavailable, unenforceable or is insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party under Sections 6(a) or (b) , then each applicable indemnifying party shall contribute to the amount paid or payable to such indemnified party as a result of any Losses in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party, on the one hand, and the indemnified party, on the other hand, with respect to such Loss. The relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the indemnifying party or the indemnified party and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such untrue statement or omission. If, however, the allocation provided in the second preceding sentence is not permitted by applicable law, then each

 

21



 

indemnifying party shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only such relative faults but also the relative benefits of the indemnifying party and the indemnified party as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The parties hereto agree that it would not be just and equitable if any contribution pursuant to this Section 6(d)  were to be determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in the preceding sentences of this Section 6(d) . The amount paid or payable in respect of any Losses shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such Losses. No Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. Notwithstanding anything in this Section 6(d)  to the contrary, no indemnifying party (other than the Company) shall be required pursuant to this Section 6(d)  to contribute any amount greater than the amount of the net proceeds received by such indemnifying party from the sale of Registrable Securities pursuant to the registration statement giving rise to such Losses, less the amount of any indemnification payment made by such indemnifying party pursuant to Section 6(b) . In addition, no Holder or any Affiliate thereof shall be required to pay any amount under this Section 6(d)  unless such Person or entity would have been required to pay an amount pursuant to Section 6(b)  if it had been applicable in accordance with its terms.

 

(e)           The remedies provided for in this Section 6 are not exclusive and shall not limit any rights or remedies which may otherwise be available to any indemnified party at law or in equity.

 

Section 7.  Other Agreements .

 

(a)           Transfer of Rights .

 

(i)            Each Holder acknowledges and agrees that it may not transfer any of its registration rights under this Agreement except (A) to its Affiliates, (B) to any Person to whom the Holder transfers the lesser of (1) all of its shares of Registrable Securities or (2) 10% of the then outstanding shares of Company Common Stock or (C) with the prior written consent of the Company, and provided that, in each case, the requirements of Section 7(a)(ii)  are complied with.

 

(ii)           In the case of a transfer of shares of Company Common Stock pursuant to Section 7(a) , the registration rights of such Holder with respect to the transferred shares of Company Common Stock will be transferred to such transferee effective upon receipt by the Company of (A) written notice from such Holder stating the name and address of such transferee and identifying the number of shares of Company Common Stock with respect to which rights under this Agreement are being transferred and the nature of the rights so transferred, and (B) a written agreement from such transferee to be bound by the terms of this Agreement, substantially in the form of the Joinder Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit A . Following any such transfer, the Company will notify the other Holders as to who the transferees are and the nature of the rights so transferred.

 

22



 

(iii)          In the event the Company engages in a merger or consolidation in which the Company Common Stock is converted into securities of another company, appropriate arrangements will be made so that the registration rights provided under this Agreement continue to be provided to Holders by the issuer of such securities, unless Holders then holding 66 2/3% of the Registrable Securities otherwise agree. To the extent such new issuer, or any company acquired by the Company in a merger or consolidation, was bound by registration rights obligations that would conflict with the provisions of this Agreement, the Company will, unless Holders then holding 66 2/3% of the Registrable Securities otherwise agree, use its best efforts to modify any such “inherited” registration rights obligations so as not to interfere in any material respects with the rights provided under this Agreement.

 

(b)           Facilitation of Sales Pursuant to Rule 144 .  The Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to timely file the reports required to be filed by it under the Exchange Act or the Securities Act and the rules adopted by the Commission thereunder (including the reports under Sections 13 and 15(d) of the Exchange Act referred to in subparagraph (c)(1) of Rule 144), and shall take such further action as any Holder may reasonably request, all to the extent required from time to time to enable the Holders to sell Registrable Securities without registration under the Securities Act within the limitations of the exemption provided by Rule 144. Upon the written request of any Holder in connection with that Holder’s sale pursuant to Rule 144, the Company shall deliver to such Holder a written statement as to whether it has complied with such requirements.

 

Section 8.  Miscellaneous .

 

(a)           Remedies .  In the event of a breach by any party hereto of any of its obligations under this Agreement, the non-breaching parties, in addition to being entitled to exercise all rights granted by law and under this Agreement, including recovery of damages, will be entitled to specific performance of its rights under this Agreement.  Each party agrees that monetary damages would not provide adequate compensation for any losses incurred by reason of a breach by it of any of the provisions of this Agreement and further agrees that, in the event of any action for specific performance in respect of such breach, it shall have waived hereby the defense that a remedy at law would be adequate and shall have waived hereby any requirement for the posting of a bond.

 

(b)           Discontinued Disposition .  Each Holder agrees by its acquisition of Registrable Securities or execution of this Agreement and acquiring the rights and obligations hereunder, that, upon receipt of a notice from the Company of the occurrence of any event of the kind described in clauses (ii) through (iv) and (vi) of Section 4(d)  or the occurrence of a Suspension Period, such Holder will forthwith discontinue disposition of such Registrable Securities under the Registration Statement until such Holder’s receipt of the copies of the supplemental Prospectus or amended Registration Statement or until it is advised in writing by the Company that the use of the applicable Prospectus may be resumed, and, in either case, has received copies of any additional or supplemental filings that are incorporated or deemed to be incorporated by reference in such Prospectus or Registration Statement.  The Company may provide appropriate stop orders to enforce the provisions of this Section 8(b) .  In the event the Company shall give any such notice, the period during which the applicable Registration Statement is required to be maintained effective shall be extended by the number of days during the period from and

 

23



 

including the date of the giving of such notice to and including the date when each seller of Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement either receives the copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus or is advised in writing by the Company that the use of the Prospectus may be resumed.

 

(c)           Amendments .  Except as otherwise provided herein, no modification, amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement shall be effective against the Company or any Holder unless such modification, amendment or waiver is approved in writing by the Company and the Holders holding 66 2/3% of the Registrable Securities then held by the Holders; provided that any amendment, modification, supplement or waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement which disproportionately materially adversely affects any Holder shall not be effective without the written approval of such Holder (it being understood that the proportionality and magnitude of such effect will be determined without regard to relative share ownership; and it being further acknowledged and agreed that the notice and other provisions of this Agreement may be waived with respect to any particular registration or transaction and such waiver shall not preclude any Holder from participating in such registration or transaction regardless of whether such Holder approved such waiver).  Notwithstanding the foregoing, a waiver or consent to depart from the provisions hereof with respect to a matter that relates exclusively to the rights of Holders of Registrable Securities whose securities are being sold pursuant to a Registration Statement and that does not directly or indirectly affect the rights of other Holders of Registrable Securities may be given by holders of at least 66 2/3% of the Registrable Securities being sold by such Holders pursuant to such Registration Statement.

 

(d)           Waivers .  No waiver of any default with respect to any provision, condition or requirement of this Agreement shall be deemed to be a continuing waiver in the future or a waiver of any subsequent default or a waiver of any other provision, condition or requirement hereof, nor shall any delay or omission of any party to exercise any right hereunder in any manner impair the exercise of any such right.

 

(e)           Termination and Effect of Termination . This Agreement shall terminate with respect to each Holder when such Holder no longer holds any Registrable Securities and will terminate in full when no Holder holds any Registrable Securities, except for the provisions of Sections 6 and 7(b) , which shall survive any such termination. No termination under this Agreement shall relieve any Person of liability for breach or Registration Expenses incurred prior to termination. In the event this Agreement is terminated, each Person entitled to indemnification rights pursuant to Section 6 shall retain such indemnification rights with respect to any matter that (i) may be an indemnified liability thereunder and (ii) occurred prior to such termination.

 

(f)            Notices .  Any and all notices or other communications or deliveries required or permitted to be provided hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed given and effective on the earliest of (i) the date of transmission, if such notice or communication is delivered via electronic mail in PDF or similar electronic or digital format (with confirmation of receipt) prior to 5:00 p.m. (New York time) on a business day in the place of receipt, (ii) the Business Day after the date of transmission, if such notice or communication is delivered via electronic mail in PDF or similar electronic or digital format (with confirmation of receipt) later than 5:00 p.m. (New York time) on any date and earlier than 11:59 p.m. (New York time) on such date, (iii) the

 

24



 

Business Day following the date of mailing, if sent by nationally recognized overnight courier service or (iv) upon actual receipt by the party to whom such notice is required to be given. The address for such notices and communications shall be as follows (or at such other address as shall be given in writing by any party to the others):

 

if to the Company to:

 

 

 

FTS International, Inc.

 

777 Main Street, Suite 2900

 

Fort Worth, Texas 76102

 

Attention: Jennifer L. Keefe

 

Email: jennifer.keefe@ftsi.com

 

 

 

with a copy (which will not constitute notice) to:

 

 

 

Jones Day

 

2727 North Harwood Street

 

Dallas, Texas 75201

 

Attention: Charles T. Haag

 

Email: chaag@jonesday.com

 

 

 

if to Maju, to:

 

 

 

Maju Investments (Mauritius) Pte Ltd

 

Les Cascades, Edith Cavell Street

 

Port Louis, Republic of Mauritius

 

 

 

with a copy (which will not constitute notice) to:

 

 

 

60B Orchard Road

 

#06-18 Tower 2

 

The Atrium@Orchard

 

Singapore 238891

 

Attention: Ms. Tay Su Lian, Margaret

 

Email: suliantay@temasek.com.sg

 

 

 

with a copy (which will not constitute notice) to:

 

 

 

Sullivan & Cromwell LLP

 

125 Broad Street

 

New York, NY 10004-2498

 

Attention:

Robert E. Buckholz

 

 

C. Andrew Gerlach

 

Email:

buckholzr@sullcrom.com

 

 

gerlacha@sullcrom.com

 

 

 

 

if to Chesapeake, to:

 

 

25



 

Chesapeake Energy Corporation

 

6100 North Western Avenue

 

Oklahoma City, Oklahoma

 

Attn: James R. Webb

 

Email: jim.webb@chk.com

 

with a copy (which will not constitute notice) to:

 

 

 

Baker Botts L.L.P.

 

910 Louisiana Street

 

Houston, Texas 77002

 

Attn: Gene J. Oshman

 

Email: gene.oshman@bakerbotts.com

 

 

 

if to Senja, to:

 

 

 

c/o CCS Trustees Limited

 

263 Main Street P.O. Box 2196

 

Road Town Tortola

 

British Virgin Islands

 

Attn: [ · ]

 

Email: [ · ]

 

with a copy (which will not constitute notice) to:

 

 

 

RRJ Management (S) Pte Ltd,

 

298 Tiong Bahru Road,

 

#13-01 Central Plaza,

 

Singapore 168730

 

Attn: Mr. Ong Tiong Sin

 

Email: richard.ong@rrjcap.com

 

 

 

if to Hampton, to:

 

 

 

c/o CCS Trustees Limited

 

263 Main Street P.O. Box 2196

 

Road Town Tortola

 

British Virgin Islands

 

Attn: [ · ]

 

Email: [ · ]

 

with a copy (which will not constitute notice) to:

 

 

 

RRJ Management (S) Pte Ltd,

 

298 Tiong Bahru Road,

 

#13-01 Central Plaza,

 

Singapore 168730

 

Attn: Mr. Ong Tiong Sin

 

Email: richard.ong@rrjcap.com

 

 

26


 

If to any other Person who is then a Holder, to the address of such Holder which has been designated by notice in writing by such Person to the others in accordance with the provisions of this Section 8(f) .

 

(g)           Successors and Assigns; New Issuances .  Except as otherwise provided herein, this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the parties hereto and the respective successors and Permitted Transferees. This Agreement may not be assigned by the Company without the prior written consent of the Holders of 66 2/3% of the Registrable Securities. Each Holder shall have the right to assign all or part of its rights and obligations under this Agreement only in accordance with transfers of Registrable Securities to such Holder’s Permitted Transferees. If any Holder shall acquire additional Registrable Securities, such Registrable Securities shall be subject to all of the terms, and entitled to all the benefits, of this Agreement.

 

(h)           Governing Law .  This Agreement and all claims arising out of or based upon this Agreement or relating to the subject matter hereof shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the domestic substantive laws of the State of Delaware without giving effect to any choice or conflict of laws provision or rule that would cause the application of the domestic substantive laws of any other jurisdiction.

 

(i)            Submission to Jurisdiction and Venue .  Each of the parties, by its execution of this Agreement,  hereby irrevocably submits to the exclusive venue and jurisdiction of the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware for the purpose of any proceeding arising out of or based upon this Agreement or relating to the subject matter hereof.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that any party hereto is or becomes a party in any litigation in connection with which it may assert indemnification rights set forth in this Agreement, the court in which such litigation is being heard shall be deemed to be included in the previous sentence.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, any party to this Agreement may commence and maintain an action to enforce a judgment of any of the above-named courts in any court of competent jurisdiction.

 

(j)            Cumulative Remedies .  The remedies provided herein are cumulative and not exclusive of any remedies provided by law.

 

(k)           Severability .  If any term, provision, covenant or restriction of this Agreement is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, illegal, void or unenforceable, the remainder of the terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions set forth herein shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated, and the parties shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to find and employ an alternative means to achieve the same or substantially the same result as that contemplated by such term, provision, covenant or restriction.  It is hereby stipulated and declared to be the intention of the parties that they would have executed the remaining terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions without including any of such that may be hereafter declared invalid, illegal, void or unenforceable.

 

(l)            Entire Agreement .  This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior contracts or agreements with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes any and all prior or contemporaneous discussions, agreements and understandings, whether oral or written, that may have been made

 

27



 

or entered into by or among any of the parties or any of their respective Affiliates relating to the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

(m)          Execution of Agreement .  This Agreement may be executed and delivered (by facsimile, by electronic mail in portable document format (.pdf) or otherwise) in any number of counterparts, each of which, when executed and delivered, shall be deemed an original, and all of which together shall constitute the same agreement.

 

(n)           Determination of Ownership .  In determining ownership of Company Common Stock hereunder for any purpose, the Company may rely solely on the records of the transfer agent for the Company Common Stock from time to time, or, if no such transfer agent exists, the Company’s stock ledger.

 

(o)           Headings; Section References .  The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.

 

(p)           No Recourse .  Notwithstanding anything that may be expressed or implied in this Agreement, and notwithstanding the fact that certain of the Holders may be partnerships or limited liability companies, each Holder covenants, agrees and acknowledges that no recourse under this Agreement or any documents or instruments delivered in connection with this Agreement shall be had against any of the Company’s or the Holder’s former, current or future direct or indirect equity holders, controlling persons, stockholders, directors, officers, employees, agents, Affiliates, members, financing sources, managers, general or limited partners or assignees (each, a “ Related Party ” and collectively, the “ Related Parties ”), in each case other than the Company, the current or former Holders or any of their respective assignees under this Agreement, whether by the enforcement of any assessment or by any legal or equitable Proceeding, or by virtue of any applicable law, it being expressly agreed and acknowledged that no personal liability whatsoever shall attach to, be imposed on or otherwise be incurred by any of the Related Parties, as such, for any obligation or liability of the Company or the Holders under this Agreement or any documents or instruments delivered in connection herewith for any claim based on, in respect of or by reason of such obligations or liabilities or their creation; provided , however , nothing in this Section 8(p)  shall relieve or otherwise limit the liability of the Company or any current or former Holder, as such, for any breach or violation of its obligations under this Agreement or such agreements, documents or instruments.

 

(q)           Recapitalizations, Exchanges, etc.   The provisions of this Agreement shall apply to the full extent set forth herein with respect to (a) the Company Common Stock, (b) any and all securities into which shares of Company Common Stock are converted, exchanged or substituted in any recapitalization or other capital reorganization by the Company and (c) any and all equity securities of the Company or any successor or assign of the Company (whether by merger, consolidation, sale of assets or otherwise) which may be issued in respect of, in conversion of, in exchange for or in substitution of, the Company Common Stock and shall be appropriately adjusted for any stock dividends, splits, reverse splits, combinations, recapitalizations and the like occurring after the date hereof. The Company shall cause any successor or assign (whether by merger, consolidation, sale of assets or otherwise) to assume the obligations of the Company under this Agreement or enter into a new registration rights agreement with the Holders on terms substantially the same as this Agreement as a condition of any such transaction.

 

28



 

(r)            Limitations on Subsequent Registration Rights . The Company agrees that it shall not enter into any agreement with any holder or prospective holder of any securities of the Company (i) that would allow such holder or prospective holder to include such securities in any Demand Registration, Piggyback Registration or Shelf Registration unless, under the terms of such agreement, such holder or prospective holder may include such securities in any such registration only to the extent that their inclusion would not reduce the amount of the Registrable Securities of the Holders included therein or (ii) on terms otherwise more favorable in the aggregate than this Agreement. The Company also represents and warrants to each Holder that it has not previously entered into any agreement with respect to any of its securities granting any registration rights to any Person with respect to the Registrable Securities.

 

(s)            Governing Documents .  In the event of any conflict between the terms and provisions of Section 8 of this Agreement and those contained in the Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws or other similar governing documents of the Company, the terms and provisions of Section 8 of this Agreement shall govern and control to the maximum extent permitted by DGCL.

 

(t)            General Interpretive Principles .  When a reference is made in this Agreement to a Section, Schedule or Exhibit such reference will be to a Section of, or a Schedule or Exhibit to, this Agreement unless otherwise indicated.  The table of contents and headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and will not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.  Whenever the words “include,” “ includes” or “including” are used in this Agreement, they will be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation.”  The words “hereof,” “herein” and “hereunder” and words of similar import when used in this Agreement will refer to this Agreement as a whole (including the Schedules and Exhibits) and not to any particular provision of this Agreement.  All terms defined in this Agreement will have the defined meanings when used in any document made or delivered pursuant hereto unless otherwise defined therein.  The definitions contained in this Agreement are applicable to the singular as well as the plural forms of such terms and, except as otherwise expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires, any noun or pronoun will be deemed to cover all genders.  Any statute, rule, order or regulation defined or referred to in this Agreement or in any agreement or instrument that is referred to in this Agreement will mean such statute, rule, order or regulation as from time to time amended, updated, modified, supplemented or superseded, including by succession of comparable successor statutes, rules, orders or regulations and references to all attachments thereto and instruments incorporated therein.  Where specific language is used to clarify by example a general statement contained herein, such specific language will not be deemed to modify, limit or restrict in any manner the construction of the general statement to which it relates.  The language used in this Agreement will be deemed to be the language chosen by the parties hereto to express their mutual intent, and no rule of strict construction will be applied against any party.

 

[Signature Pages Follow]

 

29



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Registration Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

FTS INTERNATIONAL, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

MAJU INVESTMENTS (MAURITIUS) PTE LTD

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

CHK ENERGY HOLDINGS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

SENJA CAPITAL LTD

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

HAMPTON ASSET HOLDING LTD.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

[ Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement ]

 



 

EXHIBIT A

 

Form of Joinder Agreement

 

The undersigned hereby agrees, effective as of the date set forth below, to become a party to that certain Registration Rights Agreement (as amended, restated and modified from time to time, the “ Agreement ”) dated as of [•] , 2017, by and among FTS International, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and the stockholders of the Company named therein, and for all purposes of the Agreement the undersigned will be included within the term “Holder” (as defined in the Agreement).  The address, facsimile number and email address to which notices may be sent to the undersigned are as follows:

 

Address:                   

 

Facsimile No.:

Email:

Date:

 

 

[ If entity ]

 

 

 

[ ENTITY NAME ]

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

[ If individual ]

 

 

 

 

 

Individual Name:

 




Exhibit 4.4

 

FORM OF INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT BY AND AMONG
FTS INTERNATIONAL, INC., MAJU INVESTMENTS (MAURITIUS) PTE LTD AND CHK ENERGY HOLDINGS, INC.

 

This Investors’ Rights Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of [ · ], 2017, by and among FTS International, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), Maju Investments (Mauritius) Pte Ltd (“ Maju ”) and CHK Energy Holdings, Inc. (“ Chesapeake ” and together with Maju, the “ Investors ”).

 

In consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements set forth herein and for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged by each party hereto, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

Section 1. Definitions .  As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the following meanings:

 

Affiliate ” has the meaning set forth in Rule 12b-2 promulgated under the Exchange Act (as defined below), as in effect on the date hereof.  For the avoidance of doubt, neither the Company nor any Person controlled by the Company will be deemed to be an Affiliate of any Investor or of any Affiliate of any Investor.

 

Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

 

Amended and Restated Bylaws ” means the amended and restated bylaws of the Company.

 

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation ” means the amended and restated certificate of incorporation of the Company.

 

Beneficially Owned ”, “ beneficial ownership ” and similar phrases have the same meanings as such terms have under Rule 13d-3 (or any successor rule then in effect) under the Exchange Act and “ own ” will have a correlative meaning, except that in calculating the beneficial ownership of any Investor, such Investor will be deemed to have beneficial ownership of all securities that such Investor has the right to acquire, whether such right is currently exercisable or is exercisable upon the occurrence of a subsequent event.

 

Board ” means the board of directors of the Company.

 

Chesapeake Director ” means each person designated by Chesapeake hereunder to serve as a director on the Board.

 

Chesapeake Entities ” means Chesapeake, its Affiliates and their respective successors and Permitted Assigns.

 

Chesapeake has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

 

Closing Date ” means the date of the completion of the IPO.

 



 

Common Stock ” means the common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company and any and all securities of any kind whatsoever of the Company that may be issued after the date of this Agreement in respect of, or in exchange for, such shares of common stock of the Company pursuant to a merger, consolidation, stock split, stock dividend or recapitalization of the Company or otherwise.

 

Company ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

 

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

Investors ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

 

Investor Director ” means a director nominated by an Investor.

 

Investor Director Requirements ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(a) .

 

Investor Party ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5 .

 

Investor Transferee ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5(g) .

 

IPO ” means the underwritten initial public offering of Common Stock by the Company pursuant to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-215998).

 

Maju Director ” each person designated by Maju hereunder to serve as a director on the Board.

 

Maju Entities ” means Maju, its Affiliates and their respective successors and Permitted Assigns.

 

Maju has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

 

NYSE ” means The New York Stock Exchange.

 

Permitted Assigns ” means a Transferee of shares of Common Stock that agrees to become party to, and to be bound to the same extent as its Transferor by the terms of, this Agreement.

 

Person ” means any individual, corporation, limited liability company, private limited company, public limited company, limited or general partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, governmental entity or agency or other entity of any kind or nature.

 

Proprietary Information ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4 .

 

SEC ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission or such other federal agency which at such time administers the Securities Act.

 

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

2



 

Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, (i) any corporation, limited liability company, partnership or other entity of which shares of capital stock or other ownership interests having ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the board of directors or other similar managing body of such corporation, limited liability company, partnership or other entity are at the time directly or indirectly owned or controlled by such Person, or (ii) the management of which is otherwise controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person.

 

Transfer ” (including its correlative meanings, “ Transferor ”, “ Transferee ” and “ Transferred ”) means with respect to any security to transfer, sell, assign, distribute, pledge, encumber, hypothecate, assign, exchange, or in any other way directly or indirectly dispose of, in whole or in part, either voluntarily or involuntarily, including by gift, by way of merger (forward or reverse) or similar transaction, by operation of law or otherwise, any security or any legal or beneficial interest therein, including the grant of an option or other right or interest that would result in the transferor no longer having the economic consequences of ownership in, or the power to vote, such security. When used as a noun, “ Transfer ” will have such correlative meaning as the context may require.

 

Section 2.  Board of Directors .

 

(a)                                  Maju Board Representation .  Following the Closing Date, Maju will have the right, but not the obligation, to cause the Company, and, if so directed, the Company will take all reasonably necessary action, to include in the slate of nominees recommended by the Board for election as directors at each applicable annual or special meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected, or pursuant to a written consent, that number of individuals designated by Maju that, if elected, will result in the following number of Maju Directors serving on the Board: (i) two directors, for so long as the Maju Entities beneficially own 15% or more of the outstanding shares of Common Stock and (ii) one director, for so long as the Maju Entities beneficially own 5% or more, but less than 15%, of the outstanding shares of Common Stock; provided , however , that the Maju Directors will be qualified to serve as a member of the Board under the reasonable requirements of the Company’s charter and all current corporate governance policies and guidelines of the Company and the Board as of the date hereof (with all such applicable policies and guidelines being set forth on Annex A hereto), and all applicable legal, regulatory and NYSE or other applicable stock exchange requirements (all such requirements, the “ Investor Director Requirements ”), and if any determination is made that any nominee of Maju is not qualified to serve, Maju will be entitled to continue to cause a nominee to be another individual until such determination is made.  The Company agrees that, assuming the accuracy of the information in the applicable director and officer questionnaire submitted to the Company prior to the date hereof, (i) both Messrs. Goh and Sim are, and will be following the Closing Date, qualified to serve as a member of the Board as contemplated hereby and (ii) at least one of the Maju Directors will meet the independence requirements of the rules and regulations of the SEC and the NYSE or other applicable stock exchange for the Board and all committees of the Board, other than the audit committee, after the end of the applicable transition periods following the IPO.  Unless otherwise agreed by Maju, a Maju Director will serve on any committee of the Board to the extent permitted by applicable listing requirements and SEC rules.  Unless otherwise agreed by Maju, Mr. Goh will be nominated as a Class III Director and Mr. Sim will be nominated as a Class I Director.  The Company will, at a minimum, use the same efforts to cause the election of the Maju Directors as it uses to cause other nominees

 

3



 

recommended by the Board to be elected, including soliciting proxies in favor of the election of such Maju Directors.

 

(b)                                  Chesapeake Board Representation .  Following the Closing Date, Chesapeake will have the right, but not the obligation, to cause the Company, and, if so directed, the Company will take all reasonably necessary action, to include in the slate of nominees recommended by the Board for election as directors at each applicable annual or special meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected, or pursuant to a written consent, that number of individuals designated by Chesapeake that, if elected, will result in the following number of Chesapeake Directors serving on the Board: (i) two directors, for so long as the Chesapeake Entities beneficially own 15% or more of the outstanding shares of Common Stock and (ii) one director, for so long as the Chesapeake Entities beneficially own 5% or more, but less than 15%, of the outstanding shares of Common Stock; provided , however , that the Chesapeake Directors will satisfy the Investor Director Requirements, and if any determination is made that any nominee of Chesapeake is not qualified to serve, Chesapeake will be entitled to continue to cause a nominee to be another individual until such determination is made.    The Company agrees that, assuming the accuracy of the information in the applicable director and officer questionnaire submitted to the Company prior to the date hereof, (i) both Messrs. Dell’Osso and Lemmerman are, and will be following the Closing Date, qualified to serve as a member of the Board as contemplated hereby and (ii) at least one of the Chesapeake Directors will meet the independence requirements of the rules and regulations of the SEC and the NYSE or other applicable stock exchange for the Board and all committees of the Board after the end of the applicable transition periods following the IPO. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, no prior or future transaction between Chesapeake and its Affiliates and the Company of a type similar to that described in the Registration Statement under “ Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Transactions with Chesapeake ” will change such determination with respect to clause (i) above with respect to Messrs. Dell’Osso or Lemmerman or other Chesapeake nominee.  Unless otherwise agreed by Chesapeake, a Chesapeake Director will serve on any committee of the Board to the extent permitted by applicable listing requirements and SEC rules.  Unless otherwise agreed by Chesapeake, Mr. Dell’Osso will be nominated as a Class III Director and Mr. Lemmerman will be nominated as a Class I Director. The Company will, at a minimum, use the same efforts to cause the election of the Chesapeake Directors as it uses to cause other nominees recommended by the Board to be elected, including soliciting proxies in favor of the election of such Chesapeake Directors.

 

(c)                                   Vacancies .  In the event that a vacancy is created at any time by the death, disability, retirement, resignation or removal of any Investor Director, or in the event any Investor Director fails to be elected, the Company and the Board (to the extent permitted under the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws) will take all reasonably necessary action to cause the vacancy created thereby to be filled as soon as practicable by a new designee of the Investor that had previously designated such Investor Director, for so long as such Investor has the right to designate an individual for nomination to the Board under this Agreement.

 

(d)                                  Director Resignation .  Upon any decrease in the number of directors that an Investor is entitled to designate for nomination to the Board, such Investor will take all

 

4



 

reasonably necessary action to cause the appropriate number of such Investor’s Directors to offer to tender their resignation.

 

(e)                                   Voting Obligations .  Each Investor agrees to at all times take all reasonably necessary action, including voting or providing a written consent or proxy with respect to the Common Stock it beneficially owns, to ensure the election of the directors nominated or designated by the other Investor to the Board and to ensure that the terms and intentions of this Agreement are carried out and observed.

 

(f)                                    Observer Rights . For so long as Maju or Chesapeake beneficially owns 5% or more of the outstanding shares of Common Stock, such 5% beneficial owner may elect to designate one non-voting observer to attend all meetings of the Board and committees of the Board; provided , however , that the observer may be excused from a meeting of the Board or any committee thereof to permit the members of the Board, or committee, as applicable, to act on any matter in which such observer’s participation is not appropriate based upon applicable NYSE rules, regulations or guidance.  The Company will give such observer copies of all notices, minutes, consents, and other materials that it provides to its Board or a committee of the Board, at the same time and in the same manner as provided to the Board or committee of the Board; provided , however , that each observer receiving information pursuant to this Section 2(f)  will comply with the requirements of Section 4 herein.

 

(g)                                   Advance Notification . With respect to an Investor, the Company will not require compliance with any provision of the Amended and Restated Bylaws that requires a stockholder seeking to present proposals before a meeting of stockholders or to nominate candidates for election as directors at a meeting of stockholders to provide notice (in compliance with form and content requirements) in writing in a timely manner.

 

(h)                                  Indemnification Agreements . The Company will enter into customary indemnification agreements with each of its directors.

 

(i)                                      Notice of Change in Beneficial Ownership .  Each Investor agrees to give prompt notice to the other Investor and to the Company if such Investor ceases to beneficially own 5% or more of the outstanding shares of Common Stock.

 

Section 3.  Information and Access .

 

(a)                                  For so long as Maju owns 5% or more of the outstanding shares of Common Stock, subject to applicable law, Maju shall have, at reasonable times and upon reasonable notice, full access to all books and records of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, shall be entitled to review and copy them at its discretion, shall be entitled to inspect the properties and assets of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries and consult with management of the Company and shall be furnished, reasonably promptly following its request therefor, such information concerning the business, properties, contracts, assets, liabilities, personnel and other aspects of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries as reasonably requested by Maju.

 

(b)                                  For so long as Chesapeake owns 5% or more of the outstanding shares of Common Stock, subject to applicable law, Chesapeake shall have, at reasonable times and upon reasonable notice, full access to all books and records of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries,

 

5



 

shall be entitled to review and copy them at its discretion, shall be entitled to inspect the properties and assets of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries and consult with management of the Company and shall be furnished, reasonably promptly following its request therefor, such information concerning the business, properties, contracts, assets, liabilities, personnel and other aspects of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries as reasonably requested by Chesapeake.

 

Section 4.  Confidentiality .  Each Investor will maintain the confidentiality of any confidential and proprietary information of the Company received under Section 2(a)  or Section 2(b)  of this Agreement, including any information received by any Investor pursuant to Section 2(f)  hereof (“ Proprietary Information ”), using the same standard of care, but in no event less than reasonable care, as it applies to its own confidential information; provided , however , that an Investor may disclose Proprietary Information (a) to any Affiliate, partner, limited partner, member, trustee, investor or related investment fund of such Investor and its and their respective investors, limited partners, directors, employees, agents, professional advisors and consultants, or (b) as may otherwise be required by law, rule, regulation, subpeona, legal process or self-regulatory organization, and further provided , that (i) such Proprietary Information provided pursuant to clause (a) and (b)  above is identified prior to disclosure by the Investor to the recipient as requiring confidential treatment, and (ii) the disclosing Investor will be responsible for the acts and omissions related to the Proprietary Information of any Person to whom such Investor discloses Proprietary Information (other than pursuant to clause (b)  above).  For purposes of this Agreement, Proprietary Information will not include any information (a) that is publicly available (other than as a result of dissemination by such Investor in violation hereof) or a matter of public knowledge generally, (b) that was known to such Investor on a non-confidential basis, without, to such Investor’s actual knowledge, breach of any confidentiality obligations to the Company, prior to its disclosure by the Company under this Agreement, (c) that is or was independently developed or conceived by such Investor without use of the Proprietary Information or (d) that is received by the Investor from a source as to which such Investor has no actual knowledge, was in breach of any confidentiality obligation to the Company.

 

Section 5.  Corporate Opportunities; Other Agreements .

 

(a)                                  To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Company, on behalf of itself and its Subsidiaries, hereby renounces any interest, duty or expectancy of the Company and its Subsidiaries in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, business opportunities that are from time to time presented to any Stockholder, any Affiliate of any Stockholder or any director (or director of any Subsidiary of the Company) designated by any of the foregoing (each an “ Stockholder Party ”) even if the opportunity is one that the Company or its Subsidiaries might reasonably be deemed to have pursued or had the ability or desire to pursue if granted the opportunity to do so and each Investor Party will have no duty to communicate or offer such business opportunity to the Company and to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, will not be liable to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries for breach of any fiduciary or other duty, as a director or otherwise, by reason of the fact that such Investor Party pursues or acquires such business opportunity, directs such business opportunity to another Person or fails to present such business opportunity, or information regarding such business opportunity, to the Company or its Subsidiaries.

 

6



 

(b)                                  The Company has and may from time to time enter into and perform, and cause or permit its Affiliates to enter into and perform, one or more agreements (or modifications or supplements to pre-existing agreements) with Chesapeake or its Affiliates.  These agreements include without limitation a Master Service Agreement dated July 9, 2012, and a Master Commercial Agreement dated December 24, 2016, with Subsidiaries of Chesapeake, as well as subsequent written purchase or work orders. Neither such agreements, nor the performance thereof (nor the grant of or refusal to grant waivers thereunder) by Chesapeake or any of its Affiliates, will, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, be considered contrary to any fiduciary duty of any Chesapeake Director, to the Company or such Affiliates, or to any stockholder or owner of any other equity interest thereof. Except to the extent specifically set forth in such agreements or otherwise required by law, neither Chesapeake nor any of its Affiliates has any duty or obligation to the Company or any of its Affiliates or to any stockholder or other owner of an equity interest in the Company or any of its Affiliates for any reason, including any claimed duty or obligation as a result of Chesapeake’s or any of its Affiliates’ being a significant stockholder of the Company or as a result of any of Chesapeake Director’s being deemed to participate in the control of the Company or of any of its Affiliates.

 

(c)                                   Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, each of the Parties acknowledges and agrees that the Investors and their Affiliates have obtained, prior to the date hereof, and are expected to obtain, on and after the date hereof, confidential information from other companies in connection with Persons engaged in businesses that are in similar lines of business or that directly or indirectly compete with the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries and conducted from time to time or as expected to be conducted from time to time. Each of the Parties hereby agrees that none of the Investors nor any of their Affiliates (nor any Maju Director or Chesapeake Director) has any obligation to use any such confidential information in connection with the business, operations, management or other activities of the Company or its Subsidiaries or to furnish to the Company or its Subsidiaries any such confidential information.

 

(d)                                  Any claims against, actions, rights to sue, other remedies or other recourse to or against any Investor or any of their respective Affiliates and any Maju Director or Chesapeake Director for or in connection with the matters in clauses (a), (b) and (c) (including business opportunities, confidential information and agreements with Chesapeake and its Affiliates) of this Section, whether arising in common law or equity or created by rule of law, statute, constitution, contract (including this Agreement) or otherwise, are expressly released and waived by each Party to the fullest extent permitted by Law.

 

(e)                                   The Company will not, without the prior consent of the Investors, amend or repeal Article XII of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation nor recommend any such action to its stockholders.

 

(f)                                    The Company will not amend or repeal any provision of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or, by means of an amendment effected through actions of the Board, amend the Amended and Restated Bylaws, in either case, if such amendment or repeal is of a provision of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or Amended and Restated Bylaws that implements the provisions of this Agreement nor recommend any such action to its stockholders.

 

7



 

(g)                                   So long as an Investor beneficially owns at least 15% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock, the Company will not, without the prior consent of such Investor, adopt any amendments to its Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or Amended and Restated Bylaws, adopt or enter into a stockholder rights plan (including a “poison pill” rights plan) or similar agreement or take any action during the term of this Agreement which in any of the foregoing cases would (i) impose limitations on the legal rights of an Investor or its Affiliates or any transferee of any securities of the Company from an Investor or its Affiliates (an “ Investor Transferee ”) as a direct or indirect stockholder of the Company other than those imposed pursuant to the express terms of this Agreement or the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws, including any action which would impose restrictions (A) based upon the size of security holding, (B) applicable to an Investor, its Affiliates or an Investor Transferee and not to security holders generally or (C) involving impairment of rights granted to an Investor, its Affiliates or an Investor Transferee, (ii) involve the issuance of any warrant, right, Common Stock or other security (a) which is, or under specified circumstances will become, convertible into or represent the right to acquire any securities of an Investor, its Affiliates or an Investor Transferee or (b) which is dependent upon the amount of voting securities owned by an Investor, its Affiliates or an Investor Transferee; provided, that this Section 5(g)  will not prohibit the Company from taking any action otherwise prohibited hereby, so long as an Investor, its Affiliates and each Investor Transferee are, either expressly or as part of a class of direct or indirect stockholders exempted from such action or the limitations on legal rights imposed thereby.

 

Section 6.  Representations and Warranties .  Each of the Investors and the Company represents and warrants to each other as stated below; provided that the Investors are not making any representation or warranty with respect to the Company or the other Investor in this Section 6 , and the Company is not making any representation or warranty with respect to the Investors in this Section 6 :

 

(a)                                  The Company has been duly incorporated and is in good standing under the laws of Delaware, and has the corporate power and capacity and is duly qualified to own or lease its property and to carry on its business as now conducted in each jurisdiction in which it owns or leases property or carries on business, except where failure to be so duly qualified has not had or would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a material adverse effect on the assets, liabilities, financial condition, business or results of operations of the Company.

 

(b)                                  The execution and delivery of this Agreement has been duly and validly authorized by each Investor and the Company.

 

(c)                                   This Agreement has been duly and validly executed and delivered by each Investor and the Company and is a valid and legally binding obligation of each Investor and the Company, enforceable against each of them in accordance with its terms, subject, as to enforcement, to bankruptcy, insolvency and other applicable laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and to general principles of equity.

 

(d)                                  Apart from this Agreement and the Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, among the Company, Senja Capital Ltd and Hampton Asset Holding Ltd., there are

 

8



 

no stockholders agreements, pooling agreements, voting trusts or other similar agreements with respect to the ownership or voting of any of the shares of the Company.

 

Section 7. Termination .  This Agreement will terminate automatically (without any action by any party hereto) as to an Investor upon the time at which such Investor no longer has the right to designate an individual for nomination to the Board under this Agreement; provided , that the provision in Section 2(d)  and Section 2(i)  will survive such termination.

 

Section 8.  Further Assurances .  At any time or from time to time after the date of this Agreement, the parties agree to cooperate with each other, and at the request of any other party, to execute and deliver any further instruments or documents and to take all such further action as such other party may reasonably request in order to evidence or effectuate the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and to otherwise carry out the intent of the parties hereunder.

 

Section 9.  Amendment and Waiver .  Except as otherwise provided herein, no modification, amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement will be effective against the Company or any Investor unless such modification, amendment or waiver is approved in writing by the Company and such Investor.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, no amendment will be made or waiver granted in a manner that adversely affects any Investor or its rights hereunder without the prior written consent of such affected party.  The failure of any party to enforce any of the provisions of this Agreement will in no way be construed as a waiver of such provisions and will not affect the right of such party thereafter to enforce each and every provision of this Agreement in accordance with its terms.

 

Section 10.  Entire Agreement .  This Agreement contains the entire agreement and understanding among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes and preempts any prior understandings, agreements or representations by or among the parties, written or oral, which may have related to the subject matter hereof in any way.

 

Section 11.  Successors and Assigns .  Except as otherwise provided herein, this Agreement will bind and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Company and its successors and assigns and each Investor and its successors, Permitted Assigns, heirs and personal representatives.  Subject to compliance with the provisions of this Agreement, (i) each Investor will, at any time and without the consent of any other party hereto, have the right to assign all or part of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to one or more of its Affiliates and (ii) each Investor will, at any time and without the consent of any other party hereto, have the right to assign all or part of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to any Person to whom such Investor Transfers Common Stock in accordance with this Agreement; and provided that an Investor will not be permitted to assign any of its rights under Section 2 if the effect of such assignment would cause a change of control or default under any material debt agreement of the Company.  Upon any such permitted assignment, such assignee will have and be able to exercise and enforce all rights of the assigning party which are assigned to it and, to the extent such rights are assigned, any reference to the assigning Investor will be treated as a reference to the assignee.

 

9


 

Section 12.  Severability .  Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement will be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under any applicable law or rule in any jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability will not affect any other provision or any other jurisdiction, but this Agreement will be reformed, construed and enforced in such jurisdiction as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein.

 

Section 13.  Remedies .  Each party hereto will be entitled to enforce its rights under this Agreement specifically, to recover damages by reason of any breach of any provision of this Agreement and to exercise all other rights existing in its favor.  The parties hereto agree and acknowledge that money damages may not be an adequate remedy for any breach of the provisions of this Agreement and that each party may in its sole discretion apply to any court of law or equity of competent jurisdiction for specific performance and/or injunctive relief (without posting a bond or other security) in order to enforce or prevent any violation of the provisions of this Agreement.

 

Section 14.  Notices .  All notices, requests, consents and other communications hereunder to any party will be deemed to be sufficient if contained in a written instrument delivered in person or by email (with a confirmation of receipt or confirmatory copy sent by different means within three business days of such notice), nationally recognized overnight courier or first class registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed to such party at the address set forth below or at such address or to the attention of such other person as may hereafter be designated in writing by such party to the other parties:

 

if to the Company to:

 

FTS International, Inc.

777 Main Street, Suite 2900

Fort Worth, Texas 76102

Attention: Jennifer L. Keefe

Email: jennifer.keefe@ftsi.com

 

with a copy (which will not constitute notice) to:

 

Jones Day

2727 North Harwood Street

Dallas, Texas 75201

Attention: Charles T. Haag

Email: chaag@jonesday.com

 

if to Maju, to:

 

Maju Investments (Mauritius) Pte Ltd

Les Cascades, Edith Cavell Street

Port Louis, Republic of Mauritius

 

10



 

with a copy (which will not constitute notice) to:

 

60B Orchard Road

#06-18 Tower 2

The Atrium@Orchard

Singapore 238891

Attention: Ms. Tay Su Lian, Margaret

Email: suliantay@temasek.com.sg

 

with a copy (which will not constitute notice) to:

 

Sullivan & Cromwell LLP

125 Broad Street

New York, NY 10004-2498

Attention:

Robert E. Buckholz

 

C. Andrew Gerlach

Email:

buckholzr@sullcrom.com

 

gerlacha@sullcrom.com

 

if to Chesapeake, to:

 

Chesapeake Energy Corporation

6100 North Western Avenue

Oklahoma City, Oklahoma

Attn: James R. Webb

Email: jim.webb@chk.com

 

with a copy (which will not constitute notice) to:

 

Baker Botts L.L.P.

910 Louisiana Street

Houston, Texas 77002

Attn: Gene J. Oshman

Email: gene.oshman@bakerbotts.com

 

All such notices, requests, consents and other communications will be deemed to have been given hereunder when received.

 

Section 15.  Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction and Venue .

 

(a)                                  Governing Law .  This Agreement and all claims arising out of or based upon this Agreement or relating to the subject matter hereof will be governed by and construed in accordance with the domestic substantive laws of the State of Delaware without giving effect to any choice or conflict of laws provision or rule that would cause the application of the domestic substantive laws of any other jurisdiction.

 

(b)                                  Submission to Jurisdiction and Venue .  Each of the parties, by its execution of this Agreement,  hereby irrevocably submits to the exclusive venue and jurisdiction of the Court of

 

11



 

Chancery of the State of Delaware for the purpose of any proceeding arising out of or based upon this Agreement or relating to the subject matter hereof.

 

Section 16.  Descriptive Headings .  The descriptive headings of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and do not constitute a part of this Agreement.

 

Section 17.  Conflicting Agreements .  Other than with respect to proxies or powers of attorney that one or more of the Investors may have granted or grant to an Affiliate of such Investor, each Investor represents and warrants that such Investor has not granted and is not a party to any proxy, voting trust or other agreement that conflicts with any provision of this Agreement, and no Investor will grant any proxy or become party to any voting trust or other agreement that conflicts with any provision of this Agreement.

 

Section 18.  Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in separate counterparts each of which will be an original and all of which taken together will constitute one and the same agreement.

 

Section 19.  General Interpretive Principles .  When a reference is made in this Agreement to a Section, Schedule or Exhibit such reference will be to a Section of, or a Schedule or Exhibit to, this Agreement unless otherwise indicated.  The table of contents and headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and will not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.  Whenever the words “ include ,” “ includes ” or “ including ” are used in this Agreement, they will be deemed to be followed by the words “ without limitation .”  The words “ hereof ,” “ herein ” and “ hereunder ” and words of similar import when used in this Agreement will refer to this Agreement as a whole (including the Schedules and Exhibits) and not to any particular provision of this Agreement.  All terms defined in this Agreement will have the defined meanings when used in any document made or delivered pursuant hereto unless otherwise defined therein.  The definitions contained in this Agreement are applicable to the singular as well as the plural forms of such terms and, except as otherwise expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires, any noun or pronoun will be deemed to cover all genders.  Any statute, rule, order or regulation defined or referred to in this Agreement or in any agreement or instrument that is referred to in this Agreement will mean such statute, rule, order or regulation as from time to time amended, updated, modified, supplemented or superseded, including by succession of comparable successor statutes, rules, orders or regulations and references to all attachments thereto and instruments incorporated therein.  Where specific language is used to clarify by example a general statement contained herein, such specific language will not be deemed to modify, limit or restrict in any manner the construction of the general statement to which it relates.  The language used in this Agreement will be deemed to be the language chosen by the parties hereto to express their mutual intent, and no rule of strict construction will be applied against any party.

 

[ Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank ]

 

12



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Investors’ Rights  Agreement as of the day and year first written above.

 

 

FTS INTERNATIONAL, INC.

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

MAJU INVESTMENTS (MAURITIUS) PTE LTD

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

CHK ENERGY HOLDINGS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

[ Signature Page to Investors’ Rights Agreement ]

 



 

Annex A

 

[Corporate Governance Guideline of the Company and the Board]

 




Exhibit 4.5

 

FORM OF INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT BY AND AMONG
FTS INTERNATIONAL, INC., SENJA CAPITAL LTD AND HAMPTON ASSET HOLDING LTD.

 

This Investors’ Rights Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of [ · ], 2017, by and among FTS International, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), Senja Capital Ltd (“ Senja ”), and Hampton Asset Holding Ltd. (“ Hampton ” and together with Senja, the “ Investors ”).

 

In consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements set forth herein and for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged by each party hereto, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

Section 1. Definitions .  As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the following meanings:

 

Affiliate ” has the meaning set forth in Rule 12b-2 promulgated under the Exchange Act (as defined below), as in effect on the date hereof.  For the avoidance of doubt, neither the Company nor any Person controlled by the Company will be deemed to be an Affiliate of any Investor or of any Affiliate of any Investor.

 

Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

 

Amended and Restated Bylaws ” means the amended and restated bylaws of the Company.

 

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation ” means the amended and restated certificate of incorporation of the Company.

 

Beneficially Owned ”, “ beneficial ownership ” and similar phrases have the same meanings as such terms have under Rule 13d-3 (or any successor rule then in effect) under the Exchange Act and “ own ” will have a correlative meaning, except that in calculating the beneficial ownership of any Investor, such Investor will be deemed to have beneficial ownership of all securities that such Investor has the right to acquire, whether such right is currently exercisable or is exercisable upon the occurrence of a subsequent event.

 

Board ” means the board of directors of the Company.

 

Closing Date ” means the date of the completion of the IPO.

 

Common Stock ” means the common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company and any and all securities of any kind whatsoever of the Company that may be issued after the date of this Agreement in respect of, or in exchange for, such shares of common stock of the Company pursuant to a merger, consolidation, stock split, stock dividend or recapitalization of the Company or otherwise.

 

Company ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

 



 

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

Hampton Entities ” means Hampton, its Affiliates and their respective successors and Permitted Assigns.

 

Hampton has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

 

Investors ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

 

Investor Director ” means a director collectively nominated by the Investors.

 

Investor Party ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4 .

 

IPO ” means the underwritten initial public offering of Common Stock by the Company pursuant to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-215998).

 

NYSE ” means The New York Stock Exchange.

 

Permitted Assigns ” means a Transferee of shares of Common Stock that agrees to become party to, and to be bound to the same extent as its Transferor by the terms of, this Agreement.

 

Person ” means any individual, corporation, limited liability company, private limited company, public limited company, limited or general partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, governmental entity or agency or other entity of any kind or nature.

 

Proprietary Information ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3 .

 

SEC ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission or such other federal agency which at such time administers the Securities Act.

 

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

Senja Entities ” means Senja, its Affiliates and their respective successors and Permitted Assigns.

 

Senja has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

 

Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, (i) any corporation, limited liability company, partnership or other entity of which shares of capital stock or other ownership interests having ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the board of directors or other similar managing body of such corporation, limited liability company, partnership or other entity are at the time directly or indirectly owned or controlled by such Person, or (ii) the management of which is otherwise controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person.

 

Transfer ” (including its correlative meanings, “ Transferor ”, “ Transferee ” and “ Transferred ”) means with respect to any security to transfer, sell, assign, distribute, pledge, encumber, hypothecate, assign, exchange, or in any other way directly or indirectly dispose of, in

 

2



 

whole or in part, either voluntarily or involuntarily, including by gift, by way of merger (forward or reverse) or similar transaction, by operation of law or otherwise, any security or any legal or beneficial interest therein, including the grant of an option or other right or interest that would result in the transferor no longer having the economic consequences of ownership in, or the power to vote, such security. When used as a noun, “ Transfer ” will have such correlative meaning as the context may require.

 

Section 2.  Board of Directors .

 

(a)                                  Investor Board Representation .  Following the Closing Date, Senja and Hampton will collectively have the right, but not the obligation, to cause the Company, and, if so directed, the Company will take all reasonably necessary action, to include in the slate of nominees recommended by the Board for election as directors at each applicable annual or special meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected, or pursuant to a written consent, the individual collectively designated by Senja and Hampton that, if elected, will result in one Investor Director serving on the Board for so long as the Senja Entities and Hampton Entities collectively beneficially own 5% or more of the outstanding shares of Common Stock; provided , however , that the Investor Director will be qualified to serve as a member of the Board under the reasonable requirements of the Company’s charter and all current corporate governance policies and guidelines of the Company and the Board as of the date hereof (with all such applicable policies and guidelines being set forth on Annex A hereto), and all applicable legal, regulatory and NYSE or other applicable stock exchange requirements, and if any determination is made that any nominee of the Investors is not qualified to serve, the Investors will be entitled to continue to cause a nominee to be another individual until such determination is made.  The Company agrees that, assuming the accuracy of the information in the applicable director and officer questionnaire submitted to the Company prior to the date hereof, Mr. Ong Tiong Sin is, and will be following the Closing Date, qualified to serve as a member of the Board as contemplated hereby.  Unless otherwise agreed by the Investors, Mr. Ong Tiong Sin will be nominated as a Class II Director.  The Company will, at a minimum, use the same efforts to cause the election of the Investor Director as it uses to cause other nominees recommended by the Board to be elected, including soliciting proxies in favor of the election of such Investor Director.

 

(b)                                  Vacancies .  In the event that a vacancy is created at any time by the death, disability, retirement, resignation or removal of the Investor Director, or in the event any Investor Director fails to be elected, the Company and the Board (to the extent permitted under the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws) will take all reasonably necessary action to cause the vacancy created thereby to be filled as soon as practicable by a new designee of the Investors, for so long as the Investors have the right to designate an individual for nomination to the Board under this Agreement.

 

(c)                                   Director Resignation .  Upon the decrease of the Investors’ collective beneficial ownership below 5% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock, the Investors will take all reasonably necessary action to cause the Investor Director to offer to tender their resignation.

 

(d)                                  Observer Rights . For so long as Senja and Hampton collectively beneficially own 5% or more of the outstanding shares of Common Stock, they may collectively elect to designate

 

3



 

one non-voting observer to attend all meetings of the Board and committees of the Board; provided , however , that the observer may be excused from a meeting of the Board or any committee thereof to permit the members of the Board, or committee, as applicable, to act on any matter in which such observer’s participation is not appropriate based upon applicable NYSE rules, regulations or guidance.  The Company will give such observer copies of all notices, minutes, consents, and other materials that it provides to its Board or a committee of the Board, at the same time and in the same manner as provided to the Board or committee of the Board; provided , however , that the observer receiving information pursuant to this Section 2(d)  will comply with the requirements of Section 3 herein.

 

(e)                                   Advance Notification . With respect to an Investor, the Company will not require compliance with any provision of the Amended and Restated Bylaws that requires a stockholder seeking to present proposals before a meeting of stockholders or to nominate candidates for election as directors at a meeting of stockholders to provide notice (in compliance with form and content requirements) in writing in a timely manner.

 

(f)                                    Indemnification Agreements . The Company will enter into customary indemnification agreements with each of its directors.

 

(g)                                   Notice of Change in Beneficial Ownership .  The Investors agree to give prompt notice to the Company if they cease to beneficially own 5% or more of the outstanding shares of Common Stock.

 

Section 3.  Information and Access .  For so long as the Investors collectively own 5% or more of the outstanding shares of Common Stock, subject to applicable law, the Investors shall have, at reasonable times and upon reasonable notice, full access to all books and records of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, shall be entitled to review and copy them at its discretion, shall be entitled to inspect the properties and assets of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries and consult with management of the Company and shall be furnished, reasonably promptly following its request therefor, such information concerning the business, properties, contracts, assets, liabilities, personnel and other aspects of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries as reasonably requested by the Investors.

 

Section 4.  Confidentiality .  Each Investor will maintain the confidentiality of any confidential and proprietary information of the Company received under Section 2(a)  of this Agreement, including any information received by any Investor pursuant to Section 2(d)  hereof (“ Proprietary Information ”), using the same standard of care, but in no event less than reasonable care, as it applies to its own confidential information; provided , however , that an Investor may disclose Proprietary Information (a) to any Affiliate, partner, limited partner, member, trustee, investor or related investment fund of such Investor and its and their respective investors, limited partners, directors, employees, agents, professional advisors and consultants, or (b) as may otherwise be required by law, rule, regulation, subpeona, legal process or self-regulatory organization, and further   provided , that (i) such Proprietary Information provided pursuant to clauses (a) and (b)  above is identified prior to disclosure by the Investor to the recipient as requiring confidential treatment, and (ii) the disclosing Investor will be responsible for the acts and omissions related to the Proprietary Information of any Person to whom such Investor discloses Proprietary Information (other than pursuant to clause (b)  above).  For purposes of this

 

4



 

Agreement, Proprietary Information will not include any information (a) that is publicly available (other than as a result of dissemination by such Investor in violation hereof) or a matter of public knowledge generally, (b) that was known to such Investor on a non-confidential basis, without, to such Investor’s actual knowledge, breach of any confidentiality obligations to the Company, prior to its disclosure by the Company under this Agreement, (c) that is or was independently developed or conceived by such Investor without use of the Proprietary Information or (d) that is received by the Investor from a source as to which such Investor has no actual knowledge, was in breach of any confidentiality obligation to the Company.

 

Section 5.  Corporate Opportunities; Other Agreements .

 

(a)                                  To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Company, on behalf of itself and its Subsidiaries, hereby renounces any interest, duty or expectancy of the Company and its Subsidiaries in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, business opportunities that are from time to time presented to any Stockholder, any Affiliate of any Stockholder or any director (or director of any Subsidiary of the Company) designated by any of the foregoing (each an “ Stockholder Party ”) even if the opportunity is one that the Company or its Subsidiaries might reasonably be deemed to have pursued or had the ability or desire to pursue if granted the opportunity to do so and each Investor Party will have no duty to communicate or offer such business opportunity to the Company and to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, will not be liable to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries for breach of any fiduciary or other duty, as a director or otherwise, by reason of the fact that such Investor Party pursues or acquires such business opportunity, directs such business opportunity to another Person or fails to present such business opportunity, or information regarding such business opportunity, to the Company or its Subsidiaries.

 

(b)                                  Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, each of the Parties acknowledges and agrees that the Investors and their Affiliates have obtained, prior to the date hereof, and are expected to obtain, on and after the date hereof, confidential information from other companies in connection with Persons engaged in businesses that are in similar lines of business or that directly or indirectly compete with the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries and conducted from time to time or as expected to be conducted from time to time. Each of the Parties hereby agrees that none of the Investors nor any of their Affiliates (nor the Investor Director) has any obligation to use any such confidential information in connection with the business, operations, management or other activities of the Company or its Subsidiaries or to furnish to the Company or its Subsidiaries any such confidential information.

 

(c)                                   Any claims against, actions, rights to sue, other remedies or other recourse to or against any Investor or any of their respective Affiliates and the Investor Director for or in connection with the matters in clauses (a) and (b) (including business opportunities and confidential information) of this Section, whether arising in common law or equity or created by rule of law, statute, constitution, contract (including this Agreement) or otherwise, are expressly released and waived by each Party to the fullest extent permitted by Law.

 

(d)                                  The Company will not, without the prior consent of the Investors, amend or repeal Article XII of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation nor recommend any such action to its stockholders.

 

5



 

(e)                                   The Company will not amend or repeal any provision of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or, by means of an amendment effected through actions of the Board, amend the Amended and Restated Bylaws, in either case, if such amendment or repeal is of a provision of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or Amended and Restated Bylaws that implements the provisions of this Agreement nor recommend any such action to its stockholders.

 

Section 6.  Representations and Warranties .  Each of the Investors and the Company represents and warrants to each other as stated below; provided that the Investors are not making any representation or warranty with respect to the Company or the other Investor in this Section 5 , and the Company is not making any representation or warranty with respect to the Investors in this Section 5 :

 

(a)                                  The Company has been duly incorporated and is in good standing under the laws of Delaware, and has the corporate power and capacity and is duly qualified to own or lease its property and to carry on its business as now conducted in each jurisdiction in which it owns or leases property or carries on business, except where failure to be so duly qualified has not had or would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a material adverse effect on the assets, liabilities, financial condition, business or results of operations of the Company.

 

(b)                                  The execution and delivery of this Agreement has been duly and validly authorized by each Investor and the Company.

 

(c)                                   This Agreement has been duly and validly executed and delivered by each Investor and the Company and is a valid and legally binding obligation of each Investor and the Company, enforceable against each of them in accordance with its terms, subject, as to enforcement, to bankruptcy, insolvency and other applicable laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and to general principles of equity.

 

(d)                                  Apart from this Agreement and the Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, among the Company, Maju Investments (Mauritius) Pte Ltd and CHK Energy Holdings, Inc., there are no stockholders agreements, pooling agreements, voting trusts or other similar agreements with respect to the ownership or voting of any of the shares of the Company.

 

Section 7. Termination .  This Agreement will terminate automatically (without any action by any party hereto) upon the time at which the Investors no longer have the right to designate an individual for nomination to the Board under this Agreement; provided , that the provision in Section 2(c)  and Section 2(g)  will survive such termination.

 

Section 8.  Further Assurances .  At any time or from time to time after the date of this Agreement, the parties agree to cooperate with each other, and at the request of any other party, to execute and deliver any further instruments or documents and to take all such further action as such other party may reasonably request in order to evidence or effectuate the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and to otherwise carry out the intent of the parties hereunder.

 

6



 

Section 9.  Amendment and Waiver .  Except as otherwise provided herein, no modification, amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement will be effective against the Company or any Investor unless such modification, amendment or waiver is approved in writing by the Company and such Investor.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, no amendment will be made or waiver granted in a manner that adversely affects any Investor or its rights hereunder without the prior written consent of such affected party.  The failure of any party to enforce any of the provisions of this Agreement will in no way be construed as a waiver of such provisions and will not affect the right of such party thereafter to enforce each and every provision of this Agreement in accordance with its terms.

 

Section 10.  Entire Agreement .  This Agreement contains the entire agreement and understanding among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes and preempts any prior understandings, agreements or representations by or among the parties, written or oral, which may have related to the subject matter hereof in any way.

 

Section 11.  Successors and Assigns .  Except as otherwise provided herein, this Agreement will bind and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Company and its successors and assigns and each Investor and its successors, Permitted Assigns, heirs and personal representatives.  Subject to compliance with the provisions of this Agreement, (i) each Investor will, at any time and without the consent of any other party hereto, have the right to assign all or part of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to one or more of its Affiliates and (ii) each Investor will, at any time and without the consent of any other party hereto, have the right to assign all or part of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to any Person to whom such Investor Transfers Common Stock in accordance with this Agreement; and provided that an Investor will not be permitted to assign any of its rights under Section 2 if the effect of such assignment would cause a change of control or default under any material debt agreement of the Company.  Upon any such permitted assignment, such assignee will have and be able to exercise and enforce all rights of the assigning party which are assigned to it and, to the extent such rights are assigned, any reference to the assigning Investor will be treated as a reference to the assignee.

 

Section 12.  Severability .  Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement will be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under any applicable law or rule in any jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability will not affect any other provision or any other jurisdiction, but this Agreement will be reformed, construed and enforced in such jurisdiction as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein.

 

Section 13.  Remedies .  Each party hereto will be entitled to enforce its rights under this Agreement specifically, to recover damages by reason of any breach of any provision of this Agreement and to exercise all other rights existing in its favor.  The parties hereto agree and acknowledge that money damages may not be an adequate remedy for any breach of the provisions of this Agreement and that each party may in its sole discretion apply to any court of law or equity of competent jurisdiction for specific performance and/or injunctive relief (without posting a bond or other security) in order to enforce or prevent any violation of the provisions of this Agreement.

 

7


 

Section 14.  Notices .  All notices, requests, consents and other communications hereunder to any party will be deemed to be sufficient if contained in a written instrument delivered in person or by email (with a confirmation of receipt or confirmatory copy sent by different means within three business days of such notice), nationally recognized overnight courier or first class registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed to such party at the address set forth below or at such address or to the attention of such other person as may hereafter be designated in writing by such party to the other parties:

 

if to the Company to:

 

FTS International, Inc.

777 Main Street, Suite 2900

Fort Worth, Texas 76102

Attention: Jennifer L. Keefe

Email: jennifer.keefe@ftsi.com

 

with a copy (which will not constitute notice) to:

 

Jones Day

2727 North Harwood Street

Dallas, Texas 75201

Attention: Charles T. Haag

Email: chaag@jonesday.com

 

if to Senja, to:

 

c/o CCS Trustees Limited

263 Main Street P.O. Box 2196

Road Town Tortola

British Virgin Islands

Attn: [ · ]

Email: [ · ]

 

with a copy (which will not constitute notice) to:

 

RRJ Management (S) Pte Ltd,

298 Tiong Bahru Road,

#13-01 Central Plaza,

Singapore 168730

Attn: Mr. Ong Tiong Sin

Email: richard.ong@rrjcap.com

 

if to Hampton, to:

 

c/o CCS Trustees Limited

263 Main Street P.O. Box 2196

Road Town Tortola

British Virgin Islands

Attn: [ · ]

 

8



 

Email: [ · ]

 

with a copy (which will not constitute notice) to:

 

RRJ Management (S) Pte Ltd,

298 Tiong Bahru Road,

#13-01 Central Plaza,

Singapore 168730

Attn: Mr. Ong Tiong Sin

Email: richard.ong@rrjcap.com

 

All such notices, requests, consents and other communications will be deemed to have been given hereunder when received.

 

Section 15.  Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction and Venue .

 

(a)                                  Governing Law .  This Agreement and all claims arising out of or based upon this Agreement or relating to the subject matter hereof will be governed by and construed in accordance with the domestic substantive laws of the State of Delaware without giving effect to any choice or conflict of laws provision or rule that would cause the application of the domestic substantive laws of any other jurisdiction.

 

(b)                                  Submission to Jurisdiction and Venue .  Each of the parties, by its execution of this Agreement,  hereby irrevocably submits to the exclusive venue and jurisdiction of the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware for the purpose of any proceeding arising out of or based upon this Agreement or relating to the subject matter hereof.

 

Section 16.  Descriptive Headings .  The descriptive headings of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and do not constitute a part of this Agreement.

 

Section 17.  Conflicting Agreements .  Other than with respect to proxies or powers of attorney that one or more of the Investors may have granted or grant to an Affiliate of such Investor, each Investor represents and warrants that such Investor has not granted and is not a party to any proxy, voting trust or other agreement that conflicts with any provision of this Agreement, and no Investor will grant any proxy or become party to any voting trust or other agreement that conflicts with any provision of this Agreement.

 

Section 18.  Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in separate counterparts each of which will be an original and all of which taken together will constitute one and the same agreement.

 

Section 19.  General Interpretive Principles .  When a reference is made in this Agreement to a Section, Schedule or Exhibit such reference will be to a Section of, or a Schedule or Exhibit to, this Agreement unless otherwise indicated.  The table of contents and headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and will not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.  Whenever the words “ include ,” “ includes ” or “ including ” are used in this Agreement, they will be deemed to be followed by the words “ without limitation .”

 

9



 

The words “ hereof ,” “ herein ” and “ hereunder ” and words of similar import when used in this Agreement will refer to this Agreement as a whole (including the Schedules and Exhibits) and not to any particular provision of this Agreement.  All terms defined in this Agreement will have the defined meanings when used in any document made or delivered pursuant hereto unless otherwise defined therein.  The definitions contained in this Agreement are applicable to the singular as well as the plural forms of such terms and, except as otherwise expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires, any noun or pronoun will be deemed to cover all genders.  Any statute, rule, order or regulation defined or referred to in this Agreement or in any agreement or instrument that is referred to in this Agreement will mean such statute, rule, order or regulation as from time to time amended, updated, modified, supplemented or superseded, including by succession of comparable successor statutes, rules, orders or regulations and references to all attachments thereto and instruments incorporated therein.  Where specific language is used to clarify by example a general statement contained herein, such specific language will not be deemed to modify, limit or restrict in any manner the construction of the general statement to which it relates.  The language used in this Agreement will be deemed to be the language chosen by the parties hereto to express their mutual intent, and no rule of strict construction will be applied against any party.

 

[ Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank ]

 

10



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Investors’ Rights  Agreement as of the day and year first written above.

 

 

FTS INTERNATIONAL, INC.

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SENJA CAPITAL LTD

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

HAMPTON ASSET HOLDING LTD.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

[ Signature Page to Investors’ Rights Agreement ]

 



 

Annex A

 

[Corporate Governance Guideline of the Company and the Board]

 




Exhibit 10.7

 

[Company Letterhead]

 

March 29, 2017

 

Karen Thornton

Hand Delivered

 

Re: Updated Retention Bonus Offer

 

Dear Karen,

 

On December 16, 2016, you received a letter awarding you a retention bonus in recognition of your contributions and your support of our cost containment initiatives during the oil and gas economic downturn. This letter is a replacement to update the terms and conditions of the outstanding retention bonus, canceling you prior retention offer.

 

Milestone

 

Amount Paid

 

 

 

Later of July 1, 2017
(payable on July 14, 2017 pay date)
or
Achievement of monthly Adjusted EBITDA averaging $15M for 3 consecutive months

 

25% of Salary (as of 8/8/15)

 

As before, to be eligible for the retention bonus payments, you must be an active full-time employee of the Company on the applicable bonus payment date. If you are terminated for cause, you will not be eligible for the retention bonus payable thereafter. If you are terminated without cause or the Company completes a sale of a majority of its equity or substantially all of its assets, the retention bonus will be paid to you in the next available pay cycle. You must sign FTSI’s Separation and Release Agreement in order to receive this payment. If you voluntarily terminate your employment with FTSI before three months of continuous employment following each payment, you agree to repay that payment in full within 20 business days following the termination of employment.

 

Sincerely,

 

/s/ Mike Doss

 

 

 

Michael Doss

 

Chief Executive Officer

 

 

I agree to and accept the terms set forth in this letter.

 

/s/ Karen Thornton

 

3/29/17

Employee Signature

Date

 




Exhibit 10.8

 

[Company Letterhead]

 

March 29, 2017

 

Jennifer Keefe

Hand Delivered

 

Re: Updated Retention Bonus Offer

 

Dear Jennifer,

 

On December 16, 2016, you received a letter awarding you a retention bonus in recognition of your contributions and your support of our cost containment initiatives during the oil and gas economic downturn. This letter is a replacement to update the terms and conditions of the outstanding retention bonus, canceling you prior retention offer.

 

Milestone

 

Amount Paid

 

 

 

Later of July 1, 2017
(payable on July 14, 2017 pay date)
or
Achievement of monthly Adjusted EBITDA averaging $15M for 3 consecutive months

 

25% of Salary (as of 8/8/15)

 

As before, to be eligible for the retention bonus payments, you must be an active full-time employee of the Company on the applicable bonus payment date. If you are terminated for cause, you will not be eligible for the retention bonus payable thereafter. If you are terminated without cause or the Company completes a sale of a majority of its equity or substantially all of its assets, the retention bonus will be paid to you in the next available pay cycle. You must sign FTSI’s Separation and Release Agreement in order to receive this payment. If you voluntarily terminate your employment with FTSI before three months of continuous employment following each payment, you agree to repay that payment in full within 20 business days following the termination of employment.

 

Sincerely,

 

/s/ Mike Doss

 

 

 

Michael Doss

 

Chief Executive Officer

 

 

I agree to and accept the terms set forth in this letter.

 

/s/ Jennifer Keefe

 

4/26/17

Employee Signature

Date

 




Exhibit 10.11

 

FTS International, Inc.

 

Description of 2016 Short-Term Incentive Plans

 

In December 2015, the board of directors approved a 2016 short-term incentive plan, or STIP, to motivate employees to drive outstanding company performance, provide flexibility given the uncertain business environment and improve employee retention. The named executive officers are eligible to participate.

 

The STIP provides for quarterly cash incentives contingent on achievement of quarterly metrics consisting of:

 

·                   Financial targets for Adjusted EBITDA;

 

·                   Safety performance as measured by our total recordable incident rate, or TRIR; and

 

·                   Department key performance indicators, or KPIs, and individual performance.

 

Each named executive officer has an annual bonus target award calculated as a percentage of his base salary, depending on his position, as set forth in the following table:

 

Name

 

Target Award
as a
Percentage of
Base Salary

 

 

 

 

 

Michael J. Doss
Chief Executive Office r

 

100

%

 

 

 

 

Buddy Petersen
Chief Operating Officer

 

80

%

 

 

 

 

Perry A. Harris
Senior Vice President, Commercial

 

60

%

 

The payout under the STIP was based 65% on the financial target, 10% on the safety target and 25% on KPI and individual performance. The Compensation Committee set the financial and KPI targets for the first quarter of 2016. The incentives were contingent upon the minimum financial targets being achieved. The Company did not achieve the minimum financial target in the first quarter of 2016. As a result, no payouts were made for the first quarter of 2016. After the first quarter of 2016, the Compensation Committee did not set financial and KPI targets and no one was eligible to receive an award under the STIP.

 




Exhibit 10.12

 

FTS International, Inc.

 

Description of 2017 Short-Term Incentive Plans

 

In December 2016, the board of directors approved a 2017 short-term incentive plan, or STIP, to motivate employees to drive outstanding company performance, provide flexibility given the uncertain business environment and improve employee retention. The named executive officers are eligible to participate.

 

The STIP provides for quarterly cash incentives contingent on achievement of quarterly metrics consisting of:

 

·                   Financial targets for Adjusted EBITDA;

 

·                   Safety performance as measured by our total recordable incident rate, or TRIR; and

 

·                   Department key performance indicators, or KPIs.

 

Each named executive officer has an annual bonus target award calculated as a percentage of his base salary, depending on his position, as set forth in the following table:

 

Name

 

Target Award
as a
Percentage of
Base Salary

 

 

 

 

 

Michael J. Doss
Chief Executive Office r

 

100

%

 

 

 

 

Buddy Petersen
Chief Operating Officer

 

80

%

 

 

 

 

Perry A. Harris
Senior Vice President, Commercial

 

60

%

 

The payouts for the named executive officers under the STIP are based 55% on the financial target, 20% on the safety target and 25% on KPIs. The targets are reset quarterly. The board has set the financial and KPI targets for the first quarter of 2017. All incentive payments are contingent upon the minimum financial targets being achieved. No named executive officer is guaranteed a payment under the STIP.

 




Exhibit 10.13

 

FORM OF DIRECTOR AND OFFICER INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

 

This Director and Officer Indemnification Agreement, dated as of                           ,           (this “ Agreement ”), is made by and between FTS International, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and                                              (“ Indemnitee ”).

 

RECITALS :

 

A.                                     Section 141 of the Delaware General Corporation Law provides that the business and affairs of a corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of its board of directors.

 

B.                                     Pursuant to Sections 141 and 142 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, significant authority with respect to the management of the Company has been delegated to the officers of the Company.

 

C.                                     By virtue of the managerial prerogatives vested in the directors and officers of a Delaware corporation, directors and officers act as fiduciaries of the corporation and its stockholders.

 

D.                                     The Company’s certificate of incorporation expressly provides that the indemnification provisions set forth therein are not exclusive, and thereby contemplate that contracts may be entered into between the Company and members of the Company’s Board of Directors (the “ Board ”), officers and other persons with respect to indemnification.  Thus, it is critically important to the Company and its stockholders that the Company be able to attract and retain the most capable persons reasonably available to serve as directors and officers of the Company.

 

E.                                      In recognition of the need for corporations to be able to induce capable and responsible persons to accept positions in corporate management, Delaware law authorizes (and in some instances requires) corporations to indemnify their directors and officers, and further authorizes corporations to purchase and maintain insurance for the benefit of their directors and officers.

 

F.                                       The Delaware courts have recognized that indemnification by a corporation serves the dual policies of (1) allowing corporate officials to resist unjustified lawsuits, secure in the knowledge that, if vindicated, the corporation will bear the expense of litigation and (2) encouraging capable individuals to serve as corporate directors and officers, secure in the knowledge that the corporation will absorb the costs of defending their honesty and integrity.

 

G.                                     Delaware law also authorizes a corporation to pay in advance of the final disposition of an action, suit or proceeding the expenses incurred by a director or officer in the defense thereof, and any such right to the advancement of expenses may be made separate and distinct from any right to indemnification and need not be subject to the satisfaction of any standard of conduct or otherwise affected by the merits of any claims against the director or officer.

 

H.                                    The number of lawsuits challenging the judgment and actions of directors and officers of Delaware corporations, the costs of defending those lawsuits, and the threat to

 



 

directors’ and officers’ personal assets have all materially increased over the past several years, chilling the willingness of capable individuals to undertake the responsibilities imposed on corporate directors and officers.

 

I.                                         Recent federal legislation and rules adopted by the Securities and Exchange Commission and the national securities exchanges have imposed additional disclosure and corporate governance obligations on directors and officers of public companies and have exposed such directors and officers to new and substantially broadened civil liabilities.

 

J.                                         These legislative and regulatory initiatives have also exposed directors and officers of public companies to a significantly greater risk of criminal proceedings, with attendant defense costs and potential criminal fines and penalties.

 

K.                                     The authority of a corporation to indemnify and advance the costs of defense to its directors and officers applies to criminal proceedings as well as to civil, administrative and investigative proceedings.

 

L.                                      Indemnitee is a director and/or officer of the Company and his or her willingness to serve in such capacity is predicated, in substantial part, upon the Company’s willingness to indemnify him or her in accordance with the principles reflected above, to the fullest extent permitted by the laws of the state of Delaware, and upon the other undertakings set forth in this Agreement.

 

M.                                  Therefore, in recognition of the need to provide Indemnitee with substantial protection against personal liability, in order to procure Indemnitee’s continued service as a director or officer of the Company and to enhance Indemnitee’s ability to serve the Company in an effective manner, and in order to provide such protection pursuant to express contract rights (intended to be enforceable irrespective of, among other things, any amendment to the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws (collectively, the “Constituent Documents”), any change in the composition of the Board or any change-in-control or business combination transaction relating to the Company), the Company wishes to provide in this Agreement for the indemnification of and the advancement of Expenses (as defined in Section 1(e)) to Indemnitee as set forth in this Agreement and for the continued coverage of Indemnitee under the Company’s directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies.

 

N.                                     In light of the considerations referred to in the preceding recitals, it is the Company’s intention and desire that the provisions of this Agreement be construed liberally, subject to their express terms, to maximize the protections to be provided to Indemnitee hereunder.

 

AGREEMENT :

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereby agree as follows:

 

1.               Certain Definitions.   In addition to terms defined elsewhere herein, the following terms have the following meanings when used in this Agreement with initial capital letters:

 

2



 

(a)          Claim ” means (i) any threatened, asserted, pending or completed claim, demand, action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, arbitrative, investigative or other, and whether made pursuant to federal, state or other law; and (ii) any threatened, pending or completed inquiry or investigation, whether made, instituted or conducted by or at the behest of the Company or any other person, including any federal, state or other court or governmental entity or agency and any committee or other representative of any corporate constituency, that Indemnitee determines might lead to the institution of any such claim, demand, action, suit or proceeding.

 

(b)          Controlled Affiliate ” means any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust or other entity or enterprise, whether or not for profit, that is directly or indirectly controlled by the Company.  For purposes of this definition, “control” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of an entity or enterprise, whether through the ownership of voting securities, through other voting rights, by contract or otherwise; provided that direct or indirect beneficial ownership of capital stock or other interests in an entity or enterprise entitling the holder to cast 20% or more of the total number of votes generally entitled to be cast in the election of directors (or persons performing comparable functions) of such entity or enterprise shall be deemed to constitute control for purposes of this definition.

 

(c)           Disinterested Director ” means a director of the Company who is not and was not a party to the Claim in respect of which indemnification is sought by Indemnitee.

 

(d)          ERISA Losses ” means any taxes, penalties or other liabilities under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, or Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

(e)           Expenses ” means attorneys’ and experts’ fees and expenses and all other costs and expenses paid or payable in connection with investigating, defending, being a witness in or participating in (including on appeal), or preparing to investigate, defend, be a witness in or participate in (including on appeal), any Claim, other than the fees, expenses and costs in respect of which the Company is expressly stated in Section 15 to have no obligation.  The parties agree that for the purposes of any advancement of Expenses for which Indemnitee has made written demand to the Company in accordance with this Agreement, all Expenses included in such demand that are certified by affidavit of Indemnitee’s counsel as being reasonable shall be presumed conclusively to be reasonable. Expenses also shall include (i) Expenses incurred in connection with any appeal resulting from any Claim, including without limitation the premium, security for, and other costs relating to any cost bond, supersedes bond, or other appeal bond or its equivalent, and (ii) for purposes of Section 4 only, Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with the interpretation, enforcement or defense of Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement, by litigation or otherwise.

 

(f)            Incumbent Directors ” means the individuals who, as of the date hereof, are members of the Board and any individual becoming a member of the Board subsequent to the date hereof whose election, nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders, or appointment, was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the then Incumbent Directors (either by a specific vote or by approval of the proxy statement of the Company in which such

 

3



 

person is named as a nominee for director, without objection to such nomination); provided , however , that an individual shall not be an Incumbent Director if such individual’s election or appointment to the Board occurs as a result of an actual or threatened election contest (as described in Rule 14a-12(c) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) with respect to the election or removal of directors or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a Person other than the Board.

 

(g)           Indemnifiable Claim ” means any Claim based upon, arising out of or resulting from (i) any actual, alleged or suspected act or failure to act by Indemnitee in his or her capacity as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company or as a director, officer, employee, member, manager, trustee or agent of any other corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust or other entity or enterprise, whether or not for profit (including any employee benefit plan or related trust), as to which Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, member, manager, trustee or agent, (ii) any actual, alleged or suspected act or failure to act by Indemnitee in respect of any business, transaction, communication, filing, disclosure or other activity of the Company or any other entity or enterprise referred to in clause (i) of this sentence, or (iii) Indemnitee’s status as a current or former director, officer, employee or agent of the Company or as a current or former director, officer, employee, member, manager, trustee or agent of the Company or any other entity or enterprise referred to in clause (i) of this sentence or any actual, alleged or suspected act or failure to act by Indemnitee in connection with any obligation or restriction imposed upon Indemnitee by reason of such status; provided , however , that except for compulsory counterclaims, an Indemnifiable Claim shall not include any Claim initiated by Indemnitee against the Company or any director or officer of the Company unless (1) the Company has joined in or consented to the initiation of such Claim, (2) the Incumbent Directors authorize the Company to join in such Claim, or (3) such Claim is initiated solely to enforce Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement.  In addition to any service at the actual request of the Company, for purposes of this Agreement, Indemnitee shall be deemed to be serving or to have served at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, member, manager, trustee or agent of another entity or enterprise if Indemnitee is or was serving as a director, officer, employee, member, manager, trustee or agent of such entity or enterprise and (x) such entity or enterprise is or at the time of such service was a Controlled Affiliate, (y) such entity or enterprise is or at the time of such service was an employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company or a Controlled Affiliate, or (z) the Company or a Controlled Affiliate directly or indirectly caused or authorized Indemnitee to be nominated, elected, appointed, designated, employed, engaged or selected to serve in such capacity.

 

(h)          Indemnifiable Losses ” means any and all Losses relating to, arising out of or resulting from any Indemnifiable Claim.

 

(i)              Independent Counsel ” means a law firm, or a member of a law firm, that is experienced in matters of corporation law and neither presently is, nor in the past five years has been, retained to represent:  (i) the Company (or any Subsidiary) or Indemnitee in any matter material to either such party (other than with respect to matters concerning Indemnitee under this Agreement, or of other indemnitees under similar indemnification agreements) or (ii) any other named (or, as to a threatened matter, reasonably likely to be named) party to the Indemnifiable Claim giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the

 

4



 

term “Independent Counsel” shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement.

 

(j)             Losses ” means any and all Expenses, damages, losses, liabilities, judgments, fines, penalties (whether civil, criminal or other), ERISA Losses and amounts paid in settlement, including all interest, assessments and other charges paid or payable in connection with or in respect of any of the foregoing.

 

(k)          Subsidiary ” means an entity in which the Company directly or indirectly beneficially owns 50% or more of the outstanding Voting Stock.

 

(l)              Voting Stock ” means securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (or similar governing bodies).

 

2.               Indemnification Obligation.   Subject to Section 8, the Company shall indemnify and hold harmless Indemnitee, to the fullest extent permitted or required by the laws of the State of Delaware in effect on the date hereof or as such laws may from time to time hereafter be amended to increase the scope of such permitted or required indemnification, against any and all Indemnifiable Claims and Indemnifiable Losses; provided , however , that no repeal or amendment of any law of the State of Delaware shall in any way diminish or adversely affect the rights of Indemnitee pursuant to this Agreement in respect of any occurrence or matter arising prior to any such repeal or amendment.

 

3.               Advancement of Expenses.   Indemnitee shall have the right to advancement by the Company prior to the final disposition of any Indemnifiable Claim of any and all Expenses relating to, arising out of or resulting from any Indemnifiable Claim paid or incurred by Indemnitee or which Indemnitee determines are reasonably likely to be paid or incurred by Indemnitee.  Indemnitee’s right to such advancement is not subject to the satisfaction of any standard of conduct and is not conditioned upon any prior determination that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement with respect to the Indemnifiable Claim or the absence of any prior determination to the contrary.  Without limiting the generality or effect of the foregoing, within five business days after any request by Indemnitee, the Company shall, in accordance with such request (but without duplication), (a) pay such Expenses on behalf of Indemnitee, (b) advance to Indemnitee funds in an amount sufficient to pay such Expenses, or (c) reimburse Indemnitee for such Expenses; provided that Indemnitee shall repay, without interest any amounts actually advanced to Indemnitee that, at the final disposition of the Indemnifiable Claim to which the advance related, were in excess of amounts paid or payable by Indemnitee in respect of Expenses relating to, arising out of or resulting from such Indemnifiable Claim.  In connection with any such payment, advancement or reimbursement, if delivery of an undertaking is a legally required condition precedent to such payment, advance or reimbursement or is otherwise requested by the Company, Indemnitee shall execute and deliver to the Company an undertaking in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (subject to Indemnitee filling in the blanks therein and selecting from among the bracketed alternatives therein), which need not be secured and shall be accepted by the Company without reference to Indemnitee’s ability to repay the Expenses.  In no event shall Indemnitee’s right to the payment, advancement or reimbursement

 

5



 

of Expenses pursuant to this Section 3 be conditioned upon any undertaking that is less favorable to Indemnitee than, or that is in addition to, the undertaking set forth in Exhibit A .

 

4.               Indemnification for Additional Expenses.   Without limiting the generality or effect of the foregoing, the Company shall indemnify and hold harmless Indemnitee against and, if requested by Indemnitee, shall reimburse Indemnitee for, or advance to Indemnitee, within five business days of such request, any and all Expenses paid or incurred by Indemnitee or which Indemnitee determines are reasonably likely to be paid or incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any Claim made, instituted or conducted by Indemnitee, in each case to the fullest extent permitted or required by the laws of the State of Delaware in effect on the date hereof or as such laws may from time to time hereafter be amended to increase the scope of such permitted or required indemnification, reimbursement or advancement of such Expenses, for (a) indemnification or payment, advancement or reimbursement of Expenses by the Company under any provision of this Agreement, or under any other agreement or provision of the Constituent Documents now or hereafter in effect relating to Indemnifiable Claims, and/or (b) recovery under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company; provided , however , that Indemnitee shall return, without interest, any such advance of Expenses (or portion thereof) that remains unspent at the final disposition of the Claim to which the advance related.

 

5.               Contribution .  To the fullest extent permissible under applicable law in effect on the date hereof or as such law may from time to time hereafter be amended to increase the scope of permitted or required indemnification, if the indemnification provided for in this Agreement is unavailable to Indemnitee for any reason whatsoever, the Company, in lieu of indemnifying Indemnitee, shall contribute to the payment of any and all Indemnifiable Claims or Indemnifiable Losses, in such proportion as is fair and reasonable in light of all of the circumstances in order to reflect (a) the relative benefits received by the Company and Indemnitee as a result of the event(s) and/or transaction(s) giving cause to such Indemnifiable Claim or Indemnifiable Loss and/or (b) the relative fault of the Company (and its other directors, officers, employees and agents) and Indemnitee in connection with such event(s) and/or transaction(s); provided that such contribution shall not be required where it is determined, pursuant to a final disposition of such Indemnifiable Claim or Indemnifiable Loss in accordance with Section 8, that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification by the Company with respect to such Indemnifiable Claim or Indemnifiable Loss.  The Company will to the fullest extent permissible under applicable law indemnify and hold harmless Indemnitee from any claim of contribution that may be brought by directors, officers, employees or other agents or representatives of the Company, other than Indemnitee, who may be jointly liable with Indemnitee.

 

6.               Partial Indemnity .  If Indemnitee is entitled under any provision of this Agreement to indemnification by the Company for some or a portion of any Indemnifiable Loss, but not for all of the total amount thereof, the Company shall nevertheless indemnify Indemnitee for the portion thereof to which Indemnitee is entitled.

 

7.               Procedure for Notification .  To obtain indemnification under this Agreement in respect of an Indemnifiable Claim or Indemnifiable Loss, Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request therefor, including a brief description (based upon information then available to Indemnitee) of such Indemnifiable Claim or Indemnifiable Loss.  If, at the time of

 

6



 

the receipt of such request, the Company has directors’ and officers’ liability insurance in effect under which coverage for such Indemnifiable Claim or Indemnifiable Loss is potentially available, the Company shall give prompt written notice of such Indemnifiable Claim or Indemnifiable Loss to the applicable insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the applicable policies.  The Company shall provide to Indemnitee a copy of such notice delivered to the applicable insurers and copies of all subsequent correspondence between the Company and such insurers regarding the Indemnifiable Claim or Indemnifiable Loss, in each case substantially concurrent with the delivery or receipt thereof by the Company.  If requested by Indemnitee, the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts, at the Company’s expense, to enforce on behalf of and for the benefit of Indemnitee all rights (including rights to receive payment) that may exist under the applicable policies of insurance in relation to such Indemnifiable Claim or Indemnifiable Loss.  The failure by Indemnitee to timely notify the Company of any Indemnifiable Claim or Indemnifiable Loss shall not relieve the Company from any liability hereunder unless, and only to the extent that, the Company did not otherwise learn of such Indemnifiable Claim or Indemnifiable Loss and such failure results in forfeiture by the Company of substantial defenses, rights or insurance coverage.

 

8.               Determination of Right to Indemnification .

 

(a)          To the extent that Indemnitee shall have been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any Indemnifiable Claim or any portion thereof or in defense of any issue or matter therein, including dismissal without prejudice, Indemnitee shall be indemnified against Indemnifiable Losses relating to, arising out of or resulting from such Indemnifiable Claim in accordance with Section 2 and no Standard of Conduct Determination (as defined in Section 8(b)) shall be required with respect to such Indemnifiable Claim.

 

(b)          To the extent that the provisions of Section 8(a) are inapplicable to an Indemnifiable Claim that shall have been finally disposed of, any determination of whether Indemnitee has satisfied any applicable standard of conduct under Delaware law that is a legally required condition precedent to indemnification of Indemnitee hereunder against Indemnifiable Losses relating to, arising out of or resulting from such Indemnifiable Claim (a “ Standard of Conduct Determination ”) shall be made as follows:  (i) by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even if less than a quorum of the Board, (ii) if such Disinterested Directors so direct, by a majority vote of a committee of Disinterested Directors designated by a majority vote of all Disinterested Directors, or (iii) if there are no such Disinterested Directors or if Indemnitee so requests, by Independent Counsel, selected by the Indemnitee and approved by the Board (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned), in a written opinion addressed to the Board, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee; provided , however , that if at the time of any Standard of Conduct Determination Indemnitee is neither a director nor an officer of the Company, such Standard of Conduct Determination may be made by or in the manner specified by the Board, any duly authorized committee of the Board or any duly authorized officer of the Company (unless Indemnitee requests that such Standard of Conduct Determination be made by Independent Counsel, in which case such Standard of Conduct Determination shall be made by Independent Counsel).  Indemnitee will cooperate with the person or persons making such Standard of Conduct Determination, including providing to such person or persons, upon reasonable advance request, any documentation or information which is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and which is reasonably available to

 

7



 

Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to such determination.  The Company shall indemnify and hold harmless Indemnitee against and, if requested by Indemnitee, shall reimburse Indemnitee for, or advance to Indemnitee, within five business days of such request, any and all costs and expenses (including attorneys’ and experts’ fees and expenses) incurred by Indemnitee in so cooperating with the person or persons making such Standard of Conduct Determination.

 

(c)           The Company shall use its reasonable efforts to cause any Standard of Conduct Determination required under Section 8(b) to be made as promptly as practicable.  If (i) the person or persons empowered or selected under Section 8 to make the Standard of Conduct Determination shall not have made a determination within 30 days after the later of (A) receipt by the Company of written notice from Indemnitee advising the Company of the final disposition of the applicable Indemnifiable Claim (the date of such receipt being the “ Notification Date ”) and (B) the selection of an Independent Counsel, if such determination is to be made by Independent Counsel, and (ii) Indemnitee shall have fulfilled his or her obligations set forth in the second sentence of Section 8(b), then Indemnitee shall be deemed to have satisfied the applicable standard of conduct; provided that such 30-day period may be extended for a reasonable time, not to exceed an additional 30 days, if the person or persons making such determination in good faith requires such additional time for obtaining or evaluating any documentation or information relating thereto.

 

(d)          If (i) Indemnitee shall be entitled to indemnification hereunder against any Indemnifiable Losses pursuant to Section 8(a), (ii) no determination of whether Indemnitee has satisfied any applicable standard of conduct under Delaware law is a legally required condition precedent to indemnification of Indemnitee hereunder against any Indemnifiable Losses, or (iii) Indemnitee has been determined or deemed pursuant to Section 8(b) or (c) to have satisfied any applicable standard of conduct under Delaware law that is a legally required condition precedent to indemnification of Indemnitee hereunder against any Indemnifiable Losses, then the Company shall pay to Indemnitee, within five business days after the later of (x) the Notification Date in respect of the Indemnifiable Claim or portion thereof to which such Indemnifiable Losses are related, out of which such Indemnifiable Losses arose or from which such Indemnifiable Losses resulted and (y) the earliest date on which the applicable criterion specified in clause (i), (ii) or (iii) above shall have been satisfied, an amount equal to the amount of such Indemnifiable Losses.

 

9.               Presumption of Entitlement.

 

(a)          In making a determination of whether Indemnitee has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any Indemnifiable Claim or any portion thereof or in defense of any issue or matter therein, the Company acknowledges that a resolution, disposition or outcome short of dismissal or final judgment, including outcomes that permit Indemnitee to avoid expense, delay, embarrassment, injury to reputation, distraction, disruption or uncertainty, may constitute such success.  In the event that any Indemnifiable Claim or any portion thereof or issue or matter therein is resolved or disposed of in any manner other than by adverse judgment against Indemnitee (including any resolution or disposition thereof by means of settlement with or without payment of money or other consideration), it shall be presumed that Indemnitee has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of such Indemnifiable Claim or portion

 

8



 

thereof or issue or matter therein.  The Company may overcome such presumption only by its adducing clear and convincing evidence to the contrary.

 

(b)          In making any Standard of Conduct Determination, the person or persons making such determination shall presume that Indemnitee has satisfied the applicable standard of conduct, and the Company may overcome such presumption only by its adducing clear and convincing evidence to the contrary.  The knowledge and/or action, or failure to act, of any director, officer, employee, agent or representative of the Company will not be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of any Standard of Conduct Determination. Any Standard of Conduct Determination that Indemnitee has satisfied the applicable standard of conduct shall be final and binding in all respects, including with respect to any litigation or other action or proceeding initiated by Indemnitee to enforce his or her rights hereunder.  Any Standard of Conduct Determination that is adverse to Indemnitee may be challenged by Indemnitee in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware.  No determination by the Company (including by its directors or any Independent Counsel) that Indemnitee has not satisfied any applicable standard of conduct shall be a defense to any Claim by Indemnitee for indemnification or reimbursement or advance payment of Expenses by the Company hereunder or create a presumption that Indemnitee has not met any applicable standard of conduct.

 

(c)           Without limiting the generality or effect of Section 9(b), (i) to the extent that any Indemnifiable Claim relates to any entity or enterprise (other than the Company) referred to in clause (i) of the first sentence of the definition of “Indemnifiable Claim,” Indemnitee shall be deemed to have satisfied the applicable standard of conduct if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the interests of such entity or enterprise (or the owners or beneficiaries thereof, including in the case of any employee benefit plan the participants and beneficiaries thereof) and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful, and (ii) in all cases, any belief of Indemnitee that is based on the records or books of account of the Company, including financial statements, or on information supplied to Indemnitee by the directors or officers of the Company in the course of their duties, or on the advice of legal counsel for the Company, the Board, any committee of the Board or any director, or on information or records given or reports made to the Company, the Board, any committee of the Board or any director by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser or other expert selected by or on behalf of the Company, the Board, any committee of the Board or any director shall be deemed to be reasonable.

 

10.        No Adverse Presumption.   For purposes of this Agreement, the termination of any Claim by judgment, order, settlement (whether with or without court approval) or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, will not create a presumption that Indemnitee did not meet any applicable standard of conduct or that indemnification hereunder is otherwise not permitted.

 

11.        Primacy of Company’s Obligations.

 

(a)          The rights of Indemnitee hereunder will be in addition to any other rights Indemnitee may have against the Company under the Constituent Documents, or the substantive laws of the Company’s jurisdiction of incorporation, any other contract or otherwise

 

9



 

(collectively, “ Other Indemnity Provisions ”); provided , however , that (a) to the extent that Indemnitee otherwise would have any greater right to indemnification under any Other Indemnity Provision, Indemnitee will be deemed to have such greater right hereunder and (b) to the extent that any change is made to any Other Indemnity Provision that permits any greater right to indemnification than that provided under this Agreement as of the date hereof, Indemnitee will be deemed to have such greater right hereunder.  The Company will not adopt any amendment to any of the Constituent Documents the effect of which would be to deny, diminish or encumber Indemnitee’s right to indemnification under this Agreement or any Other Indemnity Provision.

 

(b)          The Company hereby acknowledges that Indemnitee may have rights to indemnification for Losses provided by certain third parties (“ Other Indemnitor(s) ”). The Company agrees with Indemnitee that the Company is the indemnitor of first resort of Indemnitee with respect to matters for which indemnification is provided under this Agreement and that the Company will be obligated to make all payments due to or for the benefit of Indemnitee under this Agreement without regard to any rights that Indemnitee may have against the Other Indemnitor(s). The Company hereby waives any equitable rights to contribution or indemnification from the Other Indemnitor in respect of any amounts paid to Indemnitee hereunder. The Company further agrees that no payment of Expenses or Losses by the Other Indemnitor to or for the benefit of Indemnitee shall affect the obligations of the Company hereunder, and that the Company shall be obligated to repay the Other Indemnitor for all amounts so paid or reimbursed to the extent that the Company has an obligation to indemnify Indemnitee for such Expenses or Losses hereunder.

 

12.        Liability Insurance and Funding.   For the duration of Indemnitee’s service as a director and/or officer of the Company, and thereafter for so long as Indemnitee shall be subject to any pending or possible Indemnifiable Claim, the Company shall use reasonable efforts (taking into account the scope and amount of coverage available relative to the cost thereof) to cause to be maintained in effect policies of directors’ and officers’ liability insurance providing coverage for directors and/or officers of the Company that is at least substantially comparable in scope and amount to that provided by the Company’s current policies of directors’ and officers’ liability insurance.  The Company shall provide Indemnitee with a copy of all directors’ and officers’ liability insurance applications, binders, policies, declarations, endorsements and other related materials, and shall provide Indemnitee with a reasonable opportunity to review and comment on the same.  Without limiting the generality or effect of the two immediately preceding sentences, the Company shall not discontinue or significantly reduce the scope or amount of coverage from one policy period to the next (a) without the prior approval thereof by a majority vote of the Incumbent Directors, even if less than a quorum, or (b) if at the time that any such discontinuation or significant reduction in the scope or amount of coverage is proposed there are no Incumbent Directors, without the prior written consent of Indemnitee (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned).  In all policies of directors’ and officers’ liability insurance obtained by the Company, Indemnitee shall be named as an insured in such a manner as to provide Indemnitee the same rights and benefits, subject to the same limitations, as are accorded to the Company’s directors and officers most favorably insured by such policy.  The Company may, but shall not be required to, create a trust fund, grant a security interest or use other means, including a letter of credit, to ensure the payment of such amounts as

 

10



 

may be necessary to satisfy its obligations to indemnify and advance expenses pursuant to this Agreement.

 

13.        Subrogation.   Except as set forth in Section 11(b) of this Agreement (which, in all events, shall supersede this Section 13 to the extent of any conflict), in the event of payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the related rights of recovery of Indemnitee against other persons or entities (other than Indemnitee’s successors), including any entity or enterprise referred to in clause (i) of the definition of “Indemnifiable Claim” in Section 1(g).  Indemnitee shall execute all papers reasonably required to evidence such rights (all of Indemnitee’s reasonable Expenses, including attorneys’ fees and charges, related thereto to be reimbursed by or, at the option of Indemnitee, advanced by the Company).

 

14.        No Duplication of Payments.   The Company shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment to Indemnitee in respect of any Indemnifiable Losses to the extent Indemnitee has otherwise actually received and is entitled to retain payment (net of any Expenses incurred in connection therewith and any repayment by Indemnitee made with respect thereto) under any insurance policy, the Constituent Documents and Other Indemnity Provisions or otherwise (including from any entity or enterprise referred to in clause (i) of the definition of “Indemnifiable Claim” in Section 1(g)) in respect of such Indemnifiable Losses otherwise indemnifiable hereunder; provided that the foregoing shall in no way limit the obligations of the Company pursuant to Section 11(b).

 

15.        Defense of Claims.   Except for any Indemnifiable Claim asserted by or in the right of the Company (as to which Indemnitee shall be entitled to exclusively control the defense), the Company shall be entitled to participate in the defense of any Indemnifiable Claim or to assume the defense thereof, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to Indemnitee.  The Company’s participation in the defense of any Indemnifiable Claim of which the Company has not assumed the defense will not in any manner affect the rights of Indemnitee under this Agreement, including Indemnitee’s right to control the defense of such Indemnifiable Claims.  With respect to the period (if any) commencing at the time at which the Company notifies Indemnitee that the Company has assumed the defense of any Indemnifiable Claim and continuing for so long as the Company shall be using its reasonable best efforts to provide an effective defense of such Indemnifiable Claim, the Company shall have the right to control the defense of such Indemnifiable Claim and shall have no obligation under this Agreement in respect of any attorneys’ or experts’ fees or expenses or any other costs or expenses paid or incurred by Indemnitee in connection with defending such Indemnifiable Claim (other than such costs and expenses paid or incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any cooperation in the Company’s defense of such Indemnifiable Claim or other action undertaken by Indemnitee at the request of the Company or with the consent of the Company (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed)); provided that if Indemnitee believes, after consultation with counsel selected by Indemnitee, that (a) the use of counsel chosen by the Company to represent Indemnitee would present such counsel with an actual or potential conflict, (b) the named parties in any such Indemnifiable Claim (including any impeded parties) include both the Company and Indemnitee and Indemnitee shall conclude that there may be one or more legal defenses available to him or her that are different from or in addition to those available to the Company, or (c) any such representation by such counsel would be precluded under the applicable standards of

 

11



 

professional conduct then prevailing, then Indemnitee shall be entitled to retain and use the services of separate counsel (but not more than one law firm plus, if applicable, local counsel in respect of any particular Indemnifiable Claim) at the Company’s expense.   Nothing in this Agreement shall limit Indemnitee’s right to retain or use his or her own counsel at his or her own expense in connection with any Indemnifiable Claim; provided that in all events Indemnitee shall not unreasonably interfere with the conduct of the defense by the Company of any Indemnifiable Claim that the Company shall have assumed and of which the Company shall be using its reasonable best efforts to provide an effective defense.  The Company shall not be liable to Indemnitee under this Agreement for any amounts paid in settlement of any threatened or pending Indemnifiable Claim effected without the Company’s prior written consent.  The Company shall not, without the prior written consent of Indemnitee, effect any settlement of any threatened or pending Indemnifiable Claim to which Indemnitee is, or could have been, a party unless such settlement solely involves the payment of money and includes a complete and unconditional release of Indemnitee from all liability on any claims that are the subject matter of such Indemnifiable Claim.  Neither the Company nor Indemnitee shall unreasonably withhold, condition or delay its consent to any proposed settlement; provided that Indemnitee may withhold consent to any settlement that does not provide a complete and unconditional release of Indemnitee.

 

16.        Successors and Binding Agreement.

 

(a)          The Company shall require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation, reorganization or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company, by agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Indemnitee and his or her counsel, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place.  This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Company and any successor to the Company, including any person acquiring directly or indirectly all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company whether by purchase, merger, consolidation, reorganization or otherwise (and such successor will thereafter be deemed the “Company” for purposes of this Agreement), but shall not otherwise be assignable or delegatable by the Company.

 

(b)          This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by Indemnitee’s personal or legal representatives, executors, administrators, heirs, distributees, legatees and other successors.

 

(c)           This Agreement is personal in nature and neither of the parties hereto shall, without the consent of the other, assign or delegate this Agreement or any rights or obligations hereunder except as expressly provided in Sections 16(a) and 16(b).  Without limiting the generality or effect of the foregoing, Indemnitee’s right to receive payments hereunder shall not be assignable, whether by pledge, creation of a security interest or otherwise, other than by a transfer by Indemnitee’s will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and, in the event of any attempted assignment or transfer contrary to this Section 16(c), the Company shall have no liability to pay any amount so attempted to be assigned or transferred.

 

12


 

17.        Notices.   Any and all notices or other communications or deliveries required or permitted to be provided hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed given and effective on the earliest of (a) the date of transmission, if such notice or communication is delivered via electronic mail in PDF or similar electronic or digital format (with confirmation of receipt) prior to 5:00 p.m. (New York time) on a business day in the place of receipt, (b) the business day after the date of transmission, if such notice or communication is delivered via electronic mail in PDF or similar electronic or digital format (with confirmation of receipt) later than 5:00 p.m. (New York time) on any date and earlier than 11:59 p.m. (New York time) on such date, (c) the business day following the date of mailing, if sent by nationally recognized overnight courier service, or (d) upon actual receipt by the party to whom such notice is required to be given. The address for such notices and communications shall be to the addresses of the Company (to the attention of the Secretary of the Company) and, if the Indemnitee is an officer of the Company, at the address such officer in the Company’s records, or if the Indemnitee is not an officer of the Company, at the applicable address shown on the signature page hereto, or to such other address as any party hereto may have furnished to the other in writing and in accordance herewith, except that notices of changes of address will be effective only upon receipt.

 

18.        Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction and Venue.   This Agreement and all claims arising out of or based upon this Agreement or relating to the subject matter hereof shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the domestic substantive laws of the State of Delaware without giving effect to any choice or conflict of laws provision or rule that would cause the application of the domestic substantive laws of any other jurisdiction. Each of the parties, by its execution of this Agreement,  hereby irrevocably submits to the exclusive venue and jurisdiction of the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware for the purpose of any proceeding arising out of or based upon this Agreement or relating to the subject matter hereof.

 

19.        Validity.   If any provision of this Agreement or the application of any provision hereof to any person or circumstance is held invalid, unenforceable or otherwise illegal, the remainder of this Agreement and the application of such provision to any other person or circumstance shall not be affected, and the provision so held to be invalid, unenforceable or otherwise illegal shall be reformed to the extent, and only to the extent, necessary to make it enforceable, valid or legal.  In the event that any court or other adjudicative body shall decline to reform any provision of this Agreement held to be invalid, unenforceable or otherwise illegal as contemplated by the immediately preceding sentence, the parties thereto shall take all such action as may be necessary or appropriate to replace the provision so held to be invalid, unenforceable or otherwise illegal with one or more alternative provisions that effectuate the purpose and intent of the original provisions of this Agreement as fully as possible without being invalid, unenforceable or otherwise illegal.

 

20.        Miscellaneous.   No provision of this Agreement may be waived, modified or discharged unless such waiver, modification or discharge is agreed to in writing signed by Indemnitee and the Company.  No waiver by either party hereto at any time of any breach by the other party hereto or compliance with any condition or provision of this Agreement to be performed by such other party shall be deemed a waiver of similar or dissimilar provisions or conditions at the same or at any prior or subsequent time.  No agreements or representations, oral or otherwise, expressed or implied with respect to the subject matter hereof have been made by either party hereto that are not set forth expressly in this Agreement.

 

13



 

21.        Legal Fees and Expenses; Interest.

 

(a)          It is the intent of the Company that Indemnitee not be required to incur legal fees and or other Expenses associated with the interpretation, enforcement or defense of Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement by litigation or otherwise because the cost and expense thereof would substantially detract from the benefits intended to be extended to Indemnitee hereunder.  Accordingly, without limiting the generality or effect of any other provision hereof, if it should appear to Indemnitee that the Company has failed to comply with any of its obligations under this Agreement (including its obligations under Section 3) or in the event that the Company or any other person takes or threatens to take any action to declare this Agreement void or unenforceable, or institutes any litigation or other action or proceeding designed to deny, or to recover from, Indemnitee the benefits provided or intended to be provided to Indemnitee hereunder, the Company irrevocably authorizes Indemnitee from time to time to retain counsel of Indemnitee’s choice, at the expense of the Company as hereafter provided, to advise and represent Indemnitee in connection with any such interpretation, enforcement or defense, including the initiation or defense of any litigation or other legal action, whether by or against the Company or any director, officer, stockholder or other person affiliated with the Company, in any jurisdiction.  Notwithstanding any existing or prior attorney-client relationship between the Company and such counsel, the Company irrevocably consents to Indemnitee’s entering into an attorney-client relationship with such counsel, and in that connection the Company and Indemnitee agree that a confidential relationship shall exist between Indemnitee and such counsel.  The Company will pay and be solely financially responsible for any and all attorneys’ and related fees and expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any of the foregoing to the fullest extent permitted or required by the laws of the State of Delaware in effect on the date hereof or as such laws may from time to time hereafter be amended to increase the scope of such permitted or required payment of such fees and expenses.

 

(b)          Any amount due to Indemnitee under this Agreement that is not paid by the Company by the date on which it is due will accrue interest at the maximum legal rate under Delaware law from the date on which such amount is due to the date on which such amount is paid to Indemnitee.

 

22.        General Interpretive Principles.  When a reference is made in this Agreement to a Section or Exhibit such reference will be to a Section of, or an Exhibit to, this Agreement unless otherwise indicated.  The headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and will not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.  Whenever the words “include,” “ includes” or “including” are used in this Agreement, they will be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation.”  The words “hereof,” “herein” and “hereunder” and words of similar import when used in this Agreement will refer to this Agreement as a whole (including the Exhibits) and not to any particular provision of this Agreement. The word “ownership” when used herein to describe any interest in a security shall mean “beneficial ownership” as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act and the word “own” when used herein to describe any interest in a security shall have the correlative meaning.   All terms defined in this Agreement will have the defined meanings when used in any document made or delivered pursuant hereto unless otherwise defined therein.  The definitions contained in this Agreement are applicable to the singular as well as the plural forms of such terms and, except as otherwise expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires, any noun or

 

14



 

pronoun will be deemed to cover all genders.  Whenever this Agreement refers to a number of days, such number will refer to calendar days unless business days are specified and whenever action must be taken (including the giving of notice or the delivery of documents) under this Agreement during a certain period of time or by a particular date that ends or occurs on a non-business day, then such period or date will be extended until the immediately following business day. As used herein, “business day” means any day other than Saturday, Sunday or a United States federal holiday. Any statute, rule, order or regulation defined or referred to in this Agreement or in any agreement or instrument that is referred to in this Agreement will mean such statute, rule, order or regulation as from time to time amended, updated, modified, supplemented or superseded, including by succession of comparable successor statutes, rules, orders or regulations and references to all attachments thereto and instruments incorporated therein.  Where specific language is used to clarify by example a general statement contained herein, such specific language will not be deemed to modify, limit or restrict in any manner the construction of the general statement to which it relates.  The language used in this Agreement will be deemed to be the language chosen by the parties hereto to express their mutual intent, and no rule of strict construction will be applied against any party.

 

23.        Counterparts.   This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which will be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

 

[Signatures Appear on Following Page]

 

15



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Indemnitee has executed and the Company has caused its duly authorized representative to execute this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

 

FTS INTERNATIONAL, INC.

 

777 Main Street

 

Suite 2900

 

Fort Worth, Texas 76102

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[INDEMNITEE]

 

[Address]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[Indemnitee]

 

[Signature Page to Director and Officer Indemnification Agreement]

 



 

EXHIBIT A

 

UNDERTAKING

 

This Undertaking is submitted pursuant to the Director and Officer Indemnification Agreement, dated as of                        ,          (the “ Indemnification Agreement ”), between FTS International, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and the undersigned.  Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Indemnification Agreement.

 

The undersigned hereby requests [payment], [advancement], [reimbursement] by the Company of Expenses which the undersigned [has incurred] [reasonably expects to incur] in connection with                                          (the “ Indemnifiable Claim ”).

 

The undersigned hereby undertakes to repay the [payment] , [advancement] , [reimbursement] of Expenses made by the Company to or on behalf of the undersigned in response to the foregoing request to the extent it is determined, following the final disposition of the Indemnifiable Claim and in accordance with Section 8 of the Indemnification Agreement, that the undersigned is not entitled to indemnification by the Company under the Indemnification Agreement with respect to the Indemnifiable Claim.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Undertaking as of this               day of                          ,          .

 

 

 

 

 

[Indemnitee]

 




Exhibit 10.24

 

FTS INTERNATIONAL, INC.

 

2017 EQUITY AND INCENTIVE COMPENSATION PLAN

 

 

1.                                       Purpose .  The purpose of the 2017 Equity and Incentive Compensation Plan is to attract and retain non-employee Directors, officers and other key employees of the Company and its Subsidiaries and to provide to such persons incentives and rewards for performance.

 

2.                                       Definitions .  As used in this Plan:

 

(a)                                  Affiliate ” means any Person that directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with the Company.  The term “ control ” (including, with the correlative meaning, the terms “ controlled by ” and “ under common control with ”), as applied to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting or other securities, by contract, or otherwise.

 

(b)                                  Appreciation Right ” means a right granted pursuant to Section 7 of this Plan.

 

(c)                                   Base Price ” means the price to be used as the basis for determining the Spread upon the exercise of an Appreciation Right.

 

(d)                                  Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

(e)                                   Cash Incentive Award ” means a cash award granted pursuant to Section 8 of this Plan.

 

(f)                                    Change in Control ” has the meaning set forth in Section 12 of this Plan.

 

(g)                                   Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

 

(h)                                  Committee ” means the Compensation Committee of the Board (or its successor(s)), or any other committee of the Board designated by the Board to administer the Plan pursuant to Section 10 of this Plan, and to the extent of any delegation by the Committee to a subcommittee pursuant to Section 10 of this Plan, such subcommittee.

 

(i)                                      Common Stock ” means the common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company or any security into which such common stock may be changed by reason of any transaction or event of the type referred to in Section 11 of this Plan.

 

(j)                                     Company ” means FTS International, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and its successors.

 

(k)                                  Covered Employee ” means a Participant who is, or is determined by the Committee likely to become, a “covered employee” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code (or any successor provision).

 

1



 

(l)                                      Date of Grant ” means the date specified by the Committee on which a grant of Restricted Stock Units, Restricted Stock, Option Rights, Appreciation Rights, Cash Incentive Awards, Performance Shares, Performance Units, or other awards contemplated by Section 9 of this Plan, or a grant or sale of Restricted Stock Units, Restricted Stock, or other awards contemplated by Section 9 of this Plan, will become effective (which date will not be earlier than the date on which the Committee takes action with respect thereto).

 

(m)                              Director ” means a member of the Board.

 

(n)                                  Effective Date ” means March [•], 2017.

 

(o)                                  Evidence of Award ” means an agreement, certificate, resolution or other type or form of writing or other evidence approved by the Committee that sets forth the terms and conditions of the awards granted under the Plan.  An Evidence of Award may be in an electronic medium, may be limited to notation on the books and records of the Company and, unless otherwise determined by the Committee, need not be signed by a representative of the Company or a Participant.

 

(p)                                  Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder, as such law, rules and regulations may be amended from time to time.

 

(q)                                  Incentive Stock Option ” means an Option Right that is intended to qualify as an “incentive stock option” under Section 422 of the Code or any successor provision.

 

(r)                                     Management Objectives ” means the measurable performance objective or objectives established pursuant to this Plan for Participants who have received grants of Performance Shares, Performance Units or Cash Incentive Awards or, when so determined by the Committee, Restricted Stock Units, Restricted Stock, Option Rights, Appreciation Rights, dividend equivalents or other awards pursuant to this Plan.  Management Objectives may be described in terms of Company-wide objectives or objectives that are related to the performance of the individual Participant or of one or more of the Subsidiaries, divisions, departments, regions, functions or other organizational units within the Company or its Subsidiaries.  The Management Objectives may be made relative to the performance of other companies or subsidiaries, divisions, departments, regions, functions or other organizational units within such other companies, and may be made relative to an index or one or more of the performance objectives themselves.  The Committee may grant awards subject to Management Objectives that are either Qualified Performance-Based Awards or are not Qualified Performance-Based Awards.  The Management Objectives applicable to any Qualified Performance-Based Award to a Covered Employee will be based on one or more, or a combination, of the following metrics (including relative or growth achievement regarding such metrics):

 

(i)                                      Profits (e.g., gross profit, gross profit growth, operating income, earnings before or after deduction for all or any portion of interest, taxes, depreciation or amortization, net income (before or after taxes), consolidated net income, net earnings, net revenue, cost of revenue, basic or diluted earnings per share (before or after taxes), residual or economic earnings, net operating profit (before or after

 

2



 

taxes), economic profit — Management Objectives that are financial metrics may be determined in accordance with United States Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“ GAAP ”) or financial metrics that are based on, or able to be derived from GAAP, and may be adjusted when established (or to the extent permitted under Section 162(m) of the Code, at any time thereafter) to include or exclude any items otherwise includable or excludable under GAAP);

 

(ii)                                   EBITDA and Cash Flow (e.g., actual or adjusted earnings before or after interest, taxes, depreciation and/or amortization (including EBIT and EBITDA), free cash flow, free cash flow with or without specific capital expenditure target or range, including or excluding divestments and/or acquisitions, operating cash flow, total cash flow, cash flow in excess of cost of capital or residual cash flow, or cash flow return on investment);

 

(iii)                                Returns (e.g., profits or cash flow returns on: assets, investment, capital, invested capital, net capital employed, equity, or sales);

 

(iv)                               Working Capital (e.g., working capital targets, working capital divided by revenue);

 

(v)                                  Profit Margins (e.g., profits divided by revenues or gross margins and material margins divided by revenues);

 

(vi)                               Liquidity Measures (e.g., debt-to-capital, debt-to-EBITDA, total debt ratio, cash on hand);

 

(vii)                            Revenue Growth, Gross Margin Growth, Cost Initiative and Stock Price Metrics (e.g., revenue, net revenue, revenue growth, net revenue growth, revenue growth outside the United States, gross margin and gross margin growth, material margin and material margin growth, stock price appreciation, total return to stockholders, sales and administrative costs divided by revenue, or sales and administrative costs divided by profits);

 

(viii)                         Performance and Efficiency (e.g., stages, pumping days, customer profitability);

 

(ix)                               Safety Performance (e.g., total recordable incident rate (TRIR), lost time incident rate (LTIR)); and

 

(x)                                  Strategic Initiatives consisting of one or more of the following: product development, strategic partnering, research and development, vitality index, market penetration, market share, geographic business expansion goals, expense targets or cost reduction goals, general and administrative expense savings,

 

3



 

selling, general and administrative expenses, objective measures of customer satisfaction, employee satisfaction, employee retention, management of employment practices and employee benefits, supervision of litigation and information technology, economic value added (or another measure of profitability that considers the cost of capital employed), product quality, or goals relating to acquisitions or divestitures of subsidiaries, affiliates and joint ventures.

 

In the case of a Qualified Performance-Based Award, each Management Objective will be objectively determinable to the extent required under Section 162(m) of the Code, and, unless otherwise determined by the Committee and to the extent consistent with Code Section 162(m), will exclude the effects of certain designated items identified at the time of grant.  If the Committee determines that a change in the business, operations, corporate structure or capital structure of the Company, or the manner in which it conducts its business, or other events or circumstances render the Management Objectives unsuitable, the Committee may in its discretion modify such Management Objectives or the related minimum acceptable level of achievement, in whole or in part, as the Committee deems appropriate and equitable, except in the case of a Qualified Performance-Based Award (other than in connection with a Change in Control) where such action would result in the loss of the otherwise available exemption of the award under Section 162(m) of the Code.  In such case, the Committee will not make any modification of the Management Objectives or minimum acceptable level of achievement with respect to such Covered Employee.

 

(s)                                    Market Value per Share ” means, as of any particular date, the closing price of a share of Common Stock as reported for that date on the New York Stock Exchange or, if the shares of Common Stock are not then listed on the New York Stock Exchange, on any other national securities exchange on which the shares of Common Stock are listed, or if there are no sales on such date, on the next preceding trading day during which a sale occurred; provided , however , as to any award with a Date of Grant of the Pricing Date, “Market Value per Share” will be equal to the per share price at which the shares of Common Stock are initially offered to the public in connection with the initial public offering of the Company registered on Form S-1 (or any successor form under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended).  If there is no regular public trading market for the shares of Common Stock, then the Market Value per Share shall be the fair market value as determined in good faith by the Committee.

 

(t)                                     Nonstatutory Stock Option ” means an Option Right that does not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.

 

(u)                                  Optionee ” means the optionee named in an Evidence of Award evidencing an outstanding Option Right.

 

(v)                                  Option Price ” means the purchase price payable on exercise of an Option Right.

 

(w)                                Option Right ” means the right to purchase shares of Common Stock upon exercise of an award granted pursuant to Section 6 of this Plan.

 

4



 

(x)                                  Participant ” means a person who is selected by the Committee to receive benefits under this Plan and who is at the time (i) an officer or other key employee of the Company or any Subsidiary, including a person who has agreed to commence serving in such capacity within 90 days of the Date of Grant, (ii) a person who provides services to the Company or any Subsidiary that are equivalent to those typically provided by an employee (provided that such person satisfies the Form S-8 definition of an “employee”), or (iii) a non-employee Director.

 

(y)                                  Performance Period ” means, in respect of a Cash Incentive Award, Performance Share or Performance Unit, a period of time established pursuant to Section 8 of this Plan within which the Management Objectives relating to such Cash Incentive Award, Performance Share or Performance Unit are to be achieved.

 

(z)                                   Performance Share ” means a bookkeeping entry that records the equivalent of one share of Common Stock awarded pursuant to Section 8 of this Plan.

 

(aa)                           Performance Unit ” means a bookkeeping entry awarded pursuant to Section 8 of this Plan that records a unit equivalent to $1.00 or such other value as is determined by the Committee.

 

(bb)                           Person ” means any individual, entity, or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act).

 

(cc)                             Plan ” means this FTS International, Inc. 2017 Equity and Incentive Compensation Plan, as amended from time to time.

 

(dd)                           Pricing Date ” means the date of the underwriting agreement between the Company and the underwriters managing the initial public offering of the shares of Common Stock pursuant to which the shares of Common Stock are priced for the initial public offering.

 

(ee)                             Qualified Performance-Based Award ” means any award of Restricted Stock Units, Restricted Stock, Performance Shares, Performance Units or any Cash Incentive Award or awards contemplated under Section 9 of this Plan, or portion of such award, to a Covered Employee that is intended to satisfy the requirements for “qualified performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code.

 

(ff)                               Restricted Stock ” means shares of Common Stock granted or sold pursuant to Section 5 of this Plan as to which neither the substantial risk of forfeiture nor the prohibition on transfers has expired.

 

(gg)                             Restricted Stock Unit ” means an award made pursuant to Section 4 of this Plan of the right to receive shares of Common Stock, cash or a combination thereof at the end of a specified period.

 

(hh)                           Restriction Period ” means the period of time during which Restricted Stock Units are subject to restrictions, as provided in Section 4 of this Plan.

 

5



 

(ii)                                   Spread ” means the excess of the Market Value per Share on the date when an Option Right or Appreciation Right is exercised over the Option Price or Base Price provided for in the related Option Right or Appreciation Right, respectively.

 

(jj)                                 Stockholder ” means an individual or entity that owns one or more shares of Common Stock.

 

(kk)                           Subsidiary ” means a corporation, company or other entity (i) more than 50 percent of whose outstanding shares or securities (representing the right to vote for the election of directors or other managing authority) are, or (ii) which does not have outstanding shares or securities (as may be the case in a partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, unincorporated association or other similar entity), but more than 50 percent of whose ownership interest representing the right generally to make decisions for such other entity is, now or hereafter, owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by the Company; provided , however , that for purposes of determining whether any person may be a Participant for purposes of any grant of Incentive Stock Options, “Subsidiary” means any corporation in which at the time the Company owns or controls, directly or indirectly, more than 50 percent of the total combined Voting Power represented by all classes of stock issued by such corporation.

 

(ll)                                   Voting Power ” means, at any time, the combined voting power of the then-outstanding securities entitled to vote generally in the election of Directors in the case of the Company, or members of the board of directors or similar body in the case of another entity.

 

3.                                       Shares Available Under the Plan .

 

(a)                                  Maximum Shares Available Under Plan .

 

(i)                                      Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 11 of this Plan and the share counting rules set forth in Section 3(b)  of this Plan, the number of shares of Common Stock available under the Plan for awards of (A) Restricted Stock Units, (B) Restricted Stock, (C) Option Rights or Appreciation Rights, (D) Performance Shares or Performance Units, (E) awards contemplated by Section 9 of this Plan, or (F) dividend equivalents paid with respect to awards made under the Plan will not exceed in the aggregate [•] shares of Common Stock.  Such shares may be shares of original issuance or treasury shares or a combination of the foregoing.

 

(ii)                                   The aggregate number of shares of Common Stock available under Section 3(a)(i)  of this Plan will be reduced by one share of Common Stock for every one share of Common Stock subject to an award granted under this Plan.

 

(b)                                  Share Counting Rules .

 

(i)                                      Except as provided in Section 22 , if any award granted under this Plan is cancelled or forfeited, expires or is settled for cash (in whole or in part), the shares of Common Stock subject to such

 

6



 

award will, to the extent of such cancellation, forfeiture, expiration, or cash settlement, again be available under Section 3(a)(i)  above.

 

(ii)                                   Except as provided in Section 22 :  (A) shares of Common Stock withheld by the Company, tendered or otherwise used in payment of the Option Price of an Option Right will be added (or added back, as applicable) to the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock available under Section 3(a)(i)  above; (B) shares of Common Stock withheld by the Company, tendered or otherwise used to satisfy a tax withholding obligation will be added (or added back, as applicable) to the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock available under Section 3(a)(i)  above, provided , however , that with respect to Restricted Stock, this Section 3(b)(ii)(B)  shall only be in effect until the 10 year anniversary of the Effective Date; and (C) shares of Common Stock subject to an Appreciation Right that are not actually issued in connection with the settlement of such Appreciation Right on the exercise thereof, will be added to the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock available under Section 3(a)(i)  above.

 

(iii)                                Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, shares of Common Stock reacquired by the Company on the open market or otherwise using cash proceeds from the exercise of Option Rights will not be added to the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock available under Section 3(a)(i)  above.

 

(iv)                               If, under this Plan, a Participant has elected to give up the right to receive compensation in exchange for shares of Common Stock based on fair market value, such shares of Common Stock will not count against the aggregate limit under Section 3(a)(i)  above.

 

(c)                                   Limit on Incentive Stock Options .  Notwithstanding anything in this Section 3 or elsewhere in this Plan to the contrary, and subject to adjustment as provided in Section 11 of this Plan, the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock actually issued or transferred by the Company upon the exercise of Incentive Stock Options will not exceed [•] shares of Common Stock. If the aggregate fair market value (determined as of the time of grant) of the Common Stock with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by an eligible Participant during any fiscal year (under all such plans of the Company and of any Subsidiary or parent corporation of the Company) exceeds $100,000 (or such other limit established in the Code), the portion of the Incentive Stock Options that exceeds such limit (according to the order in which they were granted) will be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options.

 

(d)                                  Individual Participant Limits .  Notwithstanding anything in this Section 3 or elsewhere in this Plan to the contrary, and subject to adjustment as provided in Section 11 of this Plan:

 

7



 

(i)                                      In no event will any Participant in any calendar year be granted Option Rights and/or Appreciation Rights, in the aggregate, for more than [•] shares of Common Stock.

 

(ii)                                   In no event will any Participant in any calendar year be granted Qualified Performance-Based Awards of Restricted Stock Units, Restricted Stock, Performance Shares and/or other awards under Section 9 of this Plan, in the aggregate, for more than [•] shares of Common Stock.

 

(iii)                                In no event will any Participant in any calendar year receive Qualified Performance-Based Awards of Performance Units and/or other awards payable in cash under Section 9 of this Plan having an aggregate maximum value as of their respective Dates of Grant in excess of $[•].

 

(iv)                               In no event will any Participant in any calendar year receive Qualified Performance-Based Awards that are Cash Incentive Awards having an aggregate maximum value in excess of $[•].

 

(v)                                  No non-employee Director will be granted, in any period of one calendar year, awards under the Plan having an aggregate maximum value at the Date of Grant (calculating the value of any such awards based on the grant date fair value for financial reporting purposes), taken together with any cash fees payable to such non-employee Director during the fiscal year, in excess of $[•].

 

4.                                       Restricted Stock Units .  The Committee may, from time to time and upon such terms and conditions as it may determine, authorize the granting or sale of Restricted Stock Units to Participants.  Each such grant or sale may utilize any or all of the authorizations, and will be subject to all of the requirements, contained in the following provisions:

 

(a)                                  Each such grant or sale will constitute the agreement by the Company to deliver shares of Common Stock or cash, or a combination thereof, to the Participant in the future in consideration of the performance of services, but subject to the fulfillment of such conditions (which may include the achievement of Management Objectives) during the Restriction Period as the Committee may specify.

 

(b)                                  Each such grant or sale may be made without additional consideration or in consideration of a payment by such Participant that is less than the Market Value per Share at the Date of Grant.

 

(c)                                   Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Plan, any grant or sale of Restricted Stock Units may provide for the earlier lapse or other modification of the Restriction Period, including in the event of the retirement, death or disability of a Participant or in the event of a Change in Control; provided , however , that no award of Restricted Stock Units intended to be a Qualified Performance-Based Award will provide for such early lapse or

 

8



 

modification of the Restriction Period (other than in connection with the death or disability of the Participant or a Change in Control) to the extent such provisions would cause such award to fail to be a Qualified Performance-Based Award .

 

(d)                                  During the Restriction Period, the Participant will have no right to transfer any rights under his or her award and will have no rights of ownership in the shares of Common Stock deliverable upon payment of the Restricted Stock Units and will have no right to vote them, but the Committee may, at or after the Date of Grant, authorize the payment of dividend equivalents on such Restricted Stock Units on either a current or deferred or contingent basis, either in cash or in additional shares of Common Stock; provided , however , that dividend equivalents or other distributions on shares of Common Stock underlying Restricted Stock Units with restrictions that lapse as a result of the achievement of Management Objectives will be deferred until and paid contingent upon the achievement of the applicable Management Objectives.

 

(e)                                   Each grant or sale of Restricted Stock Units will specify the time and manner of payment of the Restricted Stock Units that have been earned.  Each grant or sale will specify that the amount payable with respect thereto will be paid by the Company in shares of Common Stock or cash, or a combination thereof.

 

(f)                                    Each grant or sale of Restricted Stock Units will be evidenced by an Evidence of Award.  Each Evidence of Award will be subject to this Plan and will contain such terms and provisions, consistent with this Plan, as the Committee may approve.

 

5.                                       Restricted Stock .  The Committee may, from time to time and upon such terms and conditions as it may determine, authorize the grant or sale of Restricted Stock to Participants.  Each such grant or sale may utilize any or all of the authorizations, and will be subject to all of the requirements, contained in the following provisions:

 

(a)                                  Each such grant or sale will constitute an immediate transfer of the ownership of shares of Common Stock to the Participant in consideration of the performance of services, entitling such Participant to voting, dividend and other ownership rights, but subject to the substantial risk of forfeiture and restrictions on transfer hereinafter referred to.

 

(b)                                  Each such grant or sale may be made without additional consideration or in consideration of a payment by such Participant that is less than the Market Value per Share at the Date of Grant.

 

(c)                                   Each such grant or sale will provide that the Restricted Stock covered by such grant or sale will be subject to a “substantial risk of forfeiture” within the meaning of Section 83 of the Code for a period to be determined by the Committee at the Date of Grant or until achievement of Management Objectives.

 

(d)                                  Each such grant or sale will provide that during or after the period for which such substantial risk of forfeiture is to continue, the transferability of the Restricted Stock will be prohibited or restricted in the manner and to the extent prescribed by the Committee at the Date of Grant (which restrictions may include, without limitation, rights of repurchase or first

 

9



 

refusal in the Company or provisions subjecting the Restricted Stock to a continuing substantial risk of forfeiture in the hands of any transferee).

 

(e)                                   Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Plan, any grant or sale of Restricted Stock may provide for the earlier termination of restrictions on such Restricted Stock, including in the event of the retirement, death or disability of a Participant or in the event of a Change in Control; provided , however , that no award of Restricted Stock intended to be a Qualified Performance-Based Award will provide for such early termination of restrictions (other than in connection with the death or disability of the Participant or a Change in Control) to the extent such provisions would cause such award to fail to be a Qualified Performance-Based Award.

 

(f)                                    Any such grant or sale of Restricted Stock may require that any or all dividends or other distributions paid thereon during the period of such restrictions be automatically deferred and/or reinvested in additional Restricted Stock, which may be subject to the same restrictions as the underlying award; provided , however , that dividends or other distributions on Restricted Stock with restrictions that lapse as a result of the achievement of Management Objectives will be deferred until and paid contingent upon the achievement of the applicable Management Objectives.

 

(g)                                   Each grant or sale of Restricted Stock will be evidenced by an Evidence of Award.  Each Evidence of Award will be subject to this Plan and will contain such terms and provisions, consistent with this Plan, as the Committee may approve.  Unless otherwise directed by the Committee, (i) all certificates representing Restricted Stock will be held in custody by the Company until all restrictions thereon will have lapsed, together with a stock power or powers executed by the Participant in whose name such certificates are registered, endorsed in blank and covering such shares or (ii) all Restricted Stock will be held at the Company’s transfer agent in book entry form with appropriate restrictions relating to the transfer of such Restricted Stock.

 

6.                                       Option Rights .  The Committee may, from time to time and upon such terms and conditions as it may determine, authorize the granting to Participants of Option Rights.  Each such grant may utilize any or all of the authorizations, and will be subject to all of the requirements, contained in the following provisions:

 

(a)                                  Each grant will specify the number of shares of Common Stock to which it pertains subject to the limitations set forth in Section 3 of this Plan.

 

(b)                                  Each grant will specify an Option Price per share, which (except with respect to awards under Section 22 of this Plan) may not be less than the Market Value per Share on the Date of Grant.

 

(c)                                   Each grant will specify whether the Option Price will be payable (i) in cash or by check acceptable to the Company or by wire transfer of immediately available funds, (ii) by the actual or constructive transfer to the Company of shares of Common Stock owned by the Optionee having a value at the time of exercise equal to the total Option Price, (iii) subject to any conditions or limitations established by the Committee, by the Company’s withholding of shares of Common Stock otherwise issuable upon exercise of an Option Right pursuant to a “net exercise” arrangement (it being understood that, solely for purposes of determining the number

 

10



 

of treasury shares held by the Company, the shares of Common Stock so withheld will not be treated as issued and acquired by the Company upon such exercise), (iv) by a combination of such methods of payment, or (v) by such other methods as may be approved by the Committee.

 

(d)                                  To the extent permitted by law, any grant may provide for deferred payment of the Option Price from the proceeds of sale through a bank or broker on a date satisfactory to the Company of some or all of the shares to which such exercise relates.

 

(e)                                   Successive grants may be made to the same Participant whether or not any Option Rights previously granted to such Participant remain unexercised.

 

(f)                                    Each grant will specify the period or periods of continuous service by the Optionee with the Company or any Subsidiary that is necessary before the Option Rights or installments thereof will become exercisable.  A grant of Option Rights may provide for the earlier exercise of such Option Rights, including in the event of the retirement, death or disability of a Participant or in the event of a Change in Control.

 

(g)                                   Any grant of Option Rights may specify Management Objectives that must be achieved as a condition to the exercise of such rights.

 

(h)                                  Option Rights granted under this Plan may be (i) options, including, without limitation, Incentive Stock Options, that are intended to qualify under particular provisions of the Code, (ii) options that are not intended to so qualify, or (iii) combinations of the foregoing.  Incentive Stock Options may only be granted to Participants who meet the definition of “employees” under Section 3401(c) of the Code.

 

(i)                                      No Option Right will be exercisable more than 10 years from the Date of Grant.  The Committee may provide in any Evidence of Award for the automatic exercise of an Option Right upon such terms and conditions as established by the Committee.

 

(j)                                     Option Rights granted under this Plan may not provide for any dividends or dividend equivalents thereon.

 

(k)                                  Each grant of Option Rights will be evidenced by an Evidence of Award.  Each Evidence of Award will be subject to this Plan and will contain such terms and provisions, consistent with this Plan, as the Committee may approve.

 

7.                                       Appreciation Rights .

 

(a)                                  The Committee may, from time to time and upon such terms and conditions as it may determine, authorize the granting to any Participant of Appreciation Rights.   An Appreciation Right will be a right of the Participant to receive from the Company an amount determined by the Committee, which will be expressed as a percentage of the Spread (not exceeding 100 percent) at the time of exercise.

 

(b)                                  Each grant of Appreciation Rights may utilize any or all of the authorizations, and will be subject to all of the requirements, contained in the following provisions:

 

11


 

(i)                                      Each grant may specify that the amount payable on exercise of an Appreciation Right will be paid by the Company in cash, shares of Common Stock or any combination thereof.

 

(ii)                                   Any grant may specify that the amount payable on exercise of an Appreciation Right may not exceed a maximum specified by the Committee at the Date of Grant.

 

(iii)                                Any grant may specify waiting periods before exercise and permissible exercise dates or periods.

 

(iv)                               Each grant will specify the period or periods of continuous service by the Participant with the Company or any Subsidiary that is necessary before the Appreciation Rights or installments thereof will become exercisable.  A grant of Appreciation Rights may provide for the earlier exercise of such Appreciation Rights, including in the event of the retirement, death or disability of a Participant or in the event of a Change in Control.

 

(v)                                  Any grant of Appreciation Rights may specify Management Objectives that must be achieved as a condition of the exercise of such Appreciation Rights.

 

(vi)                               Appreciation Rights granted under this Plan may not provide for any dividends or dividend equivalents thereon.

 

(vii)                            Successive grants of Appreciation Rights may be made to the same Participant regardless of whether any Appreciation Rights previously granted to the Participant remain unexercised.

 

(viii)                         Each grant of Appreciation Rights will be evidenced by an Evidence of Award.  Each Evidence of Award will be subject to this Plan and will contain such terms and provisions, consistent with this Plan, as the Committee may approve.

 

(c)                                   Also, regarding Appreciation Rights:

 

(i)                                      Each grant will specify in respect of each Appreciation Right a Base Price, which (except with respect to awards under Section 22 of this Plan) may not be less than the Market Value per Share on the Date of Grant; and

 

(ii)                                   No Appreciation Right granted under this Plan may be exercised more than 10 years from the Date of Grant.  The Committee may provide in any Evidence of Award for the automatic exercise of an Appreciation Right upon such terms and conditions as established by the Committee.

 

12



 

8.                                       Cash Incentive Awards, Performance Shares and Performance Units .  The Committee may, from time to time and upon such terms and conditions as it may determine, authorize the granting of Cash Incentive Awards, Performance Shares and Performance Units.  Each such grant may utilize any or all of the authorizations, and will be subject to all of the requirements, contained in the following provisions:

 

(a)                                  Each grant will specify the number or amount of Performance Shares or Performance Units, or amount payable with respect to Cash Incentive Awards, to which it pertains, which number or amount may be subject to adjustment to reflect changes in compensation or other factors; provided , however , that no such adjustment will be made in the case of a Qualified Performance-Based Award (other than in connection with the death or disability of the Participant or a Change in Control) where such action would result in the loss of the otherwise available exemption of the award under Section 162(m) of the Code.

 

(b)                                  The Performance Period with respect to each Cash Incentive Award, Performance Share or Performance Unit will be such period of time as will be determined by the Committee at the time of grant, which may be subject to earlier lapse or other modification, including in the event of the retirement, death or disability of a Participant or in the event of a Change in Control; provided , however , that no such adjustment will be made in the case of a Qualified Performance-Based Award (other than in connection with the death or disability of the Participant or a Change in Control) where such action would result in the loss of the otherwise available exemption of the award under Section 162(m) of the Code.  In such event, the Evidence of Award will specify the time and terms of delivery.

 

(c)                                   Each grant of Cash Incentive Awards, Performance Shares or Performance Units will specify Management Objectives which, if achieved, will result in payment or early payment of the award, and each grant may specify in respect of such specified Management Objectives a minimum acceptable level or levels of achievement and may set forth a formula for determining the number of Performance Shares or Performance Units, or amount payable with respect to Cash Incentive Awards, that will be earned if performance is at or above the minimum or threshold level or levels, or is at or above the target level or levels, but falls short of maximum achievement of the specified Management Objectives.

 

(d)                                  Each grant will specify the time and manner of payment of Cash Incentive Awards, Performance Shares or Performance Units that have been earned.  Any grant may specify that the amount payable with respect thereto may be paid by the Company in cash, in shares of Common Stock, in Restricted Stock Units or Restricted Stock or in any combination thereof.

 

(e)                                   Any grant of Cash Incentive Awards, Performance Shares or Performance Units may specify that the amount payable or the number of shares of Common Stock, Restricted Stock Units or Restricted Stock payable with respect thereto may not exceed a maximum specified by the Committee at the Date of Grant.

 

(f)                                    The Committee may, at the Date of Grant of Performance Shares, provide for the payment of dividend equivalents to the holder thereof either in cash or in additional shares of Common Stock, subject in all cases to deferral and payment on a contingent basis

 

13



 

based on the Participant’s earning of the Performance Shares with respect to which such dividend equivalents are paid .

 

(g)                                   Each grant of Cash Incentive Awards, Performance Shares or Performance Units will be evidenced by an Evidence of Award.  Each Evidence of Award will be subject to this Plan and will contain such terms and provisions, consistent with this Plan, as the Committee may approve.

 

9.                                       Other Awards .

 

(a)                                  Subject to applicable law and the applicable limits set forth in Section 3 of this Plan, the Committee may grant to any Participant shares of Common Stock or such other awards that may be denominated or payable in, valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on, or related to, shares of Common Stock or factors that may influence the value of such shares, including, without limitation, convertible or exchangeable debt securities, other rights convertible or exchangeable into shares of Common Stock, purchase rights for shares of Common Stock, awards with value and payment contingent upon performance of the Company or specified Subsidiaries, Affiliates or other business units thereof or any other factors designated by the Committee, and awards valued by reference to the book value of the shares of Common Stock or the value of securities of, or the performance of specified Subsidiaries or Affiliates or other business units of the Company.  The Committee will determine the terms and conditions of such awards.  Shares of Common Stock delivered pursuant to an award in the nature of a purchase right granted under this Section 9 will be purchased for such consideration, paid for at such time, by such methods, and in such forms, including, without limitation, shares of Common Stock, other awards, notes or other property, as the Committee determines.

 

(b)                                  Cash awards, as an element of or supplement to any other award granted under this Plan, may also be granted pursuant to this Section 9 .

 

(c)                                   The Committee may grant shares of Common Stock as a bonus, or may grant other awards in lieu of obligations of the Company or a Subsidiary to pay cash or deliver other property under this Plan or under other plans or compensatory arrangements, subject to such terms as will be determined by the Committee in a manner that complies with Section 409A of the Code.

 

(d)                                  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Plan, any grant of an award under this Section 9 may provide for the earning or vesting of, or earlier elimination of restrictions applicable to, such award, including in the event of the retirement, death or disability of a Participant or in the event of a Change in Control; provided , however , that no such adjustment will be made in the case of a Qualified Performance-Based Award (other than in connection with the death or disability of the Participant or a Change in Control) where such action would result in the loss of the otherwise available exemption of the award under Section 162(m) of the Code.  In such event, the Evidence of Award will specify the time and terms of delivery.

 

(e)                                   The Committee may, at or after the Date of Grant, authorize the payment of dividends or dividend equivalents on awards granted under this Section 9 on a deferred and contingent basis, either in cash or in additional shares of Common Stock; provided , however ,

 

14



 

that dividend equivalents or other distributions on shares of Common Stock underlying awards granted under this Section 9 will be deferred until and paid contingent upon the earning of such awards.

 

10.                                Administration of this Plan .

 

(a)                                  This Plan will be administered by the Committee.  The Committee may from time to time delegate all or any part of its authority under this Plan to a subcommittee thereof.  To the extent of any such delegation, references in this Plan to the Committee will be deemed to be references to such subcommittee.

 

(b)                                  The interpretation and construction by the Committee of any provision of this Plan or of any Evidence of Award (or related documents) and any determination by the Committee pursuant to any provision of this Plan or of any such agreement, notification or document will be final and conclusive.  No member of the Committee shall be liable for any such action or determination made in good faith.  In addition, the Committee is authorized to take any action it determines in its sole discretion to be appropriate subject only to the express limitations contained in this Plan, and no authorization in any Plan Section or other provision of this Plan is intended or may be deemed to constitute a limitation on the authority of the Committee.

 

(c)                                   To the extent permitted by law, the Committee may delegate to one or more of its members or to one or more officers of the Company, or to one or more agents or advisors, such administrative duties or powers as it may deem advisable, and the Committee, the subcommittee, or any person to whom duties or powers have been delegated as aforesaid, may employ one or more persons to render advice with respect to any responsibility the Committee, the subcommittee or such person may have under the Plan.  The Committee may, by resolution, authorize one or more officers of the Company to do one or both of the following on the same basis as the Committee:  (i) designate employees to be recipients of awards under this Plan; and (ii) determine the size of any such awards; provided , however , that (A) the Committee will not delegate such responsibilities to any such officer for awards granted to an employee who is an officer, Director, or more than 10% “beneficial owner” (as such term is defined in Rule 13-d promulgated under the Exchange Act) of any class of the Company’s equity securities that is registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Exchange Act, as determined by the Committee in accordance with Section 16 of the Exchange Act, or any Covered Employee; (B) the resolution providing for such authorization shall set forth the total number of shares of Common Stock such officer(s) may grant; and (C) the officer(s) will report periodically to the Committee regarding the nature and scope of the awards granted pursuant to the authority delegated.

 

11.                                Adjustments .  The Committee shall make or provide for such adjustments in the numbers of shares of Common Stock covered by outstanding Restricted Stock Units, Restricted Stock, Option Rights, Appreciation Rights, Performance Shares and Performance Units granted hereunder and, if applicable, in the number of shares of Common Stock covered by other awards granted pursuant to Section 9 hereof, in the Option Price and Base Price provided in outstanding Option Rights and Appreciation Rights, respectively, in the kind of shares covered thereby, in Cash Incentive Awards, and in other award terms, as the Committee, in its sole discretion, exercised in good faith, determines is equitably required to prevent dilution or enlargement of the rights of Participants that otherwise would result from (a) any extraordinary cash dividend, stock

 

15



 

dividend, stock split, combination of shares, recapitalization or other change in the capital structure of the Company, (b) any merger, consolidation, spin-off, split-off, spin-out, split-up, reorganization, partial or complete liquidation or other distribution of assets, issuance of rights or warrants to purchase securities, or (c) any other corporate transaction or event having an effect similar to any of the foregoing.  Moreover, in the event of any such transaction or event or in the event of a Change in Control, the Committee may provide in substitution for any or all outstanding awards under this Plan such alternative consideration (including cash), if any, as it, in good faith, may determine to be equitable in the circumstances and shall require in connection therewith the surrender of all awards so replaced in a manner that complies with Section 409A of the Code.  In addition, for each Option Right or Appreciation Right with an Option Price or Base Price, respectively, greater than the consideration offered in connection with any such transaction or event or Change in Control, the Committee may in its discretion elect to cancel such Option Right or Appreciation Right without any payment to the Person holding such Option Right or Appreciation Right.  The Committee shall also make or provide for such adjustments in the number of shares of Common Stock specified in Section 3 of this Plan as the Committee in its sole discretion, exercised in good faith, determines is appropriate to reflect any transaction or event described in this Section 11 ; provided , however , that any such adjustment to the number specified in Section 3(c)  will be made only if and to the extent that such adjustment would not cause any Option Right intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option to fail to so qualify.

 

12.                                Change in Control .  For purposes of this Plan, except as may be otherwise prescribed by the Committee in an Evidence of Award made under this Plan, a “Change in Control” will be deemed to have occurred upon the occurrence (after the Pricing Date) of any of the following events:

 

(a)                                  any Person is or becomes the beneficial owner (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company (not including in the securities beneficially owned by such Person any securities acquired directly from the Company or its affiliates) representing 35% or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities, excluding any Person who becomes such a beneficial owner in connection with a transaction described in clause (i) of Section 12(c)  of this Plan;

 

(b)                                  the following individuals cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the number of Directors then serving on the Board: individuals who, on the Effective Date, constitute the Board and any new Director (other than a Director whose initial assumption of office is in connection with an actual or threatened election contest, including but not limited to a consent solicitation, relating to the election of Directors) whose appointment or election by the Board or nomination for election by the Stockholders was approved or recommended by a vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the Directors then still in office who either were Directors on the Effective Date or whose appointment, election or nomination for election was previously so approved or recommended (the “ Incumbent Board ”); provided , however , that no individual shall be considered a member of the Incumbent Board if such individual initially assumed office as a result of either an actual or threatened election contest (an “ Election Contest ”) or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a Person other than the Board (a “ Proxy Contest ”), including by reason of any agreement intended to avoid or settle any Election Contest or Proxy Contest;

 

16



 

(c)                                   there is consummated a merger, consolidation, wind-up, reorganization or restructuring of the Company with or into any other entity, or a similar event or series of such events, other than (i) any such event or series of events which results in (A) the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such event or series of events continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity or any parent thereof), in combination with the ownership of any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company, at least 51% of the combined voting power of the securities of the Company or such surviving entity or any parent thereof outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation and (B) the individuals who comprise the Board immediately prior thereto constituting immediately thereafter at least a majority of the board of directors of the Company, the entity surviving such merger or consolidation or, if the Company or the entity surviving such merger is then a subsidiary, the ultimate parent thereof, or (ii) any such event or series of events effected to implement a recapitalization of the Company (or similar transaction) in which no Person is or becomes the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company (not including in the securities beneficially owned by such Person any securities acquired directly from the Company or its affiliates) representing 35% or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities; or

 

(d)                                  the stockholders of the Company approve a plan of complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company or there is consummated an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets (it being conclusively presumed that any sale or disposition is a sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of its assets if the consummation of the sale or disposition is contingent upon approval by the Stockholders unless the Board expressly determines in writing that such approval is required solely by reason of any relationship between the Company and any other Person or an affiliate of the Company and any other Person), other than a sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets to an entity (i) at least 51% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of which are owned by Stockholders in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of the Company immediately prior to such sale or disposition and (ii) the majority of whose board of directors immediately following such sale or disposition consists of individuals who comprise the Board immediately prior thereto.

 

13.                                Detrimental Activity and Recapture Provisions .  Any Evidence of Award may provide for the cancellation or forfeiture of an award or the forfeiture and repayment to the Company of any gain related to an award, or other provisions intended to have a similar effect, upon such terms and conditions as may be determined by the Committee from time to time, if a Participant, either (a) during employment or other service with the Company or a Subsidiary, or (b) within a specified period after termination of such employment or service, engages in any detrimental activity.  In addition, notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, any Evidence of Award may also provide for the cancellation or forfeiture of an award or the forfeiture and repayment to the Company of any gain related to an award, or other provisions intended to have a similar effect, upon such terms and conditions as may be required by the Committee or under Section 10D of the Exchange Act and any applicable rules or regulations promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission or any national securities exchange or national securities association on which the shares of Common Stock may be traded.

 

17



 

14.                                Non U.S. Participants .  In order to facilitate the making of any grant or combination of grants under this Plan, the Committee may provide for such special terms for awards to Participants who are foreign nationals or who are employed by the Company or any Subsidiary outside of the United States of America or who provide services to the Company or any Subsidiary under an agreement with a foreign nation or agency, as the Committee may consider necessary or appropriate to accommodate differences in local law, tax policy or custom.  Moreover, the Committee may approve such supplements to or amendments, restatements or alternative versions of this Plan (including, without limitation, sub-plans) as it may consider necessary or appropriate for such purposes, without thereby affecting the terms of this Plan as in effect for any other purpose, and the secretary or other appropriate officer of the Company may certify any such document as having been approved and adopted in the same manner as this Plan.  No such special terms, supplements, amendments or restatements, however, will include any provisions that are inconsistent with the terms of this Plan as then in effect unless this Plan could have been amended to eliminate such inconsistency without further approval by the Stockholders.

 

15.                                Transferability .

 

(a)                                  Except as otherwise determined by the Committee, no Restricted Stock Unit, Restricted Stock, Option Right, Appreciation Right, Cash Incentive Award, Performance Share, Performance Unit, award contemplated by Section 9 of this Plan or dividend equivalents paid with respect to awards made under this Plan will be transferable by the Participant except (i) if it is made by the Participant for no consideration to Immediate Family Members or to a bona fide trust, partnership or other entity controlled by and for the benefit of one or more Immediate Family Members (“ Immediate Family Members ” mean the Participant’s spouse, children, stepchildren, parents, stepparents, siblings (including half brothers and sisters), in-laws, and other individuals who have a relationship to the Participant arising because of legal adoption; however, no transfer may be made to the extent that transferability would cause Form S-8 or any successor form thereto not to be able to register shares of Common Stock related to an award) or (ii) by will or the laws of descent and distribution.  In no event will any such award granted under the Plan be transferred for value.  Except as otherwise determined by the Committee, Option Rights and Appreciation Rights will be exercisable during the Participant’s lifetime only by him or her or, in the event of the Participant’s legal incapacity to do so, by his or her guardian or legal representative acting on behalf of the Participant in a fiduciary capacity under state law or court supervision.

 

(b)                                  The Committee may specify at the Date of Grant that part or all of the shares of Common Stock that are (i) to be issued or transferred by the Company upon the exercise of Option Rights or Appreciation Rights, upon the termination of the Restriction Period applicable to Restricted Stock Units or upon payment under any grant of Performance Shares or Performance Units or (ii) no longer subject to the substantial risk of forfeiture and restrictions on transfer referred to in Section 5 of this Plan, will be subject to further restrictions on transfer.

 

16.                                Withholding Taxes .  To the extent that the Company is required to withhold federal, state, local or foreign taxes or other amounts in connection with any payment made or benefit realized by a Participant or other Person under this Plan, and the amounts available to the Company for such withholding are insufficient, it will be a condition to the receipt of such payment or the realization of such benefit that the Participant or such other Person make

 

18



 

arrangements satisfactory to the Company for payment of the balance of such taxes or other amounts required to be withheld, which arrangements (in the discretion of the Committee) may include relinquishment of a portion of such benefit.  If a Participant’s benefit is to be received in the form of shares of Common Stock, then, unless otherwise determined by the Committee, the Company will withhold shares of Common Stock having a value equal to the amount required to be withheld.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, when a Participant is required to pay the Company an amount required to be withheld under applicable income, employment, tax or other laws, the Participant may elect, if permitted by the Committee in its discretion, to satisfy the obligation, in whole or in part, by having withheld, from the shares required to be delivered to the Participant, shares of Common Stock having a value equal to the amount required to be withheld or by delivering to the Company other shares of Common Stock held by such Participant.  The shares used for tax or other withholding will be valued at an amount equal to the market value of such shares of Common Stock on the date the benefit is to be included in Participant’s income.  In no event will the market value of the shares of Common Stock to be withheld and delivered pursuant to this Section to satisfy applicable withholding taxes or other amounts in connection with the benefit exceed the minimum amount required to be withheld, unless (i) an additional amount can be withheld and not result in adverse accounting consequences and (ii) is permitted by the Committee.  Participants will also make such arrangements as the Company may require for the payment of any withholding tax or other obligation that may arise in connection with the disposition of shares of Common Stock acquired upon the exercise of Option Rights.

 

17.                                Compliance with Section 409A of the Code .

 

(a)                                  To the extent applicable, it is intended that this Plan and any grants made hereunder comply with the provisions of Section 409A of the Code, so that the income inclusion provisions of Section 409A(a)(1) of the Code do not apply to the Participants.  With respect to any award that constitutes nonqualified deferred compensation subject to Section 409A of the Code, if the award includes a ‘series of installment payments’ (within the meaning of Section 1.409A-2(b)(2)(iii) of the regulations promulgated under the Code by the United States Treasury Department, as amended), the Participant’s right to the series of installment payments will be treated as a right to a series of separate payments and not as a right to a single payment. This Plan and any grants made hereunder will be administered in a manner consistent with this intent.  Any reference in this Plan to Section 409A of the Code will also include any regulations or any other formal guidance promulgated with respect to such Section by the U.S. Department of the Treasury or the Internal Revenue Service.

 

(b)                                  Neither a Participant nor any of a Participant’s creditors or beneficiaries will have the right to subject any deferred compensation (within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code) payable under this Plan and grants hereunder to any anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, attachment or garnishment.  Except as permitted under Section 409A of the Code, any deferred compensation (within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code) payable to a Participant or for a Participant’s benefit under this Plan and grants hereunder may not be reduced by, or offset against, any amount owing by a Participant to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

 

(c)                                   If, at the time of a Participant’s separation from service (within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code), (i) the Participant will be a specified employee (within

 

19



 

the meaning of Section 409A of the Code and using the identification methodology selected by the Company from time to time) and (ii) the Company makes a good faith determination that an amount payable hereunder constitutes deferred compensation (within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code) the payment of which is required to be delayed pursuant to the six-month delay rule set forth in Section 409A of the Code in order to avoid taxes or penalties under Section 409A of the Code, then the Company will not pay such amount on the otherwise scheduled payment date but will instead pay it, without interest, on or about the fifth business day of the seventh month after such separation from service.

 

(d)                                  Solely with respect to any award that constitutes nonqualified deferred compensation subject to Section 409A of the Code and that is payable on account of a Change in Control (including any installments or stream of payments that are accelerated on account of a Change in Control), a Change in Control shall occur only if such event also constitutes a “change in the ownership,” “change in effective control,” and/or a “change in the ownership of a substantial portion of assets” of the Company as those terms are defined under Treasury Regulation §1.409A-3(i)(5), but only to the extent necessary to establish a time and form of payment that complies with Section 409A of the Code, without altering the definition of Change in Control for any purpose in respect of such award.

 

(e)                                   Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan and grants hereunder to the contrary, in light of the uncertainty with respect to the proper application of Section 409A of the Code, the Company reserves the right to make amendments to this Plan and grants hereunder as the Company deems necessary or desirable to avoid the imposition of taxes or penalties under Section 409A of the Code.  In any case, a Participant will be solely responsible and liable for the satisfaction of all taxes and penalties that may be imposed on a Participant or for a Participant’s account in connection with this Plan and grants hereunder (including any taxes and penalties under Section 409A of the Code), and neither the Company nor any of its affiliates will have any obligation to indemnify or otherwise hold a Participant harmless from any or all of such taxes or penalties.

 

18.                                Amendments .

 

(a)                                  The Board may at any time and from time to time amend this Plan in whole or in part; provided , however , that if an amendment to this Plan (i) would materially increase the benefits accruing to Participants under this Plan, (ii) would materially increase the number of securities which may be issued under this Plan, (iii) would materially modify the requirements for participation in this Plan, or (iv) must otherwise be approved by the Stockholders in order to comply with applicable law or the rules of the New York Stock Exchange or, if the shares of Common Stock are not traded on the New York Stock Exchange, the principal national securities exchange upon which the shares of Common Stock are traded or quoted, then, such amendment will be subject to Stockholder approval and will not be effective unless and until such approval has been obtained.

 

(b)                                  Except in connection with a corporate transaction or event described in Section 11 of this Plan or in connection with a Change in Control, the terms of outstanding awards may not be amended to reduce the Option Price of outstanding Option Rights or the Base Price of outstanding Appreciation Rights, or cancel outstanding “underwater” Option Rights or

 

20



 

Appreciation Rights in exchange for cash, other awards or Option Rights or Appreciation Rights with an Option Price or Base Price, as applicable, that is less than the Option Price of the original Option Rights or Base Price of the original Appreciation Rights, as applicable, without Stockholder approval.  This Section 18(b)  is intended to prohibit the repricing of “underwater” Option Rights and Appreciation Rights and will not be construed to prohibit the adjustments provided for in Section 11 of this Plan.  Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan to the contrary, this Section 18(b)  may not be amended without approval by the Stockholders.

 

(c)                                   If permitted by Section 409A of the Code and Section 162(m) of the Code, but subject to the paragraph that follows, and including in the case of termination of employment by reason of death, disability or retirement, or in the case of unforeseeable emergency or other special circumstances or in the event of a Change in Control, to the extent a Participant holds an Option Right or Appreciation Right not immediately exercisable in full, or any Restricted Stock as to which the substantial risk of forfeiture or the prohibition or restriction on transfer has not lapsed, or any Restricted Stock Units as to which the Restriction Period has not been completed, or any Cash Incentive Awards, Performance Shares or Performance Units which have not been fully earned, or any other awards made pursuant to Section 9 subject to any vesting schedule or transfer restriction, or who holds shares of Common Stock subject to any transfer restriction imposed pursuant to Section 15(b)  of this Plan, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, accelerate the time at which such Option Right, Appreciation Right or other award may be exercised or the time at which such substantial risk of forfeiture or prohibition or restriction on transfer will lapse or the time when such Restriction Period will end or the time at which such Cash Incentive Awards, Performance Shares or Performance Units will be deemed to have been fully earned or the time when such transfer restriction will terminate or may waive any other limitation or requirement under any such award, except in the case of a Qualified Performance-Based Award where such action would result in the loss of the otherwise available exemption of the award under Section 162(m) of the Code.

 

(d)                                  Subject to Section 18(b)  hereof, the Committee may amend the terms of any award theretofore granted under this Plan prospectively or retroactively, except in the case of a Qualified Performance-Based Award (other than in connection with the Participant’s death or disability, or a Change in Control) where such action would result in the loss of the otherwise available exemption of the award under Section 162(m) of the Code.  In such case, the Committee will not make any modification of the Management Objectives or the level or levels of achievement with respect to such Qualified Performance-Based Award.  Subject to Section 11 above, no such amendment will impair the rights of any Participant without his or her consent.  The Board may, in its discretion, terminate this Plan at any time.  Termination of this Plan will not affect the rights of Participants or their successors under any awards outstanding hereunder and not exercised in full on the date of termination.

 

19.                                Governing Law .  This Plan and all grants and awards and actions taken hereunder will be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal substantive laws of the State of Delaware.

 

20.                                Effective Date/Termination .  This Plan will be effective as of the Effective Date.  However, no grants will be made under this Plan prior to the Pricing Date.  No grant will be

 

21



 

made under this Plan after the tenth anniversary of the Effective Date, but all grants made on or prior to such date will continue in effect thereafter subject to the terms thereof and of this Plan.

 

21.                                Miscellaneous Provisions .

 

(a)                                  The Company will not be required to issue any fractional shares of Common Stock pursuant to this Plan.  The Committee may provide for the elimination of fractions or for the settlement of fractions in cash.

 

(b)                                  This Plan will not confer upon any Participant any right with respect to continuance of employment or other service with the Company or any Subsidiary, nor will it interfere in any way with any right the Company or any Subsidiary would otherwise have to terminate such Participant’s employment or other service at any time.

 

(c)                                   Except with respect to Section 21(e) , to the extent that any provision of this Plan would prevent any Option Right that was intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option from qualifying as such, that provision will be null and void with respect to such Option Right.  Such provision, however, will remain in effect for other Option Rights and there will be no further effect on any provision of this Plan.

 

(d)                                  No award under this Plan may be exercised by the holder thereof if such exercise, and the receipt of cash or stock thereunder, would be, in the opinion of counsel selected by the Company, contrary to law or the regulations of any duly constituted authority having jurisdiction over this Plan.

 

(e)                                   Absence on leave approved by a duly constituted officer of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries will not be considered interruption or termination of service of any employee for any purposes of this Plan or awards granted hereunder.

 

(f)                                    No Participant will have any rights as a Stockholder with respect to any shares of Common Stock subject to awards granted to him or her under this Plan prior to the date as of which he or she is actually recorded as the holder of such shares upon the stock records of the Company.

 

(g)                                   The Committee may condition the grant of any award or combination of awards authorized under this Plan on the surrender or deferral by the Participant of his or her right to receive a cash bonus or other compensation otherwise payable by the Company or a Subsidiary to the Participant.

 

(h)                                  Except with respect to Option Rights and Appreciation Rights, the Committee may permit Participants to elect to defer the issuance of shares of Common Stock under the Plan pursuant to such rules, procedures or programs as it may establish for purposes of this Plan and which are intended to comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code.  The Committee also may provide that deferred issuances and settlements include the payment or crediting of dividend equivalents or interest on the deferral amounts.

 

(i)                                      If any provision of this Plan is or becomes invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, or would disqualify this Plan or any award under any law deemed applicable by the

 

22



 

Committee, such provision will be construed or deemed amended or limited in scope to conform to applicable laws or, in the discretion of the Committee, it will be stricken and the remainder of this Plan will remain in full force and effect.

 

22.                                Stock-Based Awards in Substitution for Option Rights or Awards Granted by Other Company .  Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary:

 

(a)                                  Awards may be granted under this Plan in substitution for or in conversion of, or in connection with an assumption of, restricted stock units, restricted stock, stock options, stock appreciation rights, or other stock or stock-based awards held by awardees of an entity engaging in a corporate acquisition or merger transaction with the Company or any Subsidiary.  Any conversion, substitution or assumption will be effective as of the close of the merger or acquisition, and, to the extent applicable, will be conducted in a manner that complies with Section 409A of the Code. The awards so granted may reflect the original terms of the awards being assumed or substituted or converted for and need not comply with other specific terms of this Plan, and may account for shares of Common Stock substituted for the securities covered by the original awards and the number of shares subject to the original awards, as well as any exercise or purchase prices applicable to the original awards, adjusted to account for differences in stock prices in connection with the transaction.

 

(b)                                  In the event that a company acquired by the Company or any Subsidiary or with which the Company or any Subsidiary merges has shares available under a pre-existing plan previously approved by stockholders and not adopted in contemplation of such acquisition or merger, the shares available for grant pursuant to the terms of such plan (as adjusted, to the extent appropriate, to reflect such acquisition or merger) may be used for awards made after such acquisition or merger under the Plan; provided , however , that awards using such available shares may not be made after the date awards or grants could have been made under the terms of the pre-existing plan absent the acquisition or merger, and may only be made to individuals who were not employees or directors of the Company or any Subsidiary prior to such acquisition or merger.

 

(c)                                   Any shares of Common Stock that are issued or transferred by, or that are subject to any awards that are granted by, or become obligations of, the Company under Sections 22(a)  or  22(b)  above will not reduce the shares of Common Stock available for issuance or transfer under the Plan or otherwise count against the limits contained in Section 3 of the Plan.  In addition, no shares of Common Stock subject to an award that is granted by, or becomes an obligation, of the Company under Sections 22(a)  or 22(b)  above, will be added to the aggregate limit contained in Section 3(a)(i)  in the following circumstances: (i) if such award is cancelled or forfeited, expires or is settled for cash (in whole or in part), (ii) if such shares of Common Stock are withheld by the Company, tendered or otherwise used in payment of the Option Price of an Option or to satisfy a tax withholding obligation with respect to any award or (iii) if such shares of Common Stock are not actually issued in connection with the settlement of an Appreciation Right on the exercise thereof.

 

23




QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

        We have issued our report dated February 27, 2017, with respect to the consolidated financial statements of FTS International, Inc. contained in the Registration Statement and Prospectus. We consent to the use of the aforementioned report in the Registration Statement and Prospectus, and to the use of our name as it appears under the caption "Experts."

/s/ GRANT THORNTON LLP

Dallas, Texas
May 5, 2017




QuickLinks

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM